Table of Contents

 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 12, 2013

Registration No. 333-             

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

Coastway Community Bank 401(k) Retirement Plan

 (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Maryland

 

6712

 

To be Applied For

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Incorporation or Organization)

 

Classification Code Number)

 

Identification Number)

 

One Coastway Plaza

Cranston, Rhode Island 02910

(401) 330-1600

 (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of

Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

Mr. William A. White

President and Chief Executive Officer

One Coastway Plaza

Cranston, Rhode Island 02910

(401) 330-1600

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of

Agent for Service)

 

Copies to:

 

Benjamin M. Azoff, Esq.

 

Samantha M. Kirby, Esq.

Richard S. Garabedian, Esq.

 

Goodwin Procter LLP

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.

 

Exchange Place

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780

 

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Washington, D.C. 20015

 

(617) 570-1000

(202) 274-2000

 

 

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  x

 

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  o

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  o

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

o

Accelerated filer

o

Non-accelerated filer

o

Smaller reporting company

x

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of
securities to be registered

 

Amount to be
registered

 

Proposed maximum
offering price per share

 

Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price

 

Amount of
registration fee

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

 

4,949,179 shares

 

$

10.00

 

$

49,491,790

(1)

$

6,751

 

Participation Interests

 

925,985 interests (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

(1)          Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(2)          The securities of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. to be purchased by the Coastway Community Bank 401(k) Retirement Plan are included in the amount shown for the common stock.  Accordingly, no separate fee is required for the participation interests.  The number of participation interests will be determined supplementally.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

Prospectus Supplement

 

Interests in

 

COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN

 

Offering of Participation Interests in up to 925,985 Shares of

 

COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

Common Stock

 

In connection with the conversion and reorganization of Coastway Bancorp, MHC from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization, Coastway Bancorp, Inc., a newly formed Maryland corporation (the “Company”) which will own 100% of Coastway Community Bank (the “Bank”), is offering shares of common stock for sale.  Currently, the Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Coastway Bancorp, LLC, a Rhode Island limited liability corporation that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Coastway Bancorp, MHC, a mutual holding company.  The Company is allowing participants in the Coastway Community Bank 401(k) Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) to invest all or a portion of their accounts in the common stock of the Company.

 

Based upon the value of the Plan assets at September 3, 2013, the trustee of the Plan could purchase or acquire up to 925,985 shares of the common stock of the Company, at the purchase price of $10.00 per share.  This prospectus supplement relates to the initial election of Plan participants to direct the trustee of the Plan to invest all or a portion of their Plan accounts in the Company Stock Fund at the time of the stock offering.

 

The Company’s prospectus, dated                     , 2013, accompanies this prospectus supplement.  It contains detailed information regarding the conversion and stock offering of Company common stock and the financial condition, results of operations and business of the Bank.  This prospectus supplement provides information regarding the Plan. You should read this prospectus supplement together with the prospectus and keep both for future reference.

 


 

For a discussion of risks that you should consider, see the “Risk Factors” section of the prospectus.

 

The interests in the Plan and the offering of common stock of the Company have not been approved or disapproved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other federal or state agency.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 



Table of Contents

 

The securities offered in this prospectus supplement and in the prospectus are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

This prospectus supplement may be used only in connection with offers and sales by the Company, in the stock offering, of interests or shares of common stock in the Company Stock Fund of the Plan.  No one may use this prospectus supplement to re-offer or resell interests or shares of common stock of the Company acquired through the Plan.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.  The Company, the Bank and the Plan have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.

 

This prospectus supplement does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or solicitation in that jurisdiction.  Neither the delivery of this prospectus supplement and the prospectus nor any sale of common stock of the Company shall under any circumstances imply that there has been no change in the affairs of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or the Plan since the date of this prospectus supplement, or that the information contained in this prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference is correct as of any time after the date of this prospectus supplement.

 

The date of this prospectus supplement is                       , 2013.

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

THE OFFERING

1

 

 

Securities Offered

1

Company Stock Fund

1

Purchase Priorities

1

Purchases in the Offering and Oversubscriptions

2

Value of Plan Assets

3

Election to Purchase Stock in the Stock Offering

3

How to Order Stock in the Offering

3

Order Deadline

4

Irrevocability of Transfer Direction

5

Future Direction to Purchase Common Stock

5

Voting Rights of Common Stock

5

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN

5

 

 

Introduction

5

Eligibility and Participation

6

Contributions Under the Plan

6

Limitations on Contributions

7

Benefits Under the Plan

7

In-Service Distributions from the Plan

8

Distribution Upon Retirement, Disability, or Upon Termination of Employment

9

Forms of Distributions

9

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances

9

Performance History and Fund Description

10

Description of the Investment Funds

11

Investment in Common Stock of the Company

15

Administration of the Plan

16

Amendment and Termination

16

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

16

Federal Income Tax Consequences

17

Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities

18

Additional Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) Considerations

19

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability

19

Financial Information Regarding Plan Assets

20

 

 

LEGAL OPINION

20

 



Table of Contents

 

THE OFFERING

 

Securities Offered

 

The Company is offering participants in the Coastway Community Bank 401(k) Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) the opportunity to purchase participation interests in the common stock of the Company. The ownership of common stock of the Company in the Plan is referred to as a “participation interest” since the common stock will be titled in the name of the Plan and not directly in a participant’s name. Given the purchase price of $10.00 per share in the stock offering, the Plan may purchase (or acquire) up to 925,985 shares of the Company common stock in the stock offering.

 

Only employees of the Bank may become participants in the Plan and only participants may purchase stock in the Company Stock Fund. Your investment in stock in connection with the stock offering through the Company Stock Fund is subject to the purchase priorities contained in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Coastway Bancorp, MHC.

 

Information with regard to the Plan is contained in this prospectus supplement and information with regard to the financial condition, results of operations and business of the Company is contained in the accompanying prospectus. The address of the principal executive office of the Company and the Bank is One Coastway Plaza, Cranston, Rhode Island 02910.

 

All questions about completing the Special Investment Election Form should be addressed to Susan DiCicco, Coastway Community Bank, One Coastway Plaza, Cranston, Rhode Island 02910; telephone number (401) 330-1661; or e-mail at sdicicco@coastway.com.

 

Questions about the common stock being offered or about the prospectus may be directed to the Stock Information Center at 1-                            .

 

 

 

Company Stock Fund

 

In connection with the stock offering, you may elect to transfer all or part of your account balance in the Plan to the Company Stock Fund, to be used to purchase common stock of Company issued in the stock offering. The Company Stock Fund is a new fund in the Plan established to hold shares of common stock of the Company.

 

 

 

Purchase Priorities

 

All Plan participants are eligible to direct a transfer of funds to the Company Stock Fund. However, such directions are subject to the purchase priorities in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Coastway Bancorp, MHC, which provides for a subscription

 

1



Table of Contents

 

 

 

offering and a community offering. In the offering, the purchase priorities are as follows and apply in case more shares are ordered than are available for sale (an “oversubscription”):

 

Subscription Offering:

 

(1)     Depositors of Coastway Community Bank with $50 or more on deposit at the close of business on July 30, 2012, get first priority.

 

(2)     Coastway Community Bank’s tax-qualified plans, including the employee stock ownership plan and the 401(k) plan, get second priority.

 

(3)     Depositors of Coastway Community Bank with $50 or more on deposit at the close of business on who are not eligible under priority #1 get third priority.

 

(4)     Depositors of Coastway Community Bank as of the close of business on                   , 2013 who are not eligible under priority #1 or #3 get fourth priority.

 

Community Offering:

 

(5)     Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the State of Rhode Island get fifth priority.

 

If you fall into subscription offering categories (1), (3) or (4), you have subscription rights to purchase shares of Company common stock in the subscription offering and you may use funds in the Plan to pay for the common stock. You may also be able to purchase shares of Company common stock in the subscription offering even though you are ineligible to purchase through subscription offering categories (1), (3) or (4) by purchasing stock in the Plan through subscription offering category (2), reserved for the Bank’s tax-qualified employee plans.

 

 

 

Purchases in the Offering and Oversubscriptions

 

The trustee of the Company Stock Fund will purchase common stock of the Company in the stock offering in accordance with your directions. Once you make your election, the amount that you elect to transfer from your existing investment options for the purchase of common stock in connection with the stock offering will be sold from your existing investment options and transferred to the Company Stock Fund and held in a money market account pending the formal closing of the stock offering, several weeks later. After the end of the stock offering period, we will determine whether all

 

2



Table of Contents

 

 

 

or any portion of your order will be filled (if the offering is oversubscribed you may not receive any or all of your order, depending on your purchase priority, as described above). The amount that can be used toward your order will be applied to the purchase of common stock of the Company and will be denominated in stock in the Plan.

 

In the event the offering is oversubscribed, i.e. , there are more orders for common stock of the Company than shares available for sale in the offering, and the trustee is unable to use the full amount allocated by you to purchase interests in common stock of the Company in the offering, the amount that cannot be invested in common stock of the Company, and any interest earned on such amount, will be reinvested in the existing funds of the Plan, in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions). The prospectus describes the allocation procedures in the event of an oversubscription. If you choose not to direct the investment of your account balances towards the purchase of any shares of common stock of the Company through the Company Stock Fund in connection with the offering, your account balance will remain in the investment funds of the Plan as previously directed by you.

 

 

 

Value of Plan Assets

 

As of September 3, 2013, the market value of the assets of the Plan was approximately $9,259,857.00.

 

 

 

Election to Purchase Stock in the Stock Offering

 

In connection with the stock offering, the Plan will permit you to direct the trustee to transfer all or part of the funds which represent your current beneficial interest in the assets of the Plan to the Company Stock Fund. The trustee of the Plan will subscribe for Company common stock offered for sale in connection with the stock offering, in accordance with each participant’s direction. In order to purchase stock representing an ownership interest in common stock of the Company in the stock offering through the Plan, you must order at least 25 shares in the offering through the Plan. The prospectus describes maximum purchase limits for investors in the stock offering. The trustee will pay $10.00 per share of stock in the offering, which will be the same price paid by all other persons who purchase shares in the subscription and community offerings.

 

 

 

How to Order Stock in the Offering

 

Enclosed is a Special Investment Election Form on which you can elect to purchase stock through the Company Stock Fund in connection with the stock offering. Please note the following stipulations concerning this election:

 

3



Table of Contents

 

 

 

·              You can direct all or a portion of your current account to the Company Stock Fund in increments of $10.00.

 

·              Your election is subject to a minimum purchase of 25 shares of common stock, which equals $250.

 

·              Your election, plus any order you placed outside the Plan, are together subject to a maximum purchase of 20,000 shares, which equals $200,000.00.

 

·              The election period closes at                       , Eastern Time, on                         , 2013.

 

·              During the stock offering period, you will continue to have the ability to transfer amounts that are not directed to purchase stock in the Company Stock Fund among all other investment funds. However, you will not be permitted to change the investment amounts that you designated to be transferred to the Company Stock Fund on your Special Investment Election Form.

 

·              The amount you elect to transfer to the Company Stock Fund will be held separately until the offering closes. Therefore, this money is not available for distributions, or withdrawals until the transaction is completed, which is expected to be several weeks after the closing of the subscription offering period.

 

If you wish to use all or part of your account balance in the Plan to purchase common stock of the Company issued in the stock offering, you should indicate that decision on the Special Investment Election Form. If you do not wish to make an election, you should check Box E in Section D of the Special Investment Election Form and return the form to Susan DiCicco in the Human Resources Department at Coastway Community Bank, One Coastway Plaza, Cranston, Rhode Island 02910 , to be received no later than                     , Eastern Time, on                         , 2013. You may return your Special Investment Election Form by hand delivery, inter-office mail or by mailing it to Susan DiCicco at the above address in the enclosed self-addressed envelope, so long as it is received by the time specified.

 

 

 

Order Deadline

 

You must return your Special Investment Election Form  to Susan DiCicco at Coastway Community Bank, to be received no later than                         , Eastern Time, on                               ,

 

4



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2013 .

 

 

 

Irrevocability of Transfer Direction

 

Once you make an election to transfer amounts to the Company Stock Fund in connection with the stock offering, you may not change your election . Your election is irrevocable. You will, however, continue to have the ability to transfer amounts not directed towards the purchase of stock among all of the other investment funds on a daily basis.

 

 

 

Future Direction to Purchase Common Stock

 

You will be able to purchase Company stock after the offering through your investment in the Company Stock Fund. You may direct that your future contributions or your account balance in the Plan be transferred to the Company Stock Fund. After the offering, to the extent that shares are available, the trustee of the Plan will acquire common stock of Company at your election in open market transactions at the prevailing price. You may change your investment allocation on a daily basis. Special restrictions may apply to transfers directed to and from the Company Stock Fund by the participants who are subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, relating to the purchase and sale of securities by officers, directors and principal shareholders of the Company.

 

 

 

Voting Rights of Common Stock

 

The Plan provides that you may direct the trustee as to how to vote any shares of Company common stock held by the Company Stock Fund, and the interest in such shares that is credited to your account. If the trustee does not receive your voting instructions, the plan administrator will exercise these rights as it determines in its discretion and will direct the trustee accordingly. All voting instructions will be kept confidential.

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN

 

Introduction

 

The Bank originally adopted the Coastway Community Bank 401(k) Retirement Plan effective as of January 1, 1969.  The Plan is a tax-qualified plan with a cash or deferred compensation feature established in accordance with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  The Plan has been amended and restated over the years to maintain compliance with the tax laws.

 

The Bank intends that the Plan, in operation, will comply with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Code.  Coastway Community Bank will adopt any amendments to the Plan that may be necessary to ensure the continuing qualified status of the Plan under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”).   The Plan is an “individual account plan” other than a “money purchase pension plan” within the meaning of ERISA.  As such, the Plan is subject to all of the provisions of Title I (Protection of Employee Benefit Rights) and Title II (Amendments to the Code Relating to Retirement Plans) of ERISA, except to the funding requirements contained in Part 3 of Title I of ERISA, which by their terms do not apply to an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan).  The Plan is not subject to Title IV (Plan Termination Insurance) of ERISA.  The funding requirements contained in Title IV of ERISA are not applicable to participants or beneficiaries under the Plan.

 

Reference to Full Text of Plan. The following portions of this prospectus supplement summarize certain provisions of the Plan. They are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text of the Plan.  Copies of the Plan are available to all employees by filing a request with the Plan Administrator c/o Coastway Community Bank, Attn: Susan DiCicco, Human Resources Manager; telephone number: (401) 330-1661; email: sdicco@coastway.com.  You are urged to read carefully the full text of the Plan.

 

Eligibility and Participation

 

As an employee of Coastway Community Bank, you are eligible to become a participant in the Plan on January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 coinciding with or next following the later of your completion of six months of service or attainment of age 18.  Union employees, leased employees and  nonresident aliens who receive no earned income from the U.S. are not eligible to participate in the Plan.  The Plan year is January 1 to December 31 (the “Plan Year”).

 

As of September 3, 2013, there were approximately 143  employees, former employees and beneficiaries eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

Contributions Under the Plan

 

The Plan provides for employee pre-tax contributions, employer safe harbor matching contributions and employer discretionary matching contributions made on behalf of employees who make employee before-tax contributions, and discretionary employer contributions.  Each type is summarized below.  In determining contribution amounts under the Plan, an employee’s annual compensation in excess of $255,000 is disregarded, as are certain other amounts of employee compensation.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

Employee Pre-tax Contributions .  If you are an eligible employee, you may elect to contribute to the plan on a pre-tax basis. However, the most you can contribute is $17,500 for 2013.  You may change the amount of your employee pre-tax contributions, including discontinuing or resuming them, by contacting Principal Financial Group.

 

Catch-Up Contributions .  If you are over age 50 or will attain age 50 before the close of the plan year and have made the maximum elective deferral set forth above (or are prevented from making the maximum contribution due to one or more Plan limitations that prohibit you from otherwise contributing an additional before-tax contribution), you may also make “catch-up” contributions, in accordance with the tax laws and subject to the tax law limits (for 2013, the limit on catch-up contributions is $5,500).

 

Employer Matching Contribution . The Bank makes a safe harbor matching contribution equal to 100% of your elective deferrals that do not exceed 5% of your compensation.  The safe harbor matching contribution is fully vested at all times.

 

Discretionary Employer Matching Contributions . Discretionary employer matching contributions may be made for each plan year as determined by the Bank.

 

Discretionary Employer Contributions .  Discretionary employer contributions may be made for each plan year in an amount determined by the Bank.  Discretionary employer contributions will be allocated to your account based on the ratio of your credited compensation during the plan year for which the contribution is made to the total credited compensation of all employees eligible for a discretionary employer contribution for that year. Credited compensation is the sum of your compensation plus your compensation in excess of the integration level. The integration level is 80.1% of the Social Security taxable wage base for the plan year.

 

Rollover Contributions .  You are permitted to make rollover contributions to the Plan.

 

Limitations on Contributions

 

Limitations on Employee Pre-Tax Contributions.  For the plan year beginning January 1, 2013, the amount of your employee pre-tax contributions may not exceed $17,500 per calendar year.  This amount may be adjusted periodically by law, based on changes in the cost of living.  Contributions in excess of this limit are known as excess deferrals.  If you defer amounts in excess of this limitation, your gross income for federal income tax purposes will include the excess in the year of the deferral.  In addition, unless the excess deferral is distributed before April 15 of the following year, it will be taxed again in the year distributed.  Income on the excess deferral distributed by April 15 of the immediately succeeding year will be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as earned and received by you in the tax year in which the contribution is made.

 

Benefits Under the Plan

 

Vesting.  At all times, you have a fully vested and non-forfeitable interest in your elective deferral contributions, safe harbor matching contributions and any rollover contributions. 

 

7



Table of Contents

 

Discretionary employer matching contributions and discretionary employer contributions credited to your account are subject to a five-year graded vesting schedule pursuant to which such amounts vest in 20% increments, , beginning upon the completion of one year of service, until a participant becomes 100% vested upon completion of five years of service.  In addition, you will also become 100% vested in the employer contributions credited to your account upon your normal retirement upon attainment of age 65.

 

To earn a year of service, you must be credited with at least 1,000 hours of service during any Plan Year.

 

In-Service Distributions from the Plan

 

Rollover Withdrawals from the Plan .  A substantial federal tax penalty may be imposed on withdrawals made prior to your attainment of age 59½, regardless of whether such a withdrawal occurs during your employment with the Bank or after termination of employment.  If you have not yet reached age 59½, you may request a withdrawal from rollover funds within your Plan accounts for any reason.

 

Age 59½ Withdrawals .  Upon attainment of age 59½, you may withdraw from your vested pre-tax contributions, catch-up contributions and safe harbor matching contributions for any reason.

 

Discretionary Employer Matching Contributions and Discretionary Employer Contributions . You may withdraw from your vested discretionary employer matching contributions and discretionary employer contributions accounts at any time if such amounts have been in the plan for a period of more than two years or, alternatively, you have been a participant in the plan for five or more years.

 

Hardship Withdrawals .  You may be eligible for a hardship withdrawal of your vested pre-tax contributions, excluding earnings on those contributions, if you have an immediate and substantial financial need to meet certain expenses and you have no other reasonably available resources to meet your need.  Among other requirements, you must first withdraw all amounts available to you under the non-hardship provisions of the Plan before you may apply for a hardship withdrawal.  Your hardship withdrawal may include amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties expected to result from the withdrawal.  The financial needs for which you can receive a hardship withdrawal are:

 

·                   Payment of post-secondary school education for the next 12 months for you, your spouse or dependents;

·                   Unreimbursed medical expenses which were previously incurred, or expenses which are necessary to obtain medical care for you, your spouse or dependents;

·                   Purchase of your principal residence (not including mortgage payments);

·                   Prevention of eviction from your principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of your principal residence;

·                   Payment of funeral expenses for your parent, spouse, child, or dependent; and

 

8



Table of Contents

 

·                   Expenses for the repair of damage to your principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under the Internal Revenue Code.

 

You must show that the amount does not exceed the amount you need to meet your financial need, you must have obtained all other distributions and non-taxable loans available to you under any employer plan, and you may not make any employee before-tax contributions, for at least six months.

 

Distribution Upon Retirement, Disability, or Upon Termination of Employment

 

You may choose to have retirement benefits begin on or after your normal retirement date (age 65).  If you continue working after your normal retirement date, your distribution will generally be deferred at least until your actual retirement date (your postponed retirement date).  You are also eligible for a benefit distribution if you become disabled while you are an active employee of Coastway Community Bank.  In addition, if you terminate your employment before you are eligible to retire,  you will be entitled to the vested value of your Plan accounts.

 

Forms of Distributions

 

All Plan distributions will generally be made in a cash lump sum.  However, if you are married on the date that benefits are to be paid, your account will be automatically paid in a 50% joint and survivor annuity, unless you and your spouse elect otherwise.  This means that if you die and you are survived by a spouse, your spouse will receive a monthly benefit for the remainder of his/her life equal to 50% of the benefit that you were receiving. If you terminate employment at your normal or postponed retirement date, or upon becoming permanently disabled, and the value of your Plan account is $1,000 or less, your benefits will be paid to you in a single cash payment as soon as administratively possible following your termination of employment.  If the value of your Plan account is more than $1,000 but less than $5,000, and you have not elected to have such distribution paid to you or rolled over tax-free into an IRA or into another employer’s tax-qualified retirement plan, then the Plan will automatically make a tax-free rollover of Plan account into an IRA at the Bank.

 

You may elect to defer receipt of your vested Plan accounts until after your normal retirement date or after your actual retirement date (if you retire after your normal retirement date), provided you receive at least a portion of your account balance no later than the first day of April following the calendar year in which you  retire (or terminate employment due to disability) or, if later, you attain age 70 ½.

 

Regardless of the reason for which you terminate employment, you may request that the value of your Plan accounts be transferred to an IRA, or another employer’s tax qualified plan,

 

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances

 

All amounts credited to your accounts under the Plan are held in the Plan trust (the “Trust”), which is administered by the trustee appointed by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

Prior to the effective date of the stock offering, you were provided the opportunity to direct the investment of your account into various mutual funds.  In connection with the stock offering, the Plan now provides that in addition to the funds specified above, you may direct the trustee, or its representative, to invest all or a portion of your account in the Company Stock Fund.

 

Special rules apply to investment in the Company Stock Fund for certain officers who are subject to restrictions on distributions under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  These special rules affect withdrawals, investment direction and transfers of investment account balances for the officers who are subject to these restrictions.

 

Pending investment in shares of Company common stock, amounts allocated towards the purchase of Company common stock in the stock offering will be held in a the Plan’s default investment alternative, which is the Principal RetireView Moderate Conservative Risk Model.   In the event of an oversubscription that prevents you from purchasing all of the Company stock that you ordered in the stock offering, the amounts that you elected to invest but were unable to invest, plus any earnings on those amounts, will be reinvested among the other funds of the Plan in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions).

 

Following the stock offering, you may elect to have both past contributions and earnings, as well as future contributions to your account invested among the funds listed above and the Company Stock Fund.

 

Performance History and Fund Description

 

The following table provides performance data with respect to the investment funds available under the Plan through June 30, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

Average Annual Total Returns as of June 30, 2013

 

Fund Name

 

Year to
Date

 

1 Year

 

3 Year

 

5 Year

 

10 Year

 

Since
Inception

 

Principal Fixed Income Guaranteed Option – See discussion under Description of the Investment Funds .

 

Income Separate Account

 

-1.88

 

2.70

 

5.44

 

7.24

 

5.60

 

7.92

 

Loomis Sayles Bond Retail Fund

 

0.71

 

8.60

 

9.27

 

7.95

 

8.10

 

8.44

 

Bond Market Index Separate Account

 

-2.79

 

-1.26

 

2.99

 

 

 

3.88

 

PIMCO Real Return A Fund

 

-8.38

 

-5.27

 

4.25

 

4.66

 

5.13

 

6.58

 

PIMCO Total Return A Fund

 

-3.21

 

0.81

 

4.25

 

6.81

 

5.50

 

6.59

 

Templeton Global Bond A Fund

 

-1.48

 

7.66

 

6.58

 

9.35

 

8.97

 

8.25

 

BlackRock Global Allocation Inv A Fund

 

4.31

 

10.90

 

8.37

 

3.66

 

8.92

 

9.54

 

ClearBridge Aggressive Growth A Fund

 

22.22

 

30.04

 

25.20

 

9.41

 

8.01

 

12.03

 

MFS Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock R3 Fund

 

10.69

 

19.89

 

17.93

 

7.93

 

7.02

 

6.95

 

LargeCap S&P 500 Index Separate Account

 

13.62

 

20.17

 

18.06

 

6.69

 

6.97

 

8.60

 

RidgeWorth Large Cap Value Equity I Fund

 

14.36

 

25.18

 

17.67

 

8.47

 

8.67

 

9.01

 

American Beacon Small Cap Value Investor Fund

 

16.37

 

27.65

 

18.18

 

9.76

 

10.22

 

11.20

 

ClearBridge Small Cap Growth A Fund

 

17.66

 

23.57

 

22.45

 

9.43

 

10.89

 

10.29

 

MidCap S&P 400 Index Separate Account

 

14.36

 

24.71

 

19.01

 

8.51

 

10.36

 

9.01

 

 

10



Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Average Annual Total Returns as of June 30, 2013

 

Fund Name

 

Year to
Date

 

1 Year

 

3 Year

 

5 Year

 

10 Year

 

Since
Inception

 

SmallCap S&P 600 Index Separate Account

 

15.97

 

24.72

 

19.81

 

9.61

 

10.43

 

9.20

 

RidgeWorth Mid-Cap Value Equity I Fund

 

12.60

 

27.45

 

17.55

 

12.21

 

12.17

 

9.37

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Discovery Adm Fund

 

18.10

 

23.08

 

22.14

 

8.33

 

11.95

 

10.83

 

American Funds EuroPacific Growth R4 Fund

 

2.00

 

15.49

 

9.06

 

1.12

 

9.54

 

7.78

 

Oppenheimer Global A Fund

 

8.50

 

25.35

 

14.53

 

5.68

 

9.37

 

11.49

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Emerging Markets Equity Adm Fund

 

-7.71

 

3.38

 

4.88

 

1.56

 

15.48

 

7.67

 

Ivy Science & Technology A Fund

 

20.09

 

30.59

 

21.08

 

11.61

 

13.47

 

5.89

 

 

Description of the Investment Funds

 

The following is a description of each of the funds:

 

Principal Fixed Income Guaranteed Option .  The Fixed Income Guaranteed Option is a guaranteed general-account backed group annuity contract that has been issued by Principal Life Insurance Company (Principal Life) to Principal Trust Company as custodian.  This contract provides an interest rate guaranteed for set period of time by Principal Life Insurance Company. Below is a history of the various rates at which interest has been credited under the Principal Fixed Income Guaranteed Option since March 2007.  As a guarantee, it does not have an investment management fee or expense ratio.  However, there is a 0.35 Rate Level Service Fee which represents part of the overall fee arrangement that the Plan pays for services from Principal Life as a provider of administrative services to the Plan, as agreed to in the Service and Expense Agreement for the Plan.

 

Crediting Rate History

 

06/13

 

12/12

 

06/12

 

12/11

 

06/11

 

12/10

 

06/10

 

12/09

 

06/09

 

12/08

 

06/08

 

12/07

 

03/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11/13

 

05/13

 

11/12

 

05/12

 

11/11

 

05/11

 

11/10

 

05/10

 

11/09

 

05/09

 

11/08

 

05/08

 

11/07

 

1.65

%

1.75

%

2.05

%

2.30

%

2.50

%

2.50

%

2.85

%

2.90

%

2.90

%

4.25

%

4.25

%

4.30

%

4.30

%

 

The crediting rate history is shown based on actual past interest rates and does not guarantee future rates.

 

Income Separate Account .  The investment seeks to provide a high level of current income consistent with preservation of capital.  The fund invests primarily in a diversified pool of fixed-income securities including corporate securities, U.S. government securities, and mortgage-backed securities, up to 35% of which may be in below investment grade bonds which are rated at the time of purchase Ba1 or lower by Moody’s and BB+ or lower by S&P.  It maintains an average portfolio duration that is within 25% of the duration of the Barclays Aggregate Bond Index.  The fund also invests in foreign securities, including those from emerging markets, and REIT securities.

 

Loomis Sayles Bond Retail Fund.  The investment seeks high total investment return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in fixed-income securities.  It will invest primarily in investment-grade fixed-income securities, although it may also invest up to 35% of its assets in below investment-grade

 

11



Table of Contents

 

fixed-income securities and up to 20% of its assets in equity securities, such as common stocks and preferred stocks (with up to 10% of its assets in common stocks).  The fund’s fixed-income securities investments may include unrated securities.  It may invest in fixed-income securities of any maturity.

 

Bond Market Index Separate Account .  The investment seeks to provide current income.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in debt securities held by the Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index at the time of purchase.  The index is composed of investment grade, fixed rate debt issues, including government, corporate, asset-backed, and mortgage-backed securities, with maturities of one year or more.  It employs a passive investment approach designed to attempt to track the performance of the index.

 

PIMCO Real Return A Fund .  The investment seeks maximum real return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in inflation-indexed bonds of varying maturities issued by the U.S. and non-U.S. governments, their agencies or instrumentalities, and corporations, which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts or swap agreements.  It invests primarily in investment grade securities, but may invest up to 10% of its total assets in high yield securities (“junk bonds”) rated B or higher.  The fund is non-diversified.

 

PIMCO Total Return A Fund .  The investment seeks maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management.  The fund normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in a diversified portfolio of Fixed Income Instruments of varying maturities, which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts, or swap agreements.  It invests primarily in investment-grade debt securities, but may invest up to 10% of its total assets in high yield securities (“junk bonds”) rated B or higher by Moody’s, or equivalently rated by S&P or Fitch, or, if unrated, determined by PIMCO to  be of comparable quality.

 

Templeton Global Bond A Fund .  The investment seeks current income with capital appreciation and growth of income.  Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its net assets in “bonds.”  Bonds include debt securities of any maturity, such as bonds, notes, bills and debentures.  It invests predominantly in bonds issued by governments and government agencies located around the world.  The fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in bonds that are rated below investment grade.  It regularly uses various currency related transactions involving derivative instruments.  The fund is non-diversified.

 

BlackRock Global Allocation Inv A Fund .  The investment seeks to provide high total investment return.  The fund invests in a portfolio of equity, debt and money market securities.  It may invest up to 35% of its total assets in “junk bonds,” corporate loans and distressed securities.  The fund may also invest in Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”).  It has no geographic limits on where it may invest and may invest in the securities of companies of any market capitalization.

 

ClearBridge Aggressive Growth A Fund .  The investment seeks capital appreciation.  The fund invests primarily in common stocks of companies the portfolio managers believe are

 

12



Table of Contents

 

experiencing, or will experience, growth in earnings exceeding the average rate of earnings growth of the companies which comprise the S&P 500 Index.  It may invest in the securities of large, well-known companies offering prospects of long-term earnings growth.  The fund may invest up to 25% of assets in foreign securities.

 

MFS Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock R3 Fund .  The investment seeks capital appreciation.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of the fund’s net assets in stocks.  The adviser focuses on investing the fund’s assets in the stocks of companies it believes to have above average earnings growth potential compared to other companies (growth companies).  While it may invest the fund’s assets in companies of any size, the adviser generally focuses on companies with large capitalizations.

 

LargeCap S&P 500 Index Separate Account .  The investment option normally invests the majority of assets in common stocks of companies that compose the S&P 500 Index.  Management attempts to mirror the investment performance of the index by allocating assets in approximately the same weightings as the S&P 500 Index.  Over the long-term, management seeks a very close correlation between the performance of the Separate Account before expenses and that of the S&P 500 Index.

 

RidgeWorth Large Cap Value Equity I Fund .  The investment seeks to provide a high level of capital appreciation; current income is as a secondary objective.  The fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in U.S.-traded equity securities of large-capitalization companies.  U.S.-traded equity securities may include American Depositary Receipts.  The subadviser considers large-capitalization companies to be companies with market capitalizations similar to those of companies in the Russell 1000(R) Value Index.

 

American Beacon Small Cap Value Investor Fund .  The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation and current income.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes) in equity securities of small market capitalization U.S. companies.  Its investments may include common stocks, preferred stocks, securities convertible into common stocks, real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and U.S. dollar-denominated foreign stocks trading on U.S. exchanges (collectively, “stocks”).

 

ClearBridge Small Cap Growth A Fund .  The investment seeks long-term growth of capital.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities of companies with small market capitalizations and related investments.  The portfolio managers use a growth-oriented investment style that emphasizes small U.S. companies.

 

MidCap S&P 400 Index Separate Account .  The investment option normally invests the majority of assets in common stocks of companies that compose the S&P MidCap 400 Index.  Management attempts to mirror the investment performance of the index by allocating assets in approximately the same weightings as the S&P MidCap 400 Index.  Over the long-term, management seeks a very close correlation between the performance of the Separate Account before expenses and that of the S&P MidCap 400 Index.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

SmallCap S&P 600 Index Separate Account .  The investment seeks long-term growth of capital and normally invests the majority of assets in common stocks of companies that compose the S&P SmallCap 600 Index.  Management attempts to mirror the investment performance of the index by allocating assets in approximately the same weightings as the S&P 600 Index.  Over the long-term, management seeks a very close correlation between the performance of the Separate Account before expenses and that of the S&P 600 Index.

 

RidgeWorth Mid-Cap Value Equity I Fund .  The investment seeks to provide capital appreciation; current income is as a secondary objective.  The fund invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in U.S.-traded equity securities of mid-capitalization companies.  The sub-adviser considers mid-capitalization companies to be companies with market capitalizations similar to those of companies in the Russell Midcap(R) Value Index.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Discovery Adm Fund .  The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in equity securities of small- and medium-capitalization companies and up to 25% of the fund’s total assets in equity securities of foreign issuers through ADRs and similar investments.  It may invest in any sector, and at times the fund may emphasize one or more particular sectors.  The fund may choose to sell a holding when it no longer offers favorable growth prospectus or to take advantage of a better investment opportunity.

 

American Funds EuroPacific Growth R4 Fund .  The investment seeks long-term growth of capital.  The fund invests primarily in common stocks of issuers in Europe and the Pacific Basin that the investment adviser believes have the potential for growth.  Growth stocks are stocks that the investment adviser believes have the potential for above-average capital appreciation.  It normally invests at least 80% of net assets in securities of issuers in Europe and the Pacific Basin.  The fund may invest a portion of its assets in common stocks and other securities of companies in countries with developing economies and/or markets.

 

Oppenheimer Global A Fund .  The investment seeks capital appreciation.  The fund invests mainly in common stock of U.S. and foreign companies.  It can invest without limit in foreign securities and can invest in any country, including countries with developing or emerging markets.  However, the fund currently emphasizes its investments in developed markets such as the United States, Western European countries and Japan.  It does not limit its investments to companies in a particular capitalization range, but primarily invests in mid- and large-cap companies.  The fund normally will invest in at least three countries (one of which may be the United States).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Emerging Markets Equity Adm Fund.  The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation.  The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in emerging market equity securities.  It invests principally in equity or other listed securities of emerging market companies.  The fund’s managers consider emerging market companies to include companies that are traded in, have their primary operations in, are domiciled in or derive a majority of their revenues from emerging market countries as defined  by the MSCI Emerging

 

14



Table of Contents

 

Market Index.  It may have exposure to stocks across all capitalizations and styles and will be diversified across countries and sectors.

 

Ivy Science & Technology A Fund .  The investment seeks to provide growth of capital.  The fund invests primarily in the equity securities of science and technology companies around the globe.  Under normal circumstances, it invests at least 80% of its net assets in securities of science or technology companies.  Science and technology companies are companies whose products, processes or services, are being or are expected to be significantly benefited by the use or commercial application of scientific or technological developments or discoveries.

 

An investment in any of the funds listed above is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.  As with any mutual fund investment, there is always a risk that you may lose money on your investment in any of the funds listed above.

 

Investment in Common Stock of Company

 

The Company Stock Fund will consist primarily of investments in common stock of Company.  The trustee will use all amounts allocated to the Company Stock Fund pursuant to the Special Investment Election Form to acquire shares in the conversion and common stock offering.  After the offering, the trustee will, to the extent practicable, use amounts held by it in the Company Stock Fund, including cash dividends paid on common stock held in the Company Stock Fund, to purchase shares of Company common stock.   It is expected that all purchases will be made at prevailing market prices.  Under certain circumstances, the trustee may be required to limit the daily volume of shares purchased.  Pending investment in Company stock, amounts allocated towards the purchase of shares in the offering will be held in the Company Stock Fund in an interest-bearing account.  In the event of an oversubscription, any earnings that result therefrom will be reinvested among the other funds of the 401(k) plan in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction allocation percentages).

 

Performance of the Company Stock Fund will be dependent upon a number of factors, including the financial condition and profitability of the Company and the Bank and market conditions for the common stock generally.

 

As of the date of this prospectus supplement, none of the shares of Company common stock have been issued or are outstanding and there is no established market for Company common stock.  Accordingly, there is no record of the historical performance of the Company Stock Fund.  Investments in the Company Stock Fund involve special risks that parallel the risks of investing in the common stock of Company.

 

For a discussion of material risks you should consider, see the “Risk Factors” section of the accompanying Prospectus and the section of the Prospectus Supplement entitled “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities” (see below).

 

15



Table of Contents

 

An investment in any of the funds listed above is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.  As with any mutual fund or stock investment, there is always a risk that you may lose money on your investment in any of the funds listed above.

 

Administration of the Plan

 

The Trustee and Custodian .  The trustee of the Plan is Delaware Charter Guarantee & Trust Company d/b/a Principal Trust Company.

 

Plan Administrator Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Plan is administered by the Bank.  The address of the Plan Administrator is c/o Richard Petrarca, One Coastway Plaza, Cranston, Rhode Island 02910, telephone number (401) 330-1600.  The Plan Administrator is responsible for the administration of the Plan, interpretation of the provisions of the Plan, prescribing procedures for filing applications for benefits, preparation and distribution of information explaining the Plan, maintenance of Plan records, books of account and all other data necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, preparation and filing of all returns and reports relating to the Plan which are required to be filed with the U.S. Department of Labor and the Internal Revenue Service, and for all disclosures required to be made to participants, beneficiaries and others under Sections 104 and 105 of ERISA.

 

Reports to Plan Participants .  The Plan Administrator will furnish you a statement at least quarterly showing the balance in your account as of the end of that period, the amount of contributions allocated to your account for that period, and any adjustments to your account to reflect earnings or losses (if any).

 

Amendment and Termination

 

It is the Bank’s intention to continue the Plan indefinitely.  Nevertheless, the Bank may terminate the Plan at any time.  If the Plan is terminated in whole or in part, then regardless of other provisions in the Plan, you will have a fully vested interest in your accounts.  The Bank reserves the right to make any amendment or amendments to the Plan which do not cause any part of the trust to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of participants or their beneficiaries; provided, however, that the Bank may make any amendment it determines necessary or desirable, with or without retroactive effect, to comply with ERISA.

 

Merger, Consolidation or Transfer

 

In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Plan with another plan, or the transfer of the trust assets to another plan, the Plan requires that you would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit you would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

The following is a brief summary of the material federal income tax aspects of the Plan. You should not rely on this summary as a complete or definitive description of the material federal income tax consequences relating to the Plan.  Statutory provisions change, as do their interpretations, and their application may vary in individual circumstances.  Finally, the consequences under applicable state and local income tax laws may not be the same as under the federal income tax laws.  Please consult your tax advisor with respect to any distribution from the Plan and transactions involving the Plan.

 

As a “tax-qualified retirement plan,” the Internal Revenue Code affords the Plan special tax treatment, including:

 

(1)                                  the sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate tax deduction for the amount contributed to the Plan each year;

 

(2)                                  participants pay no current income tax on amounts contributed by the employer on their behalf;

 

(3)                                  earnings of the Plan are tax-deferred, thereby permitting the tax-free accumulation of income and gains on investments.

 

The Bank will administer the Plan to comply with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code as of the applicable effective date of any change in the law.

 

Lump-Sum Distribution . A distribution from the Plan to a participant or the beneficiary of a participant will qualify as a lump-sum distribution if it is made within one taxable year, on account of the participant’s death, disability or separation from service, or after the participant attains age 59 ½, and consists of the balance credited to the participant under the Plan and all other profit sharing plans, if any, maintained by the Bank.  The portion of any lump-sum distribution required to be included in your taxable income for federal income tax purposes consists of the entire amount of the lump-sum distribution.

 

Company Common Stock Included in Lump-Sum Distribution . If a lump-sum distribution includes Company common stock, the distribution generally will be taxed in the manner described above, except that the total taxable amount may be reduced by the amount of any net unrealized appreciation with respect to Company common stock; that is, the excess of the value of Company common stock at the time of the distribution over its cost or other basis of the securities to the trust.  The tax basis of Company common stock, for purposes of computing gain or loss on its subsequent sale, equals the value of Company common stock at the time of distribution, less the amount of net unrealized appreciation.  Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of Company common stock, to the extent of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will constitute long-term capital gain, regardless of the holding period of Company common stock.  Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of Company common stock, in excess of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will be considered long-term capital gain.  The recipient

 

17



Table of Contents

 

of a distribution may elect to include the amount of any net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of the distribution, to the extent allowed by regulations to be issued by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Distributions: Rollovers and Direct Transfers to Another Qualified Plan or to an IRA . You may roll over virtually all distributions from the Plan to another qualified plan or to an individual retirement account in accordance with the terms of the other plan or account.

 

Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities.

 

Federal law provides specific rights concerning investments in employer securities.  Because you may in the future have investments in the Company Stock Fund under the Plan, you should take the time to read the following information carefully.

 

Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities . The Plan must allow you to elect to move any portion of your account that is invested in the Company Stock Fund from that investment into other investment alternatives under the Plan.  You may contact the Plan Administrator shown above for specific information regarding this right, including how to make this election.  In deciding whether to exercise this right, you will want to give careful consideration to the information below that describes the importance of diversification.  All of the investment options under the Plan are available to you if you decide to diversify out of the Company Stock Fund.

 

The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings .  To help achieve long-term retirement security, you should give careful consideration to the benefits of a well-balanced and diversified investment portfolio.  Spreading your assets among different types of investments can help you achieve a favorable rate of return, while minimizing your overall risk of losing money.  This is because market or other economic conditions that cause one category of assets, or one particular security, to perform very well often cause another asset category, or another particular security, to perform poorly.  If you invest more than 20% of your retirement savings in any one company or industry, your savings may not be properly diversified.  Although diversification is not a guarantee against loss, it is an effective strategy to help you manage investment risk.

 

In deciding how to invest your retirement savings, you should take into account all of your assets, including any retirement savings outside of the Plan.  No single approach is right for everyone because, among other factors, individuals have different financial goals, different time horizons for meeting their goals, and different tolerance for risk.  Therefore, you should carefully consider the rights described here and how these rights affect the amount of money that you invest in employer common stock through the Plan.

 

It is also important to periodically review your investment portfolio, your investment objectives, and the investment options under the Plan to help ensure that your retirement savings will meet your retirement goals.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Additional Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) Considerations

 

As noted above, the Plan is subject to certain provisions of ERISA, including special provisions relating to control over the Plan’s assets by participants and beneficiaries.  The Plan’s feature that allows you to direct the investment of your account balances is intended to satisfy the requirements of section 404(c) of ERISA relating to control over plan assets by a participant or beneficiary.  The effect of this is two-fold.  First, you will not be deemed a “fiduciary” because of your exercise of investment discretion.  Second, no person who otherwise is a fiduciary, such as the Bank, the Plan administrator, or the Plan’s trustee is liable under the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA for any loss which results from your exercise of control over the assets in your Plan account.

 

Because you will be entitled to invest all or a portion of your account balance in the Plan in Company common stock, the regulations under section 404(c) of the ERISA require that the Plan establish procedures that ensure the confidentiality of your decision to purchase, hold, or sell employer securities, except to the extent that disclosure of such information is necessary to comply with federal or state laws not preempted by ERISA.  These regulations also require that your exercise of voting and similar rights with respect to the common stock be conducted in a way that ensures the confidentiality of your exercise of these rights.

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability

 

Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 imposes reporting and liability requirements on officers, directors, and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of public companies such as Company.  Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the filing of reports of beneficial ownership.  Within 10 days of becoming an officer, director or person beneficially owning more than 10% of the shares of Company, a Form 3 reporting initial beneficial ownership must be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Changes in beneficial ownership, such as purchases, sales and gifts generally must be reported periodically, either on a Form 4 within 2 business days after the change occurs, or annually on a Form 5 within 45 days after the close of Company’s fiscal year.  Discretionary transactions in and beneficial ownership of the common stock through the Company Stock Fund of the Plan by officers, directors and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of the common stock of Company generally must be reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission by such individuals.

 

In addition to the reporting requirements described above, Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 provides for the recovery by the Company of profits realized by an officer, director or any person beneficially owning more than 10% of the Company’s common stock resulting from non-exempt purchases and sales of Company common stock within any six-month period.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that provide exemptions from the profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) for all transactions in employer securities within an employee benefit plan, provided certain requirements are met.  These requirements

 

19



Table of Contents

 

generally involve restrictions upon the timing of elections to acquire or dispose of employer securities for the accounts of Section 16(b) persons.

 

Except for distributions of common stock due to death, disability, retirement, termination of employment or under a qualified domestic relations order, persons affected by Section 16(b) are required to hold shares of common stock distributed from the Plan for six months following such distribution and are prohibited from directing additional purchases of common stock within the Company Stock Fund for six months after receiving such a distribution.

 

Financial Information Regarding Plan Assets

 

Financial information representing the net assets available for Plan benefits and the change in net assets available for Plan benefits at December 31, 2012, is available upon written request to the Plan Administrator at the address shown above.

 

Legal Opinion

 

The validity of the issuance of the common stock has been passed upon by Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., which firm is acting as special counsel to Coastway Community Bank in connection with Company’s stock offering.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

PROSPECTUS

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

(Proposed Holding Company for Coastway Community Bank)

Up to 4,197,500 Shares of Common Stock

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation, is offering shares of common stock for sale in connection with the conversion of Coastway Bancorp, MHC from the mutual to the stock form of organization.  All shares of common stock are being offered for sale at a price of $10.00 per share.  We expect that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “CWAY” upon conclusion of the stock offering.  There is currently no public market for the shares of our common stock.  We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.

 

We are offering up to 4,197,500 shares of common stock for sale on a best efforts basis.  We may sell up to 4,827,125 shares of common stock based on demand for the shares or changes in market conditions without resoliciting subscribers.  We must sell a minimum of 3,102,500 shares in order to complete the offering.

 

We are offering the shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” to eligible depositors.  Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering are being concurrently offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering.”  We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering through a “syndicated community offering” to be managed by Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.  In addition to the shares that we will sell in the offering, we will also contribute cash and stock to a charitable foundation that we are establishing, such contribution to consist of $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of our common stock that together will total 3.15% of the gross proceeds of the offering (67,729 shares or $677,290 in stock at the minimum of the range and 102,221 shares or $1,022,210 in stock at the maximum of the range, or up to 122,054 shares or $1,220,540 in stock at the adjusted maximum of the range).

 

The minimum number of shares of common stock you may order is 25 shares.  The maximum number of shares of common stock that you may order on an individual basis or through a single account in the subscription offering is 20,000 shares, and the maximum number of shares of common stock that an individual with an associate or group of persons acting in concert in all categories of the offering can order is 40,000 shares.  The offering is expected to expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date].  We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [extension date #1], or such later date as the Federal Reserve Board may approve, to the extent such approval is required, which may not be beyond [extension date #2].  Once submitted, orders are irrevocable.  However, if the offering is extended beyond [extension date #1], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 4,827,125 shares or decreased to fewer than 3,102,500 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders.  Funds received during the offering will be held in a segregated account at Coastway Community Bank, and will earn interest at [interest rate]% per annum, which is our current statement savings rate.

 

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will assist us in selling our shares of common stock on a best efforts basis.  Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. is not required to purchase any shares of the common stock that are being offered for sale.  Purchasers will not pay a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.  Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. has advised us that it intends to make a market in the common stock, but is under no obligation to do so.

 

This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of your investment.

Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

 

OFFERING SUMMARY

Price: $10.00 per Share

 

 

 

Minimum

 

Midpoint

 

Maximum

 

Adjusted Maximum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares

 

3,102,500

 

3,650,000

 

4,197,500

 

4,827,125

 

Gross offering proceeds

 

$

31,025,000

 

$

36,500,000

 

$

41,975,000

 

$

48,271,250

 

Estimated offering expenses (excluding selling agent fees)

 

$

1,120,000

 

$

1,120,000

 

$

1,120,000

 

$

1,120,000

 

Estimated selling agent fees(1) (2)

 

$

276,138

 

$

326,370

 

$

376,602

 

$

434,369

 

Estimated net proceeds

 

$

29,628,862

 

$

35,053,630

 

$

40,478,398

 

$

46,716,881

 

Estimated net proceeds per share

 

$

9.55

 

$

9.60

 

$

9.64

 

$

9.68

 

 


(1)          See “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization—Marketing and Distribution; Compensation” for a discussion of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.’s compensation for this offering.

(2)          Assumes all shares are sold in the subscription or community offerings, and excludes reimbursable expenses and conversion agent fees, which are included in estimated offering expenses.  If all shares of common stock are sold in the syndicated community offering, excluding shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, shares contributed to the foundation and shares purchased by insiders of Coastway Bancorp, Inc., for which no selling agent commissions would be paid, the maximum selling agent commissions and expenses would be $1.6 million at the minimum, $1.9 million at the midpoint, $2.2 million at the maximum and $2.5 million at the maximum, as adjusted. See “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization—Marketing and Distribution; Compensation” for a discussion of fees to be paid to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. and other FINRA member firms in the event that all shares are sold in a syndicated community offering.

 

These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation , the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities regulator has approved

 



Table of Contents

 

or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

For assistance, please call the Stock Information Center, toll free, at [stock information number].

 


 

SANDLER O’NEILL + PARTNERS, L.P.

 


 

The date of this prospectus is [prospectus date].

 



Table of Contents

 

[MAP SHOWING MARKET AREA APPEARS ON INSIDE FRONT COVER]

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

SUMMARY

1

RISK FACTORS

15

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

30

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

32

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

33

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

34

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

35

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

36

CAPITALIZATION

37

PRO FORMA DATA

39

COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

45

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

46

BUSINESS OF COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

64

BUSINESS OF COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK

64

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

91

TAXATION

102

MANAGEMENT OF COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

103

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

114

THE CONVERSION AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

115

COASTWAY CARES CHARITABLE FOUNDATION II

138

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

141

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

147

TRANSFER AGENT

148

EXPERTS

148

LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

149

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

149

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

F-1

 



Table of Contents

 

SUMMARY

 

The following summary highlights material information in this prospectus. It may not contain all the information that is important to you. For additional information, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the Financial Statements and the notes to the Financial Statements.

 

In this prospectus, the terms “we, “our,” and “us” refer to Coastway Bancorp, Inc., Coastway Community Bank, Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Coastway Bancorp, LLC, unless the context indicates another meaning.

 

Coastway Community Bank

 

Coastway Community Bank is a Rhode Island chartered savings bank headquartered in Cranston, Rhode Island.  Coastway Community Bank was originally organized in 1920 as the Telephone Workers Credit Union, a Rhode Island credit union and later we changed our name to Coastway Credit Union. In 2000, Coastway Credit Union merged with Ocean State Community Credit Union, also located in Rhode Island. In 2009, in order to give us greater business lending authority, Coastway Credit Union converted to a Rhode Island chartered mutual savings bank and changed its name to Coastway Community Bank.  In 2013, we reorganized into the mutual holding company structure by forming Coastway Bancorp, MHC, a Rhode Island chartered mutual holding company.  Coastway Bancorp, MHC owns 100% of the membership interests of Coastway Bancorp, LLC, a Rhode Island limited liability corporation, which in turn owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Coastway Community Bank.

 

We provide financial services to individuals, families and businesses throughout Rhode Island from our nine banking offices located in Providence County and Kent County, Rhode Island. Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public in our market area and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial real estate loans, U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans and, to a lesser extent, commercial business loans, commercial construction loans and consumer loans. We sell in the secondary market the majority of the fixed-rate conforming one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate, and depending on market conditions, we may also sell the guaranteed portions of SBA loans that we originate. We offer a variety of deposit accounts to consumers and small businesses, including certificate of deposit accounts, savings accounts, demand deposit accounts, money market accounts and club accounts. We also offer online and mobile banking services. At June 30, 2013, we had total assets of $375.7 million, total deposits of $330.0 million and total equity of $27.6 million. See “Business of Coastway Community Bank.” Our website address is www.coastway.com.  Information on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus.

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. is a newly formed Maryland corporation that will own all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Coastway Community Bank upon completion of the conversion and the offering.  Coastway Bancorp, Inc. has not engaged in any business to date. Our executive offices are located at One Coastway Plaza, Cranston, Rhode Island 02910.  Our telephone number at this address is (401) 330-1600.

 

Business Strategy

 

Our business strategy is to operate as a well-capitalized and profitable community bank dedicated to providing exceptional personal service to our individual and business customers. We believe that we have a competitive advantage in the markets we serve because of our knowledge of the local marketplace and our long-standing history of providing superior, relationship-based customer service. This 93-year

 



Table of Contents

 

history in the community, combined with management’s extensive experience and adherence to what we believe are conservative underwriting standards through numerous business cycles, has enabled us to maintain a well capitalized regulatory classification despite the economic downturn.

 

Increase Commercial Real Estate and Commercial Business Lending .  In order to increase the yield on and reduce the term to repricing of our loan portfolio, following our conversion from a credit union to a bank, we began to increase our commercial real estate and commercial business loan portfolios while maintaining what we believe are conservative underwriting standards.  We focus our commercial lending to small businesses located in our market area, targeting owner occupied businesses such as professional service providers. Our commercial real estate and commercial business loan portfolios have grown from $25.1 million and $2.9 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008 to $83.5 million and $8.3 million, respectively, at June 30, 2013.  At June 30, 2013, there were no non-performing commercial real estate loans and one non-performing commercial business loan that totaled $149,000, which was subsequently paid off in July 2013. The additional capital raised in this offering will further increase our commercial lending capacity by enabling us to originate more loans as well as loans with larger balances that we will retain in our portfolio.

 

Continue to Originate and Sell Certain Residential Real Estate Loans.  Residential mortgage lending has historically comprised a significant portion of our operations.  We recognize that the origination of one- to four-family residential real estate loans is essential to maintaining customer relations and our status as a community-oriented bank.  During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we originated $88.1 million in one- to four-family residential real estate loans held for sale and sold $81.5 million of such loans for gains on sale of $1.6 million, and during the year ended December 31, 2012, we originated $171.2 million in one- to four-family residential real estate loans held for sale and sold $172.2 million of such loans for gains on sale of $3.3 million. We intend to continue to sell in the secondary market the majority of the long-term conforming fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate to increase non-interest income and manage the overall duration of our loan portfolio. To the extent available, we intend to continue to develop an appropriately sized portfolio of jumbo and shorter term adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans to increase interest income and assist in the management of our interest rate risk. At June 30, 2013, we had $41.2 million in jumbo loans which represented 47.5% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio.

 

Maintain Disciplined Underwriting .  We emphasize a disciplined credit culture based on intimate market knowledge, close ties to our customers, sound underwriting standards and experienced loan officers. We are committed to actively monitoring and managing all segments of our loan portfolio in an effort to proactively identify and mitigate credit risks within our loan portfolio.  At June 30, 2013, non-performing assets totaled $8.3 million, which represented 2.20% of total assets. Non-performing SBA loans totaled $1.0 million at June 30, 2013, of which $865,000 was guaranteed by the SBA.

 

Increase our Share of Lower-Cost Deposits .   We remain committed to generating lower-cost stable core deposits.  We attract and retain transaction accounts by offering competitive products and rates and excellent customer service.  Our efforts to attract and retain transaction accounts have resulted in an increase in the total number of accounts and balances. Our core deposits (consisting of demand deposit accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and club accounts) increased $50.6 million to $206.7 million at June 30, 2013 from $156.1 million at December 31, 2010. At June 30, 2013, core deposits comprised 62.6% of our total deposits.

 

Focus on Relationship Banking.  We believe that our competitive strengths are personalized superior customer service, extensive knowledge of our local markets, high visibility community activities and technology-driven financial products such as internet banking.  We believe that we can leverage these strengths to attract and retain customers who are seeking personalized, best-in-class customer service that are not being served by the large money center and regional banks in our market area.  We also believe

 

2



Table of Contents

 

that we can capitalize on commercial deposit and personal banking relationships derived from an increase in commercial real estate and commercial business lending.

 

These strategies are intended to guide our investment of the net proceeds of the offering.  We intend to continue to pursue our business strategy after the conversion and the offering, subject to changes necessitated by future market conditions and other factors.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Strategy” for a further discussion of our business strategy.

 

Reasons for the Conversion

 

We believe the stock form of organization will provide us with additional resources to expand the products and services we offer our customers. Management believes that the additional capital raised in the offering will enable us to take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us, while being committed to remaining an independent community bank. Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are to:

 

·                                           increase our capital to enhance our financial strength and to support existing and future lending and deposit growth;

 

·                                           enhance our lending capacity by increasing our regulatory lending limits;

 

·                                           attract and retain qualified personnel by enabling us to establish stock-based benefit plans for management and employees that will give them an opportunity to share in our long-term success;

 

·                                           provide customers and members of our community with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in Coastway Community Bank; and

 

·                                           have greater flexibility to structure and finance opportunities for expansion, including acquisitions of other financial institutions, although we have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such transactions.

 

As of June 30, 2013, Coastway Community Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes and was not subject to a directive or a recommendation from the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to raise capital.  The proceeds from the stock offering will further improve our capital position.

 

Terms of the Conversion and the Offering

 

We are offering between 3,102,500 and 4,197,500 shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Coastway Community Bank, to our tax qualified employee benefit plans and, to the extent shares remain available, to members of our local community and the general public.  The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 4,827,125 as a result of demand for the shares or changes in the market for financial institution stocks.  Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 4,827,125 or decreased to less than 3,102,500, or the offering is extended beyond [extension date #1], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders.

 

The purchase price of each share of common stock to be issued in the offering (other than shares we are contributing to our charitable foundation) is $10.00.  Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering

 

We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:

 

·                                           First, to depositors of Coastway Community Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on July 30, 2012.

 

·                                           Second, to Coastway Community Bank’s tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including the employee stock ownership plan we are establishing in connection with the conversion and our 401(k) plan), which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation).  We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation).

 

·                                           Third, to depositors of Coastway Community Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on [SERD].

 

·                                           Fourth, to depositors of Coastway Community Bank as of [voting record date].

 

Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering are being concurrently offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the State of Rhode Island.

 

How We Determined the Offering Range

 

The amount of common stock that we are offering is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. assuming the conversion and the offering are completed.  RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of August 9, 2013, this market value (including the cash and shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) ranged from $31.7 million to $43.0 million, with a midpoint of $37.3 million.  Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale will range from 3,102,500 shares to 4,197,500 shares.  The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions.

 

RP Financial, LC. also considered that we intend to contribute cash and stock to a charitable foundation that we are establishing, such contribution to consist of $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of our common stock that together will total 3.15% of the gross proceeds of the offering (67,729 shares or $677,290 in stock at the minimum of the range and 102,221 shares or $1,022,210 in stock at the maximum of the range, up to 122,054 shares or $1,220,540 in stock at the adjusted maximum of the range).  The intended contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation has the effect of reducing our estimated pro forma valuation.  See “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.”

 

The appraisal is based in part on an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings institutions that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to us. The peer group consists of the following ten companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq stock market.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Company Name and Ticker Symbol

 

Headquarters

 

Total Assets

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

SI Financial Group, Inc. (SIFI)

 

Willimantic, CT

 

$

949

(1)

BSB Bancorp, Inc. (BLMT)

 

Belmont, MA

 

$

909

(1)

TF Financial Corp. (THRD)

 

Newtown, PA

 

$

715

(1)

Hampden Bancorp, Inc. (HBNK)

 

Springfield, MA

 

$

668

(2)

Colonial Financial Services, Inc. (COBK)

 

Bridgeton, NJ

 

$

633

(2)

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. (CBNK)

 

Chicopee, MA

 

$

597

(1)

Peoples Federal Bancshares, Inc. (PEOP)

 

Brighton, MA

 

$

578

(2)

Alliance Bancorp, Inc. (ALLB)

 

Broomall, PA

 

$

457

(2)

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. (WEBK)

 

Wellesley, MA

 

$

397

(1)

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc. (GTWN)

 

Georgetown, MA

 

$

211

(2)

 


(1)          As of June 30, 2013

(2)          As of March 31, 2013.

 

RP Financial, LC. has informed us that it sought to provide meaningful comparative data to limit the need to perform subjective valuation adjustments with respect to institutions that did not share common characteristics with Coastway Community Bank.  As a result, a comparable institution’s dissimilar asset size may be outweighed by similarities with respect to other characteristics that RP Financial, LC. considers more indicative of an institution’s value than asset size.

 

The peer group selection process was limited to publicly traded thrifts in accordance with regulatory conversion guidelines, which limit the number of potential comparable companies for inclusion in the peer group to 110 full stock publicly traded companies.  As noted in the appraisal report, the selection process for the peer group involved applying two geographic screens of the universe of all public thrifts that were eligible for inclusion in the peer group.

 

·                                                                   New England Thrift Institutions .  Given the limited number of publicly-traded full stock savings institutions based in Rhode Island, RP Financial, LC. looked to a broader market comprised of thrift institutions with assets less than $1.0 billion based in the New England region of the United States.  Seven companies met the criteria for the screen and all were included in the peer group.

 

·                                                                   Eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey Thrift Institutions .  RP Financial, LC. next looked at publicly-traded full stock savings institutions based in eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey with assets less than $1.0 billion.  Three companies met the criteria for the screen and all were included in the group.

 

In selecting the peer group, RP Financial, LC. considered only those companies that have been in full stock form for over one year, are not subject to acquisition, and are not experiencing unusual financial or other trends.

 

The following table presents a summary of selected pro forma pricing ratios for Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC.  Ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013 (or the last twelve months for which data is available) and stock price information as of August 9, 2013. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 28.6% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 30.4% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a premium of 131.8% on a price-to-earnings basis.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Price-to-earnings
multiple

 

Price-to-book
value ratio

 

Price-to-tangible
book value ratio

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. (pro forma)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum, as adjusted

 

78.69

x

72.05

%

72.05

%

Maximum

 

63.99

x

68.12

%

68.12

%

Midpoint

 

52.66

x

64.06

%

64.06

%

Minimum

 

42.46

x

59.24

%

59.24

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation of peer group companies using stock prices as of August 9, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

24.96

x

96.59

%

97.37

%

Medians

 

27.61

x

95.34

%

97.91

%

 

Compared to the average pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 29.5% on a price-to-book basis, a discount of 30.0% on a price-to-tangible book basis and a premium of 156.4% on a price-to-earnings basis.  This means that, at the maximum of the offering range, a share of our common stock would be less expensive than the peer group on a book value and tangible book value basis and more expensive on a price-to-earnings basis.

 

The independent appraisal does not indicate per share market value.  Do not assume or expect that the valuation of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. as indicated above means that, after the conversion and the offering, the shares of common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 offering price.  Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented above were utilized by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group.  The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

 

For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization—Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued.”

 

Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase

 

The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25. Generally, no individual, or individuals exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying account held jointly, may purchase more than 20,000 shares ($200,000) of common stock.  Additionally, if any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, will be combined with your purchases and may not exceed 40,000 shares ($400,000):

 

·                                           your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house;

 

·                                           most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior management position; or

 

·                                           other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.

 

See the detailed descriptions of “acting in concert” and “associate” in “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

Subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation, we may increase or decrease the purchase limitations at any time.  Please see “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

6



Table of Contents

 

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering

 

In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering, you must submit a completed order form, together with full payment payable to Coastway Bancorp, Inc. or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your Coastway Community Bank deposit accounts.  We will not be required to accept incomplete order forms, unsigned order forms, or orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. We must receive all order forms prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date].  We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate withdrawal instructions.  A postmark prior to [expiration date] will not entitle you to purchase shares of common stock unless we receive the envelope by [expiration date].  You may submit your order form and payment by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the order form, by bringing your order form to our Stock Information Center or by mail using the return envelope provided.

 

Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:

 

(1)                                  personal check, bank check or money order, payable to Coastway Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

(2)                                  authorization of withdrawal from Coastway Community Bank deposit accounts designated on the order form.

 

Regulations prohibit Coastway Community Bank from knowingly lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering, including checks drawn on a Coastway Community Bank lines of credit. You may not use cash, wires or third-party checks (a check written by someone other than you) payable to you and endorsed over to Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  If you request that we place a hold on your checking account for the subscription amount, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account.  Once we receive your executed order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by [extension date #1], in which event purchasers may be given the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders for a specified period of time.  You may not authorize direct withdrawal from a Coastway Community Bank retirement account.  See “—Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.”

 

Please see “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Payment for Shares” for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the stock offering.

 

Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock

 

You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account, or “IRA.”  If you wish to use funds that are currently in your IRA or other retirement account held at Coastway Community Bank, the funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to a brokerage account with a broker who is willing and able to facilitate your purchase in the offering.  It may take several weeks to transfer your Coastway Community Bank IRA to an independent trustee, so please allow yourself sufficient time to take this action.  Depositors interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the end of the offering period, because processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held.  We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

Please see “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Payment for Shares” and “—Using Retirement Account Funds” for a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares in the stock offering.

 

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering

 

Assuming we sell 4,827,125 shares of common stock in the stock offering (the adjusted maximum of the offering range), and we have net proceeds of $46.7 million, we intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:

 

·                                           $23.4 million (50.0% of the net proceeds) will be invested in Coastway Community Bank;

 

·                                           $4.0 million (8.5% of the net proceeds) will be loaned to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of our shares of common stock;

 

·                                           $300,000 (0.6% of the net proceeds) will be contributed to our charitable foundation; and

 

·                                           $19.1 million (40.9% of the net proceeds) will be retained by Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

We may use the funds we receive for investments, to pay cash dividends, to repurchase shares of common stock and for other general corporate purposes, subject to regulatory approval as applicable.  Coastway Community Bank may use the proceeds it receives from Coastway Bancorp, Inc. to support increased lending and to increase its capital position.  The net proceeds retained by Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank also may be used for future business expansion through acquisitions of banks, thrifts and other financial services companies.  We have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such acquisitions.  Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments consistent with our investment policy.

 

We do not anticipate the number of shares we sell in the stock offering will result in significant changes in the respective use of proceeds by Coastway Community Bank and Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering, including a table showing the distribution of net proceeds at different points in the offering range.

 

Our Issuance of Cash and Shares of Our Common Stock to Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II

 

To further our commitment to our local community, we intend to establish a charitable foundation as part of the conversion and stock offering.  Assuming we receive approval from our depositors to fund the charitable foundation with shares of our common stock and cash, such contribution will consist of $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of our common stock that together will total 3.15% of the gross proceeds of the offering (67,729 shares or $677,290 in stock at the minimum of the range and 102,221 shares or $1,022,210 in stock at the maximum of the range, or up to 122,054 shares or $1,220,540 in stock at the adjusted maximum of the range).  As a result of the issuance of shares of common stock and the contribution of cash to the charitable foundation, at the midpoint of the valuation range we will record an after-tax expense of approximately $700,000 during the quarter in which the stock offering is completed.

 

The charitable foundation will be dedicated exclusively to supporting charitable causes and community development activities in the communities in which we operate.  The charitable foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market

 

8



Table of Contents

 

value of its net investment assets, and is expected to make contributions totaling approximately $57,000 in its first year of operation.

 

Issuing shares of common stock and contributing cash to the charitable foundation will:

 

·                                           dilute the voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the stock offering; and

 

·                                           result in an expense, and a reduction in earnings, during the quarter in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit.

 

The establishment and funding of the charitable foundation has been approved by the Boards of Directors of Coastway Bancorp, MHC, Coastway Bancorp, LLC, Coastway Community Bank and Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and is subject to approval by depositors of Coastway Community Bank.  If the depositors do not approve the funding of the charitable foundation with shares of our common stock and cash, we may, in our discretion, complete the conversion and stock offering without the inclusion of the charitable foundation and without resoliciting subscribers.  We may also determine, in our discretion, not to complete the conversion and stock offering if the depositors do not approve the charitable foundation.

 

The amount of common stock that we would offer for sale would be greater if the offering were to be completed without the formation and funding of the Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II.  For a further discussion of the financial impact of the charitable foundation, including its effect on those who purchase shares in the offering, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Stock Offering—The contribution to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in the year we complete the stock offering,” “Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation” and “Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II.”

 

You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights

 

Applicable regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights.  If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the shares of common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights.  We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or given away his or her subscription rights.  We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights.

 

Deadline for Orders of Common Stock

 

If you wish to purchase shares of common stock in the offering, we must receive a properly completed original stock order form, together with full payment for the shares of common stock, no later than 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date].  You may submit your order form and payment by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the order form, by bringing your stock order form to our Stock Information Center, or by mail using the return envelope provided.

 

Steps We May Take If We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares

 

If we do not receive orders for at least 3,102,500 shares of common stock (not counting shares to be contributed to our charitable foundation), we may take additional steps to complete the offering.  Specifically, we may:

 

·                                           increase the purchase limitations; and/or

 

9



Table of Contents

 

·                                           seek the approval, to the extent required, of the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation, to extend the offering beyond [extension date #1], so long as we resolicit persons that have previously subscribed in the offering.

 

If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be, and, in our sole discretion, some other large subscribers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit.  If we extend the offering beyond [extension date #1], we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time.  If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock.

 

Possible Change in the Offering Range

 

RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the offering.  If, as a result of demand for the shares, changes in market conditions or changes to our financial condition, operating results or other aspects of our business, RP Financial, LC. determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 4,827,125 shares in the offering without further notice to you.  If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $31.7 million or above $49.5 million, then, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation, we may:

 

·                                           terminate the stock offering and promptly return all funds;

 

·                                           set a new offering range and give all subscribers the opportunity to confirm, modify or rescind their purchase orders for shares of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock; or

 

·                                           take such other actions as may be permitted, to the extent such permission is required, by the Federal Reserve Board, the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation and the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Possible Termination of the Offering

 

We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meeting of depositors of Coastway Community Bank that is being called to vote upon the conversion and to approve the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation, and at any time after depositor approval with the approval, to the extent such approval is required, of the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation.

 

We must sell a minimum of 3,102,500 shares to complete the offering. If we terminate the offering because we fail to sell the minimum number of shares (not counting shares that we will contribute to the charitable foundation) or for any other reason, we will promptly return your funds with interest at our statement savings rate, currently [interest rate]% per annum, and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.

 

Purchases by Executive Officers and Directors

 

We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 87,500 shares of common stock in the offering, or 2.8% of the shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation).  Our directors and executive officers will pay the same $10.00 per share price for the common stock as all other subscribers in the offering. Purchases of the common stock by our directors and executive officers are for investment purposes for these individuals and not with a view towards resale, and pursuant to applicable conversion

 

10



Table of Contents

 

regulations, our directors and executive officers, generally, will not be permitted to sell any shares of the common stock that they purchase in the offering for a period of at least one year from the closing of the conversion and offering. See “Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers.”

 

Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Following the Conversion

 

We expect our tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8% of the total number of shares of common stock that we issue in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation), or 343,977 shares of common stock, assuming we sell the maximum of the shares proposed to be sold.

 

We also intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans.  Stockholder approval of these plans will be required, and the stock-based benefit plans cannot be implemented until at least six months after the completion of the conversion pursuant to applicable regulations. We have not yet determined whether we will present these plans for stockholder approval within 12 months following the completion of the conversion or more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion.  If presented more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, these plans would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast; otherwise, they would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes eligible to be cast.  Further, there are a number of restrictions that would apply to these plans if adopted within one year of the conversion, including limits on awards to non-employee directors and officers and vesting.  See “Management of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.—Future Stock Benefit Plans.”  For example, if adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans will reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to not more than 4% of the shares issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) for restricted stock awards to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and will also reserve a number of stock options equal to not more than 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation ) for key employees and directors.

 

If 4% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) are awarded under a stock-based benefit plan and come from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience dilution of up to approximately 3.85% in their ownership interest in Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  If 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) are issued upon the exercise of options granted under a stock-based benefit plan and come from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience dilution of approximately 9.09% in their ownership interest in Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

In connection with the conversion, we expect to establish an executive change in control severance plan with certain of our executive officers.  See “Management of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.—Executive Officer Compensation” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Stock Offering—We have entered into an employment agreement with our President and Chief Executive Officer and intend to enter into an executive change in control severance plan with certain of our executive officers, which may increase our compensation costs upon the occurrence of certain events or increase the costs of acquiring us” for a further discussion of these agreements, including their terms and potential costs, as well as a description of other benefits arrangements.

 

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and aggregate dollar value of grants (valuing each share granted at the offering price of $10.00) that will be available under our employee stock ownership plan and one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans are adopted within one year following the completion of the conversion and the offering.  The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all these shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market.  The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be

 

11



Table of Contents

 

acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all employees.  A portion of the stock award and stock option grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees.

 

 

 

Number of Shares to be Granted or
Purchased(3)

 

Dilution
Resulting

 

Value of Grants (1)

 

 

 

At
Minimum
of Offering
Range

 

At
Adjusted
Maximum
of Offering
Range

 

As a
Percentage
of Common
Stock to be
Issued (2)

 

From
Issuance of
Shares for
Stock Benefit
Plans

 

At
Minimum

Offering
Range

 

At
Adjusted
Maximum

Offering
Range

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock ownership plan

 

253,618

 

395,934

 

8.00

%

 

$

2,536

 

$

3,959

 

Stock awards

 

126,809

 

197,967

 

4.00

 

3.85

%

1,268

 

1,980

 

Stock options

 

317,023

 

494,918

 

10.00

 

9.09

%

1,233

 

1,925

 

Total

 

697,450

 

1,088,819

 

22.00

%

12.28

%

$

5,037

 

$

7,864

 

 


(1)          The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made.  For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share.  The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $3.89 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; dividend yield of 0%; an expected option life of 10 years; a risk-free interest rate of 2.52%; and a volatility rate of 24.17% based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions.  The actual expense of stock options granted under a stock-based benefit plan will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted, which may or may not be the Black-Scholes model.

(2)          The stock-based benefit plans may award a greater number of options and shares, respectively, if the plans are adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion.

(3)          For plans adopted within 12 months of the completion of the conversion, applicable regulations permit stock awards to encompass up to 4.0% and the ESOP and stock awards to encompass in the aggregate up to 12.0% of the shares issued, provided Coastway Community Bank has tangible capital of 10.0% or more following the conversion.

 

The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value (the closing market price of shares of common stock of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.) as of the date grants are made.  The following table presents the total value of all shares to be available for awards of restricted stock under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming the shares for the plan are purchased or issued in a range of market prices from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of the grant.

 

Share Price

 

126,809  Shares
Awarded at Minimum
of Offering Range

 

149,399  Shares
Awarded at Midpoint of
Offering Range

 

171,989  Shares
Awarded at Maximum
of Offering Range

 

197,967  Shares
Awarded at Maximum
of Offering Range, As
Adjusted

 

(In thousands, except share price information)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

8.00

 

$

1,014

 

$

1,195

 

$

1,376

 

$

1,584

 

10.00

 

1,268

 

1,494

 

1,720

 

1,980

 

12.00

 

1,522

 

1,793

 

2,064

 

2,376

 

14.00

 

1,775

 

2,092

 

2,408

 

2,772

 

 

The grant-date fair value of the stock options granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be based, in part, on the closing price of shares of common stock of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. on the date the options are granted.  The fair value will also depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option-pricing model ultimately adopted.  The following table presents the total estimated value of the stock options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the range of market prices for the shares are $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of the grant.

 

Exercise Price

 

Grant-Date Fair
Value Per Option

 

317,023  Options at
Minimum of Range

 

373,498  Options at
Midpoint of Range

 

429,972  Options at
Maximum of Range

 

494,918  Options at
Maximum of
Range, As Adjusted

 

(In thousands, except share price information)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

8.00

 

$

3.11

 

$

986

 

$

1,162

 

$

1,337

 

$

1,539

 

10.00

 

3.89

 

1,233

 

1,453

 

1,673

 

1,925

 

12.00

 

4.67

 

1,480

 

1,744

 

2,008

 

2,311

 

14.00

 

5.45

 

1,728

 

2,036

 

2,343

 

2,697

 

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Market for Common Stock

 

We anticipate that the common stock sold in the offering will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “CWAY” following the completion of the stock offering.  See “Market for the Common Stock.”

 

Our Policy Regarding Dividends

 

Our Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements.  However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments.  See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends.”

 

Conditions to Completion of the Conversion and the Offering

 

We cannot complete the conversion and the offering unless:

 

·                                           the plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by a majority of votes eligible to be cast by depositors of Coastway Community Bank. A special meeting of depositors to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion and reorganization and to vote upon the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation has been set for         , 2013;

 

·                                           we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered; and

 

·                                           we receive all required final approvals of the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation to complete the conversion and the offering.

 

Material Income Tax Consequences

 

The conversion qualifies as a tax-free reorganization.  Neither Coastway Bancorp, Inc., Coastway Bancorp, LLC, Coastway Community Bank, Coastway Bancorp, MHC nor persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering will recognize any gain or loss as a result of the conversion. See “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization—Material Income Tax Consequences” for a complete discussion of the income tax consequences of the transaction.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), which was signed into law on April 5, 2012, has made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets.  Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.0 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.”  We qualify as an “emerging growth company” and believe that we will continue to qualify as an “emerging growth company” for five years from the completion of the stock offering.

 

As an “emerging growth company,” we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.  As of June 30, 2013, there is not a significant difference in the presentation of our financial statements as compared to other public companies as a result of this transition guidance.

 

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an

 

13



Table of Contents

 

“emerging growth company” we choose to rely on such exemptions, we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), (iii) hold non-binding stockholder votes regarding annual executive compensation or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger or similar corporate transaction, (iv) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (v) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. However, we will also not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosures so long as we remain a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $75 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

 

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

 

How You Can Obtain Additional Information

 

Our branch office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our stock information center at [stock information number] to speak to a representative of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. Representatives are available by telephone Monday through Friday from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. You may also meet in person with a representative by visiting our Stock Information Center located at our headquarters at One Coastway Plaza, Cranston, Rhode Island. The Stock Information Center is open weekdays during the offering, except for bank holidays, on Monday through Friday from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time.

 

TO ENSURE THAT EACH PERSON RECEIVES A PROSPECTUS AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OF [EXPIRATION DATE] IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW, NO PROSPECTUS WILL BE MAILED OR HAND-DELIVERED ANY LATER THAN FIVE DAYS OR TWO DAYS, RESPECTIVELY, PRIOR TO [EXPIRATION DATE].

 

14



Table of Contents

 

RISK FACTORS

 

You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our shares of common stock.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Our commercial real estate and commercial business loans generally carry greater credit risk than loans secured by owner occupied one- to four-family real estate, and these risks will increase if we succeed in our plan to increase these types of loans.

 

At June 30, 2013, $91.8 million, or 29.7%, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate and commercial business loans.  Given their larger balances and the complexity of the underlying collateral, commercial real estate and commercial business loans generally expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by owner occupied one- to four-family real estate. Also, many of our borrowers have more than one of these types of loans outstanding.  Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential real estate loan.  These loans also have greater credit risk than residential real estate for the following reasons:

 

·                                           commercial real estate loans — repayment is generally dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service.

 

·                                           commercial business loans — repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business.

 

If loans that are collateralized by real estate or other business assets become troubled and the value of the collateral has been significantly impaired, then we may not be able to recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses which would in turn adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

Furthermore, a key component of our strategy is to continue to increase our origination of commercial real estate and commercial business loans to diversify our loan portfolio and increase our yields.  The proposed increase in these types of loans significantly increases our exposure to the risks inherent in these types of loans.

 

We have a high concentration of loans secured by real estate in our market area.  Difficult economic conditions, both generally and in our market area, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

At June 30, 2013, $265.9 million, or 86.1% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of loans secured by real estate in the state of Rhode Island.  We have relatively few loans outside of our market area, and, as a result, we have a greater risk of loan defaults and losses in the event of a further economic downturn in our market area, as adverse economic conditions may have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely payments of their loans.  During the last several years, economic conditions and real estate values within our market area have declined significantly.  The unemployment rate in the State of Rhode Island was 9.2% in May 2013 as compared to the national unemployment rate of 7.6% in May 2013.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

A further deterioration, continued stagnation or even minimal improvement in economic conditions generally and in the market areas we serve could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:

 

·                                           loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

·                                           weak economic conditions may continue to limit the demand for loans by creditworthy borrowers, limiting our capacity to leverage our retail deposits and maintain our net interest income;

 

·                                           the value of the collateral for our loans may decline further;

 

·                                           demand for our deposits and services may decline; and

 

·                                           the amount of our low-cost or non-interest bearing deposits may decrease.

 

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings and capital could decrease.

 

We are exposed to the risk that our borrowers may default on their obligations. A borrower’s default on its obligations under one or more loans may result in lost principal and interest income and increased operating expenses as a result of the allocation of management time and resources to the collection and work-out of the loan. In certain situations, where collection efforts are unsuccessful or acceptable work-out arrangements cannot be reached, we may have to charge-off the loan in whole or in part. In such situations, we may acquire real estate or other assets, if any, that secure the loan through foreclosure or other similar available remedies, and the amount owed under the defaulted loan may exceed the value of the assets acquired.

 

We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for many of our loans.  In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate other factors including, among other things, current economic conditions.  If our assumptions are incorrect, or if delinquencies do not continue to improve or non-accrual and non-performing loans increase, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, which would require additions to our allowance, which could materially decrease our net income.

 

In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and, based on their judgments and information available to them at the time of their review, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs.  An increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities may result in a decrease of our net income and, possibly, our capital position, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our nonconforming loan portfolio exposes us to increased credit risk.

 

A significant portion of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans are nonconforming to secondary market requirements, and are therefore not saleable to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) or Rhode Island Housing. At June 30, 2013, $41.2 million, or 47.5%, of our one- to four-family residential loan portfolio consisted of loans that were considered nonconforming because they exceeded the maximum balance allowable for sale (generally $417,000 for single-family

 

16



Table of Contents

 

homes in our market area), or jumbo loans. At June 30, 2013, we had three loans totaling $1.6 million of non-performing jumbo loans.

 

From 2000 until early 2006, we originated loans to borrowers who provided limited or no documentation of income, known as stated income loans. A stated income loan is a loan where the borrower’s income source is not subject to verification through the application process.  At June 30, 2013, we had $3.6 million in stated income loans, or 4.1% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio, of which $1.2 million were non-performing loans. Approximately one-third of the $3.6 million in stated income loans were made to borrowers who had existing commercial relationships and financial information on file with us.

 

Jumbo one- to four-family residential loans have increased risk due to their potential for greater exposure to loss as a result of their larger balances, which cannot be sold to government sponsored enterprises. Stated income loans have increased risk due to the lack of income verification applied to such loans which could result in higher rates of default. If our nonconforming one- to four-family residential loans do not perform, it will have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our significant concentration of home equity loans and lines of credit exposes us to increased credit risk.

 

At June 30, 2013, $84.4 million, or 27.4%, of our loan portfolio consisted of home equity loans and lines of credit, of which $47.7 million are in a junior lien position.  Recent economic conditions have resulted in declines in real estate values in our market areas.  These declines in real estate values could cause some of our home equity loans and lines of credit to be inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss if we seek to recover on defaulted loans by foreclosing and selling the real estate collateral, or if another lender has priority over us, and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance on defaulted loans after the senior liens are satisfied.

 

Our operating expenses are high as a percentage of our net interest income and non-interest income, making it more difficult to maintain profitability.

 

Since 2012, we have opened two new branch offices and increased our full time equivalent employees from 125 at June 30, 2012 to 144 at June 30, 2013. This recent increase in our branch network and full time equivalent employees was part of a strategy to increase our platform to allow for future loan and deposit growth, and improve customer service. We also incurred professional fees in 2011 and 2012 related to the formation of our mutual holding company.  In the second quarter of 2013, we incurred an impairment charge of $482,000 on real estate held for sale.  These actions have increased our non-interest expense or reduced our non-interest income. In connection with the offering, we intend to make a contribution to our new foundation and put in place an employee stock ownership plan which will have the effect of reducing our net income. In addition in future periods, we intend to institute one or more stock-based benefit plans which will increase our non-interest expense and relocate to a new corporate headquarters which may increase our occupancy expense.

 

Our non-interest expense, which consists primarily of the costs associated with operating our business, represents a high percentage of the income we generate. The cost of generating our income is measured by our efficiency ratio, or our non-interest expense divided by the sum of our net interest income and our non-interest income. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, our efficiency ratio was 91.91%, 82.56% and 83.12%, respectively. Generally, this means we spent approximately $0.92, $0.83 and $0.83 during those periods to generate $1.00 of income. If we are unable to lower our efficiency ratio by executing our strategy to increase our interest income, our profitability may be adversely affected.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Future changes in interest rates could reduce our profits.

 

The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, our earnings and growth are significantly affected by interest rates, which are subject to the influence of economic conditions generally, both domestic and foreign, to events in the capital markets and also to the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Board. Changes in interest rates can affect our net interest income as well as the value of our assets and liabilities. Net interest income is the difference between (i) interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and (ii) interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds. Changes in market interest rates, changes in the relationships between short-term and long-term market interest rates, or the yield curve, or changes in the relationships between different interest rate indices can affect the interest rates charged on interest-earning assets differently than the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

 

Historically, our interest-earning assets repriced more quickly than our interest-bearing liabilities, which made us vulnerable to decreases in interest rates.  For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, our net interest margin was 3.51% and 3.87%, respectively. Our asset/liability management committee utilizes a computer simulation model to provide an analysis of estimated changes in net interest income in various interest rate scenarios.  Increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and/or make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable-rate loans.  Conversely, a reduction in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans, as borrowers refinance their debt in order to reduce their borrowing costs.  This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans. In addition, we may not be able to lower our cost of funds as quickly as certain loans mature, reprice or are refinanced, which may cause a decline in our net interest margin.

 

Historically low interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

 

In recent years it has been the policy of the Federal Reserve Board to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. As a result, market rates on the loans we have originated have been at lower levels than available prior to 2008. This has been a significant factor in the decrease in our net interest income to $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  As a general matter, our interest-earning assets reprice or mature slightly more quickly than our interest-bearing liabilities, which has resulted in decreases in net interest income as interest rates decreased. Our ability to lower our interest expense is limited at these interest rate levels while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease as long as the low interest rate environment continues.  The Federal Reserve Board has indicated its intention to maintain low interest rates for at least another year and possibly longer.  Accordingly, our net interest income may continue to decrease, which will have an adverse effect on our profitability.

 

Income from secondary mortgage market operations is volatile, and we may incur losses with respect to our secondary mortgage market operations that could negatively affect our earnings.

 

A key component of our strategy is to increase the extent to which we sell in the secondary market the longer term, conforming fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that we originate, earning non-interest income in the form of gains on sale. When interest rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans tends to fall and may reduce the number of loans we can originate for sale.  Weak or deteriorating economic conditions also tend to reduce loan demand.  Although we originate, and intend to continue originating, loans on a “best efforts” basis, and we sell, and intend to continue selling, most loans in the secondary market with limited or no recourse, we are required, and will continue to be required, to give customary

 

18



Table of Contents

 

representations and warranties to the buyers relating to compliance with applicable law.  If we breach those representations and warranties, the buyers will be able to require us to repurchase the loans and we may incur a loss on the repurchase.

 

If our foreclosed real estate or real estate held for sale is not properly valued, our earnings could be reduced.

 

We obtain updated valuations in the form of appraisals and broker price opinions when a loan has been foreclosed and the property taken in as foreclosed real estate and at certain other times during the holding period of the asset. We also obtained appraisals and broker price opinions on our real estate held for sale. Our net book value, or NBV, of the loan at the time of foreclosure and thereafter is compared to the updated fair value of the foreclosed property less estimated selling costs (fair value).  A charge-off is recorded for any excess in the asset’s NBV over its fair value less estimated selling costs.  If our valuation process is incorrect, or if property values decline, the fair value of our foreclosed real estate and/or real estate held for sale may not be sufficient to recover our carrying value in such assets, resulting in the need for additional write-downs. An impairment loss is recorded on real estate held for sale to the extent that the fair value less estimated cost to sell is less than the NBV. In addition, bank regulators periodically review our foreclosed real estate and may require us to recognize further write-downs.  Any increase in our charge-offs, write-downs and/or impairment losses may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability.

 

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense.  In our market area, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere.  The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of new legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. These competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures.

 

Some of our competitors have greater name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide.  In addition, larger competitors may choose to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do, which could affect our ability to grow and remain profitable on a long-term basis.  Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area.  If we must raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on our loans, our net interest margin and profitability could be adversely affected.  For additional information see “Business of Coastway Community Bank—Competition.”

 

We depend on our management team to implement our business strategy and execute successful operations and we could be harmed by the loss of their services.

 

We are dependent upon the services of the members of our senior management team who direct our strategy and operations.  We have benefited from consistency within our senior management team, with our top six executives averaging over 11 years of service with Coastway Community Bank and more than a combined 202 years of financial institution experience.  Members of our senior management team, or lending specialists who possess expertise in our markets and key business relationships, could be

 

19



Table of Contents

 

difficult to replace.  Our loss of these persons, or our inability to hire additional qualified personnel, could impact our ability to implement our business strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to compete in our markets.  See “Management of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.”

 

Financial reform legislation will result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, has changed and will continue to change the bank regulatory framework, created an independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau that has assumed the consumer protection responsibilities of the various federal banking agencies, and established more stringent capital standards for banks and bank holding companies.  The legislation will also result in new regulations affecting the lending, funding, trading and investment activities of banks and bank holding companies.  The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions such as Coastway Community Bank, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices.  Banks and savings institutions with $10.0 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined by their applicable bank regulators.  The new legislation also gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.  The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the federal banking agencies to promulgate rules requiring mortgage lenders to retain a portion of the credit risk related to securitized loans.  Bank regulatory agencies also have been responding aggressively to concerns and adverse trends identified in examinations. These measures are likely to increase our costs of doing business and increase our costs related to regulatory compliance, and may have a significant adverse effect on our lending activities, financial performance and operating flexibility.

 

We will become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or constrain us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares.

 

In July 2013, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board approved a new rule that will substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to Coastway Community Bank. The final rule implements the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which will be effective for Coastway Community Bank on January 1, 2015, and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating these ratios.  The new minimum capital requirements will be: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the new regulatory minimum capital ratios, and will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement would be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.

 

The application of more stringent capital requirements for Coastway Community Bank could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions constraining us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

The cost of additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses.

 

As a result of the completion of this offering, we will become a public reporting company. We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including the substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a stand-alone public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the second annual report that we would expect to file with the SEC.  Any failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.  In addition, we may need to hire additional compliance, accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical knowledge, and we may not be able to do so in a timely fashion. As a result, we may need to rely on outside consultants to provide these services for us until qualified personnel are hired. These obligations will increase our operating expenses and could divert our management’s attention from our operations.

 

We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and examination by the Federal Reserve Board, the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation and the FDIC.  Such regulators govern the activities in which we may engage, primarily for the protection of depositors.  These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of a financial institution, the classification of assets by a financial institution, and the adequacy of a financial institution’s allowance for loan losses.  Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, could have a material impact on us and our operations.  Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and applicable regulations are subject to regular modification and change.  Laws, rules and regulations may be adopted in the future that could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or prospects.  See “Supervision and Regulation” for a discussion of the regulations to which we are subject.

 

Changes in accounting standards could affect reported earnings.

 

The accounting standard setters, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory bodies, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting guidance that governs the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply new or revised guidance retroactively.

 

Future legislative or regulatory actions could impair our rights against borrowers.

 

There have been proposals made by members of Congress and others that would reduce the amount distressed borrowers are otherwise contractually obligated to pay under their mortgage loans and limit an institution’s ability to foreclose on mortgage collateral. If proposals such as these, or other proposals limiting our rights as a creditor, are implemented, we could experience increased credit losses or increased expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

 

We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business.  A key component of our business strategy is to rely on our reputation for customer service and knowledge of local markets to expand our presence by capturing new business opportunities from existing and prospective customers in our current market and contiguous areas.  As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates.  If our reputation is negatively affected, by the actions of our employees, by our inability to conduct our operations in a manner that is appealing to current or prospective customers, or otherwise, our business and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

 

Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could negatively affect our earnings.

 

Information technology systems are critical to our business.  We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, deposits, and loans.  We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches, but such events may still occur or may not be adequately addressed if they do occur.  In addition, any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using our products and services.  Although we rely on security systems to provide security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security.

 

In addition, we outsource a majority of our data processing to certain third-party providers.  If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected.  Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

 

The occurrence of any system failures, interruption, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business, could subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to litigation and possible financial liability.  Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Risks Related to this Stock Offering

 

The future price of our common stock may be less than the purchase price in the stock offering.

 

If you purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, you may not be able to sell them at or above the purchase price in the stock offering.  The purchase price in the offering is based upon an independent third-party appraisal of the pro forma market value of Coastway Community Bank, pursuant to federal and state banking regulations and subject to review and approval by the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation.  The appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock.  Our aggregate pro forma market value as reflected in the final independent appraisal may exceed the market price of our shares of common stock after the completion of the offering, which may result in our stock trading below the initial offering price of $10.00 per share.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

After the shares of our common stock begin trading, the trading price of the common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and will be influenced by many factors outside of our control, including prevailing interest rates, investor perceptions, securities analyst research reports and general industry, geopolitical and economic conditions.  Publicly traded stocks, including stocks of financial institutions, often experience substantial market price volatility.  These market fluctuations might not be related to the operating performance of particular companies whose shares are traded.

 

There may be a limited trading market in our common stock, which would hinder your ability to sell our common stock and may lower the market price of the stock.

 

We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our common stock.  We expect that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “CWAY,” subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.  has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker.  The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited.  Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment.  In addition, our public “float,” which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our employee stock ownership plan and our directors and executive officers, is likely to be quite limited.  As a result, it is unlikely that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue.  If you purchase shares of common stock, you may not be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share.  Purchasers of common stock in this stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock.  This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

 

The capital we raise in the stock offering will reduce our return on equity, which could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.

 

Net income divided by average equity, known as “return on equity,” is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers.  For the six months ended June 30, 2013, we had an annualized return on equity of 2.21%.  Following the stock offering, we expect our consolidated equity to increase from $27.6 million at June 30, 2013 to between $53.5 million at the minimum of the offering range and $68.7 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.  Based upon our actual earnings for the six months ended June 30, 2013, the impact of the conversion and net proceeds to our earnings, and these pro forma equity levels, our pro forma annualized return on equity would be 0.71% and 0.38% at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. We expect our return on equity to remain low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering.  Although we anticipate increasing net interest income using proceeds of the stock offering, our return on equity will be reduced by the capital raised in the stock offering, higher expenses from the costs of being a public company and added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plans we intend to adopt.  Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income, our return on equity may reduce the value of our shares of common stock. See “Pro Forma Data” for an illustration of the financial impact of the offering.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

The contribution to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in the year we complete the stock offering.

 

We intend to establish and fund a charitable foundation in connection with the conversion and stock offering.  We intend to contribute cash and stock which will consist of $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of our common stock that together will total 3.15% of the gross proceeds of the offering (67,729 shares or $677,290 in stock at the minimum of the range and 102,221 shares or $1,022,210 in stock at the maximum of the range, up to 122,054 shares or $1,220,540 in stock at the adjusted maximum of the range).  The amount of our contribution will be dependent upon the amount of the gross proceeds raised in the stock offering.

 

The contribution will have an adverse effect on our net income for the quarter and year in which we make the issuance and contribution to the charitable foundation.  The after-tax expense of the contribution will reduce net income in the year in which we complete the stock offering by approximately $700,000 at the midpoint of the offering range.  Persons purchasing shares in the stock offering will have their ownership and voting interests in Coastway Bancorp, Inc. diluted by 2.14% at the minimum of the offering range and 2.47% at the adjusted maximum of the offering range due to the issuance of shares of common stock to the charitable foundation.

 

Our contribution to the charitable foundation may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits.

 

We believe that the contribution to the charitable foundation will be deductible for federal income tax purposes. However, the Internal Revenue Service may disagree with our determination and not grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. If the contribution is not deductible, we would not receive any tax benefit from the contribution.  It is expected that the value of the contribution of cash and shares will be $1.1 million at the midpoint of the offering range, which would result in after-tax expense of approximately $700,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013.  In the event that the Internal Revenue Service does not grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation or the contribution to the charitable foundation is otherwise not tax deductible, we would recognize as after-tax expense the full value (i.e., $1.1 million) of the entire contribution.

 

In addition, even if the contribution is tax deductible, we may not have sufficient profits to be able to use the deduction fully. Pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code, an entity is permitted to deduct up to 10% of its taxable income (income before income taxes) in any one year for charitable contributions.  Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may be deducted for federal and state income tax purposes over each of the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution is made.  Accordingly, a charitable contribution could, if necessary, be deducted over a six-year period.  Our pre-tax income over this period may not be sufficient to fully use this deduction.  With certain exceptions, Rhode Island tax law follows the federal income tax laws and taxable income is computed in the same manner as taxable income is computed for federal income tax purposes.

 

Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.

 

We anticipate that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the total shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) with funds borrowed from Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  We will record annual employee stock ownership plan expense in an amount equal to the fair value of shares of common stock committed to be released to employees.  If shares of common stock appreciate in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan will increase.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

We also intend to adopt a stock-based benefit plan after the stock offering that would award participants restricted shares of our common stock (at no cost to them) and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock.  The number of shares of restricted stock or stock options reserved for issuance under any initial stock-based benefit plan may not exceed 4% and 10% (including shares issued to the charitable foundation), respectively, of our total outstanding shares, if these plans are adopted within 12 months after the completion of the conversion.  We may grant shares of common stock and stock options in excess of these amounts provided the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year following the stock offering.  The estimated grant-date fair value of the options utilizing a Black-Scholes option pricing analysis is $3.89 per option granted based on a price of $10.00 per share.  Assuming this value is amortized over a five-year vesting period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with the stock options would be $385,000 at the adjusted maximum.  In addition, assuming that all shares of restricted stock are awarded at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a five-year period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with restricted stock awarded under the stock-based benefit plan would be $396,000 at the adjusted maximum.  However, if we grant shares of common stock or options in excess of these amounts, such grants would increase our costs further.

 

The shares of restricted stock granted under the stock-based benefit plan will be expensed by us over their vesting period at the fair market value of the shares on the date they are awarded.  If the shares of restricted stock to be granted under the plan are repurchased in the open market (rather than issued directly from authorized but unissued shares by Coastway Bancorp, Inc.) and cost the same as the purchase price in the stock offering, the reduction to stockholders’ equity due to the plan would be between $1.3 million at the minimum of the offering range and $2.0 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range.  To the extent we repurchase shares of common stock in the open market to fund the grants of shares under the plan, and the price of such shares exceeds the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders’ equity would exceed the range described above.  Conversely, to the extent the price of such shares is below the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders’ equity would be less than the range described above.

 

The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest.

 

We intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans, which will allow participants to be awarded shares of common stock (at no cost to them) and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock, following the stock offering.  If these stock-based benefit plans are funded from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience a reduction in ownership interest totaling 12.28%.

 

Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval, historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.

 

We have not determined whether we will adopt stock-based benefit plans more than one year following the stock offering.  Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than one year following the stock offering may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within one year, which would increase our costs and the dilution to stockholders.

 

If we adopt stock-based benefit plans within one year following the completion of the stock offering, then we may grant shares of common stock or stock options under our stock-based benefit plans for up to 4% and 10%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares including shares held by the charitable foundation.  The amount of stock awards and stock options available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans may exceed these amounts, provided the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than

 

25



Table of Contents

 

one year following the stock offering.  Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval, the determination as to the timing of the implementation of such a plan will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in “—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.”  Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to stockholders in excess of that described in “—The implementation of stock-based benefit plans will dilute your ownership interest.”

 

We have entered into an employment agreement with our President and Chief Executive Officer and intend to enter into an executive change in control severance plan with certain of our executive officers, which may increase our compensation costs upon the occurrence of certain events or increase the costs of acquiring us.

 

Following the conversion, we intend to enter into an executive change in control severance plan with certain of our executives. We have entered into an employment agreement with our President and Chief Executive Officer.  In the event of termination of employment other than for cause, or in the event of certain types of termination following a change in control, as set forth in the employment and change in control severance plan, and assuming the agreements were in effect, the agreements will provide for cash severance benefits that would cost approximately $2.3 million in the aggregate based on salary information for the year ended December 31, 2012.  These amounts may be reduced, if necessary, to an amount that would not qualify the payments to be deemed an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  For additional information see “Management of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.—Executive Officer Compensation.”

 

We have broad discretion in how we use the proceeds of the stock offering.  Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds of the offering may have an adverse effect on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.

 

We intend to invest between $14.8 million and $20.2 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $23.4 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) in Coastway Community Bank.  We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments, repurchase shares of common stock, pay dividends, finance the acquisition of financial institutions, or for other general corporate purposes.  We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering by the employee stock ownership plan.  Coastway Community Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, invest in short-term investments, expand its banking franchise by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, or for other general corporate purposes.  However, with the exception of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and contributions to our charitable foundation, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. Also, certain of these uses, such as acquiring other financial institutions, may require regulatory approval.  We have not established a timetable for investing the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to reinvest the net proceeds. Our failure to utilize these finds effectively would reduce our profitability and may adversely affect the value of our common stock.  For additional information see “How We Intend To Use The Proceeds From The Offering.”

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and state and federal law could discourage hostile acquisitions of control of Coastway Bancorp, Inc., which could negatively affect our stock value.

 

Certain provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may discourage attempts to acquire Coastway Bancorp, Inc., pursue a proxy contest for control of Coastway Bancorp, Inc., assume control of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. by a holder of a large block of common stock, and remove Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s management, all of which stockholders might think are in their best interests. These provisions include:

 

·                                   restrictive requirements regarding eligibility for service on the board of directors, including, residency requirements, a prohibition on service by persons who are or have been the subject of certain legal or regulatory proceedings, a prohibition on service by persons who are party to agreements that may affect their voting discretion, a prohibition on service by persons who have lost more than one campaign for election, and a prohibition on service by nominees or representatives (as defined in applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations) of another person who would not be eligible for service or of an entity the partners or controlling persons of which would not be eligible for service;

 

·                                   the election of directors to staggered terms of three years;

 

·                                   provisions requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations;

 

·                                   a limitation on the right to vote more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

·                                   a prohibition on cumulative voting;

 

·                                   a requirement that the calling of a special meeting by stockholders requires the request of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting;

 

·                                   a requirement that directors may only be removed for cause and by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast;

 

·                                   the board of directors’ ability to cause Coastway Bancorp, Inc. to issue preferred stock; and

 

·                                   the requirement of the vote of 80% of the votes entitled to be case in order to amend certain provisions of the articles of incorporation.

 

For further information, see “Restrictions on Acquisition of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.—Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.”

 

Federal regulations prohibit, for three years following the completion of a mutual-to-stock conversion, the offer to acquire or the acquisition of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Coastway Community Bank or Coastway Bancorp, Inc. without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. In addition, the business corporation law of Maryland, the state where Coastway Bancorp, Inc. is incorporated, provides for certain restrictions on acquisition of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. See “Restrictions on Acquisitions of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.—Maryland Corporate Law,” “—Coastway Community Bank’s Charter” and “—Change in Control Regulations.”

 

27



Table of Contents

 

A significant percentage of our common stock will be held or controlled by our directors and executive officers and benefit plans.

 

Our board of directors and executive officers intend to purchase in the aggregate approximately 2.8% and 2.1% of our common stock (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation) at the minimum and maximum of the offering range, respectively. These purchases, together with the purchase by the employee stock ownership plan of 8.0% of the aggregate shares sold in the offering, as well as the potential acquisition of common stock through the proposed equity incentive plan will result in ownership by insiders of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank of approximately 24.1% of the total shares issued in the offering at the maximum and approximately 24.8% of the total shares issued in the offering at the minimum of the offering range. The ownership by executive officers, directors and our stock plans could result in actions being taken that are not in accordance with other stockholders’ wishes, and could prevent any action requiring a supermajority vote under our articles of incorporation and bylaws (including the amendment of certain protective provisions of our articles and bylaws discussed immediately above).

 

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we decide to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock could be less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as modified by the JOBS Act. We are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including the additional level of review of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

 

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period. Taking advantage of any of these exemptions may adversely affect the value and trading price of our common stock.

 

We have elected to delay the adoption of new and revised accounting pronouncements, which means that our financial statements may not be comparable to those of other public companies.

 

As an “emerging growth company,” we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

You may not revoke your decision to purchase common stock in the subscription or community offerings after you send us your order.

 

Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with a purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the conversion and offering, including any extension of the expiration date and consummation of a syndicated offering.  Because completion of the conversion and offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, LC., among other factors, there may be one or more delays in the completion of the conversion and offering.  Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and purchasers will have no access to their funds unless the offering is terminated, or extended beyond             , or the number of shares to be sold in the offering is increased to more than 4,827,125 shares or decreased to fewer than 3,102,500 shares.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

The following tables set forth selected historical financial and other data of Coastway Community Bank and Coastway Bancorp, MHC and subsidiaries for the periods and at the dates indicated.  The information at and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is derived in part from, and should be read together with, the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of Coastway Bancorp, MHC and subsidiaries beginning at page F-1 of this prospectus.  The information at and for the year ended December 31, 2010 is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus.  The information for Coastway Bancorp, MHC and subsidiaries at and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for Coastway Community Bank at and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 is unaudited and reflects all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented.  The following information is only a summary, and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Selected Financial Condition Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

375,746

 

$

354,622

 

$

322,967

 

$

309,265

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

9,863

 

7,020

 

5,366

 

5,241

 

Loans, net

 

309,156

 

296,999

 

269,578

 

257,045

 

Loans held for sale

 

19,082

 

13,642

 

14,528

 

19,250

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

 

2,694

 

3,036

 

3,408

 

3,408

 

Deposits

 

329,992

 

307,793

 

282,956

 

261,851

 

Borrowed funds

 

14,000

 

16,343

 

10,769

 

19,789

 

Total retained earnings

 

27,595

 

27,296

 

26,123

 

25,302

 

 

 

 

For the Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Selected Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

6,873

 

$

6,617

 

$

13,207

 

$

13,717

 

$

14,116

 

Interest expense

 

1,331

 

1,320

 

2,650

 

2,704

 

3,403

 

Net interest income

 

5,542

 

5,297

 

10,557

 

11,013

 

10,713

 

Provision for loan losses

 

209

 

584

 

1,109

 

1,157

 

1,244

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

5,333

 

4,713

 

9,448

 

9,856

 

9,469

 

Non-interest income

 

3,004

 

3,130

 

7,175

 

6,020

 

4,965

 

Non-interest expense

 

7,855

 

7,043

 

14,640

 

14,158

 

13,386

 

Income before income taxes

 

482

 

800

 

1,983

 

1,718

 

1,048

 

Income tax provision

 

183

 

319

 

835

 

706

 

471

 

Net income

 

$

299

 

$

481

 

$

1,148

 

$

1,012

 

$

577

 

 

30



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At or For the Six Months
Ended June 30,(5)

 

At or For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on assets (ratio of net income to average total assets)

 

0.17

%

0.30

%

0.34

%

0.32

%

0.19

%

Return on equity (ratio of net income to average equity)

 

2.21

%

3.73

%

4.36

%

3.92

%

2.32

%

Interest rate spread (1)

 

3.24

%

3.42

%

3.32

%

3.68

%

3.52

%

Net interest margin (2)

 

3.42

%

3.61

%

3.51

%

3.87

%

3.75

%

Efficiency ratio (3)

 

91.91

%

83.58

%

82.56

%

83.12

%

85.38

%

Non-interest expense to average total assets

 

4.39

%

4.34

%

4.39

%

4.55

%

4.33

%

Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities

 

121.49

%

120.75

%

121.36

%

120.17

%

119.61

%

Average equity to average total assets

 

7.57

%

7.95

%

7.89

%

8.28

%

8.04

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Quality Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming assets to total assets

 

2.20

%

2.37

%

2.89

%

2.64

%

3.39

%

Nonperforming loans to total loans

 

2.14

%

1.95

%

2.58

%

2.47

%

3.90

%

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

 

24.15

%

23.19

%

20.48

%

21.38

%

16.30

%

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

 

0.52

%

0.45

%

0.53

%

0.53

%

0.64

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity to total assets at end of period

 

7.3

%

8.0

%

7.7

%

8.1

%

8.2

%

Total capital to risk-weighted assets (4)

 

10.4

%

11.0

%

10.7

%

11.4

%

12.1

%

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (4)

 

9.8

%

10.5

%

10.1

%

10.8

%

11.4

%

Tier 1 capital to adjusted assets (4)

 

7.8

%

8.2

%

8.1

%

8.3

%

8.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of full service offices

 

9

 

7

 

8

 

7

 

7

 

Full time equivalent employees

 

144

 

125

 

141

 

123

 

125

 

 


(1)          Represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.

(2)          Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.

(3)          Represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income. Our efficiency ratio for the six months ended June 30, 2013 included the impact of the impairment loss of $482,000 related to the write-down of two real estate properties that were classified as held for sale at June 30, 2013.

(4)          Represents capital ratios of Coastway Community Bank.

(5)          Ratios are annualized where appropriate.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “indicate,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “intend,” “target” and words of similar meaning.  These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

·                                           statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;

 

·                                           statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;

 

·                                           statements regarding the quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and

 

·                                           estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.

 

These forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs and expectations and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control.  In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.  We are under no duty to and do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

 

The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

·                                           general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market area, that are worse than expected;

 

·                                           our success in continuing to grow our commercial real estate, residential, SBA and commercial business loan portfolios;

 

·                                           increased competition among depository and other financial institutions;

 

·                                           inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins and yields,  reduce the fair value of financial instruments or increase our funding costs;

 

·                                           changes in laws or government regulations or policies that adversely affect financial institutions, including changes in regulatory fees and capital requirements;

 

·                                           our ability to manage operations in the current economic conditions;

 

·                                           our ability to capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

·                                           our ability to successfully integrate any acquired entities;

 

·                                           changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

·                                           changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

·                                           changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans;

 

32



Table of Contents

 

·                                           changes in the level of government support for housing finance;

 

·                                           significant increases in delinquencies and our loan losses; and

 

·                                           changes in our financial condition or results of operations that reduce capital.

 

Because of these and a wide variety of other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements.  Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.

 

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING

 

Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $29.6 million and $40.5 million, or $46.7 million if the offering range is increased to the adjusted maximum.  Please see “Pro Forma Data” for additional information.

 

We intend to distribute the net proceeds from the stock offering as follows:

 

 

 

Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of

 

 

 

3,102,500 Shares

 

3,650,000 Shares

 

4,197,500 Shares

 

4,827,125 Shares (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

 

 

of Net

 

 

 

of Net

 

 

 

of Net

 

 

 

of Net

 

 

 

Amount

 

Proceeds

 

Amount

 

Proceeds

 

Amount

 

Proceeds

 

Amount

 

Proceeds

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock offering proceeds

 

$

31,025

 

 

 

$

36,500

 

 

 

$

41,975

 

 

 

$

48,271

 

 

 

Less offering expenses

 

(1,396

)

 

 

(1,446

)

 

 

(1,497

)

 

 

(1,554

)

 

 

Net offering proceeds

 

$

29,629

 

100.0

%

$

35,054

 

100.0

%

$

40,478

 

100.0

%

$

46,717

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Use of net proceeds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Coastway Community Bank

 

$

14,815

 

50.0

%

$

17,527

 

50.0

%

$

20,239

 

50.0

%

$

23,359

 

50.0

%

To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan

 

2,536

 

8.6

%

2,988

 

8.5

%

3,440

 

8.5

%

3,959

 

8.5

%

Proceeds contributed to foundation

 

300

 

1.0

%

300

 

0.9

%

300

 

0.7

%

300

 

0.6

%

Retained by Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

$

11,978

 

40.4

%

$

14,239

 

40.6

%

$

16,499

 

40.8

%

$

19,100

 

40.9

%

 


(1)          As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.

 

Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Coastway Community Bank’s deposits.  The net proceeds may vary because the total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates.  For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings.

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. intends to fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering and contribute cash and shares of common stock to our charitable foundation.  Coastway Bancorp, Inc. may also use the proceeds it retains from the stock offering:

 

·                                           to invest in short-term investments consistent with our investment policy;

 

33



Table of Contents

 

·                                           to pay cash dividends to stockholders;

 

·                                           to repurchase shares of our common stock; and

 

·                                           for other general corporate purposes.

 

With the exception of the funding of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and the contribution to our charitable foundation, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. has not quantified its plans for use of the offering proceeds for each of the foregoing purposes. Initially, we intend to invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds in short-term investments prior to deploying the proceeds into new loans.

 

Under currently applicable regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the conversion, except to fund equity benefit plans other than stock options or except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval.

 

Coastway Community Bank will receive a capital contribution equal to at least 50% of the net proceeds of the offering. Coastway Community Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from the Offering:

 

·                                           to invest in commercial real estate, residential, commercial business and SBA loans;

 

·                                           to invest in short-term investments consistent with our investment policy;

 

·                                           to expand its banking franchise by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, although no such acquisition transactions are contemplated at this time; and

 

·                                           for other general corporate purposes.

 

Coastway Community Bank has not quantified its plans for use of the offering proceeds for any of the foregoing purposes.

 

OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

 

Following completion of the stock offering, our Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements.  However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends.  In determining whether to pay a cash dividend and the amount of such cash dividend, the Board of Directors is expected to take into account a number of factors, including capital requirements, our consolidated financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions.  No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.  Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulations and policy, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends.  We will file a consolidated tax return with Coastway Community Bank.  Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by us to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal and state tax purposes.  Additionally, pursuant to bank conversion regulations, during the three-year period following the stock offering, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.

 

The dividends we can declare and pay will depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Coastway Community Bank, because initially we will have no source of income other than dividends from Coastway Community Bank, earnings from the investment of proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock, and interest payments received in connection with the loan to the employee stock ownership plan.  Applicable

 

34



Table of Contents

 

regulations impose significant limitations on “capital distributions” by depository institutions.  See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Distributions.”

 

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. is a newly formed company and has never issued capital stock, except for 100 shares issued to Coastway Bancorp, LLC in connection with its formation.  Coastway Bancorp, MHC, as a mutual institution, has never issued capital stock.  Coastway Bancorp, Inc. anticipates that its common stock will be traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “CWAY.”  Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the conversion and stock offering, but it is under no obligation to do so.

 

The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker.  The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited.  Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment.  In addition, our public “float,” which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our employee stock ownership plan, our directors and executive officers and the charitable foundation, is likely to be quite limited.  As a result, it is unlikely that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue.  Furthermore, we cannot assure you that, if you purchase shares of common stock, you will be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share.  Purchasers of common stock in this stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock.  This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE

 

At June 30, 2013, Coastway Community Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements. The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Coastway Community Bank at June 30, 2013, and the pro forma equity capital and regulatory capital of Coastway Community Bank, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at a $10.00 per share purchase price. The table assumes the receipt by Coastway Community Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds.  See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

 

 

Coastway

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Community Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

Pro Forma at  June 30, 2013 , Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of

 

 

 

at  June 30, 2013

 

3,102,500 Shares

 

3,650,000 Shares

 

4,197,500 Shares

 

4,827,125 Shares(1)

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Assets(2)

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Assets(2)

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Assets(2)

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Assets(2)

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Assets(2)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

$

27,595

 

7.34

%

$

38,305

 

9.82

%

$

40,340

 

10.27

%

$

42,374

 

10.71

%

$

44,715

 

11.21

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage capital(3)

 

$

28,072

 

7.75

%

$

38,782

 

10.29

%

$

40,817

 

10.76

%

$

42,851

 

11.21

%

$

45,192

 

11.73

%

Requirement

 

18,111

 

5.00

 

18,837

 

5.00

 

18,973

 

5.00

 

19,108

 

5.00

 

19,264

 

5.00

 

Excess

 

$

9,961

 

2.75

%

$

19,945

 

5.29

%

$

21,844

 

5.76

%

$

23,743

 

6.21

%

$

25,928

 

6.73

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

$

28,072

 

9.81

%

$

38,782

 

13.22

%

$

40,817

 

13.85

%

$

42,851

 

14.47

%

$

45,192

 

15.18

%

Requirement

 

17,169

 

6.00

 

17,605

 

6.00

 

17,686

 

6.00

 

17,768

 

6.00

 

17,861

 

6.00

 

Excess

 

$

10,903

 

3.81

%

$

21,177

 

7.22

%

$

23,131

 

7.85

%

$

25,083

 

8.47

%

$

27,331

 

9.18

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital(3)

 

$

29,669

 

10.37

%

$

40,379

 

13.76

%

$

42,414

 

14.39

%

$

44,448

 

15.01

%

$

46,789

 

15.72

%

Requirement

 

28,616

 

10.00

 

29,342

 

10.00

 

29,477

 

10.00

 

29,613

 

10.00

 

29,769

 

10.00

 

Excess

 

$

1,053

 

0.37

%

$

11,037

 

3.76

%

$

12,937

 

4.39

%

$

14,835

 

5.01

%

$

17,020

 

5.72

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds infused into Coastway Community Bank

 

 

 

 

 

$

14,815

 

 

 

$

17,527

 

 

 

$

20,239

 

 

 

$

23,359

 

 

 

Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan

 

 

 

 

 

(2,536

)

 

 

(2,988

)

 

 

(3,440

)

 

 

(3,959

)

 

 

Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan

 

 

 

 

 

(1,268

)

 

 

(1,494

)

 

 

(1,720

)

 

 

(1,980

)

 

 

Less: Cash contribution to Foundation

 

 

 

 

 

(300

)

 

 

(300

)

 

 

(300

)

 

 

(300

)

 

 

Pro forma increase in Tier 1 and total risk-based capital

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,710

 

 

 

$

12,745

 

 

 

$

14,780

 

 

 

$

17,120

 

 

 

 


(1)           As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.

(2)           Leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.

(3)           Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 50% risk weighting.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Coastway Bancorp, MHC at June 30, 2013 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Coastway Bancorp, Inc., after giving effect to the conversion and the offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.

 

 

 

Coastway
Bancorp, MHC

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. Pro Forma,
Based Upon the Sale in the Offering at $10.00 per Share of

 

 

 

Historical at
June 30, 2013

 

3,102,500
Shares

 

3,650,000
Shares

 

4,197,500
Shares

 

4,827,125
Shares (1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits (2)

 

$

329,992

 

$

329,992

 

$

329,992

 

$

329,992

 

$

329,992

 

Borrowings

 

14,000

 

14,000

 

14,000

 

14,000

 

14,000

 

Total deposits and borrowed funds

 

$

343,992

 

$

343,992

 

$

343,992

 

$

343,992

 

$

343,992

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Common stock $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; assuming shares outstanding as shown (3)

 

 

32

 

37

 

43

 

49

 

Additional paid-in capital (4)

 

 

30,275

 

35,866

 

41,457

 

47,888

 

Retained earnings (5)

 

28,111

 

28,111

 

28,111

 

28,111

 

28,111

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

(516

)

(516

)

(516

)

(516

)

(516

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock to be acquired by employee stock ownership plan (6)

 

 

(2,536

)

(2,988

)

(3,440

)

(3,959

)

Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plans (7)

 

 

(1,268

)

(1,494

)

(1,720

)

(1,980

)

After-tax expense of contribution to charitable foundation

 

 

(591

)

(696

)

(800

)

(920

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

27,595

 

$

53,507

 

$

58,320

 

$

63,135

 

$

68,673

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets (2)

 

7.34

%

13.32

%

14.35

%

15.35

%

16.48

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares offered for sale in offering

 

 

3,102,500

 

3,650,000

 

4,197,500

 

4,827,125

 

Shares issued to foundation

 

 

67,729

 

84,975

 

102,221

 

122,054

 

Total shares outstanding

 

 

3,170,229

 

3,734,975

 

4,299,721

 

4,949,179

 

 


(1)          As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the subscription and community offerings.

(2)          Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the conversion and offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.

(3)          No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. common stock pursuant to one or more stock-based benefit plans.  If these plans are implemented within 12 months following the completion of the stock offering, an amount up to 10% and 4% of the shares of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. common stock sold in the offering, including shares issued to our charitable foundation, will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options and for issuance as restricted stock awards, respectively.  See “Management of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. —Future Stock Benefit Plans.”

(4)          The sum of the par value of the total shares outstanding and additional paid-in capital equals the net stock offering proceeds at the offering price of $10.00 per share.

(5)          The retained earnings of Coastway Community Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion.  See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends,” “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.”

 

(footnotes continue on following page)

 

37



Table of Contents

 

(continued from previous page)

 

(6)          Assumes that 8% of the shares issued in the conversion (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  The loan will be repaid principally from Coastway Community Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan.  Since Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no asset or liability will be reflected on Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s consolidated financial statements.  Under generally accepted accounting principles, the amount of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan represents unearned compensation.  Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.

(7)          Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be issued in the conversion (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans in open market purchases.  The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation, which is presented as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.  This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering.  As Coastway Bancorp, Inc. accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the stock-based benefit plans, the credit to equity will be offset by a charge to non-interest expense. Implementation of the stock stock-based benefit plans will require stockholder approval.  Any funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to conduct open market purchases will be provided by Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

PRO FORMA DATA

 

The following tables summarize historical data of Coastway Bancorp, MHC and pro forma data of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. at and for the year ended December 31, 2012 and at and for the six months ended June 30, 2013.  This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the table, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and offering.

 

The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:

 

·                                           all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription or community offerings;

 

·                                           our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) with a loan from Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest over a period of 25 years;

 

·                                           Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will receive a selling agent fee equal to 1.00% of the dollar amount of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering.  Shares purchased by our employee stock benefit plans or by our officers, directors and employees, and their immediate families and shares contributed to our charitable foundation will not be included in calculating the shares of common stock sold for this purpose; and

 

·                                           expenses of the stock offering, other than selling agent fees to be paid to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P, will be approximately $1.1 million.

 

We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 as if the estimated net proceeds had been invested at assumed interest rates of 1.41% and 0.72%, respectively (0.85% and 0.44%, respectively on an after-tax basis).  These rates represent the five-year United States Treasury Note rate as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits as provided in applicable conversion regulations.

 

We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock.  We adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan .  We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.

 

The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of stock-based benefit plans.  Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of our outstanding shares of common stock at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering.  We assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plans in awards that vest over a five-year period.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

We have also assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock.  In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years.  We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $3.89 for each option.  In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 24.17% for the shares of common stock, a dividend yield of 0%, an expected option life of 10 years and a risk-free interest rate of 2.52%.

 

We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.  In addition, we may grant options and award shares that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.

 

As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Stock Offering,” we intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds to Coastway Community Bank.  We will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering and use a portion of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.

 

The pro forma table does not give effect to:

 

·                                           withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering;

 

·                                           our results of operations after the stock offering; or

 

·                                           changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.

 

The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the stock offering at the date on which the stock offering actually occurs and you should not use the table to indicate future results of operations.  Pro forma stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with GAAP.  We did not increase or decrease stockholders’ equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value.  Pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated.  Pro forma stockholders’ equity does not give effect to the impact of intangible assets, the liquidation account we will establish in the conversion or tax bad debt reserves in the unlikely event we are liquidated.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of

 

 

 

3,102,500
Shares

 

3,650,000
Shares

 

4,197,500
Shares

 

4,827,125 Shares
(1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Proceeds of Offering

 

$

31,025

 

$

36,500

 

$

41,975

 

$

48,271

 

Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

 

677

 

850

 

1,022

 

1,221

 

Pro forma market capitalization

 

$

31,702

 

$

37,350

 

$

42,997

 

$

49,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Proceeds of Offering

 

$

31,025

 

$

36,500

 

$

41,975

 

$

48,271

 

Less: expenses

 

(1,396

)

(1,446

)

(1,497

)

(1,554

)

Estimated net proceeds

 

29,629

 

35,054

 

40,478

 

46,717

 

Less: Common stock purchased by ESOP (2)

 

(2,536

)

(2,988

)

(3,440

)

(3,959

)

Less: Cash contribution to charitable foundation

 

(300

)

(300

)

(300

)

(300

)

Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)

 

(1,268

)

(1,494

)

(1,720

)

(1,980

)

Estimated net cash proceeds

 

$

25,525

 

$

30,272

 

$

35,018

 

$

40,478

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

1,148

 

$

1,148

 

$

1,148

 

$

1,148

 

Pro forma income on net proceeds

 

111

 

132

 

153

 

176

 

Pro forma ESOP adjustment(2)

 

(61

)

(72

)

(83

)

(96

)

Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)

 

(153

)

(181

)

(208

)

(240

)

Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)

 

(222

)

(262

)

(301

)

(347

)

Pro forma net income

 

$

823

 

$

765

 

$

709

 

$

641

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per share net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

0.39

 

$

0.33

 

$

0.29

 

$

0.25

 

Pro forma income on net proceeds

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2)

 

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

(0.02

)

Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)

 

(0.05

)

(0.05

)

(0.05

)

(0.05

)

Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)

 

(0.08

)

(0.08

)

(0.08

)

(0.08

)

Pro forma net income per share (5)

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.22

 

$

0.18

 

$

0.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net income per share

 

35.71

x

45.45

x

55.56

x

71.43

x

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma net income per share calculations (5)

 

2,926,755

 

3,448,129

 

3,969,503

 

4,569,082

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

27,296

 

$

27,296

 

$

27,296

 

$

27,296

 

Estimated net proceeds

 

29,629

 

35,054

 

40,478

 

46,717

 

Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

 

677

 

850

 

1,022

 

1,221

 

Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation

 

386

 

454

 

522

 

601

 

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

 

(2,536

)

(2,988

)

(3,440

)

(3,959

)

Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3) (4)

 

(1,268

)

(1,494

)

(1,720

)

(1,980

)

Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation (6)

 

(977

)

(1,150

)

(1,322

)

(1,521

)

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

 

$

53,207

 

$

58,022

 

$

62,836

 

$

68,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

8.61

 

$

7.31

 

$

6.35

 

$

5.52

 

Estimated net proceeds

 

9.35

 

9.39

 

9.41

 

9.44

 

Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

 

0.21

 

0.23

 

0.24

 

0.25

 

Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation

 

0.12

 

0.12

 

0.12

 

0.12

 

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

 

(0.80

)

(0.80

)

(0.80

)

(0.80

)

Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3) (4)

 

(0.40

)

(0.40

)

(0.40

)

(0.40

)

Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation

 

(0.30

)

(0.31

)

(0.31

)

(0.31

)

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7)

 

$

16.79

 

$

15.54

 

$

14.61

 

$

13.82

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

 

59.56

%

64.35

%

68.45

%

72.36

%

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations

 

3,170,229

 

3,734,975

 

4,299,721

 

4,949,179

 

 

(footnotes begin on page 44)

 

41



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At or For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of

 

 

 

3,102,500
Shares

 

3,650,000
Shares

 

4,197,500
Shares

 

4,827,125 Shares
(1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Proceeds of Offering

 

$

31,025

 

$

36,500

 

$

41,975

 

$

48,271

 

Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

 

677

 

850

 

1,022

 

1,221

 

Pro forma market capitalization

 

$

31,702

 

$

37,350

 

$

42,997

 

$

49,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Proceeds of Offering

 

$

31,025

 

$

36,500

 

$

41,975

 

$

48,271

 

Less: expenses

 

(1,396

)

(1,446

)

(1,497

)

(1,554

)

Estimated net proceeds

 

29,629

 

35,054

 

40,478

 

46,717

 

Less: Common stock purchased by ESOP (2)

 

(2,536

)

(2,988

)

(3,440

)

(3,959

)

Less: Cash contribution to charitable foundation

 

(300

)

(300

)

(300

)

(300

)

Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3)

 

(1,268

)

(1,494

)

(1,720

)

(1,980

)

Estimated net cash proceeds

 

$

25,525

 

$

30,272

 

$

35,018

 

$

40,479

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Six months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

299

 

$

299

 

$

299

 

$

299

 

Pro forma income on net proceeds

 

109

 

129

 

150

 

173

 

Pro forma ESOP adjustment(2)

 

(31

)

(36

)

(42

)

(48

)

Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)

 

(77

)

(91

)

(104

)

(120

)

Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)

 

(111

)

(131

)

(151

)

(174

)

Pro forma net income

 

$

190

 

$

171

 

$

153

 

$

130

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per share net income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.09

 

$

0.08

 

$

0.07

 

Pro forma income on net proceeds

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2)

 

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

(0.01

)

Pro forma stock award adjustment (3)

 

(0.03

)

(0.03

)

(0.03

)

(0.03

)

Pro forma stock option adjustment (4)

 

(0.04

)

(0.04

)

(0.04

)

(0.04

)

Pro forma net income per share (5)

 

$

0.06

 

$

0.05

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offering price as a multiple of annualized pro forma net earnings per share

 

83.33

x

100.00

x

125.00

x

166.67

x

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma net income per share calculations (5)

 

2,919,147

 

3,439,165

 

3,959,183

 

4,557,204

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

27,595

 

$

27,595

 

$

27,595

 

$

27,595

 

Estimated net proceeds

 

29,629

 

35,054

 

40,478

 

46,717

 

Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

 

677

 

850

 

1,022

 

1,221

 

Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation

 

386

 

454

 

522

 

601

 

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

 

(2,536

)

(2,988

)

(3,440

)

(3,959

)

Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3) (4)

 

(1,268

)

(1,494

)

(1,720

)

(1,980

)

Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation (6)

 

(977

)

(1,150

)

(1,322

)

(1,521

)

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

 

$

53,506

 

$

58,321

 

$

63,135

 

$

68,674

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historical

 

$

8.70

 

$

7.39

 

$

6.42

 

$

5.58

 

Estimated net proceeds

 

9.35

 

9.38

 

9.41

 

9.44

 

Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation

 

0.21

 

0.23

 

0.24

 

0.25

 

Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation

 

0.12

 

0.12

 

0.12

 

0.12

 

Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2)

 

(0.80

)

(0.80

)

(0.80

)

(0.80

)

Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3) (4)

 

(0.40

)

(0.40

)

(0.40

)

(0.40

)

Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation

 

(0.30

)

(0.31

)

(0.31

)

(0.31

)

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7)

 

$

16.88

 

$

15.61

 

$

14.68

 

$

13.88

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

 

59.24

%

64.06

%

68.12

%

72.05

%

Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations

 

3,170,229

 

3,734,975

 

4,299,721

 

4,949,179

 

 

(footnotes begin on following page)

 

42



Table of Contents

 

( Footnotes from previous pages)

 


(1)          As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.

(2)          Assumes that 8% of shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan.  For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Coastway Bancorp, Inc. at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate.  Coastway Community Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt.  Coastway Community Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 25 equal annual installments of principal and interest.  Accounting Standard Codification 718-40-30 requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees.  The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Coastway Community Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 39.5%.  The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity.  No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan.  The pro forma net income further assumes that the number of share set forth in the table below were committed to be released in the periods indicated.

 

 

 

Number of shares committed to be released at

 

 

 

Minimum of
Offering Range

 

Midpoint of
Offering Range

 

Maximum of
Offering Range

 

Maximum, as
adjusted, of
Offering Range

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2013

 

5,072

 

5,976

 

6,880

 

7,919

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012

 

10,145

 

11,952

 

13,759

 

15,837

 

 

In accordance with Accounting Standard Codification 718-40-30, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations.

(3)          If approved by Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may issue an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be issued in the conversion including shares contributed to the charitable foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion) for award as restricted stock to our officers, employees and directors. Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from Coastway Bancorp, Inc. or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the stock-based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the fiscal year and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 39.5%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares issued in the conversion, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.85%.

(4)          If approved by Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be issued in the conversion including shares contributed to the charitable foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion.  In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $3.89 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options.  The actual expense of the stock options to be granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.  Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share.  There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share.  If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease.  Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock used to fund stock options (equal to 10% of the shares issued in the conversion, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 9.09%.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

(5)          Income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and, in accordance with applicable accounting standards for employee stock ownership plans, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares that have not been committed for release during the period. See note 2, above.

(6)          Does not give effect to the nonrecurring expense that is expected to be recognized in the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of the contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation. The estimated before tax expense, estimated after-tax expense and pro forma tax benefit associated with the contribution to the foundation is $1.1 million, $696,000 and $454,000, respectively, at the midpoint of the offering.  The table below presents before and after tax expense of the Foundation contribution for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, along with pro forma net income (loss) and per share net income (loss) for the same periods.   The pro forma data assume that we will realize 100.0% of the income tax benefit as a result of the contribution to the foundation based on a 39.5% income tax rate. The realization of the tax benefit is limited annually to 10.0% of our annual taxable income. However, for federal and state tax purposes, we can carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made.

 

 

 

Minimum of
Offering Range

 

Midpoint of
Offering Range

 

Maximum of
Offering Range

 

Maximum, as
adjusted, of
Offering Range

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Before tax expense of contribution:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2013

 

$

977

 

$

1,150

 

$

1,322

 

$

1,521

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

977

 

1,150

 

1,322

 

1,521

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After tax expense of contribution:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2013

 

$

591

 

$

696

 

$

800

 

$

920

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

591

 

696

 

800

 

920

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2013

 

$

(401

)

$

(525

)

$

(647

)

$

(790

)

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

232

 

69

 

(91

)

(279

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2013

 

$

(0.14

)

$

(0.15

)

$

(0.16

)

$

(0.17

)

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

0.08

 

0.02

 

(0.02

)

(0.06

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma tax benefit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2013

 

$

386

 

$

454

 

$

522

 

$

601

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

386

 

454

 

522

 

601

 

 

(7)          The retained earnings of Coastway Community Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Policy Regarding Dividends,” “The Conversion and Plan of Reorganization—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation.” The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders’ equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION
W
ITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

 

As reflected in the table below, if the charitable foundation is not established and funded as part of the stock offering, RP Financial, LC. estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the stock offering.  At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, our pro forma valuation is $31.7 million, $37.4 million, $43.0 million and $49.5 million with the charitable foundation, as compared to $32.5 million, $38.3 million, $44.0 million and $50.6 million, respectively, without the charitable foundation.  There is no assurance that in the event the charitable foundation were not formed, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our pro forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below.  Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions.

 

For comparative purposes only, set forth below are certain pricing ratios and financial data and ratios at and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the stock offering was completed at the beginning of the six-month period, with and without the charitable foundation.

 

 

 

Minimum of Offering Range

 

Midpoint of Offering Range

 

Maximum of Offering Range

 

Adjusted Maximum of
Offering Range

 

 

 

With
Foundation

 

Without
Foundation

 

With
Foundation

 

Without
Foundation

 

With
Foundation

 

Without
Foundation

 

With
Foundation

 

Without
Foundation

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated stock offering amount

 

$

31,025

 

$

32,513

 

$

36,500

 

$

38,250

 

$

41,975

 

$

43,988

 

$

48,271

 

$

50,586

 

Estimated full value

 

31,702

 

32,513

 

37,350

 

38,250

 

42,997

 

43,988

 

49,492

 

50,586

 

Total pro forma assets

 

401,657

 

402,947

 

406,472

 

407,943

 

411,287

 

412,939

 

416,826

 

418,685

 

Total pro forma liabilities

 

348,151

 

348,151

 

348,151

 

348,151

 

348,151

 

348,151

 

348,151

 

348,151

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity

 

53,506

 

54,796

 

58,321

 

59,792

 

63,136

 

64,788

 

68,675

 

70,534

 

Pro forma net income

 

190

 

191

 

171

 

173

 

153

 

155

 

130

 

133

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

 

16.88

 

16.85

 

15.61

 

15.63

 

14.68

 

14.73

 

13.88

 

13.94

 

Pro forma net income per share

 

0.06

 

0.06

 

0.05

 

0.04

 

0.04

 

0.03

 

0.03

 

0.02

 

Pro forma pricing ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share

 

59.24

%

59.31

%

64.06

%

64.02

%

68.12

%

67.89

%

72.05

%

71.68

%

Offering price to pro forma net income per share

 

83.33

x

83.33

x

100.00

x

125.00

x

125.00

x

166.67

x

166.67

x

250.00

x

Pro forma financial ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on assets (annualized)

 

0.09

%

0.09

%

0.08

%

0.08

%

0.07

%

0.07

%

0.06

%

0.06

%

Return on equity (annualized)

 

0.71

 

0.70

 

0.58

 

0.58

 

0.48

 

0.48

 

0.38

 

0.38

 

Equity to assets

 

13.32

 

13.60

 

14.35

 

14.66

 

15.35

 

15.69

 

16.48

 

16.85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shares issued

 

3,170,229

 

3,251,250

 

3,734,975

 

3,825,000

 

4,299,721

 

4,398,750

 

4,949,179

 

5,058,562

 

 

45



Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

This section is intended to help potential investors understand the financial performance of Coastway Community Bank and Coastway Bancorp, MHC and its subsidiaries through a discussion of the factors affecting our financial condition at June 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.  This section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. Coastway Bancorp, Inc. had not engaged in any activities at June 30, 2013; therefore, the information reflected in this section reflects the financial performance of Coastway Bancorp, MHC and subsidiaries.

 

Overview

 

Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public in our market area and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial real estate loans, SBA loans and, to a lesser extent, commercial business loans, commercial construction loans and consumer loans.  We sell in the secondary market the majority of the fixed-rate conforming one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate, and depending on market conditions, we may also sell the guaranteed portions of SBA loans that we originate.

 

Our results of operations depend primarily on our net interest income.  Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities.  Our results of operations also are affected by our provision for loan losses, non-interest income and non-interest expense.  Non-interest income currently consists primarily of customer service fees, gains on sales of loans, net and other income.  Non-interest expense currently consists primarily of expenses related to salary and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment, data processing, deposit servicing, advertising, professional fees, federal deposit insurance assessments, foreclosed real estate and other general and administrative expenses.

 

Net income decreased $182,000, or 37.8%, to $299,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from $481,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Net income decreased primarily due to an increase in non-interest expenses of $812,000 and a decrease of $126,000 in non-interest income.  The increase in non-interest expenses was primarily due to investments made in additional personnel and branch improvements related to two new branches that opened in late 2012 and early 2013, causing an increase in salary and employee benefits expense of $425,000 and an increase in occupancy and equipment expenses of $207,000. The decrease in non-interest income was primarily due to an impairment loss of $482,000 related to the write-down of two real estate properties that were classified as held for sale at June 30, 2013.

 

Net income increased $136,000, or 13.4%, to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  Net income increased primarily due to an increase in non-interest income of $1.2 million as a result of an increase in the gain on sales of loans of $947,000, due primarily to increased sales of conforming one- to four-family residential real estate loans.

 

Our results of operations also may be affected significantly by general and local economic and competitive conditions, changes in market interest rates, governmental policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Business Strategy

 

Our business strategy is to operate as a well-capitalized and profitable community bank dedicated to providing exceptional personal service to our individual and business customers. We believe that we have a competitive advantage in the markets we serve because of our knowledge of the local marketplace and our long-standing history of providing superior, relationship-based customer service. This 93-year history in the community, combined with management’s extensive experience and adherence to what we believe are conservative underwriting standards through numerous business cycles, has enabled us to maintain a well capitalized regulatory classification despite the economic downturn.

 

Increase Commercial Real Estate and Commercial Business Lending .  In order to increase the yield on and reduce the term to repricing of our loan portfolio, following our conversion from a credit union to a bank, we began to increase our commercial real estate and commercial business loan portfolios while maintaining what we believe are conservative underwriting standards.  We focus our commercial lending to small businesses located in our market area, targeting owner occupied businesses such as professional service providers. Our commercial real estate and commercial business loan portfolios have grown from $25.1 million and $2.9 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008 to $83.5 million and $8.3 million, respectively, at June 30, 2013.  At June 30, 2013, there were no non-performing commercial real estate loans and one non-performing commercial business loan that totaled $149,000, which was subsequently paid off in July 2013. The additional capital raised in this offering will further increase our commercial lending capacity by enabling us to originate more loans as well as loans with larger balances that we will retain in our portfolio.

 

Continue to Originate and Sell Certain Residential Real Estate Loans.  Residential mortgage lending has historically comprised a significant portion of our operations.  We recognize that the origination of one- to four-family residential real estate loans is essential to maintaining customer relations and our status as a community-oriented bank.  During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we originated $88.1 million in one- to four-family residential real estate loans held for sale and sold $81.5 million of such loans for gains on sale of $1.6 million, and during the year ended December 31, 2012, we originated $171.2 million in one- to four-family residential real estate loans held for sale and sold $172.2 million of such loans for gains on sale of $3.3 million. We intend to continue to sell in the secondary market the majority of the long-term conforming fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate to increase non-interest income and manage the overall duration of our loan portfolio. To the extent available, we intend to continue to develop an appropriately sized portfolio of jumbo and shorter term adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate to increase interest income and assist in the management of our interest rate risk. At June 30, 2013, we had $41.2 million in jumbo loans which represented 47.5% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio.

 

Maintain Disciplined Underwriting .  We emphasize a disciplined credit culture based on intimate market knowledge, close ties to our customers, sound underwriting standards and experienced loan officers. We are committed to actively monitoring and managing all segments of our loan portfolio in an effort to proactively identify and mitigate credit risks within our loan portfolio.  At June 30, 2013, non-performing assets totaled $8.3 million, which represented 2.20% of total assets. Non-performing SBA loans totaled $1.0 million at June 30, 2013, of which $865,000 was guaranteed by the SBA.

 

Increase our Share of Lower-Cost Deposits .   We remain committed to generating lower-cost stable core deposits.  We attract and retain transaction accounts by offering competitive products and rates and excellent customer service.  Our efforts to attract and retain transaction accounts have resulted in an increase in the total number of accounts and balances. Our core deposits (consisting of demand deposit accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and club accounts) increased $50.6 million to $206.7

 

47



Table of Contents

 

million at June 30, 2013 from $156.1 million at December 31, 2010. At June 30, 2013, core deposits comprised 62.6% of our total deposits.

 

Focus on Relationship Banking.  We believe that our competitive strengths are personalized superior customer service, extensive knowledge of our local markets, high visibility community activities and technology-driven financial products such as internet banking.  We believe that we can leverage these strengths to attract and retain customers who are seeking personalized, best-in-class customer service that are not being served by the large money center and regional banks in our market area.  We also believe that we can capitalize on commercial deposit and personal banking relationships derived from an increase in commercial real estate and commercial business lending.

 

These strategies are intended to guide our investment of the net proceeds of the offering.  We intend to continue to pursue our business strategy after the conversion and the offering, subject to changes necessitated by future market conditions, regulatory restrictions and other factors.

 

Anticipated Increase in Non-Interest Expense

 

Following the completion of the conversion and stock offering, we anticipate that our non-interest expense will increase as a result of increased compensation expenses associated with the implementation of our employee stock ownership plan and the implementation of a stock-based incentive plan, if that incentive plan is approved by our stockholders.  For further information, see “Summary—Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Following the Conversion,” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Stock Offering—Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income,” and “Management of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.—Benefit Plans and Agreements” and  “—Future Stock Benefit Plans.”

 

Our non-interest expense will also increase as a result of our contribution of cash and shares of common stock to our charitable foundation, and as a result of our operation as a public company.  For further information, please see “Summary—Our Issuance of Cash and Shares of Our Common Stock to Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II,” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The cost of additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses” and “—Risks Related to this Stock Offering—The contribution to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in the year we complete the stock offering,” and “Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II.”

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Certain of our accounting policies are important to the portrayal of our financial condition, since they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Estimates associated with these policies are susceptible to material changes as a result of changes in facts and circumstances. Facts and circumstances which could affect these judgments include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, changes in the performance of the economy and changes in the financial condition of borrowers. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in detail in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus.

 

The recently enacted JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. As an “emerging growth company” we have elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to

 

48



Table of Contents

 

private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. As of June 30, 2013, there is not a significant difference in the presentation of our financial statements as compared to other public companies as a result of this transition guidance.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses.   The allowance for loan losses is the amount estimated by management as necessary to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses, which is charged to income. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses necessarily involves a high degree of judgment. Among the material estimates required to establish the allowance are: loss exposure at default; the amount and timing of future cash flows on impacted loans; value of collateral; and determination of loss factors to be applied to the various elements of the portfolio.  All of these estimates are susceptible to significant change. Management reviews the level of the allowance quarterly and establishes the provision for loan losses based upon an evaluation of the portfolio, past loss experience, current economic conditions and other factors related to the collectability of the loan portfolio. Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic or other conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluation. In addition, bank regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. A large loss could deplete the allowance and require increased provisions to replenish the allowance, which would adversely affect earnings.

 

Deferred Tax Assets. We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.  We exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets.  These judgments may require us to make projections of future taxable income and/or to carryback to taxable income in prior years. The judgments and estimates we make in determining our deferred tax assets, which are inherently subjective, are reviewed on a continual basis as regulatory and business factors change.  Any reduction in estimated future taxable income may require us to record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

 

Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

 

Assets. Our total assets increased $21.1 million, or 6.0%, to $375.7 million at June 30, 2013 from $354.6 million at December 31, 2012 due to an increase in total loans, loans held for sale and cash and cash equivalents. Total loans increased $12.0 million, or 4.1%, to $308.7 million at June 30, 2013 from $296.7 million at December 31, 2012. Loans held for sale increased $5.4 million and one- to four-family residential real estate loans increased $8.3 million. The increase was reflective of the low interest rate environment that existed for residential mortgage loans during the first half of 2013 and borrower demand to lock in interest rates prior to anticipated increases in interest rates, as well as the seasonal increase in home sales in the spring.  Commercial construction loans also increased $2.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 principally due to the origination of a loan to finance a multi-unit retail project which will also include our relocated Lincoln branch office. See “Properties.”  Cash and cash equivalents increased by $2.8 million, or 40.5%, to $9.8 million at June 30, 2013 from $7.0 million at December 31, 2012 primarily due to the timing of funding of loan sales and originations.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

Deposits. Our primary source of funds is retail deposit accounts held by individuals and businesses within our market area.  Deposits increased $22.2 million, or 7.2%, to $330.0 million at June 30, 2013 from $307.8 million at December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of growth in non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts of $6.2 million, or 10.7%, an increase in savings accounts and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts of $9.4 million, or 12.2%, an increase in money market accounts of $3.4 million, or 6.5%, and an increase in certificate of deposit accounts greater than $100,000 of $2.9 million, or 6.7%.  Customers have generally continued to utilize more liquid deposit accounts in periods of lower interest rates. We have also continued to expand our services to our small business customers. However, we experienced an increase in certificates of deposit during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as some of our customers have elected to lock in rates in five year certificates of deposit which yield a higher interest rate.

 

Borrowed Funds. We utilize borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston as an alternate funding source. Borrowed funds at June 30, 2013 totaled $14.0 million as compared to $16.3 million at December 31, 2012, a decrease of $2.3 million or 14.3%.  Borrowed funds at June 30, 2013 were primarily comprised of $12.0 million of overnight advances at a weighted average rate of 0.31%, as compared to overnight advances of $13.0 million at December 31, 2012 at a weighted average of 0.31%.  Overnight borrowings decreased $1.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 due to the increase in cash and cash equivalents during the same time period. Long-term advances totaled $2.0 million at June 30, 2013 at a weighted average rate of 3.97% which mature during 2014 and 2015.  Long-term advances at December 31, 2012 amounted to $3.3 million at a weighted average rate of 3.81%, with $1.3 million in long-term advances maturing in 2013 and the remainder maturing in 2014 and 2015.  The decrease in long-term advances during 2013 of $1.3 million was due to maturities.

 

Total Retained Earnings.  Total retained earnings increased to $27.6 million at June 30, 2013 from $27.3 million at December 31, 2012.  The increase in retained earnings was due to net income of $299,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

 

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

 

Assets. Our total assets increased $31.7 million, or 9.8%, to $354.6 million at December 31, 2012 from $323.0 million at December 31, 2011.  Total loans increased $26.9 million, or 10.0%, to $296.7 million at December 31, 2012 from $269.8 million at December 31, 2011.  The growth in total loans was primarily due to increases in commercial real estate loans, which increased $14.7 million, or 21.9%, to $81.8 million at December 31, 2012 from $67.0 million at December 31, 2011 reflecting increased borrower demand.  One- to four-family residential real estate loans also increased $5.3 million, or 7.2%, during 2012 reflecting the low interest rate environment.  In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2012, commercial business loans increased $3.8 million, commercial construction loans increased $3.3 million and home equity loans and lines of credit increased $2.9 million, partially offset by a decline in SBA loans of $1.8 million and consumer loans of $1.3 million. Cash and cash equivalents increased by $1.7 million, or 30.8%, to $7.0 million at December 31, 2012 from $5.4 million at December 31, 2011 due to the timing of funding of loan sales and originations.

 

Deposits. Deposits increased $24.8 million, or 8.8%, to $307.8 million at December 31, 2012 from $283.0 million at December 31, 2011 primarily due to an increase in non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts of $7.7 million, or 15.4%, an increase of $6.7 million in savings accounts and interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, or 9.5%, an increase in money market accounts of $2.3 million, or 4.8% and an increase in certificate of deposit accounts greater than $100,000 of $7.4 million, or 20.9%. Customers have generally continued to utilize more liquid deposit accounts in periods of lower interest rates. We have also continued to expand our services to our small business customers. However, we experienced an increase in certificates of deposit during the year ended December 31, 2012 as some of

 

50



Table of Contents

 

our customers have elected to lock in rates in five year certificates of deposit which yield a higher interest rate.

 

Borrowed Funds. We utilize borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston  as an alternate funding source. Borrowed funds at December 31, 2012 totaled $16.3 million as compared to $10.8 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of $5.6 million, or 51.8%.  Borrowed funds at December 31, 2012 were primarily comprised of $13.0 million of overnight advances at a weighted average rate of 0.31%, as compared to overnight advances of $6.0 million at December 31, 2012 with a weighted average rate of 0.35%. Overnight borrowings increased by $7.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 in order to fund loans held for sale. Long-term advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston totaled $3.3 million at December 31, 2012 at a weighted average rate of 3.81% as compared to $4.8 million at December 31, 2011 at a weighted average rate of 3.68%.  The decrease in long-term advances during 2012 of $1.4 million was due to maturities.

 

Total Retained Earnings. Total retained earnings increased to $27.3 million at December 31, 2012 as compared to $26.1 million at December 31, 2011.  The increase in total retained earnings was due to net income of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, partially offset by a $25,000 decrease in our accumulated other comprehensive loss.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012

 

General.   Net income decreased $182,000, or 37.8%, to $299,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from $481,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Net income decreased due to an increase in non-interest expenses of $812,000 and a decrease of $126,000 in non-interest income, which was offset by an increase of $245,000 in net interest income and a decrease of $375,000 in our provision for loan losses.  The increase in non-interest expenses was primarily due to investments made in additional personnel and branch improvements related to two new branches that opened in late 2012 and early 2013 causing an increase in salary and employee benefits expense of $425,000 and an increase in occupancy and equipment expenses of $207,000. The decrease in non-interest income was primarily due to an impairment loss of $482,000 related to the write-down of two real estate properties that were classified as held for sale at June 30, 2013.

 

Interest Income.  Interest income increased $264,000, or 4.0%, to $6.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from $6.6 million for six months ended June 30, 2012.  The increase reflected an increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets to $327.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from $295.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, partially offset by a decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets to 4.24% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from 4.51% for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Substantially all of our interest income was derived from interest and fees on loans.

 

Interest income and fees on loans and loans held for sale increased $264,000, or 4.0%, to $6.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from $6.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Interest income and fees on loans and loans held for sale increased due to a $36.3 million, or 12.8%, increase in the average balance of loans to $320.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to $284.2 million for the same period in the prior year, partially offset by a 36 basis point decline in the average yield on loans. The increase in our average loan balances was attributable to the growth in our residential one- to four-family loan portfolio, reflecting the low interest rate environment that existed for residential mortgage loans during the first half of 2013 and borrower demand to lock in interest rates prior to anticipated increases in interest rates as well as continued demand for commercial real estate loans.  The average yield on loans decreased to 4.32% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to 4.68% for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The 36 basis point decline in average yield

 

51



Table of Contents

 

was primarily the result of the low interest rate environment as new loans have been added to the portfolio at lower interest rates.

 

Other interest income decreased $8,000 due to a decline in interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents due to a lower average yield and lower average balances of cash and cash equivalents during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the prior year period.

 

Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased $11,000, or 0.8%, to $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 due to an increase in the average balance of deposits.

 

Interest expense on deposits increased $21,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 due to an increase in the average balance of deposits, offset by a decrease in the average cost of certificates of deposit. The average balance of deposits increased $16.5 million, or 6.9%, during the six months ended June 30, 2013 with average balances increasing across all deposit types. The average balance of certificates of deposit increased $8.9 million to $121.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to our continued competitive pricing in longer term (generally five year) certificates of deposit, in anticipation of a future increase in interest rates.  The average cost of certificates of deposit decreased to 1.75% during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to 1.87% during the six months ended June 30, 2012 due to the low interest rate environment.

 

Interest expense on borrowed funds decreased $10,000 to $68,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 due to a decrease in interest rates for newer borrowings, partially offset by an $8.1 million increase in the average balance of borrowed funds.  The weighted average cost of borrowed funds was 1.03% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to 3.03% for the six months ended June 30, 2012.  The average balance of borrowed funds increased to $13.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the prior year period as we increased the average balance of lower cost overnight borrowings which decreased the overall cost of borrowings.

 

Net Interest Income.   Net interest income increased $245,000, or 4.6%, to $5.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from $5.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. This increase was due to a $7.1 million increase in net interest-earning assets to $57.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. This growth in net interest-earning assets was offset by a decrease in our net interest margin of 19 basis points to 3.42% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to 3.61% for the prior year period.

 

Provision for Loan Losses.   A provision of $209,000 was recorded to the allowance for loan losses during the six month period ended June 30, 2013, a decrease of $375,000 compared to a provision of $584,000 during the six month period ended June 30, 2012.

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we recorded a $184,000 provision for loan losses on home equity loans, out of the total $209,000 provision for the same period, based on our assessment of loss history, current asset quality and economic trends and charge-offs experienced in the portfolio. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, we recorded a provision of $584,000, of which $505,000 was in the home equity portfolio. Home equity net charge-offs for the six months ended June 30, 2013 totaled $209,000 as compared to $624,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2012. Included in the $624,000 in home equity charge-offs for the six month period ended June 30, 2012 was a $250,000 charge-off on one loan which had been in the 60-day delinquency category at December 31, 2011.

 

Refer to Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the provision for loan losses.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Non-interest Income.  Non-interest income decreased $126,000, or 4.0%, to $3.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from $3.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. We recorded an unrealized loss of $482,000 related to the write-down of two real estate properties that were classified as held for sale at June 30, 2013. One property located in Cranston, Rhode Island, known as Sharpe Drive, had been purchased for the purpose of becoming our new corporate headquarters. During the second quarter of 2013, we determined that the cost to improve the building exceeded initial estimates and we decided to sell the building. A second property located in Coventry, Rhode Island, known as New London Turnpike, is land that had been purchased for the purpose of building a future branch, but is no longer being contemplated as a future branch location. In 2012, we had a letter of intent to lease the land, at which point the land was classified as real estate held for investment.  In May 2013, the letter of intent expired and we decided to sell the land and the land was reclassified as real estate held for sale.  Real estate held for sale is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less cost to sell. Partially offsetting the decrease in non-interest income was an increase in gains on sales of loans, net which increased $326,000 due to an increase in loans sold. The increase in gain on the sales of loans was primarily due to an increase in the volume of one- to four-family residential real estate loans sold, which was $81.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to $70.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in the volume of the loans sold was reflective of the low interest rate environment and customer demand for fixed rate conforming one- to four-family residential real estate loans.

 

Non-interest Expense.  Non-interest expense increased $812,000, or 11.5%, to $7.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from $7.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Salaries and employee benefits increased $425,000 to $4.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to $3.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012.  The increase was related to general merit increases and an increase in full time equivalent employees from 125 employees at June 30, 2012 to 144 employees at June 30, 2013, primarily associated with the opening of two new branch offices.  Occupancy and equipment increased $207,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the prior year period due to the increase in depreciation expense of $82,000 and other costs associated with our branch growth.  Foreclosed real estate expenses increased $228,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2013 principally related to an $180,000 write-down on a foreclosed real estate owned property for which we lowered our list price on the property. Other general and administrative expenses increased $147,000 as a result of a $32,000 increase in loan servicing expenses and an increase of $35,000 on ATM repairs. These increases were offset in part by a decrease in professional fees to $220,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from $417,000 in the prior period as a result of higher costs incurred in the first half of 2012 related to the formation of the mutual holding company.  Deposit services expense decreased $66,000 due to a decrease in debit card expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

 

Income Tax Provision.   Income tax expense was $183,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to $319,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012.  The decline in income tax expense of $136,000 was due to the decrease in pre-tax income as well as a lower effective tax rate for 2013.

 

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

 

General.   Net income increased $136,000, or 13.4%, to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  Net income increased due to increases in non-interest income of $1.2 million and a decrease in the provision for loan losses of $48,000, partially offset by a decrease in net interest income of $456,000 and an increase in non-interest expenses of $482,000. Non-interest income increased to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to an increase in the gain on sales of loans of $947,000, due primarily to increased sales of conforming one- to four-family residential real estate loans.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

Interest Income. Interest income decreased $510,000, or 3.7%, to $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to a decrease in interest income and fees on loans, which decreased to $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease of $525,000 in interest income and fees on loans was the result of a decrease in the average yield earned on loans from 4.93% during 2011 to 4.55% during 2012 due to the low interest rate and competitive environment for the origination of new loans. The average balance of loans increased $11.4 million, or 4.1%, to $289.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $278.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to the growth in new originations and refinancings of one- to four-family residential real estate as a result of the continuing low interest rate environment.

 

Other interest income increased $15,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to a $4,000 increase in FHLB dividends and an $11,000 increase in interest earned on cash and cash equivalents due to a $5.0 million increase in the average balance of cash and cash equivalents during 2012.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $54,000 to $2.7 million for 2012. The decrease was principally due to a decrease in interest expense on borrowed funds.

 

Interest expense on borrowed funds decreased $70,000 during 2012 due to a $7.1 million decrease in the average balance on borrowed funds during 2012.  The average balance of borrowed funds decreased due to an increase in liquidity on our balance sheet. The decrease in the average balance of borrowed funds was partially offset by an increase in the average cost on borrowed funds of 132 basis points to 3.15% for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the prior year due to a limited use of lower cost overnight borrowings in 2012 as compared to 2011.

 

Interest expense on deposits increased $16,000 or 0.6% to $2.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 principally due to the growth in the average balance of interest bearing deposits of $18.1 million across all deposit categories.  The average balance of our core deposits increased $12.5 million while the average balance of certificates of deposit increased $5.6 million.  Partially offsetting the increase in interest expense on deposits was a decrease in the average cost of certificates of deposit during 2012.  The cost of certificates of deposit was 1.83% during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to 1.95% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as a result of the low interest rate environment.

 

Net Interest Income.   Net interest income decreased $456,000 or 4.1% during 2012 to $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The decrease in net interest income was caused by the decline in the net interest rate spread which decreased 36 basis points to 3.32% for 2012 as compared to 3.68% for 2011 and a similar decrease in the net interest margin of 36 basis points to 3.51% for 2012 as compared to 3.87% for 2011. The decrease in net interest rate spread and net interest margin was due to a greater decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets as compared to the decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for 2012 as compared to 2011.

 

Provision for Loan Losses.   A provision of $1.1 million was recorded to the allowance for loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $48,000 compared to a provision of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The provision for loan losses was relatively consistent as was total delinquent loans over 30 days past due of $6.7 million at December 31, 2012 as compared to $6.4 million at December 31, 2011.  Net charge-offs for 2012 totaled $964,000 as compared to $1.4 million for 2011.  Net charge-offs of $699,000 in 2012 were in the home equity category, of which we recorded a $250,000 charge-off on one loan which had been in the 60-day delinquency category at December 31, 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we provided for $872,000 of the $1.1

 

54



Table of Contents

 

million total provision in the home equity category, primarily as a result of increased historical loss experience.

 

During 2011, of the $1.2 million provision for loan losses, $657,000 was in the residential one- to four-family category and $431,000 was in the home equity category.  The residential one- to four-family provision reflected an increase in recent historical loss experience.  The 2011 residential one- to four-family loans net charge-offs of $820,000 included a charge-off of one loan of $479,000 in August 2011, of which $250,000 had been specifically reserved for at December 31, 2010.  We adjusted the loan’s valuation in 2012 as the borrower had been unable to sell the property at the appraised value and in consideration of the continued decline in the real estate market. The $431,000 provision in the home equity category during the year ended December 31, 2011 considered historical loss experience as adjusted for our qualitative factors.

 

Refer to Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details on the provision for loan losses.

 

Non-interest Income.  Non-interest income increased $1.2 million to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due primarily to an increase in the gain on sales of loans, net of $947,000 as a result of an increase in the volume of loans sold due to the low interest rate environment. The increase in gain on the sales of loans was primarily due to an increase in the volume of one- to four-family residential real estate loans sold, which was $172.2 million for year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $142.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the volume of the loans sold was reflective of the low interest rate environment and customer demand for fixed rate conforming one- to four-family residential real estate loans. In addition, we had increases in customer service fees of $91,000 due to increased debit card fees.  Other non-interest income increased $117,000 during 2012 due to an increase in rental income from a property classified as held for sale during the second quarter of 2013.

 

Non-interest Expense.  Non-interest expense increased $482,000 to $14.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  Non-interest expense increased due to an increase in occupancy and equipment expense of $131,000, primarily due to an increase in depreciation expense on our premises and equipment of $94,000 due to the opening of the East Greenwich branch during 2012 and a full year of depreciation on our Washington Street, Providence, branch which opened in 2011. In addition, our data processing expense increased $173,000 due to increased home banking and other data processing and software costs. Professional fees increased $330,000 due to legal and other fees incurred in relation to the formation of our mutual holding company. Deposit services expense also increased $57,000 due to increased debit card expenses.

 

Income Tax Provision.   Income tax provision increased $129,000 to $835,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $706,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in the income tax provision was principally due to a higher level of pre-tax income.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Average Balance Sheets

 

The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information at June 30, 2013 and for the periods indicated.  No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made, as we had non-taxable interest-earning assets during the periods presented.  All average balances are daily average balances, except 2010 which is a monthly average.  Nonaccrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the tables as loans carrying a zero yield.  The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred loan fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense.

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

For the Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2013

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

Average

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Yield/Rate

 

Balance

 

Interest

 

Yield/Rate(4)

 

Balance

 

Interest

 

Yield/Rate(4)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and loans held for sale

 

4.48

%

$

320,547

 

$

6,864

 

4.32

%

$

284,207

 

$

6,600

 

4.68

%

Cash and cash equivalents

 

0.07

 

3,848

 

1

 

0.05

 

8,159

 

7

 

0.17

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock

 

0.38

 

2,824

 

8

 

0.57

 

3,175

 

10

 

0.64

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

 

327,219

 

6,873

 

4.24

 

295,541

 

6,617

 

4.51

 

Non-interest-earning assets

 

 

 

33,323

 

 

 

 

 

31,669

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

$

360,542

 

 

 

 

 

$

327,210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market accounts

 

0.43

 

$

53,004

 

112

 

0.43

 

$

50,960

 

107

 

0.42

 

Savings accounts

 

0.25

 

79,975

 

93

 

0.23

 

74,448

 

86

 

0.23

 

Club accounts

 

0.25

 

1,412

 

2

 

0.29

 

1,345

 

2

 

0.30

 

Certificates of deposit

 

1.73

 

121,691

 

1,056

 

1.75

 

112,819

 

1,047

 

1.87

 

Total interest bearing deposits

 

 

 

256,082

 

1,263

 

0.99

 

239,572

 

1,242

 

1.04

 

Borrowed funds

 

0.84

 

13,255

 

68

 

1.03

 

5,192

 

78

 

3.03

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

269,337

 

1,331

 

1.00

 

244,764

 

1,320

 

1.09

 

Non-interest-bearing deposits

 

 

 

60,323

 

 

 

 

 

51,857

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

3,578

 

 

 

 

 

4,570

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

333,238

 

 

 

 

 

301,191

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

27,304

 

 

 

 

 

26,019

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and retained earnings

 

 

 

$

360,542

 

 

 

 

 

$

327,210

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,542

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,297

 

 

 

Net interest rate spread(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.24

%

 

 

 

 

3.42

%

Net interest-earning assets(2)

 

 

 

$

57,882

 

 

 

 

 

$

50,777

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.42

%

 

 

 

 

3.61

%

Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

121.49

%

 

 

 

 

120.75

%

 

 

 

 

 

(footnotes follow on next page)

 

56



Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Average
Outstanding
Balance

 

Interest

 

Average
Yield/Rate

 

Average
Outstanding
Balance

 

Interest

 

Average
Yield/Rate

 

Average
Outstanding
Balance

 

Interest

 

Average
Yield/Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and loans held for sale

 

$

289,404

 

$

13,173

 

4.55

%

$

277,971

 

$

13,698

 

4.93

%

$

276,018

 

$

14,100

 

5.11

%

Cash and cash equivalents

 

8,301

 

15

 

0.18

 

3,273

 

4

 

0.12

 

6,402

 

16

 

0.25

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock

 

3,105

 

19

 

0.61

 

3,408

 

15

 

0.44

 

3,408

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

300,810

 

13,207

 

4.39

 

284,652

 

13,717

 

4.82

 

285,828

 

14,116

 

4.94

 

Non-interest-earning assets

 

32,871

 

 

 

 

 

26,762

 

 

 

 

 

23,108

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

333,681

 

 

 

 

 

$

311,414

 

 

 

 

 

$

308,936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market accounts

 

$

52,248

 

222

 

0.42

 

$

48,290

 

202

 

0.42

 

$

56,715

 

395

 

0.70

 

Savings accounts

 

74,735

 

175

 

0.23

 

66,316

 

154

 

0.23

 

59,398

 

137

 

0.23

 

Club accounts

 

1,454

 

4

 

0.28

 

1,315

 

3

 

0.23

 

1,300

 

3

 

0.23

 

Certificates of deposit

 

114,836

 

2,104

 

1.83

 

109,218

 

2,130

 

1.95

 

111,290

 

2,588

 

2.33

 

Total interest bearing deposits

 

243,273

 

2,505

 

1.03

 

225,139

 

2,489

 

1.11

 

228,703

 

3,123

 

1.37

 

Borrowed funds

 

4,597

 

145

 

3.15

 

11,727

 

215

 

1.83

 

10,261

 

280

 

2.73

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

247,870

 

2,650

 

1.07

 

236,866

 

2,704

 

1.14

 

238,964

 

3,403

 

1.42

 

Non-interest-bearing deposits

 

54,609

 

 

 

 

 

45,409

 

 

 

 

 

42,352

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

4,887

 

 

 

 

 

3,350

 

 

 

 

 

2,785

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

307,366

 

 

 

 

 

285,625

 

 

 

 

 

284,101

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

26,315

 

 

 

 

 

25,789

 

 

 

 

 

24,835

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and retained earnings

 

$

333,681

 

 

 

 

 

$

311,414

 

 

 

 

 

$

308,936

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

$

10,557

 

 

 

 

 

$

11,013

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,713

 

 

 

Net interest rate spread(1)

 

 

 

 

 

3.32

%

 

 

 

 

3.68

%

 

 

 

 

3.52

%

Net interest-earning assets(2)

 

$

52,940

 

 

 

 

 

$

47,786

 

 

 

 

 

$

48,864

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest margin(3)

 

 

 

 

 

3.51

%

 

 

 

 

3.87

%

 

 

 

 

3.75

%

Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities

 

121.36

%

 

 

 

 

120.17

%

 

 

 

 

119.61

%

 

 

 

 

 


(1)              Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average rate of interest-bearing liabilities.

(2)              Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.

(3)              Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

(4)              Annualized.

 

57



Table of Contents

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the major categories of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the periods indicated.  Information is provided for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities with respect to (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (i.e., changes in average balances multiplied by the prior-period average rate) and (ii) changes attributable to rate (i.e., changes in average rate multiplied by prior-period average balances).  For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013 vs. 2012

 

2012 vs. 2011

 

2011 vs. 2010

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

Total Increase

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

Total Increase

 

Increase (Decrease) Due to

 

Total Increase

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

(Decrease)

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

(Decrease)

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

(Decrease)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and loans held for sale

 

$

803

 

$

(539

)

$

264

 

$

548

 

$

(1,073

)

$

(525

)

$

100

 

$

(502

)

$

(402

)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

(12

)

6

 

(6

)

8

 

3

 

11

 

(6

)

(6

)

(12

)

Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock

 

 

(2

)

(2

)

(1

)

5

 

4

 

 

15

 

15

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

791

 

(535

)

256

 

555

 

(1,065

)

(510

)

94

 

(493

)

(399

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market accounts

 

4

 

1

 

5

 

17

 

3

 

20

 

(52

)

(141

)

(193

)

Savings accounts

 

6

 

1

 

7

 

20

 

1

 

21

 

16

 

1

 

17

 

Club accounts

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

79

 

(70

)

9

 

107

 

(133

)

(26

)

(47

)

(411

)

(458

)

Borrowed funds

 

65

 

(75

)

(10

)

(174

)

104

 

(70

)

36

 

(101

)

(65

)

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

154

 

(143

)

11

 

(30

)

(24

)

(54

)

(47

)

(652

)

(699

)

Change in net interest income

 

$

637

 

$

(392

)

$

245

 

$

585

 

$

(1,041

)

$

(456

)

$

141

 

$

159

 

$

300

 

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Management of Market Risk

 

Our asset/liability management strategy attempts to manage the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income, our primary source of earnings.

 

Over the past several years, management has implemented an asset/liability strategy to manage our interest rate risk.  Among the techniques we use or have used to manage interest rate risk are:

 

·                                           originating commercial real estate, SBA and commercial business loans, all of which tend to have shorter terms and higher interest rates than one- to four-family residential real estate loans, and which generate customer relationships that can result in larger non-interest bearing accounts;

 

·                                           retaining jumbo one- to four-family residential real estate loans, which carry higher interest rates and may have shorter weighted average lives;

 

·                                           selling the majority of our long-term, conforming fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate and retaining the majority of the shorter-term adjustable-rate residential real estate loans that we originate;

 

·                                           lengthening the weighted average maturity of our liabilities through retail deposit pricing strategies and monitoring the cost of Federal Home Loan Bank advances relative to the cost of retail deposits; and

 

·                                           monitoring core deposit levels and pricing to allow us to remain competitive in obtaining funds and to respond to changes in customer demand and our liquidity needs.

 

Our Board of Directors is responsible for the review and oversight of our Asset/Liability Committee, which is comprised of our executive management team.  This committee is charged with developing and implementing an asset/liability management plan, and meets at least quarterly to review pricing and liquidity needs and assess our interest rate risk.  We currently utilize a third-party modeling program, prepared on a quarterly basis, to evaluate our sensitivity to changing interest rates, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the Board of Directors.  In addition, we regularly perform a “gap analysis” of the discrepancy between the repricing of our assets and liabilities.

 

Economic Value of Equity.  In order to monitor and manage interest rate risk, we use the net present value of equity at risk (“NPV”) methodology.  This methodology calculates the difference between the present value of expected cash flows from assets and liabilities.  The comparative scenarios assume immediate parallel shift in the yield curve in increments of 100 basis point (bp) rate movements.  A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent.  An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100 basis point increase in the “Change in Interest Rates” column below. The model is run at least quarterly showing shocks from +300bp to -100bp, because a decline of greater than -100bp is currently highly unlikely.  The Board of Directors and management review the methodology’s measurements on a quarterly basis.

 

The interest rate scenarios are used for analytical purposes and do not necessarily represent management’s view of future market movements.  Results of the modeling are used to provide a measure of the degree of volatility interest rate movements may have on our earnings.  Modeling the sensitivity of earnings to interest rate risk is decidedly reliant on numerous assumptions embedded in the model.  These

 

59



Table of Contents

 

assumptions include, but are not limited to, management’s best assessment of the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment speeds of certain assets and liabilities, projections for account balances in each of the product lines offered and the historical behavior of deposit rates and balances in relation to changes in interest rates.  These assumptions are inherently changeable, and as a result, the model is not expected to precisely measure net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in interest rate on net interest income.  Actual results will differ from the simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions.  Assumptions are supported with annual back testing of the model to actual market rate shifts.

 

The table below sets forth, as of June 30, 2013, the estimated changes in the net present value of equity that would result from the designated changes in the United States Treasury yield curve under an instantaneous parallel shift for Coastway Community Bank.  Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.

 

Change in

 

Economic Value of Equity

 

EVE as a % of Economic Value of

 

Interest Rates

 

 

 

Amount of

 

 

 

Assets(3)

 

(Basis Points)(1)

 

Estimated EVE(2)

 

Change

 

Percent

 

EVE Ratio

 

Change(1)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

+400

 

$

41,635

 

$

7,804

 

23.1

%

11.81

 

2.83

 

+300

 

40,011

 

6,180

 

18.3

 

11.17

 

2.19

 

+200

 

38,198

 

4,367

 

12.9

 

10.49

 

1.61

 

+100

 

36,343

 

2,512

 

7.4

 

9.80

 

0.83

 

0

 

33,831

 

 

 

8.97

 

 

-100

 

27,388

 

(6,443

)

(19.0

)%

7.20

 

1.78

 

 


(1)          Assumes instantaneous parallel changes in interest rates.

(2)          EVE or Economic Value of Equity at Risk measures Coastway Community Bank’s exposure to equity due to changes in a forecast interest rate environment.

(3)          EVE ratio represents Economic Value of Equity divided by the economic value of assets which should measure stability for future earnings.

 

The table above indicates that at June 30, 2013, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 19.0% decrease in economic value of equity.  In the event of a 400 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience a 23.1% increase in economic value of equity.

 

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurement.  Modeling changes in the economic portfolio value of equity require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates.  Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in interest rates.  In this regard, the table above assumes that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assumes that particular changes in interest rates occur at different times and in different amounts in response to a designed change in the yield curve for U.S. Treasuries.  Furthermore, although the table provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income.  Finally, the above table does not take into account the changes in the credit risk of our assets that can occur in connection with changes in interest rates.

 

Depending on the relationship between long-term and short-term interest rates, market conditions and consumer preference, we may place greater emphasis on maximizing our net interest margin than on strictly matching the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities.  We believe that the increased net

 

60



Table of Contents

 

income which may result from an acceptable mismatch in the actual maturity or re-pricing of our assets and liabilities can, during periods of declining or stable interest rates, provide sufficient returns to justify an increased exposure to sudden and unexpected increases in interest rates.  We believe that our level of interest rate risk is acceptable using this approach.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations.  Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, principal repayments and loan sales.  While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.  Our Asset/Liability Committee, under the direction of our Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies in order to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs and deposit withdrawals of our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies.  We believe that we have enough sources of liquidity to satisfy our short- and long-term liquidity needs as of June 30, 2013.

 

We regularly monitor and adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of:

 

(i)            expected loan demand;

 

(ii)           expected deposit flows and borrowing maturities;

 

(iii)          yields available on interest-earning deposits; and

 

(iv)          the objectives of our asset/liability management program.

 

Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest-earning deposits and are also used to pay off short-term borrowings.

 

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents.  The level of these assets is dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period.  At June 30, 2013, cash and cash equivalents totaled $9.9 million.

 

Our cash flows are derived from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities as reported in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

At June 30, 2013, we had $22.9 million in commitments to originate loans, $16.8 million of which will be sold.  In addition to commitments to originate loans, we had $61.4 million in unused lines of credit to borrowers.  Certificates of deposit due within one year of June 30, 2013 totaled $46.1 million, or 14.0%, of total deposits.  If these deposits do not remain with us, we may be required to seek other sources of funds, including utilizing additional Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances and selling the guaranteed portions of SBA loans of $25.0 million.  Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowed funds than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before June 30, 2014. We believe, however, based on historical experience and current market interest rates, that we will retain upon maturity a large portion of our certificates of deposit with maturities of one year or less as of June 30, 2013.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Our primary investing activity is originating loans. During the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we originated $143.8 million, $245.4 million and $214.5 million of loans, respectively.

 

Financing activities consist primarily of activity in deposit accounts and Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances.  We experienced a net increase in deposits of $22.2 million, $24.8 million and $21.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors, and by other factors.

 

Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management.  If we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, borrowing agreements exist with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston that provide an additional source of funds.  Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances increased by $5.5 million at December 31, 2012 to $16.3 million, from $10.8 million at December 31, 2011. Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances were $14.0 million at June 30, 2013.  At June 30, 2013, we had the ability to borrow up to an additional $50.8 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.  We also have the ability to borrow with the Federal Reserve discount window.  At June 30, 2013, we had the capacity to borrow up to $14.2 million from the Federal Reserve discount window, but had no outstanding borrowings as of that date.

 

Coastway Community Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure.  The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories.  At June 30, 2013, Coastway Community Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements.  Coastway Community Bank is considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements” and Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The net proceeds from the stock offering will significantly increase our liquidity and capital resources. Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including the funding of loans.

 

Commitments, Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Commitments.   As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit.  While these contractual obligations represent our potential future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon.  Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. In addition, we enter into commitments to sell mortgage loans.  For additional information, see Note 9 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Contractual Obligations.   In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations.  Such obligations include operating leases for premises and equipment, agreements with respect to borrowed funds and deposit liabilities.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.  In the normal course of operations, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with U.S.GAAP, are not recorded in our financial statements.  These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk.  Such transactions are used primarily to manage customers’ requests for funding and take the form of loan commitments and lines of credit as well as commitments to sell loans.  For information about our loan

 

62



Table of Contents

 

commitments and unused lines of credit, see Note 9 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

In June 2013, we entered into a purchase and sale agreement for $8.8 million to purchase our new corporate headquarters which is currently under construction. We expect to close on the purchase in the second quarter of 2014, and relocate from our current headquarters.

 

We have not engaged in any other off-balance-sheet transactions in the normal course of our lending activities.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

For a discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.  The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates, generally, have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than does inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

BUSINESS OF COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. is incorporated in the State of Maryland.  We have not engaged in any business to date.  Upon completion of the conversion, we will own all of the issued and outstanding stock of Coastway Community Bank.  We intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Coastway Community Bank. Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering and use a portion of the retained net proceeds to make a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and contribute a portion of the retained net proceeds to our charitable foundation.  At a later date, we may use the net proceeds to pay dividends to stockholders and repurchase shares of common stock, subject to our capital needs and regulatory limitations.  We will invest our initial capital as discussed in “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.”

 

After the conversion and the offering are complete, Coastway Bancorp, Inc., as the holding company of Coastway Community Bank, will be authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations, which may include the acquisition of other banking and financial services companies.  See “Supervision and Regulation—Holding Company Regulation” for a discussion of the activities that are permitted for bank holding companies.

 

Following the offering, our cash flow will depend on earnings from the investment of the net proceeds from the offering that we retain, and any dividends we receive from Coastway Community Bank.  Coastway Community Bank is subject to regulatory limitations on the amount of dividends that it may pay.  See “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Distributions.”  Initially, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will neither own nor lease any property, but will instead pay a fee to Coastway Community Bank for the use of its premises, equipment and furniture.  At the present time, we intend to employ only persons who are officers of Coastway Community Bank to serve as officers of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  We will, however, use the support staff of Coastway Community Bank from time to time.  We will pay a fee to Coastway Community Bank for the time devoted to Coastway Bancorp, Inc. by employees of Coastway Community Bank; however, these persons will not be separately compensated by Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  Coastway Bancorp, Inc. may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.

 

BUSINESS OF COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK

 

General

 

Coastway Community Bank is a Rhode Island chartered savings bank headquartered in Cranston, Rhode Island.  Coastway Community Bank was originally organized in 1920 as the Telephone Workers Credit Union, a Rhode Island credit union and later we changed our name to Coastway Credit Union. In 2000, Coastway Credit Union merged with Ocean State Community Credit Union, also located in Rhode Island. In 2009, in order to give us greater business lending authority, Coastway Credit Union converted to a Rhode Island chartered mutual savings bank and changed its name to Coastway Community Bank. In 2013, we reorganized into the mutual holding company structure by forming Coastway Bancorp, MHC, a Rhode Island chartered mutual holding company.  Coastway Bancorp, MHC owns 100% of the membership interests of Coastway Bancorp, LLC, a Rhode Island limited liability corporation, which in turn owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Coastway Community Bank.

 

Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public in our market area and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial real estate loans, SBA loans and, to a lesser extent, commercial business loans, commercial construction loans and consumer loans. We sell in the secondary market the majority of the fixed-rate conforming one- to four-

 

64



Table of Contents

 

family residential real estate loans that we originate, and depending on market conditions, we may also sell the guaranteed portions of SBA loans that we originate.  We offer a variety of deposit accounts to consumers and small businesses, including certificate of deposit accounts, savings accounts, demand deposit accounts, money market accounts and club accounts. We also offer online and mobile banking services.  At June 30, 2013, we had total assets of $375.7 million, total deposits of $330.0 million and total equity of $27.6 million.

 

Our website address is www.coastway.com.  Information on this website should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

 

Market Area

 

We conduct our operations from our main office and nine full-service banking offices in Rhode Island.  Our primary deposit market includes the areas surrounding our banking offices in Providence and Kent Counties, Rhode Island.  Our primary lending market includes Providence and Kent Counties, greater Rhode Island and nearby communities in the states of Connecticut and Massachusetts.  However, we occasionally make loans secured by properties located outside of our primary lending market, usually to borrowers with whom we have an existing relationship and who have a presence within our primary market.

 

Rhode Island is a relatively well-developed area that has a wide range of industries. Rhode Island’s historical economy was based on industries such as textiles, jewelry, silverware, metals/machinery and footwear/rubber products. The access to the Atlantic Ocean resulted in the establishment of military bases and other military-related industries and employment.  In the past, manufacturing and other labor intensive industries have declined in Rhode Island and have been replaced by a more service-oriented economy. In recent decades, health care, financial services, defense industry, tourism and gambling have become more important segments of the local economy. Notable firms headquartered in Rhode Island include CVS Pharmacy, Textron, Hasbro and Amica Insurance. Rhode Island is also a center of higher education, with Brown University, the University of Rhode Island, Johnson & Wales University and Bryant University. The U.S. Navy has had a significant presence in the Newport area, through the Naval Station at Newport and the Naval Undersea Warfare Center.

 

Unemployment remains elevated in Rhode Island with unemployment rates of 9.2% for the entire state, 10.1% for Providence County and 8.4% for Kent County as compared to the national rate of 7.6% as of May 2013. The median household income for 2012 in Rhode Island was $53,372, in Providence County it was $46,859 and in Kent County it was $58,424, as compared to the national median of $50,157. The percentage of households for 2012 with incomes of greater than $100,000 was 22.5% in Rhode Island as compared to 18.4% in Providence County and 20.3% for the United States.

 

Competition

 

We face significant competition within our market both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our market area has a high concentration of financial institutions including large money center and regional banks, community banks and credit unions. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we currently do not offer, such as trust services and private banking. Our competition for loans and deposits comes principally from commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from short-term money market funds, brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies.

 

As of June 30, 2012 (the latest date for which information is available), our market share was 0.46% and 2.14% of total deposits in Providence County and Kent County, Rhode Island respectively,

 

65



Table of Contents

 

making us the 9th largest out of 20 financial institutions in Providence County and the 8th largest out of 14 financial institutions in Kent County. We have been one of the top three SBA lenders in the State of Rhode Island in terms of dollars lent and number of loans originated for the last six years.

 

Lending Activities

 

Our principal lending activity is originating one- to four-family residential real estate loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, commercial real estate loans, SBA loans and, to a lesser extent, commercial business loans, commercial construction loans and consumer loans.  In recent years, we have increased and, subject to market conditions and our asset-liability analysis, expect to continue to increase our focus on commercial real estate and commercial business lending, in an effort to diversify our overall loan portfolio and increase the overall yield earned on our loans.  We also sell in the secondary market the majority of the fixed-rate conforming one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate, generally on a servicing-released, limited or no recourse basis, while retaining jumbo fixed-rate and adjustable rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans in order to manage the maturity and time to repricing of our loan portfolio.  Depending on market conditions, we may also sell the guaranteed portions of SBA loans that we originate.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

Loan Portfolio Composition.  The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, by type of loan at the dates indicated, excluding loans held for sale of $19.1 million, $13.6 million, $14.5 million, $19.3 million, $8.6 million and $2.5 million at June 30, 2013, December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

At June 30, 2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

$

86,970

 

28.17

%

$

78,633

 

26.50

%

$

73,335

 

27.19

%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

84,441

 

27.35

 

83,154

 

28.03

 

80,267

 

29.76

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

83,455

 

27.03

 

81,754

 

27.56

 

67,044

 

24.85

 

Commercial business loans

 

8,330

 

2.70

 

7,899

 

2.66

 

4,146

 

1.54

 

SBA loans

 

37,686

 

12.21

 

39,628

 

13.36

 

41,385

 

15.34

 

Commercial construction loans

 

5,958

 

1.93

 

3,302

 

1.11

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

1,889

 

0.61

 

2,320

 

0.78

 

3,573

 

1.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

308,729

 

100.00

%

296,690

 

100.00

%

269,750

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred loan costs

 

2,024

 

 

 

1,878

 

 

 

1,252

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(1,597

)

 

 

(1,569

)

 

 

(1,424

)

 

 

Total loans, net

 

$

309,156

 

 

 

$

296,999

 

 

 

$

269,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

$

75,191

 

29.23

%

$

86,070

 

33.12

%

$

86,072

 

35.89

%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

81,047

 

31.50

 

81,221

 

31.25

 

69,459

 

28.96

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

47,498

 

18.46

 

35,693

 

13.74

 

25,128

 

10.48

 

Commercial business loans

 

2,877

 

1.12

 

2,831

 

1.09

 

2,894

 

1.21

 

SBA loans

 

44,329

 

17.23

 

41,703

 

16.05

 

36,530

 

15.23

 

Commercial construction loans

 

220

 

0.08

 

1,350

 

0.52

 

2,020

 

0.84

 

Consumer loans

 

6,114

 

2.38

 

10,999

 

4.23

 

17,732

 

7.39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

257,276

 

100.00

%

259,867

 

100.00

%

239,835

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other items:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred loan costs

 

1,405

 

 

 

1,547

 

 

 

1,678

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(1,636

)

 

 

(1,346

)

 

 

(963

)

 

 

Total loans, net

 

$

257,045

 

 

 

$

260,068

 

 

 

$

240,550

 

 

 

 

67



Table of Contents

 

Loan Portfolio Maturities and Yields.  The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2012.  Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment date and do not reflect the effect of prepayments and scheduled principal amortization.

 

 

 

One- to Four-Family

 

Home Equity Loans
and Lines of Credit

 

Commercial
Real Estate

 

Commercial Business

 

Due During the Years
Ending December 31,

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

$

329

 

5.14

%

$

2,918

 

5.01

%

$

3,666

 

4.60

%

$

2,203

 

4.05

%

2014

 

73

 

5.44

 

4,273

 

4.35

 

692

 

5.52

 

310

 

4.67

 

2015

 

38

 

4.50

 

3,322

 

4.14

 

3,594

 

5.86

 

469

 

5.45

 

2016 to 2017

 

60

 

4.01

 

7,255

 

4.38

 

5,709

 

5.22

 

1,044

 

4.98

 

2018 to 2022

 

3,073

 

5.23

 

63,013

 

3.75

 

42,733

 

4.86

 

3,747

 

4.05

 

2023 to 2027

 

2,859

 

4.84

 

2,373

 

6.29

 

8,561

 

5.12

 

126

 

5.10

 

2028 and beyond

 

72,201

 

4.60

 

 

 

16,799

 

5.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

78,633

 

4.63

%

$

83,154

 

3.97

%

$

81,754

 

5.35

%

$

7,899

 

4.30

%

 

 

 

SBA

 

Commercial
Construction

 

Consumer

 

Due During the Years
Ending December 31,

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Amount

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013

 

$

3,359

 

5.13

%

$

2,456

 

4.52

%

$

909

 

6.72

%

2014

 

1,183

 

5.57

 

846

 

3.85

 

325

 

8.16

 

2015

 

1,474

 

5.49

 

 

 

552

 

8.36

 

2016 to 2017

 

2,503

 

4.85

 

 

 

384

 

7.77

 

2018 to 2022

 

8,297

 

5.50

 

 

 

132

 

8.41

 

2023 to 2027

 

8,111

 

5.40

 

 

 

18

 

3.00

 

2028 and beyond

 

14,701

 

5.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

39,628

 

5.50

%

$

3,302

 

4.35

%

$

2,320

 

7.55

%

 

The following table sets forth our fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2012 that are due after December 31, 2013.

 

 

 

Due After December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Fixed

 

Adjustable

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

$

58,204

 

$

20,100

 

$

78,304

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

19,545

 

60,691

 

80,236

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

11,272

 

66,816

 

78,088

 

Commercial business loans

 

4,252

 

1,444

 

5,696

 

SBA loans

 

1,053

 

35,216

 

36,269

 

Commercial construction loans

 

290

 

2,634

 

2,924

 

Consumer loans

 

1,411

 

 

1,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$

96,027

 

$

186,901

 

$

282,928

 

 

68



Table of Contents

 

One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending .   At June 30, 2013, we had $87.0 million of loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate, representing 28.2% of our total loan portfolio.  In addition, at June 30, 2013, we had $19.1 million of residential mortgages held for sale.  We primarily originate fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans, but depending on market conditions and borrower preferences, we also offer adjustable-rate loans.  At June 30, 2013, 77.8% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans were fixed-rate loans, and 22.2% of such loans were adjustable-rate loans.

 

Our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans typically have terms of 10 to 30 years and are generally underwritten according to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, FHA or Rhode Island Housing guidelines when the loan balance meets such guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.”  We generally originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgage loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency, which as of June 30, 2013 was generally $417,000 for single-family homes in our market area. We typically sell servicing-released the majority of our fixed-rate conforming loans. During the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we sold $88.1 million, $171.2 million and $137.6 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans held for sale, respectively.  We also originate loans above the lending limit for conforming loans, which are referred to as “jumbo loans” that we retain in our portfolio. Jumbo loans that we originate typically have 15 to 30 year terms and maximum loan-to-value ratios of 90%.  At June 30, 2013, we had $41.2 million in jumbo loans, which represented 47.5% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Our average loan size for jumbo loans was $600,000 at June 30, 2013.  We also offer FHA, USDA and VA loans, all of which we originate for sale on a servicing-released, non-recourse basis in accordance with FHA, USDA and VA guidelines.  Virtually all of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans are secured by properties located in our market area.

 

We generally limit the loan-to-value ratios of our mortgage loans without private mortgage insurance to 80% of the sales price or appraised value, whichever is lower.  Loans where the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance may be made with loan-to-value ratios up to 90%.

 

Our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans carry terms to maturity ranging from 10 to 30 years and generally have fixed rates for initial terms of five years, although we also offer terms of one, two, three, seven or ten years, and adjust annually thereafter at a margin, which in recent years has been tied to a margin above the LIBOR rate. The maximum amount by which the interest rate may be increased or decreased is generally 5.00% for the first adjustment period and 2% per adjustment period thereafter with a lifetime interest rate cap of generally 5.00% over the initial interest rate of the loan. We typically hold in portfolio our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans.

 

Although adjustable-rate mortgage loans may reduce to an extent our vulnerability to changes in market interest rates because they periodically re-price, as interest rates increase the required payments due from the borrower also increase (subject to rate caps), increasing the potential for default by the borrower.  At the same time, the ability of the borrower to repay the loan and the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates.  Upward adjustments of the contractual interest rate are also limited by our maximum periodic and lifetime rate adjustments permitted by our loan documents.  Moreover, the interest rates on most of our adjustable-rate loans do not adjust for up to five years after origination. As a result, the effectiveness of adjustable-rate mortgage loans in compensating for changes in general interest rates may be limited during periods of rapidly rising interest rates.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

We offer on a limited basis one- to four-family residential real estate loans, secured by non-owner occupied properties. Generally, we require personal guarantees from the borrowers on these properties, and we will not make loans in excess of 85% loan to value on non-owner- occupied properties.

 

From 2000 until early 2006, we originated loans to borrowers who provided limited or no documentation of income, known as stated income loans. A stated income loan is a loan where the borrower’s income source is not subject to verification through the application process.  At June 30, 2013, we had $3.6 million in stated income loans, or 4.1% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio, of which $1.2 million were non-performing loans. We have no intention of originating stated income loans again in the future. Approximately one-third of the $3.6 million in stated income loans were made to borrowers who had existing commercial relationships and financial information on file with us.

 

We do not offer “interest only” mortgage loans on permanent one- to four-family residential real estate loans (where the borrower pays interest for an initial period, after which the loan converts to a fully amortizing loan). We also do not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on the loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. We do not have a “subprime lending” program for one-to four- family residential real estate loans ( i.e. , loans that generally target borrowers with weakened credit histories).

 

All residential mortgage loans that we originate include “due-on-sale” clauses, which give us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. All borrowers are required to obtain title insurance for the benefit of Coastway Community Bank. We also require homeowner’s insurance and fire and casualty insurance and, where circumstances warrant, flood insurance on properties securing real estate loans.

 

Commercial Real Estate Lending .   Consistent with our strategy to diversify our loan portfolio and increase our yield, we are focused on increasing our origination of commercial real estate loans, with a target loan size of $250,000 to $3.0 million.  At June 30, 2013, we had $83.5 million in commercial real estate loans, representing 27.0% of our total loan portfolio.

 

Our commercial real estate loans generally have initial terms of five to ten years and amortization terms of 15 to 20 years, with a balloon payment at the end of the initial term, and may be fixed-rate or adjustable-rate.  Our adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans are generally tied to a margin above the five year FHLB rate. The maximum loan-to-value ratio of our commercial real estate loans is generally 75% (80% for multi-family) of the lower of cost or appraised value of the property securing the loan.  Our commercial real estate loans are typically secured by medical, retail, industrial, warehouse, service, or other commercial properties. We originate a limited number of multi-family loans generally secured by apartment buildings. At June 30, 2013, we had $23.6 million of non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans.

 

Coastway Community Bank is also qualified to make SBA loans. Loans are originated generally under the 7(a) and 504 programs. (See “-SBA Loans” below for a discussion of the 7(a) program.)  The SBA 504 program is an economic development program which finances the expansion of small businesses. We generally originate SBA 504 loans for commercial real estate in which we generally provide 50% of the projected costs, secured by a first lien on the real property as collateral. At June 30, 2013, we had $21.8 million in SBA 504 loans or 26.1% of our commercial real estate loans.

 

At June 30, 2013, the average loan size of our outstanding commercial real estate loans was $364,000, and the largest of such loans was a $2.1 million loan secured by a multi-unit retail shopping

 

70



Table of Contents

 

plaza in Cranston, Rhode Island.  This loan was performing in accordance with its original terms at June 30, 2013.

 

We consider a number of factors in originating commercial real estate loans.  We evaluate the qualifications and financial condition of the borrower, including project-level and global cash flows, credit history, and management expertise, as well as the value and condition of the property securing the loan.  When evaluating the qualifications of the borrower, we consider the financial resources of the borrower, the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar property and the borrower’s payment history with us and other financial institutions.  In evaluating the property securing the loan, the factors we consider include the net operating income of the mortgaged property before debt service and depreciation, the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value of the mortgaged property and the debt service coverage ratio (the ratio of net operating income to debt service).  We generally require a debt service ratio of at least 1.20x.  All commercial real estate loans equal to or greater than $250,000 are appraised by outside independent appraisers.

 

Personal guarantees are generally obtained from the principals of commercial real estate loans. We require property and casualty insurance and flood insurance if the property is determined to be in a flood zone area.

 

Commercial real estate loans entail greater credit risks compared to one- to four-family residential real estate loans because they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers.  In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the property, as repayment of the loan generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service.  Changes in economic conditions that are not in the control of the borrower or lender could affect the value of the collateral for the loan or the future cash flow of the property.  Additionally, any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced for commercial real estate than residential properties.

 

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit .   In addition to traditional one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, we offer home equity loans and lines of credit that are secured by the borrower’s primary or secondary residence.  At June 30, 2013, we had $84.4 million, or 27.4% of our total loan portfolio in home equity loans and lines of credit. Home equity lines of credit totaled $61.8 million at June 30, 2013.  At that date we also had $47.6 million of unused commitments related to home equity lines of credit.

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally underwritten using the same criteria that we use to underwrite one- to four-family residential mortgage loans.  Home equity loans and lines of credit may be underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 80% when combined with the principal balance of the existing first mortgage loan. Our home equity loans are primarily originated with fixed rates of interest with terms of up to 15 years.  Our home equity lines of credit are originated with adjustable-rates based on the prime rate of interest plus an applicable margin and require interest paid monthly.  Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally available in amounts of between $5,000 and $2.0 million.

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit secured by second mortgages have greater risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans secured by first mortgages.  We face the risk that the collateral will be insufficient to compensate us for loan losses and costs of foreclosure. When customers default on their loans, we attempt to foreclose on the property and resell the property as soon as possible to minimize foreclosure and carrying costs.  However, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to compensate us for the amount of the unpaid loan and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance

 

71



Table of Contents

 

from those customers. Particularly with respect to our home equity loans and lines of credit, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property securing the loan.

 

SBA Loans. We also offer commercial business and commercial real estate loans utilizing the SBA’s 7(a) Program.  At June 30, 2013, we had $37.7 million of SBA loans, representing 12.2% of our total loan portfolio.  Under this SBA program, we generally originate and fund loans that qualify for guarantees up to 85% of principal and accrued interest. We are a preferred lending provider and accordingly can determine SBA eligibility for a loan without prior SBA approval. We do not treat the SBA guarantee as a substitute for a borrower meeting reasonable credit standards. SBA guarantees are generally sought on loans that exhibit minimum capital levels, a short time in business, lower collateral coverage or maximum loan terms beyond our normal underwriting criteria. During the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, we originated $3.5 million and $8.3 million, respectively of loans under the 7(a) program.  In addition, the guaranteed portion of the credit can be sold in the secondary market, generating significant fee income opportunities. During the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, we sold $2.5 million and $7.1 million, respectively of loans under the 7(a) program, generating gains on sale of $245,000 and $574,000, respectively.  Our largest SBA loan at June 30, 2013 had a balance of $1.3 million secured by printing equipment and has a 90% guarantee by the SBA for $1.2 million. The loan is performing in accordance with its terms at June 30, 2013.

 

Commercial Business Lending .   At June 30, 2013, we had $8.3 million of commercial business loans, representing 2.7% of our total loan portfolio. We originate commercial business loans and lines of credit secured by non-real estate business assets.  These loans are generally originated to small businesses in our primary market area.  Our commercial business loans are generally used for working capital purposes or for acquiring equipment, inventory or furniture, and are primarily secured by business assets other than real estate, such as business equipment, inventory and accounts receivable.  Our commercial business loans are generally term loans with terms of three to seven years and lines of credit with terms of one to two years, with a target loan size of $250,000 to $3.0 million.  Our commercial business lines of credit are generally priced on an adjustable-rate basis tied to the prime rate. Term loans are generally priced at a spread over the comparable term Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston rate.  We generally obtain personal guarantees with commercial business loans.

 

At June 30, 2013, the average loan size of our outstanding commercial business loans was $107,000, and the largest outstanding commercial loan balance was a $2.6 million loan secured by business assets of an educational facility.  This loan was performing in accordance with its original terms at June 30, 2013.

 

We typically originate commercial business loans on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business, the experience and stability of the borrower’s management team, earnings projections and their underlying assumptions, and the value and marketability of any collateral securing the loan.  As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself and the general economic environment in our market area.  Therefore, commercial business loans that we originate have greater credit risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans.  In addition, commercial business loans often result in larger outstanding balances to single borrowers, or related groups of borrowers, and also generally require substantially greater evaluation and oversight efforts.

 

Commercial Construction Loans .  At June 30, 2013, we had $6.0 million, or 1.9% of our total loan portfolio, in commercial construction loans. Our commercial construction loans generally have initial terms of up to 12 months, during which the borrower pays interest only.  Upon completion of construction, these loans convert to permanent loans.  Our commercial construction loans have rates and

 

72



Table of Contents

 

terms comparable to commercial real estate loans that we originate.  The maximum loan-to-value of our commercial construction loans is 80% of the lesser of the appraised value of the completed property or the contract price for the land plus the value of the improvements, and ranges from 50% to 80% depending on the collateral and the purpose of the improvements upon completion of construction.  Commercial construction loans are generally underwritten pursuant to the same guidelines used for originating permanent commercial real estate loans. Before making a commitment to fund a construction loan, Coastway Community Bank requires detailed cost estimates to complete the project and an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. Coastway Community Bank also reviews and inspects each property before disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan. Loan proceeds are disbursed after inspection based on the percentage of completion method.  All borrowers are required to obtain title insurance, property and casualty insurance, and, if the property is determined to be located in a flood zone area, flood insurance.  At June 30, 2013, the unadvanced portion of total construction loans totaled $5.6 million. At June 30, 2013, our largest construction loan had a balance of $1.8 million secured by a multi-unit retail project in Lincoln, Rhode Island, of which we will establish a future branch location, and was performing in accordance with its original terms.

 

Construction financing generally involves greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate.  Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions.  If the estimate of construction cost is inaccurate, we may be required to advance additional funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property.  Moreover, if the estimated value of the completed project is inaccurate, the borrower may hold a property with a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the construction loan upon the sale of the property.  Construction loans also expose us to the risk that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs.  In addition, the ultimate sale or rental of the property may not occur as anticipated.

 

Consumer Lending.   To a much lesser extent, we offer a variety of consumer loans to individuals who reside or work in our market area, including new and used automobile loans, boat loans, recreational vehicle loans and loans secured by certificates of deposit. At June 30, 2013, our consumer loan portfolio totaled $1.9 million, or 0.6% of our total loan portfolio. At this date, $300,000 of our consumer loans were unsecured.

 

Consumer loans generally have shorter terms to maturity, which reduces our exposure to changes in interest rates.  In addition, management believes that offering consumer loan products helps to expand and create stronger ties to our existing customer base by increasing the number of customer relationships and providing cross-marketing opportunities.

 

Consumer and other loans generally have greater risk compared to longer-term loans secured by improved, owner-occupied real estate, particularly consumer loans that are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance.  As a result, consumer loan collections are primarily dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.

 

Originations, Sales and Purchases of Loans

 

Most of our loan originations are generated by our loan personnel operating at our corporate headquarters and banking office locations. All loans we originate are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures.  While we originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans, our ability to generate each type of loan depends upon relative borrower demand and the pricing levels as set in the

 

73



Table of Contents

 

local marketplace by competing banks, thrifts, credit unions, and mortgage banking companies. Our volume of real estate loan originations is influenced significantly by market interest rates, and, accordingly, the volume of our real estate loan originations can vary from period to period.

 

Consistent with our interest rate risk strategy, in the low interest rate environment that has existed in recent years, we have sold on a servicing-released basis a majority of the fixed-rate conforming one- to four-family residential mortgage loans that we have originated. In addition, based upon market conditions, we may sell the guaranteed portion of the SBA 7(a) loans into the secondary market. We consider our balance sheet as well as market conditions on an ongoing basis in making decisions as to whether to hold loans we originate for investment or to sell such loans to investors, choosing the strategy that is most advantageous to us from a profitability and risk management standpoint.  For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, we sold $81.5 million and $172.2 million of residential one- to four-family real estate loans, respectively.  Total proceeds from SBA sales and participations were $4.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

From time to time, we may purchase loan participations secured by properties within and outside of our primary lending market area in which we are not the lead lender. In these circumstances, we follow our customary loan underwriting and approval policies. At June 30, 2013, we had one loan for $2.4 million in which we were not the lead lender and which is performing in accordance with its original terms. We also have participated out portions of a loan that exceeded our loans-to-one borrower legal lending limit and for risk diversification.  We do not purchase whole loans.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

The following table shows our loan originations, purchases, sales and principal repayment activities during the periods indicated.

 

 

 

For the Six Months
Ended June 30,

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans and loans held for sale at beginning of period

 

$

310,332

 

$

284,278

 

$

284,278

 

$

276,526

 

$

268,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans originated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

103,390

 

75,393

 

186,866

 

153,696

 

153,811

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

8,528

 

4,055

 

16,966

 

15,369

 

21,796

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

17,010

 

11,851

 

22,768

 

33,472

 

20,723

 

Commercial business loans

 

904

 

742

 

5,473

 

2,485

 

701

 

SBA loans

 

3,459

 

2,698

 

8,305

 

8,721

 

13,244

 

Commercial construction loans

 

10,250

 

2,240

 

4,455

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

242

 

320

 

603

 

742

 

1,936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans originated

 

143,783

 

97,299

 

245,436

 

214,485

 

212,211

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans purchased:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

 

 

2,375

 

 

 

Commercial business loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans purchased

 

 

 

2,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans sold:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

81,456

 

70,519

 

172,224

 

142,807

 

137,223

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

1,840

 

 

 

4,188

 

 

Commercial business loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA loans

 

2,500

 

1,836

 

7,092

 

7,862

 

3,301

 

Commercial construction loans

 

 

326

 

691

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans sold

 

85,796

 

72,681

 

180,007

 

154,857

 

140,524

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deduct:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal repayments, charge-offs and transfers to foreclosed real estate

 

40,508

 

20,477

 

41,750

 

51,876

 

63,619

 

Net loan activity

 

17,479

 

4,141

 

26,054

 

7,752

 

8,068

 

Total loans and loans held for sale at end of period (excluding net deferred loan fees and costs)

 

$

327,811

 

$

288,419

 

$

310,332

 

$

284,278

 

$

276,526

 

 

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority

 

Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our board of directors.  The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the collateral that will secure the loan.  To assess the borrower’s ability to repay, our policies provide for the review of the borrower’s employment and credit history and information on the historical and projected income and expenses of the borrower. We will also evaluate a guarantor when a guarantee is provided as part of the loan.

 

75



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Community Bank’s policies and loan approval limits are established by our board of directors.  Residential real estate and secured consumer loans of up to $250,000 may be approved by senior officers at branch locations and up to $1.0 million must be approved by our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Retail Officer or Senior Vice President, Branch Banking Manager. Residential real estate and secured consumer loans exceeding $1.0 million must be approved by our Credit Committee consisting of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Retail Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Credit Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Lending Officer.  All commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans require two approvals. Commercial real estate and commercial business loans up to $250,000 may be approved by the Business Lending Manager, up to $500,000 must be approved by either the Business Lending Division Head or the Chief Retail Officer, up to $1.0 million must be approved by the Chief Executive Officer and up to 80% of our legal lending limit rounded to the nearest quarter million must be approved by the Credit Committee. Any loan that exceeds the internal lending limit must be approved by the board of directors.

 

Delinquencies and Non-Performing Assets

 

Delinquency Procedures.  When a borrower fails to make a required monthly payment on a residential real estate loan, we attempt to contact the borrower to determine the reason for nonpayment and to discuss future payments.  Our policies provide that a late notice be sent when a loan is 31 days past due.  Once the loan is delinquent at 45 days past due, a Notice of Default and Mortgagee’s Right to Foreclosure is sent to the borrower explaining that Coastway Community Bank will initiate foreclosure proceedings on the loan in 45 days or take any legal action necessary to satisfy the obligation if payment is not received. If the loan is reinstated, foreclosure proceedings will be discontinued and the borrower will be permitted to continue to make payments. In certain instances, we may modify the loan or grant a limited exemption from loan payments to allow the borrower to reorganize his or her financial affairs.  We attempt to work with borrowers to establish a repayment schedule that will cure the delinquency.

 

Delinquent commercial real estate and commercial business loans are initially handled by the loan officer responsible for the origination of the loan in conjunction with the Commercial Collections Department immediately upon such loan becoming ten days past due.  Our collections department works with the loan officer to ensure that the necessary steps are taken to collect on delinquent loans, including the mailing of delinquency notices.  A senior lending officer or the Collections Department Manager takes over any delinquent loan once the loan is 30 days past due and handles any additional collection procedures, including letters from our attorneys.  If we cannot reach an acceptable workout of a delinquent commercial real estate or commercial business loan between 30 and 60 days following the due date of the first missed payment, we generally initiate foreclosure or repossession proceedings on any collateral securing the loan.

 

When we acquire real estate as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the real estate is classified as foreclosed real estate until it is sold.  The real estate is recorded at estimated fair value at the date of acquisition less estimated costs to sell, and any write-down resulting from the acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Estimated fair value is based on a new appraisal which is obtained as soon as practicable, typically after the foreclosure process is completed. Subsequent decreases in the value of the property are charged to operations.  After acquisition, all costs incurred in maintaining the property are expensed.  Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property, however, are capitalized to the extent of estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Delinquent Loans.   The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our loan portfolio delinquencies by type and amount at the periods indicated.

 

 

 

Loans Delinquent For

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

90 Days and Over

 

Total

 

 

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Number

 

Amount

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

At June 30, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

3

 

$

830

 

1

 

$

150

 

3

 

$

1,332

 

7

 

$

2,312

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

9

 

408

 

2

 

89

 

5

 

263

 

16

 

760

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business loans

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

149

 

1

 

149

 

SBA loans

 

4

 

340

 

 

 

3

 

424

 

7

 

764

 

Commercial construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

2

 

12

 

 

 

2

 

12

 

Total

 

16

 

$

1,578

 

5

 

$

251

 

12

 

$

2,168

 

33

 

$

3,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

11

 

$

1,721

 

3

 

$

717

 

7

 

$

2,652

 

21

 

$

5,090

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

3

 

25

 

4

 

83

 

6

 

640

 

13

 

748

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA loans

 

3

 

361

 

 

 

8

 

494

 

11

 

855

 

Commercial construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

5

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

42

 

Total

 

22

 

$

2,149

 

7

 

$

800

 

21

 

$

3,786

 

50

 

$

6,735

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

7

 

$

2,208

 

1

 

$

247

 

4

 

$

659

 

12

 

$

3,114

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

9

 

417

 

6

 

463

 

4

 

243

 

19

 

1,123

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA loans

 

9

 

1,187

 

1

 

250

 

5

 

609

 

15

 

2,046

 

Commercial construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

7

 

46

 

 

 

3

 

58

 

10

 

104

 

Total

 

32

 

$

3,858

 

8

 

$

960

 

16

 

$

1,569

 

56

 

$

6,387

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

1

 

$

990

 

6

 

$

2,901

 

10

 

$

4,032

 

17

 

$

7,923

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

8

 

245

 

3

 

132

 

10

 

843

 

21

 

1,220

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

366

 

1

 

366

 

Commercial business loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA loans

 

1

 

25

 

6

 

745

 

6

 

1,278

 

13

 

2,048

 

Commercial construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

14

 

105

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

105

 

Total

 

24

 

$

1,365

 

15

 

$

3,778

 

27

 

$

6,519

 

66

 

$

11,662

 

 

77



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Loans Delinquent For

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

90 Days and Over

 

Total

 

 

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Number

 

Amount

 

Number

 

Amount

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

At December 31, 2009:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

7

 

335

 

4

 

410

 

8

 

613

 

19

 

1,358

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

2

 

530

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

530

 

Commercial business loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA loans

 

4

 

402

 

1

 

30

 

7

 

2,977

 

12

 

3,409

 

Commercial construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

12

 

72

 

3

 

11

 

6

 

74

 

21

 

157

 

Total

 

25

 

$

1,339

 

8

 

$

451

 

21

 

$

3,664

 

54

 

$

5,454

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

10

 

$

2,399

 

9

 

$

1,887

 

4

 

$

1,310

 

23

 

$

5,596

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

12

 

675

 

6

 

421

 

3

 

77

 

21

 

1,173

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

344

 

1

 

344

 

Commercial business loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA loans

 

9

 

2,501

 

 

 

7

 

1,821

 

16

 

4,322

 

Commercial construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

26

 

186

 

9

 

45

 

3

 

19

 

38

 

250

 

Total

 

57

 

$

5,761

 

24

 

$

2,353

 

18

 

$

3,571

 

99

 

$

11,685

 

 

78



Table of Contents

 

Non-Performing Loans.  We generally cease accruing interest on our loans when contractual payments of principal or interest have become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan is currently performing.  A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured.  When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income is reversed.  Interest received on nonaccrual loans generally is applied against principal or interest and is recognized on a cash basis. Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.

 

Non-performing loans decreased to $6.6 million, or 2.14% of total loans, at June 30, 2013 from $7.7 million, or 2.58% of total loans, at December 31, 2012 due to a $730,000 decrease in non-performing one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Non-performing loans increased to $7.7 million, or 2.58% of total loans, at December 31, 2012 from $6.7 million, or 2.47% of total loans, at December 31, 2011 due to a $2.6 million increase in non-performing one- to four-family residential real estate loans.  Declines in property values in our market area, unemployment and divorce were the primary cause of the increase in non-performing loans in our one- to four-family residential mortgage portfolio in 2012.

 

Non-performing one- to four-family residential real estate loans totaled $5.0 million at June 30, 2013 and consisted of 15 loans of which the largest was $612,000.  Non-performing SBA loans totaled $1.0 million at June 30, 2013, of which $865,000 was guaranteed by the SBA. At June 30, 2013, non-performing commercial business loans consisted of one loan which totaled $149,000 and was paid off in July 2013.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings. Loans are classified as restructured when certain modifications are made to the loan terms and concessions are granted to the borrowers due to financial difficulty experienced by those borrowers. The modification of the terms of such loans were one of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan for some period of time, an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, or an extension of time to make payments with the delinquent payments added to the principal of the loan. No additional loan commitments were outstanding to our troubled debt restructured borrowers at June 30, 2013.

 

Loans on non-accrual status at the date of modification are initially classified as non-accrual troubled debt restructurings.  At June 30, 2013, we had $3.4 million in non-accrual troubled debt restructurings. Our policy provides that troubled debt restructured loans are returned to accrual status after a period of satisfactory and reasonable future payment performance under the terms of the restructuring.  Satisfactory payment performance is generally no less than six consecutive months of timely payments.  At June 30, 2013, we had $3.4 million in accruing troubled debt restructurings.  As of June 30, 2013, three loans totaling $600,000 that were modified as troubled debt restructurings within the previous twelve months defaulted after their restructure.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

Nonperforming Assets.  The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our nonperforming assets at the dates indicated. For the dates presented, there were no loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing.

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Nonaccrual loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

$

2,283

 

$

2,305

 

$

1,734

 

$

2,858

 

$

 

$

1,311

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

406

 

779

 

555

 

862

 

613

 

77

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

344

 

Commercial business loans

 

149

 

 

 

366

 

 

 

SBA loans

 

334

 

569

 

1,149

 

1,527

 

2,595

 

1,884

 

Commercial construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

58

 

 

74

 

20

 

Total nonaccrual loans

 

3,172

 

3,653

 

3,496

 

5,613

 

3,282

 

3,636

 

Non-accruing troubled debt restructured loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

2,760

 

3,468

 

2,077

 

3,212

 

 

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

25

 

25

 

180

 

303

 

 

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA loans

 

655

 

502

 

906

 

910

 

638

 

 

Commercial construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-accruing troubled debt restructured loans

 

3,440

 

4,008

 

3,163

 

4,425

 

638

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

 

6,612

 

7,661

 

6,659

 

10,038

 

3,920

 

3,636

 

Foreclosed real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

1,580

 

2,502

 

1,870

 

435

 

675

 

250

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

90

 

92

 

 

 

 

485

 

Commercial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA loans

 

 

 

 

 

428

 

675

 

Commercial construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total foreclosed real estate

 

1,670

 

2,594

 

1,870

 

435

 

1,103

 

1,410

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

8,282

 

$

10,255

 

$

8,529

 

$

10,473

 

$

5,023

 

$

5,046

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total accruing troubled debt restructured loans

 

3,438

 

2,177

 

2,773

 

4,042

 

10,175

 

231

 

Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to total loans

 

2.14

%

2.58

%

2.47

%

3.90

%

1.51

%

1.52

%

Nonperforming assets to total assets

 

2.20

%

2.89

%

2.64

%

3.39

%

1.68

%

1.67

%

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, gross interest income which would have been recorded had the non-performing loans been current in accordance with their original terms amounted to $147,000 and $316,000, respectively.  The amount that was included in interest income on such loans totaled $100,000 and $233,000 for both the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

Foreclosed Real Estate .  Other real estate owned consists of property acquired through formal foreclosure, in-substance foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, and is recorded at the lower of recorded investment or fair value less estimated costs to sell.  Write-downs from recorded investment to fair value, which are required at the time of foreclosure, are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  After transfer, adjustments to the carrying value of the properties that result from subsequent declines in value are charged to operations in the period in which the declines occur.  During the six months ended June 30, 2013, two loans totaling $270,000 secured by residential real estate were transferred into foreclosed real estate.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, three one- to four-family residential lending relationships of $1.2 million were transferred into foreclosed real estate.  We had $1.7 million in real estate owned at June 30, 2013.

 

Other Loans of Concern.   There were no other loans at June 30, 2013 that are not already disclosed where there is information about possible credit problems of borrowers that caused management to have serious doubts about the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and that may result in disclosure of such loans in the future.

 

Classified Assets .  Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by the FDIC to be of lesser quality, as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.”  An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” that the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.”  Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “uncollectible” and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.  Assets which do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are designated as “special mention” by our management.

 

When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances in an amount deemed prudent by management to cover probable accrued losses.  General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to cover probable accrued losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets.  When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount.  An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the regulatory authorities, which may require the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

 

In accordance with our loan policy, we regularly review the problem loans in our portfolio to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations.  Loans are listed on the “watch list” initially because of emerging financial weaknesses even though the loan is currently performing as agreed, or delinquency status, or if the loan possesses weaknesses although currently performing. If a loan deteriorates in asset quality, the classification is changed to “special mention,”  “substandard,”  “doubtful” or “loss” depending on the circumstances and the evaluation. Generally, loans 90 days or more past due are placed on nonaccrual status and classified “substandard.”  Management reviews the status of each impaired loan on our watch list on a quarterly basis.

 

On the basis of this review of our assets, we had classified or held as special mention the following assets as of the date indicated:

 

81



Table of Contents

 

 

 

At June 30,

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special mention

 

$

1,106

 

$

1,257

 

$

2,748

 

Substandard

 

4,085

 

5,255

 

5,535

 

Doubtful

 

 

 

193

 

Loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total classified and special mention assets

 

$

5,191

 

$

6,512

 

$

8,476

 

 

The decrease in classified assets from December 31, 2012 to June 30, 2013 was due to a $1.2 million decrease primarily in commercial real estate substandard loans due to improved financial results of the borrowers. At June 30, 2013, substandard loans included $3.7 million of SBA loans, of which $3.0 million was guaranteed by the SBA.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Loan Losses .  Our allowance for loan losses is the amount considered necessary to reflect probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio.  We evaluate the need to establish allowances against losses on loans on a quarterly basis.  When additional allowances are necessary, a provision for loan losses is charged to earnings.

 

Our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses consists of two key elements: (1) specific allowances for identified impaired loans; and (2) a general valuation allowance on the remainder of the loan portfolio.  Although we determine the amount of each element of the allowance separately, the entire allowance for loan losses is available for the entire portfolio.

 

We identify loans that may need to be charged off as a loss by reviewing all delinquent loans, classified loans, and other loans about which management may have concerns about collectability. For individually reviewed loans, the borrower’s inability to make payments under the terms of the loan as well as the shortfall in collateral value could result in our charging off the loan or the portion of the loan that was impaired.

 

Among other factors, we consider current general economic conditions, including current housing price depreciation, in determining the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses for our residential real estate portfolio. We use evidence obtained from our own loan portfolio, including loss history as well as published housing data on our local markets from third party sources we believe to be reliable as a basis for assumptions about the impact of housing depreciation. We have increased our general allowance on home equity loans since 2011 to reflect increased historical loss experience. Our historical loss experience on one- to four-family residential real estate loans has improved since 2011 as the local economy and local real estate market has improved resulting in a decrease in our residential allowance since 2011.

 

Substantially all of our loans are secured by collateral. Loans 90 days past due and other classified loans are evaluated for impairment and general or specific allowances are established. Typically for a nonperforming impaired real estate loan, the value of the underlying collateral is estimated using  an independent appraisal, adjusted for property specific conditions and other factors, and related specific reserves are adjusted on a quarterly basis. If a nonperforming impaired real estate loan is in the process of foreclosure and/or there are serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, and there is uncertainty about the value of the underlying collateral, we will order a new independent appraisal. Any shortfall would result in immediately charging off the portion of the loan that was impaired.

 

Specific Allowances for Identified Problem Loans .  We evaluate the need for a specific allowance when loans are determined to be impaired.  Loss is measured by determining the present value

 

82



Table of Contents

 

of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling expenses.  Factors in identifying a specific problem loan include: (1) the strength of the customer’s personal or business cash flows; (2) the availability of other sources of repayment; (3) the amount due or past due; (4) the type and value of collateral; (5) the strength of our collateral position; (6) the estimated cost to sell the collateral; and (7) the borrower’s effort to cure the delinquency.  In addition, for loans secured by real estate, we consider the extent of any past due and unpaid property taxes applicable to the property serving as collateral on the mortgage.

 

General Valuation Allowance on the Remainder of the Loan Portfolio .  We establish a general allowance for loans that are not classified as impaired to recognize the inherent losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, has not been allocated to particular problem assets.  This general valuation allowance is determined by segregating the loans by loan category (segments) and assigning allowance percentages based on our historical loss experience, delinquency trends and management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio.  The allowance may be adjusted for significant factors that, in management’s judgment, affect the collectability of the portfolio as of the evaluation date.  These significant factors may include changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in existing general economic and business conditions affecting our primary market area, credit quality trends, collateral value, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, duration of the current business cycle and bank regulatory examination results.  The applied loss factors are re-evaluated quarterly to ensure their relevance in the current and overall economic real estate environment and in relation to trends in the loan portfolio.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

Allowance for Loan Losses .   The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

At or For the Six Months
Ended June 30,

 

At or For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

1,569

 

$

1,424

 

$

1,424

 

$

1,636

 

$

1,346

 

$

963

 

$

304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

 

(110

)

(154

)

(829

)

(3

)

(412

)

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

(215

)

(625

)

(707

)

(446

)

(440

)

(83

)

(77

)

Commercial real estate loans

 

 

 

 

 

(174

)

(91

)

 

Commercial business loans

 

 

 

 

(32

)

 

 

 

SBA loans

 

(8

)

(43

)

(117

)

(112

)

(382

)

(134

)

(201

)

Commercial construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

(15

)

(16

)

(58

)

(40

)

(22

)

(54

)

(137

)

Total charge-offs

 

(238

)

(794

)

(1,036

)

(1,459

)

(1,021

)

(774

)

(415

)

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

7

 

5

 

9

 

9

 

5

 

 

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

6

 

1

 

8

 

7

 

4

 

3

 

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA loans

 

33

 

21

 

39

 

38

 

21

 

1

 

2

 

Commercial construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

11

 

7

 

16

 

36

 

37

 

42

 

31

 

Total recoveries

 

57

 

34

 

72

 

90

 

67

 

46

 

33

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

(181

)

(760

)

(964

)

(1,369

)

(954

)

(728

)

(382

)

Provision for loan losses

 

209

 

584

 

1,109

 

1,157

 

1,244

 

1,111

 

1,041

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

1,597

 

$

1,248

 

$

1,569

 

$

1,424

 

$

1,636

 

$

1,346

 

$

963

 

Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding

 

0.12

%

0.56

%

0.35

%

0.51

%

0.36

%

0.29

%

0.16

%

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans at end of period

 

24.15

%

23.19

%

20.48

%

21.38

%

16.30

%

34.34

%

26.49

%

Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period

 

0.52

%

0.45

%

0.53

%

0.53

%

0.64

%

0.52

%

0.40

%

 

84



Table of Contents

 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses.  The following tables set forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category, the total loan balances by category, and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated.  The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

 

 

At June 30, 2013

 

At December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Allowance
for Loan
Losses

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans

 

Allowance
for Loan
Losses

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

$

416

 

28.17

%

$

393

 

26.50

%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

649

 

27.35

 

674

 

28.03

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

283

 

27.03

 

261

 

27.56

 

Commercial business loans

 

28

 

2.70

 

25

 

2.66

 

SBA loans

 

185

 

12.21

 

185

 

13.36

 

Commercial construction loans

 

20

 

1.93

 

11

 

1.11

 

Consumer loans

 

16

 

0.61

 

20

 

0.78

 

Total allowance

 

$

1,597

 

100.0

%

$

1,569

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Allowance
for Loan
Losses

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans

 

Allowance
for Loan
Losses

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

$

531

 

27.19

%

$

694

 

29.23

%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

501

 

29.76

 

509

 

31.50

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

214

 

24.85

 

158

 

18.46

 

Commercial business loans

 

13

 

1.54

 

9

 

1.12

 

SBA loans

 

150

 

15.34

 

238

 

17.23

 

Commercial construction loans

 

 

 

1

 

0.09

 

Consumer loans

 

14

 

1.32

 

27

 

2.38

 

Total allowance

 

$

1,424

 

100.0

%

$

1,636

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

Allowance
for Loan
Losses

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans

 

Allowance
for Loan
Losses

 

Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One- to four-family

 

$

219

 

33.12

%

$

278

 

35.89

%

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

338

 

31.25

 

122

 

28.96

 

Commercial real estate loans

 

130

 

13.74

 

168

 

10.48

 

Commercial business loans

 

7

 

1.09

 

9

 

1.21

 

SBA loans

 

597

 

16.05

 

268

 

15.23

 

Commercial construction loans

 

3

 

0.52

 

6

 

0.84

 

Consumer loans

 

52

 

4.23

 

112

 

7.39

 

Total allowance

 

$

1,346

 

100.0

%

$

963

 

100.0

%

 

85



Table of Contents

 

At June 30, 2013, our allowance for loan losses represented 0.52% of total loans and 24.15% of non-performing loans, at December 31, 2012, our allowance for loan losses represented 0.53% of total loans and 20.48% of non-performing loans, and at December 31, 2011, our allowance for loan losses represented 0.53% of total loans and 21.38% of non-performing loans.  There were $181,000, $1.0 million and $1.4 million in net loan charge-offs during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations.  Because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, the existing allowance for loan losses may not be adequate and management may determine that increases in the allowance are necessary if the quality of any portion of our loan portfolio deteriorates as a result.  Furthermore, as an integral part of its examination process, the FDIC and/or the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation periodically review our allowance for loan losses.  The FDIC and/or the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation may require that we increase our allowance based on its judgments of information available to it at the time of its examination.  Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Investment Activities

 

General .  Our board of directors is responsible for adopting our investment policy.  The investment policy is reviewed annually by management and any changes to the policy are recommended to and subject to the approval of the board of directors. Our investment policy provides us with the ability to invest in short-term investments, which may include overnight federal funds, reverse repurchase agreements, banker’s acceptances and/or federal agency securities, and we will consider, investing in term federal funds, U.S. agencies, federal agency securities and certificates of deposit.  Authority to make investments under the approved investment policy guidelines is delegated to our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer.  All investment transactions are reviewed at regularly scheduled monthly meetings of the board of directors.

 

At June 30, 2013, December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we had no investment securities other than our required investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock.

 

Sources of Funds

 

General.  Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities.  We also use borrowings, primarily Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances, to supplement cash flow needs, lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk purposes and to manage the cost of funds.  In addition, we receive funds from scheduled loan payments, loan prepayments, retained earnings and income on earning assets.  While scheduled loan payments and income on earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition.

 

Deposits.   Our deposits are generated primarily from residents within our primary market area.  We offer a selection of deposit accounts, including non-interest-bearing demand accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts, club accounts and certificates of deposit.  Deposit account terms vary, with the principal differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate.  We have not in the past used, and currently do not hold, any brokered deposits.  At June 30, 2013, our core deposits, which are deposits other than certificates of deposit, were $206.7 million, representing 62.6% of total deposits.

 

86



Table of Contents

 

Interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis.  Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts that we offer allows us to be competitive in generating deposits and to respond with flexibility to changes in our customers’ demands.  Our ability to gather deposits is impacted by the competitive market in which we operate, which includes numerous financial institutions of varying sizes offering a wide range of products.  We believe that deposits are a stable source of funds, but our ability to attract and maintain deposits at favorable rates will be affected by market conditions, including competition and prevailing interest rates.

 

The following tables set forth the distribution of total deposit accounts, by account type, at or for the dates indicated.

 

 

 

At or for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Balance

 

Percent of
Balance

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Balance

 

Percent of
Balance

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts

 

$

60,323

 

$

63,775

 

19.33

%

%

$

54,609

 

$

57,608

 

18.72

%

%

Money market accounts

 

53,004

 

54,945

 

16.65

 

0.43

 

52,248

 

51,570

 

16.75

 

0.43

 

Savings accounts and interest-bearing checking

 

79,975

 

86,454

 

26.20

 

0.25

 

74,735

 

77,042

 

25.03

 

0.25

 

Club accounts

 

1,412

 

1,533

 

0.46

 

0.25

 

1,454

 

1,197

 

0.39

 

0.25

 

Total transaction accounts

 

194,715

 

206,707

 

62.64

 

0.22

 

183,046

 

187,417

 

60.89

 

0.22

 

Certificates of deposit

 

121,691

 

123,285

 

37.36

 

1.73

 

114,836

 

120,376

 

39.11

 

1.82

 

Total deposits

 

$

316,406

 

$

329,992

 

100.00

%

0.78

%

$

297,882

 

$

307,793

 

100.00

%

0.85

%

 

 

 

At or for the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Balance

 

Percent of
Balance

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

Balance

 

Percent of
Balance

 

Weighted
Average
Rate

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts

 

$

45,409

 

$

49,895

 

17.63

%

%

$

42,352

 

$

43,857

 

16.75

%

%

Money market accounts

 

48,290

 

49,232

 

17.40

 

0.43

 

56,715

 

51,062

 

19.50

 

0.42

 

Savings accounts and interest-bearing checking

 

66,316

 

70,356

 

24.86

 

0.25

 

59,398

 

60,151

 

22.97

 

0.50

 

Club accounts

 

1,315

 

1,124

 

0.40

 

0.25

 

1,300

 

1,013

 

0.39

 

0.50

 

Total transaction accounts

 

161,330

 

170,607

 

60.29

 

0.23

 

159,765

 

156,083

 

59.61

 

0.33

 

Certificates of deposit

 

109,218

 

112,349

 

39.71

 

1.98

 

111,290

 

105,768

 

40.39

 

2.06

 

Total deposits

 

$

270,548

 

$

282,956

 

100.00

%

0.92

%

$

271,055

 

$

261,851

 

100.00

%

1.03

%

 

87



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of certificates of deposit at June 30, 2013.

 

 

 

At June 30, 2013

 

 

 

Less Than
One Year

 

Over One
Year to Two
Years

 

Over Two
Years to
Three Years

 

Over Three
Years

 

Total

 

Percentage of
Total
Certificate
Accounts

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest Rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 0.50%

 

$

18,688

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

18,688

 

15.16

%

0.51% - 1.00%

 

17,602

 

9,139

 

2,220

 

11

 

28,972

 

23.50

 

1.01% - 2.00%

 

5,269

 

2,484

 

425

 

22,994

 

31,172

 

25.28

 

2.01% - 3.00%

 

1,425

 

5,909

 

19,038

 

6,603

 

32,975

 

26.75

 

3.01% - 4.00%

 

2,831

 

2,341

 

6,037

 

 

11,209

 

9.09

 

4.01% and over

 

269

 

 

 

 

269

 

0.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

46,084

 

$

19,873

 

$

27,720

 

$

29,608

 

$

123,285

 

100.00

%

 

As of June 30, 2013, the aggregate amount of our outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $45.9 million.  The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates as of June 30, 2013.

 

 

 

At June 30, 2013

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Three months or less

 

$

5,948

 

Over three months through six months

 

3,802

 

Over six months through one year

 

6,340

 

Over one year

 

29,790

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

45,880

 

 

The following table sets forth the certificates of deposits in Coastway Community Bank classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

At June 30, 2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Interest Rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 0.50%

 

$

18,688

 

$

18,097

 

$

12,838

 

$

6,798

 

0.51% - 1.00%

 

28,972

 

27,093

 

25,798

 

27,147

 

1.01% - 2.00%

 

31,172

 

24,438

 

15,128

 

20,494

 

2.01% - 3.00%

 

32,975

 

38,036

 

42,371

 

29,747

 

3.01% - 4.00%

 

11,209

 

12,170

 

12,232

 

14,529

 

4.01% and over

 

269

 

542

 

3,982

 

7,053

 

Total

 

$

123,285

 

$

120,376

 

$

112,349

 

$

105,768

 

 

Borrowed Funds.   We may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston upon the security of our capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston and certain of our mortgage loans.  Such advances may be made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities.  To the extent such borrowings have different terms to repricing than our deposits, they can change our interest rate risk profile.  At June 30, 2013, we had $14.0 million advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.  At June 30, 2013, based on available collateral and our ownership of FHLB stock, we had access to additional Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances of up to $50.8 million.

 

88



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our borrowings at the date and for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

At or For the Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

At or For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB Advances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

14,000

 

$

3,407

 

$

16,343

 

$

10,769

 

$

18,188

 

Average balance during period

 

13,256

 

5,192

 

4,597

 

11,371

 

8,863

 

Maximum outstanding at any month end

 

20,332

 

6,759

 

16,343

 

15,916

 

18,188

 

Weighted average interest rate at end of period

 

0.84

%

3.80

%

1.03

%

1.83

%

1.43

%

Average interest rate during period

 

1.02

%

3.01

%

3.15

%

1.89

%

2.76

%

 

89



Table of Contents

 

Properties

 

As of June 30, 2013, the net book value of our properties was $24.6 million.  The net book value of our furniture, fixtures and equipment at June 30, 2013 was $2.0 million. The following is a list of our offices:

 

Location

 

Leased or Owned

 

Year Acquired
or Leased

 

Building
Square Footage

 

Net Book Value of
Real Property

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Corporate Headquarters:

(including land)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Coastway Plaza

Cranston, RI 02910

 

Owned

 

2003

 

22,671

 

$

3,415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Full Service Branches:

(including land)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180 Washington Street

Providence, RI 02903

 

Owned

 

2011

 

7,000

 

4,131

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warwick

2089 Warwick Avenue

Warwick, RI 02889

 

Owned

 

1954

 

4,628

 

843

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Women & Infants Hospital(1)

101 Dudley Street

Providence, RI 02905

 

Leased

 

1986

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lincoln(2)

210 Front Street

Lincoln, RI 02865

 

Leased

 

1998

 

2,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cranston East

1155 Reservoir Avenue

Cranston, RI 02920

 

Owned

 

2000

 

4,810

 

2,096

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cowesett

3830 Post Road

Warwick, RI 02886

 

Owned

 

2002

 

2,771

 

1,442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

East Providence

2830 Pawtucket Avenue

East Providence, RI 02915

 

Owned

 

2005

 

3,476

 

1,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

East Greenwich

5750 Past Road

East Greenwich, RI 02818

 

Owned

 

2012

 

3,500

 

4,380

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cranston West

200 Comstock Parkway

Cranston, RI 02920

 

Owned

 

2013

 

3,800

 

2,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate held for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33 Sharpe Drive

Cranston, RI 02920

 

Owned

 

2012

 

38,400

 

2,280

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land in

2285 New London Turnpike

Coventry, RI 02816

 

Owned

 

 

 

 

1,235

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Future Corporate Headquarters:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MetroCenter

1 LoriAnne Drive

Warwick, RI 02886

 

Purchase & Sale

 

 

Under construction

 

 

 


(1)          The lease expires on June 30, 2016.

(2)          The lease expires December 31, 2013.  This branch will be relocated to 618 George Washington Highway, Lincoln, RI 02845.

 

90



Table of Contents

 

Subsidiary and Other Activities

 

Upon completion of the conversion, Coastway Community Bank will become the wholly owned subsidiary of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  Coastway Community Bank has no subsidiaries.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not involved in any pending legal proceedings as a plaintiff or defendant other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business, and at June 30, 2013, we were not involved in any legal proceedings, the outcome of which would be material to our financial condition or results of operations.

 

Expense and Tax Allocation

 

Coastway Community Bank will enter into an agreement with Coastway Bancorp, Inc. to provide it with certain administrative support services for compensation not less than the fair market value of the services provided.  In addition, Coastway Community Bank and Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will enter into an agreement to establish a method for allocating and for reimbursing the payment of their consolidated tax liability.

 

Personnel

 

As of June 30, 2013, we had 148 employees, of which 143 were full-time employees.  Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group.  Management believes that we have a good working relationship with our employees.

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

General

 

Coastway Community Bank is a Rhode Island-chartered stock savings bank and upon completion of the conversion will be the wholly-owned subsidiary of Coastway Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation, which will be a registered bank holding company. Coastway Community Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC. Coastway Community Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation, as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, its primary federal regulator and deposit insurer. Coastway Community Bank is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the FDIC and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation concerning its activities and financial condition and must obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, including, but not limited to, mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. As a registered bank holding company, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will be regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the “Federal Reserve Board.”

 

The regulatory and supervisory structure establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the deposit insurance funds, rather than for the protection of stockholders and creditors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies concerning the establishment of deposit insurance assessment fees, classification of assets and establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulatory requirements and policies, whether by the Rhode Island legislature, the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the financial condition and results of operations of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank. As is further described below, the Dodd-Frank

 

91



Table of Contents

 

Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), has significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and may affect the lending, investment and general operating activities of depository institutions and their holding companies.

 

Set forth below is a summary of certain material statutory and regulatory requirements applicable to Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank. The summary is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act

 

The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed bank regulation and has affected the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of depository institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the Office of Thrift Supervision and requires that federal savings associations be regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the primary federal regulator for national banks). The Dodd-Frank Act also authorized the Federal Reserve Board to supervise and regulate all savings and loan holding companies.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with extensive powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws.  The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices.  The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau also has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets.  Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as Coastway Community Bank, will continue to be examined by their applicable federal bank regulators.  The Dodd-Frank Act also gave state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the base for FDIC assessments for deposit insurance, permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance to $250,000 per depositor, and authorized non-interest bearing transaction accounts with unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012.  The legislation also, among other things, requires originators of certain securitized loans to retain a portion of the credit risk, stipulates regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees, repealed restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage originations.  The Dodd-Frank Act increased the ability of stockholders to influence boards of directors by requiring companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments.  However, as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are exempt from the stockholder vote requirement until one year after we cease to be an “emerging growth company.”  The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.

 

Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates or require the implementing regulations and, therefore, their impact on our operations cannot be fully determined at this time.  However, it is likely that the Dodd-Frank Act will increase the regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for Coastway Community Bank and Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

Rhode Island Banking Laws and Supervision

 

General. As a Rhode Island-chartered stock savings bank, Coastway Community Bank is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation and

 

92



Table of Contents

 

to various Rhode Island statutes and regulations that govern, among other things, investment powers, lending and deposit-taking activities, borrowings, maintenance of surplus and reserve accounts, distribution of earnings and payment of dividends. In addition, a Rhode Island-chartered savings bank may exercise any power authorized for federal savings banks or national banks. The approval of the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation is required for a Rhode Island-chartered bank to establish or relocate branches, merge with other financial institutions, issue stock and undertake certain other activities.

 

Loans to One Borrower Limitations. Rhode Island banking law grants broad lending authority. However, with certain limited exceptions, total obligations to one borrower may not exceed 15 percent of the total of the bank’s unimpaired capital as defined under Rhode Island law.

 

Investment Activities.   In general, Rhode Island-chartered savings banks may invest in any bonds, obligations or real or personal property as it may deem prudent, subject to any restrictions or limitations imposed by Rhode Island law.

 

Regulatory Enforcement Authority.   Any Rhode Island savings bank that does not operate in accordance with the regulations, policies and directives of the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation may be subject to sanctions for non-compliance, including revocation of its charter. The Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation may, under certain circumstances, suspend or remove officers or directors who have violated the law, conducted the bank’s business in an unsafe or unsound manner or contrary to the depositors interests or been negligent in the performance of their duties. Upon finding that a bank has engaged in an unfair or deceptive act or practice, the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation may issue an order to cease and desist and impose a fine on the bank concerned.  The Director also has authority to take possession of a bank and appoint a liquidating agent under certain conditions such as an unsafe and unsound condition to transact business, the conduct of business in an unsafe or unauthorized manner of impaired capital.

 

Federal Regulations

 

Capital Requirements.  Under the FDIC’s regulations, federally insured state-chartered banks that are not members of the Federal Reserve System (“state non-member banks”), such as Coastway Community Bank, are required to comply with minimum leverage capital requirements. For an institution not anticipating or experiencing significant growth and deemed by the FDIC to be, in general, a strong banking organization rated composite 1 under Uniform Financial Institutions Ranking System, the minimum capital leverage requirement is a ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3.0%. For all other institutions, the minimum leverage capital ratio is not less than 4.0%. Tier 1 capital is the sum of common stockholder’s equity, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.

 

FDIC regulations also require state non-member banks to maintain certain ratios of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets, or “risk-based capital ratios.” Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items to four risk-weighted categories ranging from 0.0% to 100.0%. State non-member banks must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, of which at least one-half must be Tier 1 capital. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock, subordinated debentures and certain other capital instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of the institution’s Tier 1 capital.

 

93



Table of Contents

 

In July, 2013, the FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule to revise their risk-based and leverage capital requirements and their method for calculating risk-weighted assets, to make them consistent with the agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.  The final rule applies to all depository institutions, top-tier bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $500 million or more, and top-tier savings and loan holding companies (“banking organizations”).  Among other things, the rule establishes a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets) and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.  The final rule also limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.  The final rule becomes effective for us on January 1, 2015. The capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning January 1, 2016 and ending January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer requirement will be effective.

 

At June 30, 2013, Coastway Community Bank met each of its capital requirements.

 

Standards for Safety and Soundness. As required by statute, the federal banking agencies adopted final regulations and Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement safety and soundness standards. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines address internal controls and information systems, internal audit system, credit underwriting, loan documentation, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, compensation, fees and benefits and, more recently, safeguarding customer information. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.

 

Business and Investment Activities.  Under federal law, all state-chartered FDIC-insured banks, including savings banks, have been limited in their activities as principal and in their equity investments to the type and the amount authorized for national banks, notwithstanding state law. Federal law permits exceptions to these limitations. For example, certain state-chartered savings banks may, with FDIC approval, continue to exercise state authority to invest in common or preferred stocks listed on a national securities exchange and in the shares of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The maximum permissible investment is the lesser of 100.0% of Tier 1 capital or the maximum amount permitted by Rhode Island law.

 

The FDIC is also authorized to permit state banks to engage in state authorized activities or investments not permissible for national banks (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) if they meet all applicable capital requirements and it is determined that such activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to the FDIC insurance fund. The FDIC has adopted regulations governing the procedures for institutions seeking approval to engage in such activities or investments. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 specified that a state bank may control a subsidiary that engages in activities as principal that would only be permitted for a national bank to conduct in a “financial subsidiary,” if a bank meets specified conditions and deducts its investment in the subsidiary for regulatory capital purposes.

 

94



Table of Contents

 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.

 

The FDIC has adopted regulations to implement the prompt corrective action legislation. An institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater. An institution is “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and generally a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or generally a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

 

“Undercapitalized” banks must adhere to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. A bank’s compliance with such a plan must be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional measures, including, but not limited to, a required sale of sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, a requirement to reduce total assets, cessation of taking deposits from correspondent banks, the dismissal of directors or officers and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

 

The recently adopted final rule that will increase regulatory capital requirements will adjust the prompt corrective action categories accordingly.

 

Transactions with Related Parties. Transactions between a bank (and, generally, its subsidiaries) and its related parties or affiliates are limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. In a holding company context, the parent bank holding company and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act limit the extent to which the bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to 10% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus and contain an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such institution’s capital stock and surplus. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of a guarantee and similar transactions. In addition, loans or other extensions of credit by the institution to the affiliate are required to be collateralized in accordance with specified requirements. The law also requires that affiliate transactions be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the institution, as those provided to non-affiliates.

 

Coastway Community Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the

 

95



Table of Contents

 

requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board.  Among other things, these provisions generally require that extensions of credit to insiders:

 

·                                           be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features; and

 

·                                           not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Coastway Community Bank’s capital.

 

In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by Coastway Community Bank’s board of directors.  Extensions of credit to executive officers are subject to additional limits based on the type of extension involved.

 

Enforcement. The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured state savings banks, including Coastway Community Bank. That enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist orders and remove directors and officers. In general, enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. The FDIC also has authority under federal law to appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured bank under certain circumstances. The FDIC is required, with certain exceptions, to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured state non-member bank if that bank was “critically undercapitalized” on average during the calendar quarter beginning 270 days after the date on which the institution became “critically undercapitalized.”

 

Federal Insurance of Deposit Accounts.   The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008.

 

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors.  Rates are based on each institution’s risk category and certain specified risk adjustments.  Stronger institutions pay lower rates while riskier institutions pay higher rates.

 

In February 2011, the FDIC published a final rule under the Dodd-Frank Act to reform the deposit insurance assessment system.  The rule redefined the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments effective April 1, 2011.  Under the rule, assessments are based on an institution’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity instead of total deposits.  The rule revised the assessment rate schedule to establish assessments ranging from 2.5 to 45 basis points.  Deposit assessments were prepaid in December 2009 for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for calendar years 2010 through 2012.  Estimated assessments were based on certain assumptions specified by the FDIC, including a 5% annual growth rate.  Prepaid assessments are to be applied against actual assessments until the prepaid assessments are exhausted.  Unused prepayments were returned to the institutions on June 28, 2013.  We recorded the prepayment of assessments as a prepaid expense, which is being amortized to expense over three years.  Our prepayments amount was $1.5 million and we received a reimbursement of $262,000.

 

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and

 

96



Table of Contents

 

Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019.  For the quarter ended June 30, 2013, the annualized Financing Corporation assessment was equal to 64 basis points of total assets less tangible capital.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target Deposit Insurance Fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits.  The FDIC must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by June 30, 2020.  Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase.  The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the FDIC and the FDIC has exercised that discretion by establishing a long-term fund ratio of 2%.

 

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments.  Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Coastway Community Bank.  Management cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.

 

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.  We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.

 

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), a bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA does require the FDIC, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution, including applications to establish or acquire branches and merger with other depository institutions. The CRA requires the FDIC to provide a written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. Coastway Community Bank’s latest FDIC CRA rating, dated 2010, was “satisfactory.”

 

Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board regulations require savings institutions to maintain non-interest earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (NOW) and regular checking accounts).  The regulations generally provide that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: a 3% reserve ratio is assessed on net transaction accounts up to and including $58.8 million; a 10% reserve ratio is applied above $58.8 million.  The first $10.7 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempted from the reserve requirements.  The amounts are adjusted annually.  Coastway Community Bank complies with the foregoing requirements.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System.  Coastway Community Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks.  The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending.  As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, Coastway Community Bank is required to acquire and hold a specified amount of shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.  As of June 30, 2013, Coastway Community Bank was in compliance with this requirement.

 

97



Table of Contents

 

Other Regulations

 

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Coastway Community Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates.  Coastway Community Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:

 

·                                           Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

·                                           Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring that borrowers for mortgage loans for one- to four-family residential real estate receive various disclosures, including good faith estimates of settlement costs, lender servicing and escrow account practices, and prohibiting certain practices that increase the cost of settlement services;

 

·                                           Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

·                                           Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

·                                           Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

·                                           Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

 

·                                           Truth in Savings Act; and

 

·                                           Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

 

The operations of Coastway Community Bank also are subject to the:

 

·                                           Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

·                                           Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;

 

·                                           Check Clearing for the 21 st  Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;

 

·                                           USA PATRIOT Act, which requires savings banks operating to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs, due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements, also

 

98



Table of Contents

 

applicable to financial institutions, under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations; and

 

·                                           Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which places limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information by financial institutions with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties.

 

Holding Company Regulation

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc., as a bank holding company, will be subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, as administered by the Federal Reserve Board. Coastway Bancorp, Inc. is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior Federal Reserve Board approval would be required for Coastway Bancorp, Inc. to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of any class of voting shares of the bank or bank holding company.

 

A bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in, or acquiring, direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain data processing services; (iii) providing securities brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property under certain conditions; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings association.

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 authorizes a bank holding company that meets specified conditions, including depository institutions subsidiaries that are “well capitalized” and “well managed,” to opt to become a “financial holding company.” A “financial holding company” may engage in a broader array of financial activities than permitted a typical bank holding company. Such activities can include insurance underwriting and investment banking.  Coastway Bancorp, Inc. does not anticipate electing  “financial holding company” status at this time.

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will not be subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s consolidated capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies as it has less than $500 million in total assets.

 

A bank holding company is generally required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of then outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted an exception to that approval requirement for well-capitalized bank holding companies that meet certain other conditions.

 

99



Table of Contents

 

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the Federal Reserve Board’s policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board’s policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by using available resources to provide capital funds during periods of financial stress or adversity and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy and requires the promulgation of implementing regulations.  Under the prompt corrective action laws, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions.

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act makes depository institutions liable to the FDIC for losses suffered or anticipated by the insurance fund in connection with the default of a commonly controlled depository institution or any assistance provided by the FDIC to such an institution in danger of default. That law would have potential applicability if Coastway Bancorp, Inc. ever held as a separate subsidiary a depository institution in addition to Coastway Community Bank.

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank will be affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of various agencies of the United States Government, including the Federal Reserve System. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, it is impossible for management to accurately predict future changes in monetary policy or the effect of such changes on the business or financial condition of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. or Coastway Community Bank.

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s status as a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act will not exempt it from certain federal and state laws and regulations applicable to corporations generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws.

 

Rhode Island Holding Company Regulation. Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will be subject to the regulation and supervision of the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation. It will be subject to periodic examination by the department.

 

Federal Securities Laws

 

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 for the registration of the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the stock offering.  Upon completion of the stock offering, our common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  We will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock to be issued in the stock offering does not cover the resale of those shares.  Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not our affiliates may be resold without registration.  Shares purchased by our affiliates will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.  If we meet the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of ours that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of our outstanding shares, or

 

100



Table of Contents

 

the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks.  In the future, we may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets.  Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.0 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.”  We qualify as an “emerging growth company” and believe that we will continue to qualify as an “emerging growth company” for five years from the completion of the stock offering.

 

As an “emerging growth company,” we have elected to use the transition period to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. As of June 30, 2013, there is not a significant difference in the presentation of our financial statements as compared to other public companies as a result of this transition guidance.

 

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company”, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Act, (iii) hold non-binding stockholder votes regarding annual executive compensation or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger or similar corporate transaction, (iv) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (v) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.  However, we will not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosure so long as we remain a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $75 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

 

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (b) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be

 

101



Table of Contents

 

required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting.  We will be subject to further reporting and audit requirements beginning with the year ending December 31, 2012 under the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  We will prepare policies, procedures and systems designed to ensure compliance with these regulations.

 

TAXATION

 

Federal Taxation

 

General.   Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below.  The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize material federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank.

 

Method of Accounting .   For federal income tax purposes, Coastway Community Bank currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31st for filing its consolidated federal income tax returns.

 

Minimum Tax.   The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, referred to as “alternative minimum taxable income.”  The alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent alternative minimum taxable income is in excess of an exemption amount.  Net operating losses can, in general, offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income.  Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years.  At June 30, 2013, Coastway Community Bank had no minimum tax credit carryforward.

 

Corporate Dividends.   We may exclude from our income 100% of dividends received from Coastway Community Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.

 

Audit of Tax Returns.   Our federal and state tax returns are not currently under audit, and our federal and state tax returns have not been audited during the past five years.

 

State Taxation

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc., and Coastway Community Bank are subject to Rhode Island’s corporate income tax, which is imposed at a flat rate of 9% on apportioned “adjusted gross income.” “Adjusted gross income,” for purposes of the Rhode Island corporate income tax, begins with taxable income as defined by Section 44-11 of the Rhode Island Code, and thus, incorporates federal tax law to the extent that it affects the computation of taxable income.  Federal taxable income is then adjusted by several modifications pursuant to Rhode Island tax regulation.

 

As a Maryland business corporation, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. is required to file an annual report with and pay franchise taxes to the state of Maryland.

 

102



Table of Contents

 

MANAGEMENT OF COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

 

Shared Management Structure

 

The directors of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. are the same persons who are the directors of Coastway Community Bank.  In addition, each executive officer of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. is also an executive officer of Coastway Community Bank.  We expect that Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank will continue to have common executive officers until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.

 

Executive Officers of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank

 

The following table sets forth information regarding certain executive officers of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank and their ages as of June 30, 2013. Except as otherwise indicated, executive officers hold the same title at Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank.  The executive officers of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank are elected annually.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

William A. White

 

57

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

Richard H. Petrarca

 

59

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Paul G. Wielgus(1)

 

61

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer

Jeanette Fritz

 

47

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Jana Planka(1)

 

53

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Officer

Stephen J. Gibbons(1)

 

54

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Business Lending Officer

 


(1)          Not an officer of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

Directors of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. has 10 directors.  Directors serve three-year staggered terms.  Directors of Coastway Community Bank will be elected by Coastway Bancorp, Inc. as its sole stockholder.

 

The following table states our directors’ names, their ages as of June 30, 2013, the years that they began serving as directors of Coastway Community Bank and when their current term as directors of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. expires:

 

Name

 

Position(s) Held With
Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

Age

 

Director
Since(1)

 

Current Term
Expires

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark E. Crevier

 

Chairman of the Board

 

62

 

1986

 

2014

Hon. Francis X. Flaherty

 

Director

 

66

 

2008

 

2014

Debra M. Paul

 

Director

 

50

 

2008

 

2014

William A. White

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

57

 

1994

 

2015

Dennis M. Murphy

 

Director

 

64

 

2008

 

2015

James P. Fiore

 

Director

 

69

 

1996

 

2015

David P. DiSanto

 

Director

 

56

 

2013

 

2015

Peter A. Koch

 

Director

 

64

 

2005

 

2016

Lynda Dickinson

 

Director

 

64

 

2001

 

2016

Phillip Kydd

 

Vice Chairman of the Board

 

54

 

2002

 

2016

 


(1) Includes service with Coastway Credit Union and its predecessor.

 

Board Independence

 

The Board of Directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of President

 

103



Table of Contents

 

and Chief Executive Officer William A. White is “independent” as defined in the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market.  Mr. White is not independent because he is one of our executive officers.

 

In determining the independence of the other directors, the Board of Directors considered loans made to Directors Crevier, Koch, Dickinson and Kydd, and to CHILD, Inc., for which Director Dickinson is the Chief Executive Officer and to Centerville Associates, LLC, for which Director Flaherty has an ownership interest.

 

The Business Background of Our Directors and Executive Officers

 

The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below.  With respect to directors, the biographies also contain information regarding the person’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the Nominating Committee and the Board of Directors to determine that the person should serve as a director.  Unless otherwise indicated, directors and executive officers have held their positions for the past five years.

 

Directors:

 

Mark E. Crevier is a Certified Public Accountant and has served as chairman of the board of directors of Coastway Community Bank since 1998. He also serves on the Executive Committee. Mr. Crevier served as an executive with a number of hospital and health care organizations beginning in 1985.  From 2005 to 2008 he served as president and chief executive officer of Kent County Hospital in Warwick, Rhode Island, retiring in 2008.  He currently serves as an Executive-in-Residence at the University of Rhode Island. Mr. Crevier’s executive service experience and accounting expertise bring valuable insight to the board of directors.

 

Francis X. Flaherty is an Associate Justice of the Rhode Island Supreme Court and has served in that position since 2003.  Prior to his tenure on the court, Justice Flaherty served on the city council of the City of Warwick from 1978 until 1985.  He served as the Mayor of Warwick from 1984 until 1991. Prior to his service on the court, he was engaged in the private practice of law in Providence and Warwick, Rhode Island.  Justice Flaherty’s broad community service provides the board with a wide range of skills and experience to address the many issues facing a financial institution in today’s complex regulatory and economic environment.

 

Debra M. Paul is the chief executive officer of Fellowship Health Resources, Inc. in Lincoln, Rhode Island which provides counseling and support services to people with emotional, mental and behavioral disorders. Prior to her appointment as chief executive officer in July 2013, she served as chief financial officer of the organization from January 2012 until June 2013.  From 2006 until October 2011, she served as chief financial officer of Women and Infants Hospital, Providence, Rhode Island. Ms. Paul is also a Certified Public Accountant.  Ms. Paul’s accounting expertise and executive and financial management experience brings a valuable resource to the board.

 

William A. White has served as president and chief executive officer of Coastway Community Bank and its predecessor Warwick Credit Union since 1994.  Mr. White is a present and past board member of a number of community service organizations in Rhode Island including the Providence Performing Arts Center and the Meeting Street School. Mr. White’s service on the board of directors provides the board with first hand information on the bank’s operations and his leadership in the growth of the bank and its conversion to a mutual savings bank in 2009 evidence strong leadership qualities that are an asset to the board.

 

104



Table of Contents

 

Dennis M. Murphy is a former executive with Gateway Healthcare, Inc., Pawtucket, Rhode Island, where he was involved in sales and customer relations, from which he retired in 2012 after seven years of service.  From 1997 to 2004 he served as the president and chief executive officer of the United Way of Rhode Island. He also served as an executive vice president with Fleet Bank from 1972 to 1996 where he managed the small business lending division among other duties. He has been a board member of the Gabelli School of Business at Roger Williams University since 2003.  Mr. Murphy’s extensive experience in small business lending provides Coastway Community Bank with valuable expertise in an important business line for the bank.

 

James P. Fiore is the founder and president of Thames Records Management, Inc., a digital scanning and software company located in Stonington, Connecticut.  Mr. Fiore founded the company in 2008 after selling AMS Imaging, a scanning and software company that he founded and operated for 40 years. Mr. Fiore has served as corporate secretary of Coastway Community Bank since 2000. Mr. Fiore’s extensive experience in records management and technology provide the board of directors with valuable expertise on similar issues concerning the bank.

 

Peter A. Koch is the chairman of the board of Candescent Eye Management, LLC, the owner of Koch Eye Associates, a full service eye care center with 12 offices throughout Rhode Island and Massachusetts. From 1984to 2012, he served as the chief executive officer of Koch Eye Associates. Mr. Koch is a present and past board member of a number of community service organizations in Rhode Island. Mr. Koch’s accounting background and management experience with a successful health care company bring a valuable financial and business background to the board of directors.

 

Lynda Dickinson is the founder and chief executive officer of CHILD, Inc., a private non-profit comprehensive child development and family services agency serving children from low-income families from pre-birth to age five through four facilities located in Kent County, Rhode Island.  She founded the organization in 1976.  Ms. Dickinson is a present and past board member of a number of community service organizations in Rhode Island, including the New England Head Start Association.  Ms. Dickinson’s financial and managerial skills bring valuable expertise to the board.

 

Phillip Kydd serves as vice chairman of the board, a position he has held since 2010.  Mr. Kydd has served as the Deputy Director of the Rhode Island Department of Transportation since 2010. He started his service with the Department of Transportation in 1986 and held the position of Assistant Director of Administration immediately before attaining his current position.  Mr. Kydd has oversight of engineering, construction and professional service contracts in excess of $1 billion. Mr. Kydd is a present and past board member of a number of community service and educational organizations, including the Rhode Island Urban League and the New England Institute of Technology. Mr. Kydd’s executive service with the Department of Transportation provides the board with expertise in addressing budgetary planning, administration and contract negotiating.

 

David P. DiSanto , a Certified Public Accountant, is a partner in the accounting firm of DiSanto, Priest & Co. and has over 30 years experience in public accounting. His accounting practice focuses on privately held businesses and high net worth individuals. Prior to establishing his firm in 2003, Mr. DiSanto was employed by KPMG Peat Marwick and served as a manager in the Private Business Group.  Mr. DiSanto’s accounting expertise provides the board of directors with perspective on Coastway Community Bank’s financial and accounting practices as well as its relationship with internal and external auditors.

 

105



Table of Contents

 

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors:

 

Richard H. Petrarca is executive vice president and chief operating officer. Prior to his appointment in May 2013 he served as the chief financial officer, a position he held since 1993.

 

Paul G. Wielgus has been executive vice president and chief credit officer since 2009. In this capacity he oversees the credit policy and loan review function of the bank and chairs the credit committee.  He also serves as the bank’s Community Reinvestment Act officer.  Prior to joining the bank in 2009 he served as senior vice president and senior credit officer at Bank Rhode Island beginning in 1998. Previously, he held senior credit positions with BankBoston and the Rhode Island Hospital Trust National Bank. He has over 30 years of credit related experience. He is a past and present board member of a number of community service organizations.

 

Jeanette Fritz has served as executive vice president and chief financial officer since May 2013. Prior to joining the bank, she was an audit partner at KPMG LLP where she was employed from 1987 until 2012.  Ms. Fritz primarily performed audits of community banks as well as other financial services organizations during her tenure at KPMG. Ms. Fritz is a certified public accountant.

 

Jana M. Planka is executive vice president and chief retail officer since January 2010. She has held a number of managerial positions at Coastway Community Bank, including consumer and residential mortgage lending, sales and marketing and branch operations since joining the bank’s predecessor in 1994. Prior to joining Coastway Community Bank’s predecessor, Ms. Planka was employed at Fleet National Bank in the retail and community lending divisions. She is a present and past board member of a number of community service organizations in the Providence metropolitan area.

 

Stephen J. Gibbons is executive vice president in charge of business lending, a position he has held since 2008.  Prior to joining the bank, he served in various senior lending positions with Bank Rhode Island from 1996 to 2008. Mr. Gibbons has served with a number of community service organizations in the Cranston metropolitan area.

 

Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures

 

In addition to establishing committees of our board of directors, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will adopt several policies to govern the activities of both Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank including corporate governance policies and a code of business conduct and ethics.  The corporate governance policies are expected to involve such matters as the following:

 

·                                               the composition, responsibilities and operation of our Board of Directors;

 

·                                               the establishment and operation of board committees, including audit, nominating and compensation committees;

 

·                                               convening executive sessions of independent directors; and

 

·                                               our Board of Directors’ interaction with management and third parties.

 

The code of business conduct and ethics, which is expected to apply to all employees and directors, will address conflicts of interest, the treatment of confidential information, general employee conduct and compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations.  In addition, the code of business conduct and ethics will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct, the

 

106



Table of Contents

 

avoidance of conflicts of interest, full and accurate disclosure and compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

Executive Officer Compensation

 

Summary Compensation Table.  The table below summarizes for the year ended December 31, 2012 the total compensation paid to or earned by our President and Chief Executive Officer William White, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers.  Each individual listed in the table below is referred to as a named executive officer.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and principal position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)

 

All other
compensation
($)(1)

 

Total
($)

 

William A. White
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

2012

 

285,000

 

45,000

 

59,762

 

389,762

 

Stephen J. Gibbons
Executive Vice President, Chief Business Lending Officer

 

2012

 

206,876

 

20,085

 

34,729

 

261,690

 

Richard H. Petrarca
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (2)

 

2012

 

152,252

 

14,113

 

24,272

 

190,637

 

 


(1)        The amounts in this column reflect what Coastway Community Bank paid for, or reimbursed, the applicable named executive officer for the various benefits and perquisites received.  A break-down of the various elements of compensation in this column is set forth in the following table:

 

Name

 

Auto
Expenses

($)

 

Country
Club Dues

($)

 

Life Insurance
Premiums
($)

 

Employer
Contributions to
401(k) Plan

($)

 

Total All Other
Compensation

 ($)

 

William A. White

 

15,000

 

10,767

 

1,020

 

32,723

 

252

 

Stephen J. Gibbons

 

 

7,100

 

1,020

 

26,249

 

360

 

Richard H. Petrarca

 

2,198

 

 

884

 

18,224

 

2,966

 

 


(2)        Mr. Petrarca was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer effective May, 2013.

 

Benefit Plans and Agreements

 

Employment Agreement.  Coastway Community Bank entered into an employment agreement with William A. White on January 1, 2011, which was amended on July 25, 2013.  The amended employment agreement has a five-year term, will expire on December 31, 2018, unless renewed.  In the absence of any written notice from either party not renewing the agreement, which notice must be delivered to the other party no later than December 1 each year, the agreement will automatically renew for an additional one year.  Prior to each non-renewal notice period, the disinterested members of the board of directors will conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and results thereof shall be included in the board’s minutes.  The agreement provides for the payment of base salary which is subject to an annual salary increase equal to the greater of 3% or a percentage increase equal to the annual Consumer Price Index.  Mr. White’s current base salary is $297,000.  In addition to the base salary, the agreement provides Mr. White with a maximum potential target incentive equal to 20% of his base salary as in effect as of January 1 each year, based upon the successful completion of performance objectives established by the board of directors no later than 90 days after the beginning of any calendar year.  Such incentive compensation is paid to the executive as a cash lump sum no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar year for which the target incentive pay was established.  The agreement provides Mr. White

 

107



Table of Contents

 

with $1,250 per month to be applied toward the purchase or lease of an automobile of his choice, titled in his own name, and Coastway Community Bank reimburses Mr. White for maintenance costs of such automobile, but Mr. White is responsible for maintaining insurance coverage on such automobile at his own expense.  The agreement also provides that Coastway Community Bank  pays for membership dues and related fees and expenses for Mr. White’s membership in an appropriate club or clubs, subject to the approval of the board of directors.  The agreement also provides for participation in other employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites applicable to senior officers.  The agreement entitles Mr. White to reimbursement for business expenses, an annual medical examination paid by Coastway Community Bank, short term and long term disability insurance through the later of age 67 or the end of the term of the employment agreement, and participation in a supplemental executive retirement plan.

 

Certain events resulting in Mr. White’s termination or resignation entitle Mr. White to payments of severance benefits following termination of employment.  In the event of Mr. White’s involuntary termination for reasons other than death, disability, or termination for cause, or in the event he resigns during the term of the agreement following (i) Coastway Community Bank’s failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint Mr. White as President and Chief Executive Officer, (ii) a material change in Mr. White’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance or scope, (iii) liquidation or dissolution of Coastway Community Bank (other than corporate reorganizations), (iv) a reduction in Mr. White’s base salary or benefits unless such reduction is employer-wide, (v) a relocation of executive’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from its location as of January 1, 2011, (vi) a material breach of the employment agreement by Coastway Community Bank, then for five years following such termination, Mr. White would be entitled to receive payment of his current base salary and continued benefits (but only one year of continued medical benefits).  In the event of a change in control of Coastway Community Bank, the employment agreement will continue in full force and effect and shall become an obligation of the successor. If Mr. White’s employment is terminated for cause, he would have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination.  In the event Mr. White becomes disabled within the meaning of such term under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, he will receive benefits under any disability plan maintained by Coastway Community Bank and other plans to which he is a party.  In the event of executive’s death during the term of the employment agreement, his base salary and benefits shall be paid through the date of his death.  Upon termination of Mr. White’s employment (excluding termination of employment due to cause or termination of employment for any reason following a change in control), for one year following such termination, he agrees not to compete with Coastway Community Bank in the State of Rhode Island and not to solicit employees or customers to terminate their relationships with Coastway Community Bank.

 

Executive Change in Control Severance Plan.  Following the conversion, Coastway Community Bank does not intend to enter into any new employment agreements.  However, Coastway Community Bank intends to enter into an Executive Change in Control Severance Plan (“Severance Plan”), effective at, and contingent upon the closing of the conversion and stock offering.  Participants in the Severance Plan will be selected by the President and Chief Executive Officer.  The President and Chief Executive Officer is excluded from participating in the Severance Plan.  If, within a two-year period following a change in control (as defined in Code Section 409A), a participant in the Severance Plan experiences either an involuntary termination of employment without cause or a voluntary resignation after being offered a position that is not a comparable position (as defined in the Severance Plan), the participant will be paid an individually determined amount, but in most cases equal to two times the participant’s current base salary plus two times the participant’s highest bonus paid in the two calendar years immediately prior to such termination.  Such amount will be paid ratably, starting no later than 60 days after the termination date, but such payment is contingent upon the participant signing (and not revoking) a general release of all claims in a form provided by Coastway Community Bank.  Upon termination of the participant’s employment in a manner that results in payments

 

108



Table of Contents

 

to the participant under the Severance Plan, for the period of time that severance payments are being made thereunder, the participant agrees not to solicit customers to terminate their relationships with Coastway Community Bank.

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for William A. White .  Coastway Community Bank entered into non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) with William A. White as of January 1, 2011, which was amended and restated as of January 1, 2013.  In 2011, Coastway Community Bank transferred the value accrued under a prior SERP to the current SERP and is required to make annual contributions of $72,000 each January 1 thereafter until January 1, 2023, so long as Mr. White remains employed by Coastway Community Bank.  Upon Mr. White’s separation from service on or after age 67, Coastway Community Bank shall pay Mr. White’s SERP benefit in 10 approximately equal annual installments staring on the first business day of January after his separation from service.  If Mr. White dies before all installments have been paid, the balance shall be paid in a cash lump sum to his beneficiary.  If Mr. White dies or becomes disabled before reaching age 67, he will become fully vested in his liability reserve account and it shall be paid to him or his beneficiary in a lump sum no later than the first day of the second month after such death or disability.  If Mr. White separates from service before age 67 for reasons other than death, disability or cause, he shall be paid the vested portion of his liability reserve account in a lump sum no later than the first day of the second month after such separation from service.  As of December 31, 2012, Mr. White was 60% vested in his SERP benefit.  An additional 5% of his SERP benefit becomes vested as of each December 31 until it is 100% vested on December 31, 2020.  If Mr. White’s employment is terminated for cause, he will forfeit all benefits under the SERP.  In addition, SERP benefits may be paid to Mr. White in the event of an unforeseeable emergency, as defined in the SERP.

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan .  Effective July 1, 2013, Coastway Community Bank adopted a non-qualified supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) for certain senior executives, including Messrs. White, Gibbons and Petrarca.  Each SERP participant will receive 60% (70% for Mr. White) of their final average compensation upon separation from service after attaining normal retirement age (i.e., age 66, 67 or 68, as specified in their benefits schedule), less offsets for the employer’s contribution to the Bank’s Code Section 401(k) plan and 50% of the contribution to Social Security.  Mr. White’s benefit under this SERP is also offset by the benefit under his other SERP (described above).  Benefits are also reduced if a participant has not completed 20 years of service. Benefits generally vest in 10% increments for each year of service completed after the effective date of the SERP.  If a participant separates from service before normal retirement age, he or she shall be paid his or her vested accrued benefit in the form selected by the participant, unless such separation is due to cause, in which case all benefits are forfeited.  Benefits are payable in the form selected by each participant, which may be a cash lump sum, monthly installments over 5 years, or monthly installments for life, with 15 years of guaranteed payments.  If a proper election is not made, the default payment is a cash lump sum.  If a participant dies or becomes disabled before benefits begin, the participant will become fully vested and the participant or participant’s beneficiaries shall be paid his or her vested accrued benefit as a cash lump sum no later than 30 days after the date of such death or disability.  If the participant dies after payments have begun, all remaining payments shall be made to the participant’s beneficiary in a cash lump sum no later than 30 days after such death.

 

401(k) Plan .  Since 1994, Coastway Community Bank has maintained the Coastway Community Bank 401(k) Retirement Plan (“401(k) Plan”).  Employees who have attained age 18 and completed six months of employment are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan.  Under the 401(k) Plan a participant may elect to defer, on a pre-tax basis, up to 100% of his or her salary in any plan year, subject to limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code.  For 2013, the salary deferral contribution limit is $17,500, provided, however, that a participant over age 50 may contribute an additional $5,500, for a total contribution of $23,000.  In addition to salary deferral contributions, Coastway Community Bank may make matching contributions up to 5% of each participant’s compensation and discretionary profit sharing contributions.  Generally, unless the participant elects otherwise, the participant’s account balance will be distributed as a result of his or her termination of employment.  Each participant has an individual account under the 401(k) Plan and may direct the investment of his or her account among a variety of

 

109



Table of Contents

 

investment options.  In connection with the conversion, each participant will be allowed to invest his or her account balance in the common stock of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. through the Coastway Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund.

 

Employee Stock Ownership Plan.  In connection with the conversion, Coastway Community Bank intends to adopt a tax-qualified retirement plan known as an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) for eligible employees.  Eligible employees will begin participation in the ESOP on the later of the effective date of the conversion or upon the first entry date commencing on or after the eligible employee’s completion of age 21 and 1,000 hours of service during a continuous 12-month period.

 

The ESOP trustee is expected to purchase, on behalf of the ESOP, 8.0% (including shares issued to the Coastway Bank Charitable Foundation) of the total number of shares of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. common stock issued in the conversion.  We anticipate that the ESOP will fund its stock purchase with a loan from Coastway Bancorp, Inc. equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock.  The loan will be repaid principally through Coastway Community Bank’s contribution to the ESOP and dividends payable on common stock held by the ESOP over the anticipated 25-year term of the loan.  The interest rate for the ESOP loan is expected to be an adjustable rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal , on the closing date of the offering.  Thereafter the interest rate will adjust annually and will be the prime rate on the first business day of the calendar year, retroactive to January 1 of such year.  See “Pro Forma Data.”

 

The trustee will hold the shares purchased by the ESOP in an unallocated suspense account, and shares will be released from the suspense account on a pro-rata basis as the trustee repays the loan.  The trustee will allocate the shares released among participants on the basis of each participant’s proportional share of compensation relative to all participants.  Each participant will vest in his or her benefit at a rate of 20% per year, beginning after the participant’s completion of his or her second year of service, such that the participant will be fully vested upon completion of six years of credited service.  However, each participant who was employed by Coastway Community Bank prior to the offering will receive credit for vesting purposes for years of service prior to the adoption of the ESOP.  A participant also will become fully vested automatically in his or her benefit upon normal retirement, death or disability, or termination of the ESOP.  Generally, a participant will receive a distribution from the ESOP upon separation from service.

 

The ESOP permits a participant to direct the trustee as to how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to his or her account.  The trustee votes unallocated shares and allocated shares for which participants do not provide instructions on any matter in the same ratio as those shares for which participants provide instructions, subject to fulfillment of the trustee’s fiduciary responsibilities.

 

Under applicable accounting requirements, Coastway Community Bank will record a compensation expense for the ESOP at the fair market value of the shares as they are committed to be released from the unallocated suspense account to each participant’s account.  The compensation expense resulting from the release of the common stock from the suspense account and allocation to plan participants will result in a corresponding reduction in Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s earnings.

 

Frozen Defined Benefit Plan .  Coastway Community Bank maintains a tax-qualified defined benefit plan (“DB Plan”) that was created in 1955 and was frozen effective March 31, 1993.  After that date, no further benefits were accrued and no new participants were eligible to join the DB Plan.  Messrs. White, Gibbons and Petraraca do not participate in the DB Plan.  Currently, there are approximately 36 participants entitled to benefits under the DB Plan.  All benefits are fully vested.  The benefit formula is based on a percentage of final average pay.  Benefits are payable at normal retirement age (65) or at early retirement age (age 55 with 10 years of service) in the form of an annuity.  The DB Plan has assets of

 

110



Table of Contents

 

approximately $1.6 million at December 31, 2012, and it is approximately 75% funded, which is within the allowable range under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Director Compensation

 

The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2012 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to our non-employee directors.  Information with respect to director compensation paid to directors who are also named executive officers is included above in “Executive Officer Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Name 

 

Fees earned or
paid in cash
($)

 

Total
($)

 

Mark E. Crevier

 

25,208

 

25,208

 

Hon. Francis X. Flaherty

 

9,908

 

9,908

 

Debra M. Paul

 

10,275

 

10,275

 

Dennis M. Murphy

 

11,708

 

11,708

 

James P. Fiore

 

20,542

 

20,542

 

Peter A. Koch

 

10,875

 

10,875

 

Lynda Dickinson

 

20,542

 

20,542

 

Phillip Kydd

 

20,542

 

20,542

 

 

Director Fees

 

Each non-employee director of Coastway Community Bank is paid a fee of $833 for each meeting attended. The chairman of the board receives $1,250 for each meeting attended.  Additionally, each executive committee member is paid a fee of $833 for each executive committee meeting attended.  Previously, the chairman of the board received a retainer of 1,375 per quarter, other members of the executive committee received a retainer of $875 per quarter and other board members were paid a quarterly retainer of $375, all of which was discontinued after the first quarter of 2012.

 

Following the conversion, each individual who serves as a director of Coastway Community Bank will serve as a director of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  We expect that directors of Coastway Community Bank will receive directors’ fees equivalent to the fees paid prior to the conversion. We anticipate paying $500 to each director for attending audit committee meetings, and no fees for attending nominating/corporate governance and compensation committee meetings.  We currently do not plan to separately compensate the directors of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

Future Stock Benefit Plans

 

Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt a new stock-based incentive plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards.  In accordance with applicable regulations, we anticipate that the plan will authorize a number of stock options and a number of shares of restricted stock, not to exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation).  These limitations will not apply if the plan is implemented more than one year after the conversion.

 

The stock-based incentive plan will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering and, if adopted within one year after the stock offering, would require the approval by stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  If the stock-based incentive plan is established more than one year after the stock offering, it would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast.

 

111



Table of Contents

 

The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based incentive plan only if the plan is adopted within one year after the stock offering:

 

·                                           non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

·                                           any non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

·                                           any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

 

·                                           the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plan; and

 

·                                           accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Coastway Community Bank or Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

These restrictions do not apply to plans adopted after one year following the completion of the stock offering.

 

We have not yet determined whether we will present the stock-based incentive plan for stockholder approval within one year following the completion of the conversion or whether we will present this plan for stockholder approval more than one year after the completion of the conversion.  In the event the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System changes its regulations or policies regarding stock-based incentive plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

 

We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.

 

Transactions with Certain Related Persons

 

Loans and Extensions of Credit.  The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits publicly traded companies from making loans to their executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans made by federally insured financial institutions, such as Coastway Community Bank, to their executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations. Federal regulations permit executive officers and directors to receive the same terms that are widely available to other employees as long as the director or executive officer is not given preferential treatment compared to the other participating employees.  Coastway Community Bank makes loans to its directors, executive officers and employees through an employee loan program pursuant to which such loans bear interest at a rate that is 1.0% lower than the market rate at the time of origination, but no lower than 4%.  The program applies only to residential mortgages, consumer loans and home equity installment loans on a primary residence and is available to all employees of Coastway Community Bank.

 

112



Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth loans made by Coastway Community Bank to its directors and executive officers where the largest amount of all indebtedness outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, and all amounts of interest payable during each year, respectively, exceeded $120,000, and where the borrowers received reduced interest rates pursuant to the employee loan program described above.  Except for the reduced interest rates, all loans to directors and executive officers were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans to persons not related to Coastway Community Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

 

Name 

 

Type of Loan

 

Largest
Aggregate
Balance from
January 1, 2010
to June 30, 2013

 

Interest Rate
on June 30,
2013

 

Principal
balance on
June 30, 2013

 

Amount of
Principal Paid
from January 1,
2010 to June 30,
2013

 

Amount of
Interest Paid
from January 1,
2010 to June 30,
2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William A. White

 

Residential mortgage

 

$

1,083,485

 

4.0

%

$

481,626

(1)

$

577,133

 

$

131,645

 

Richard H. Petrarca

 

Residential mortgage

 

$

190,326

 

4.0

%

$

177,626

 

$

12,700

 

$

25,799

 

 


(1)          Unsecured.

 

Other than as described above and except for directors and executive officers whose loans were made on preferential terms but for which the principal balance has been less than $120,000 since January 1, 2010, all loans made by Coastway Community Bank to executive officers, directors, immediate family members of executive officers and directors, or organizations with which executive officers and directors are affiliated, were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans to persons not related to Coastway Community Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.  Coastway Community Bank is in compliance with federal regulations with respect to its loans and extensions of credit to executive officers and directors.

 

In addition, loans made to a director or executive officer must be approved in advance by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors.  The aggregate amount of our loans to our executive officers and directors and their related entities was $1.2 million at June 30, 2013.  As of June 30, 2013, these loans were performing according to their original terms.

 

113



Table of Contents

 

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

The following table sets forth information regarding intended common stock subscriptions by each of the directors and executive officers and their associates, and by all directors, officers and their associates as a group.  However, there can be no assurance that any such person or group will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock.  In the event the individual maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons subscribing for the maximum amount may increase their purchase order.  Directors and officers will purchase shares of common stock at the same $10.00 purchase price per share and on the same terms as other purchasers in the offering.  This table excludes shares of common stock to be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, as well as any stock awards or stock option grants that may be made no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering.  The directors and officers have indicated their intention to subscribe in the offering for an aggregate of 87,500 shares of common stock, equal to 2.8% of the number of shares of common stock to be sold in the offering at the minimum of the offering range (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation), assuming shares are available.  Purchases by directors, officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been subscribed for in the offering. The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale.  Subscriptions by management through our 401(k) Plan will be counted as part of the maximum number of shares such individuals may subscribe for in the offering.

 

Name and Title

 

Number of
Shares(1)

 

Aggregate
Purchase Price(1)

 

Percent at
Minimum of
Offering Range

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark E. Crevier, Chairman of the Board

 

5,000

 

$

50,000

 

*

 

Hon. Francis X. Flaherty, Director

 

5,000

 

50,000

 

*

 

Debra M. Paul, Director

 

500

 

5,000

 

*

 

William A. White, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

5,000

 

50,000

 

*

 

Dennis M. Murphy, Director

 

2,500

 

25,000

 

*

 

James P. Fiore, Director

 

10,000

 

100,000

 

*

 

Peter A. Koch, Director

 

20,000

 

200,000

 

*

 

Lynda Dickinson, Director

 

2,500

 

25,000

 

*

 

Phillip Kydd, Vice Chairman of the Board

 

5,000

 

50,000

 

*

 

David P. DiSanto, Director

 

10,000

 

100,000

 

*

 

Richard Petrarca, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

 

10,000

 

100,000

 

*

 

Paul G. Wielgus, Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer

 

3,000

 

30,000

 

*

 

Jeanette Fritz, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

3,000

 

30,000

 

*

 

Jana M. Planka, Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Officer

 

3,000

 

30,000

 

*

 

Stephen J. Gibbons, Executive Vice President and Chief Business Lender

 

3,000

 

30,000

 

*

 

All directors and officers as a group (15 persons)

 

87,500

 

$

875,000

 

2.8

%

 


*                  Less than 1%.

(1)          Includes purchases by the named individual’s spouse and other relatives of the named individual living in the same household.  Other than as set forth above, the named individuals are not aware of any other purchases by a person who or entity that would be considered an associate of the named individuals under the plan of conversion and reorganization.

 

114



Table of Contents

 

THE CONVERSION AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

 

The Board of Directors of Coastway Bancorp, MHC has approved the plan of conversion and reorganization.  The plan of conversion and reorganization must also be approved by Coastway Community Bank’s depositors.  A special meeting of depositors has been called for this purpose.  The Federal Reserve Board has conditionally approved the plan of conversion and reorganization; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation.

 

General

 

The Board of Directors of Coastway Bancorp, MHC adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization on August 22, 2013.  Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, Coastway Bancorp, MHC will convert from the mutual form of organization to the fully stock form and we will sell shares of common stock to the public in our offering.  In the conversion, we have organized a new Maryland stock holding company named Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of Coastway Community Bank will be owned by Coastway Bancorp, Inc., and all of the common stock of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will be owned by public stockholders.

 

We intend to retain between $12.0 million and $16.5 million of the net proceeds of the offering, or $19.1 million if the offering range is increased by 15%, and to contribute the balance of the net proceeds (excluding the contributions to the employee stock ownership plan and Foundation) to Coastway Community Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least 3,102,500 shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization.

 

The plan of conversion and reorganization provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan that we are establishing in connection with the conversion and our 401(k) plan, supplemental eligible account holders and other depositors. If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, we intend to offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the State of Rhode Island.

 

We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering.  The community offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering, and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by us with the approval, to the extent such approvals are required, of the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation. See “—Community Offering.”

 

We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.  The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See “—Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.

 

The following is a brief summary of the conversion.  We recommend reading the plan of conversion and reorganization in its entirety for more information. A copy of the plan of conversion and

 

115



Table of Contents

 

reorganization is available for inspection at each branch office of Coastway Community Bank and at the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Reasons for the Conversion

 

Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are to:

 

·                                           increase our capital to enhance our financial strength and to support existing and future lending and deposit growth;

 

·                                           enhance our lending capacity by increasing our regulatory lending limits;

 

·                                           attract and retain qualified personnel by enabling us to establish stock-based benefit plans for management and employees that will give them an opportunity to share in our long-term success;

 

·                                           provide customers and members of our community with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in Coastway Community Bank; and

 

·                                           have greater flexibility to structure and finance opportunities for expansion, including acquisitions of other financial institutions, although we have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such transactions.

 

In the stock holding company structure, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions.  Our current mutual structure prevents us from offering shares of our common stock as consideration for a merger or acquisition.  Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the acquisition consideration.  Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination thereof, and will therefore enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise.  We have no current arrangements or agreements to acquire other banks, thrifts, credit unions, financial services companies or branch offices, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to consummate any acquisitions.

 

We believe that the additional capital raised in the offering will enable us to take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us, while remaining an independent community-oriented institution.

 

As of June 30, 2013, Coastway Community Bank was considered “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes and the proceeds from the stock offering will further improve our capital position. We are not subject to any directive from any regulatory agency to raise capital.

 

Approvals Required

 

The affirmative vote of a majority of the total eligible votes of depositors of Coastway Community Bank at the special meeting of depositors is required to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization.  The conversion also must be approved by the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation, which have given their conditional approval to the plan of conversion and reorganization.

 

A special meeting of depositors of Coastway Community Bank to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion and reorganization has been set for             , 2013.

 

116



Table of Contents

 

Effects of Conversion on Depositors and Borrowers

 

Continuity . While the conversion is being accomplished, our normal business of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. We will continue to be a Rhode Island savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the FDIC and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation after the conversion.  After the conversion, we will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers.  The directors serving Coastway Community Bank at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Coastway Community Bank and of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. after the conversion.

 

Effect on Deposit Accounts . Each depositor of Coastway Community Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion.  Each deposit account will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, statement savings and other evidences of their accounts.

 

Effect on Loans .   No loan outstanding from Coastway Community Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

 

Effect on Voting Rights of Depositors .   At present, all of our depositors have voting rights in Coastway Bancorp, MHC as to all matters requiring membership action. Upon completion of the conversion, depositors will cease to be members of Coastway Bancorp, MHC (which will cease to exist) and will no longer have voting rights. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in Coastway Community Bank will be vested in Coastway Bancorp, Inc. as the sole stockholder of Coastway Community Bank.  The stockholders of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to Coastway Bancorp, Inc. common stock.

 

Tax Effects .  We will receive an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with regard to federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to Coastway Community Bank or its depositors. See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Effect on Liquidation Rights .   Each depositor in Coastway Community Bank has both a deposit account in Coastway Community Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Coastway Bancorp, MHC based upon the deposit balance in his or her account.  This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Coastway Community Bank.  Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Coastway Bancorp, MHC without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all, respectively, of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Coastway Bancorp, MHC, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.

 

Consequently, depositors in a savings bank that is a subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest in the mutual holding company, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that the savings bank is completely liquidated.  If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of the mutual holding company after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.

 

117



Table of Contents

 

Under the plan of conversion, depositors as of July 30, 2012 and [SERD] will receive an interest in liquidation accounts maintained by Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank in an aggregate amount equal to Coastway Bancorp, MHC’s total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition used in this prospectus.  Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank will hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of depositors as of July 30, 2012 and [SERD] who continue to maintain deposits in Coastway Community Bank after the conversion.  The liquidation accounts would be distributed to depositors as of July 30, 2012 and [SERD] who maintain their deposit accounts in Coastway Community Bank only in the event of a liquidation of (a) Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank or (b) Coastway Community Bank.  The liquidation account in Coastway Community Bank would be used only in the event that Coastway Bancorp, Inc. does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under its liquidation account.  The total obligation of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank under their respective liquidation accounts will never exceed the dollar amount of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s liquidation account as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and federal regulations.  See “—Liquidation Rights.”

 

Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued

 

The plan of conversion and reorganization and federal regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation.  We have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal.  For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $57,500, and will be reimbursed for its expenses.  We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.

 

RP Financial, LC. has estimated that, as of August 9, 2013, the estimated pro forma market value of Coastway Bancorp, Inc., assuming the establishment and funding of our new charitable foundation with a contribution to consist of $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of our common stock that together will total 3.15% of the gross proceeds of the offering (consisting of 67,729 shares or $677,290 in stock at the minimum of the range and 102,221 shares or $1,022,210 in stock at the maximum of the range, up to 122,054 shares or $1,220,540 in stock at the adjusted maximum of the range) ranged from $31.7 million to $42.8 million, with a midpoint of $37.1 million, subject to increase up to $49.5 million.  Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by us will range from 3,102,500 shares to 4,197,500 shares subject to an increase up to 4,827,125 shares.  The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions.

 

Consistent with applicable appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach.

 

RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:

 

·                                           our recent results and financial condition;

 

·                                           the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area;

 

·                                           certain historical, financial and other information relating to us;

 

118



Table of Contents

 

·                                           a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial characteristics with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions;

 

·                                           the aggregate size of the offering of common stock;

 

·                                           the impact of the conversion and the offering on our equity and earnings potential;

 

·                                           our potential to pay cash dividends; and

 

·                                           the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.

 

The appraisal is based in part on an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings institutions that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to us.  The peer group consists of the following ten companies, all of which are traded on the Nasdaq stock market.

 

Company Name and Ticker Symbol

 

Headquarters

 

Total Assets

 

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

SI Financial Group, Inc. (SIFI)

 

Willimantic, CT

 

$

949

(1)

BSB Bancorp, Inc. (BLMT)

 

Belmont, MA

 

$

909

(1)

TF Financial Corp. (THRD)

 

Newtown, PA

 

$

715

(1)

Hampden Bancorp, Inc. (HBNK)

 

Springfield, MA

 

$

668

(2)

Colonial Financial Services, Inc. (COBK)

 

Bridgeton, NJ

 

$

633

(2)

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. (CBNK)

 

Chicopee, MA

 

$

597

(1)

Peoples Federal Bancshares, Inc. (PEOP)

 

Brighton, MA

 

$

578

(2)

Alliance Bancorp, Inc. (ALLB)

 

Broomall, PA

 

$

457

(2)

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. (WEBK)

 

Wellesley, MA

 

$

397

(1)

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc. (GTWN)

 

Georgetown, MA

 

$

211

(2)

 


(1)          As of June 30, 2013.

(2)          As of March 31, 2013.

 

RP Financial, LC. has informed us that it sought to provide meaningful comparative data to limit the need to perform subjective valuation adjustments with respect to institutions that did not share common characteristics with Coastway Community Bank.  As a result, a comparable institution’s dissimilar asset size may be outweighed by similarities with respect to other characteristics that RP Financial, LC. considers more indicative of an institution’s value than asset size.

 

The peer group selection process was limited to publicly traded thrifts in accordance with regulatory conversion guidelines, which limit the number of potential comparable companies for inclusion in the peer group to 110 full stock publicly traded companies.  As noted in the appraisal report, the selection process for the peer group involved applying two geographic screens of the universe of all public thrifts that were eligible for inclusion in the peer group.

 

·                                                                   New England Thrift Institutions .  Given the limited number of publicly-traded full stock savings institutions based in Rhode Island, RP Financial, LC. looked to a broader market comprised of thrift institutions with assets less than $1.0 billion based in the New England region of the United States.  Seven companies met the criteria for the screen and all were included in the peer group.

 

·                                                                   Eastern Pennsylvania and New Jersey Thrift Institutions .  RP Financial, LC. next looked at publicly-traded full stock institutions based in eastern Pennsylvania and

 

119



Table of Contents

 

New Jersey with assets less than $1.0 billion.  Three companies met the criteria for the screen and all were included in the group.

 

In selecting the peer group, RP Financial, LC. considered only those companies that have been in full stock form for over one year, are not subject to acquisition, and are not experiencing unusual financial or other trends.

 

The following table presents a summary of selected pro forma pricing ratios for Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC.  Ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013 (or the last twelve months for which data is available) and stock price information as of August 9, 2013. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 28.6% on a price-to-book value basis, a discount of 30.4% on a price-to-tangible book value basis and a premium of 131.8% on a price-to-earnings basis.

 

 

 

Price-to-earnings
multiple

 

Price-to-book
value ratio

 

Price-to-tangible
book value ratio

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. (pro forma)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum, as adjusted

 

78.69

x

72.05

%

72.05

%

Maximum

 

63.99

x

68.12

%

68.12

%

Midpoint

 

52.66

x

64.06

%

64.06

%

Minimum

 

42.46

x

59.24

%

59.24

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation of peer group companies using stock prices as of August 9, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

24.96

x

96.59

%

97.37

%

Medians

 

27.61

x

95.34

%

97.91

%

 

Compared to the average pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 29.5% on a price-to-book basis, a discount of 30.0% on a price-to-tangible book basis and a premium of 156.4% on a price-to-earnings basis.  This means that, at the maximum of the offering range, a share of our common stock would be more expensive on an earnings basis but would be less expensive than the peer group on a book value and tangible book value basis and more expensive on a price-to-earnings basis.

 

The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma effect of the offering.  Consistent with federal appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: (i) the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; (ii) the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and (iii) the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based on the current market valuations of the peer group companies. RP Financial, LC. placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings and price-to-book approaches in estimating pro forma market value.  RP Financial, LC. did not consider a pro forma price-to-assets approach to be meaningful in preparing the appraisal, as this approach is more meaningful when a company has low equity or earnings.  The price-to-assets approach is less meaningful for a company like us, as we have equity in excess of regulatory capital requirements and positive reported and core earnings.

 

In applying each of the valuation methods, RP Financial, LC. considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of Coastway Community Bank with the peer group.  RP Financial, LC. made downward adjustments for earnings, market area, liquidity of the stock and stock market conditions.  No adjustments were made for financial condition, asset growth, dividend policy, management or the effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.  The downward valuation adjustment for earnings considered, among other things, Coastway Community Bank’s lower reported

 

120



Table of Contents

 

earnings levels historically, the dependence on mortgage banking activities as a revenue source, the burden on earnings from the investment in fixed assets and the general condition of the primary market area in which Coastway Community Bank operates.  The downward valuation adjustment for primary market area considered various demographic and economic characteristics of the market area served, as well as regional and national economic trends as they may impact the local market area.  The valuation adjustment for liquidity of the stock took into account the expected pro forma market capitalization and number of common shares to be outstanding in relation to the peer group.  The valuation adjustment for stock market conditions took into consideration the prevailing stock market environment and valuation trends for the common stock of thrifts and their holding companies and the results and pro forma pricing ratios of recently completed thrift conversion transactions.

 

Our Board of Directors carefully reviewed the information provided to it by RP Financial, LC. through the appraisal process.  We engaged RP Financial, LC. to help us understand the regulatory process as it applies to the appraisal and to advise the Board of Directors as to how much capital Coastway Bancorp, Inc. would be required to raise under the regulatory appraisal guidelines.

 

The independent appraisal does not indicate per share market value.  Do not assume or expect that the valuation of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. as indicated above means that, after the conversion and the offering, the shares of common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 offering price.  Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented above were utilized by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group.  The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.

 

The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock.  RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information which we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or liabilities.  The independent valuation considers Coastway Community Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Coastway Community Bank.  Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 offering price per share.

 

Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $49.5 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which would result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 4,827,125 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares.  We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers.  The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed.  See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares that may be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to fill unfilled orders in the offering.

 

If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the offering range to more than $48.3 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 4,827,125 shares (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation), or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $31.0 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 3,102,500 shares (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation), then we may promptly return with interest at our current statement savings rate of interest all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock and cancel deposit account withdrawal

 

121



Table of Contents

 

authorizations, and, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation, we may terminate the plan of conversion and reorganization.  Alternatively, we may hold a new offering, establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of subscribers or take other actions as permitted, to the extent that permission is required, by the Federal Reserve Board or the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation in order to complete the conversion and the offering.  In the event that a resolicitation is commenced, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time.  If a person does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock.  Any resolicitation following the conclusion of the subscription and community offerings would not exceed 45 days unless further extended with the approval, to the extent approval is required, of the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation, for periods of up to 90 days.

 

An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “Pro Forma Data.”

 

Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for inspection at our main office and as specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

 

In accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority.  The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the maximum, minimum and overall purchase limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and reorganization and as described below under “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”

 

Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each depositor with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) as of the close of business on July 30, 2012 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of 20,000 shares of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations.  See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”  If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.  If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more

 

122



Table of Contents

 

times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

 

To ensure proper allocation of shares of our common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on July 30, 2012.  In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also our directors or executive officers or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits during the year preceding July 30, 2012.

 

Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans .   Our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. Our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 8% of our outstanding shares (including shares to be contributed to our charitable foundation).  In the event the number of shares offered in the offering is increased above the maximum of the valuation range, our tax-qualified employee plans will have a priority right to purchase any shares exceeding that amount up to 10% of the common stock issued in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation.  If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders .   To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, each depositor with a Qualifying Deposit as of the close of business on [SERD] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 20,000 shares of common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”  If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed.  Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.  If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.

 

To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [SERD].  In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.

 

Priority 4: Other Depositors . To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each depositor on the voting record date of [voting record date]

 

123



Table of Contents

 

who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Depositors”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 20,000 shares of common stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations.  See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”  If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, available shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Depositor to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed.  Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Other Depositor whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her subscription bears to the total amount of subscriptions of all Other Depositors whose subscriptions remain unfilled.

 

Expiration Date . The Subscription Offering will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if necessary.  Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located.  We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights that have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.

 

We will not execute orders until we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock.  If we have not received orders to purchase at least 3,102,500 shares within 45 days after the expiration date and the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation has not consented, to the extent such consent is required, to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest at our current statement savings rate and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond [extension date #1] is granted by the required regulatory agencies, we will resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders.  We will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time.  If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock.  Extensions may not go beyond [extension date #2], which is two years after the special meeting of our depositors to vote on the conversion.

 

Community Offering

 

To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of the Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors, we intend to offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization to members of the general public in a community offering.  Shares would be offered with a preference to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the State of Rhode Island.

 

Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to 20,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.

 

If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in the State of Rhode Island, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person.  Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among

 

124



Table of Contents

 

natural persons residing in the State of Rhode Island, whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order.  If, after the allocation of shares to natural persons residing in such counties, we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of other members of the general public, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person.  Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among members of the general public whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order.

 

The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the State of Rhode Island, has a present intent to remain within the community for a period of time and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature.  We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.

 

Expiration Date.  The community offering may begin at the same time as, during or after the subscription offering.  It is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, although it must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering. We may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [extension date #1].  If an extension beyond [extension date #1] is granted by the required regulatory agencies, we will resolicit persons whose orders we accept in the community offering, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders.  If a person does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return purchase funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock.  These extensions may not go beyond [extension date #2], which is two years after the special meeting of our depositors to vote on the conversion.

 

Syndicated Community Offering

 

Our Board of Directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated community offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a widespread distribution of our shares of common stock.  If a syndicated community offering is held, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will serve as sole manager and will assist us in selling our common stock on a best efforts basis.  In such capacity, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers who are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member firms.  Neither Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated community offering.

 

In the syndicated community offering, any person may purchase up to 20,000 shares ($200,000) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations.  See “—Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”  We retain the right to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the syndicated community offering.  Unless the Federal Reserve Board permits otherwise, accepted orders for Coastway Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the syndicated community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2.0%) of the shares sold in the offering on a basis that will promote a widespread distribution of our common stock.  Thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares per order basis until all shares have been allocated or orders have been filled, as the case may be.  Unless the syndicated community offering begins during the subscription and/or community offering, the syndicated community offering will begin as soon as possible after the completion of the subscription and community offerings.

 

125



Table of Contents

 

Order forms will be used to purchase shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering.  Investors in the syndicated community offering will follow the same general procedures applicable to purchasing shares in the community offering except that investors in the syndicated community offering may also wire payment for the subscription directly to Coastway Community Bank for deposit to the Coastway Bancorp, Inc. stock purchase escrow account.  See “—Procedure for Purchasing Shares.”

 

The closing of the syndicated community offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank on the one hand and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. on the other hand.  If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds for common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, less fees and commissions payable, will be delivered promptly to us.

 

If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated community offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or in the event that there are a significant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares, if possible. The Federal Reserve Board must approve any such arrangements.

 

The opportunity to order shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering is subject to our right to reject orders, in whole or in part, either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.  If your order is rejected in part, you will not have the right to cancel the remainder of your order.

 

Limitations on Common Stock Purchases

 

The plan of conversion and reorganization includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

 

·                                           No person or entity may purchase more than 20,000 shares of common stock in the subscription offering, and no person or entity together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 40,000 shares of common stock in all categories of the offering, except that our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including the employee stock ownership plan that we are establishing in connection with the conversion and 401(k) plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%);

 

·                                           The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by our executive officers and directors and their associates, in the aggregate, may not exceed 28.0% of the shares issued in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation; and

 

·                                           The minimum purchase by each person purchasing shares in the offering is 25 shares, to the extent those shares are available.

 

Depending upon market or financial conditions, our Board of Directors, with any required approvals of the Federal Reserve Board, and without further approval of our depositors, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations.  If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be, and, in our sole discretion, some other large subscribers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit.  The effect of this type of resolicitation would be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions.

 

126



Table of Contents

 

In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15% of the total number of shares of common stock offered in the offering, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization:

 

(1)                                  to fill our tax-qualified employee benefit plans’ subscriptions for up to 10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation;

 

(2)                                  in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Depositor levels, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and

 

(3)                                  to fill unfulfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons residing in the State of Rhode Island.

 

The term “associate” of a person means:

 

(1)                                  any corporation or organization, other than Coastway Bancorp, MHC, Coastway Bancorp, LLC, Coastway Community Bank, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. or a majority-owned subsidiary of these entities, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities;

 

(2)                                  any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a fiduciary capacity, excluding any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a fiduciary capacity; and

 

(3)                                  any relative, by blood or marriage, of the person, who either lives in the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of Coastway Bancorp, MHC, Coastway Bancorp, LLC, Coastway Community Bank or Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

The term “acting in concert” means:

 

(1)                                  knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

 

(2)                                  a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.

 

A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.

 

Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the Board of Directors. We have the right to determine whether prospective purchasers are associates or acting in concert.  Shares of common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by our executive officers and directors and except as described below.  Any purchases made by any associate of Coastway Community Bank or Coastway Bancorp, Inc. for the explicit purpose

 

127



Table of Contents

 

of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution.  In addition, under the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities.  For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of shares of our common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “—Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares After Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.”

 

Marketing and Distribution; Compensation

 

Subscription and Community Offerings.   To assist in the marketing of our shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, we have retained Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., which is a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will assist us on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings by:

 

(i)                                      consulting as to the financial and marketing implications of the plan of conversion and reorganization;

 

(ii)                                   reviewing with our board of directors the financial effect of the offering on us, based on the independent appraiser’s appraisal of the shares of common stock;

 

(iii)                                reviewing all offering documents, including this prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials;

 

(iv)                               assisting in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the offering;

 

(v)                                  assisting management in scheduling and preparing for meetings with potential investors and other broker-dealers in connection with the offering; and

 

(vi)                               providing such other general advice and assistance as may be reasonably necessary to promote the successful completion of the offerings.

 

For these services, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will receive a fee of: (i) 1.0% of the dollar amount of all shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings.  No fee will be payable to Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. with respect to shares purchased by officers, directors, employees or their immediate families and shares purchased by our tax-qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans, and no sales fee will be payable with respect to the foundation shares.

 

Syndicated Offering.  In the event that shares of common stock are sold in a syndicated offering, we will pay fees of 5.25% of the aggregate amount of common stock sold in the syndicated offering to any other broker-dealers included in the syndicated offering.

 

Expenses.  Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will be reimbursed for allocable expenses in amount not to exceed $100,000 for expenses and attorney’s fees. We have paid Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. an advance payment of $25,000 which will be credited against the expenses we incur during the offering.

 

128



Table of Contents

 

Records Management

 

We have also engaged Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. as records management agent in connection with the conversion and the subscription and community offerings. In its role as records management agent, Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., will assist us in the offering in the:

 

·                                           consolidation of deposit accounts and vote calculations;

 

·                                           design and preparation of proxy and stock order forms;

 

·                                           organization and supervision of the Stock Information Center;

 

·                                           proxy solicitation and other services for our special meeting of depositors; and

 

·                                           preparation and processing of other documents related to the stock offering.

 

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. will receive fees of $25,000 and expenses of up to $25,000 for these services.

 

Indemnity

 

Among other things, we will indemnify Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Solicitation of Offers by Officers and Directors

 

Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock in the subscription and community offerings. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other regular employees of Coastway Community Bank may assist in the offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction.  No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters.  Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.  Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock.  We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering.

 

The offering will comply with the requirements of Rule 10b-9 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Procedure for Purchasing Shares

 

Expiration Date . The offering will expire at 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend it for up to 45 days. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without further approval or additional notice to purchasers in the offering.  Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [extension date #1] would require the Federal Reserve Board’s approval.  If an extension beyond [extension date #1] is granted by the appropriate regulatory agencies,

 

129



Table of Contents

 

we will resolicit subscribers/persons who place orders, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders.  We will notify these subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights to place a new stock order for a specified period of time.  If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock.  If we have not received orders to purchase the minimum number of shares offered in the offering by the expiration date or any extension thereof, we may terminate the offering and promptly refund all funds received for shares of common stock.  If the number of shares offered is reduced below the minimum of the offering range, or increased above the adjusted maximum of the offering range, subscribers may be resolicited with any required approvals of the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation.

 

To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before [expiration date], the expiration date of the offering, in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand delivered any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Execution of an order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will be distributed only with a prospectus.  Subscription funds will be maintained in a segregated account at Coastway Community Bank and will earn interest at our current statement savings rate from the date of receipt.

 

We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal orders and promptly return all funds delivered to us, with interest at our current statement savings rate from the date of receipt.

 

We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and reorganization.

 

Use of Order Forms . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering, you must submit a completed order form and remit full payment.  We will not be required to accept incomplete order forms, unsigned order forms, or orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. We must receive all order forms prior to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate withdrawal instructions.  A postmark prior to [expiration date] will not entitle you to purchase shares of common stock unless we receive the envelope by [expiration date].  We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms.  We have the right to permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms or waive immaterial irregularities.  We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects.  You may submit your order form and payment by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the order form, by bringing your order form to our Stock Information Center or by mail using the return envelope provided.  Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent.  We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering.  If you are ordering shares, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares.  Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and reorganization and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final, subject to any required approvals of the Federal Reserve Board and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation.

 

By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Coastway Community Bank or

 

130



Table of Contents

 

any governmental agency, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:

 

(1)                                  personal check, bank check or money order, payable to Coastway Bancorp, Inc.; or

 

(2)                                  authorization of withdrawal from Coastway Community Bank deposit accounts designated on the order form.

 

Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Coastway Community Bank are provided in the order forms.  The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the order form is received.  A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made.  Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will be transferred to a savings account and earn interest at our current statement savings rate subsequent to the withdrawal.  In the case of payments made by check or money order, these funds must be available in the account(s) and will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Coastway Community Bank and will earn interest at our current statement savings rate from the date payment is received until the offering is completed or terminated.

 

You may not use cash, wires or a check drawn on a Coastway Community Bank line of credit, and we will not accept third-party checks (a check written by someone other than you) payable to you and endorsed over to Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  If you request that we place a hold on your checking account for the subscription amount, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account.  Once we receive your executed order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by the expiration date, in which event purchasers may be given the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders for a specified period of time.

 

We will have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the offering.  This payment may be made by wire transfer.

 

Our employee stock ownership plan will not be required to pay for any shares purchased in the offering until consummation of the offering, provided there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or Coastway Bancorp, Inc. to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.

 

Regulations prohibit Coastway Community Bank from knowingly lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.

 

Using Retirement Account Funds.  If you are interested in using your individual retirement account funds to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed individual

 

131



Table of Contents

 

retirement account such as a brokerage firm individual retirement account.  By regulation, Coastway Community Bank’s individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in shares of our common stock.  Therefore, if you wish to use your funds that are currently in a Coastway Community Bank individual retirement account, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock.  The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to a brokerage account.  It may take several weeks to transfer your Coastway Community Bank individual retirement account to an independent trustee, so please allow yourself sufficient time to take this action.  There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers.  Depositors interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the end of the offering period, because processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held.  We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.

 

Delivery of Stock Certificates . Certificates representing shares of common stock issued in the offering and Coastway Community Bank checks representing any applicable refund and/or interest paid on subscriptions made by check or money order will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted on the order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering and receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held by the transfer agent until claimed by persons legally entitled thereto or otherwise disposed of in accordance with applicable law. Until certificates for the shares of common stock are available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.

 

Other Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion and reorganization, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding.  We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished.  In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country.

 

Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

 

Applicable regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion and reorganization or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account.  Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.

 

We intend to pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.

 

132



Table of Contents

 

Stock Information Center

 

Our branch office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our information hotline at [stock information number] to speak to a representative of Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.  Representatives are available by telephone Monday through Friday from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. You may also meet in person with a representative by visiting our Stock Information Center located at our headquarters at One Coastway Plaza, Cranston, Rhode Island. The Stock Information Center is open weekdays during the offering, except for bank holidays, from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time.

 

Liquidation Rights

 

Liquidation prior to the conversion . In the unlikely event that Coastway Bancorp, MHC is liquidated prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of Coastway Bancorp, MHC would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of Coastway Bancorp, MHC remaining, these assets would first be distributed to certain depositors of Coastway Community Bank under such depositors’ liquidation rights.  The amount received by such depositors would be equal to their pro rata interest in the remaining value of Coastway Bancorp, MHC, after the claims of creditors, based on the relative size of their deposit accounts.

 

Liquidation following the conversion . The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a liquidation account by Coastway Bancorp, Inc. for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to Coastway Bancorp, MHC’s total equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in this prospectus.  The plan of conversion also provides for the establishment of a parallel bank liquidation account in Coastway Community Bank to support the Coastway Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account in the event Coastway Bancorp, Inc. does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under the Coastway Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account.

 

In the unlikely event that Coastway Community Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of Coastway Community Bank depositors, would be paid first.  However, except with respect to the liquidation account established by Coastway Bancorp, Inc., a depositor’s claim would be solely for the principal amount of his or her deposit accounts plus accrued interest .  Depositors generally would not have an interest in the value of the assets of Coastway Community Bank or Coastway Bancorp, Inc. above that amount.

 

The liquidation account established by Coastway Bancorp, Inc. is designed to provide payments to qualifying depositors of their liquidation interest (exchanged for the liquidation rights such persons had in Coastway Bancorp, MHC) in the event of a liquidation of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank or a liquidation solely of Coastway Community Bank.  Specifically, in the unlikely event that either (i) Coastway Community Bank or (ii)  Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank were to completely liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of Coastway Community Bank depositors, would be paid first, followed by a distribution to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by Coastway Bancorp, Inc.   In a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Coastway Community Bank only, when Coastway Bancorp, Inc. has insufficient assets to fund the distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Coastway Community Bank has positive net worth, Coastway Community Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund Coastway Bancorp, Inc. ’s remaining obligations under the Coastway Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account.  In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a

 

133



Table of Contents

 

distribution that exceeds such holder’s interest in the liquidation account maintained by Coastway Bancorp, Inc. as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and federal regulations.  If Coastway Bancorp, Inc. is sold or liquidated apart from a sale or liquidation of Coastway Community Bank , then the Coastway Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the Coastway Community Bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account maintained by Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

Pursuant to the plan of conversion, after two years from the date of conversion, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. shall, upon the written request of the Federal Reserve Board, transfer the liquidation account (and the depositors’ interests in such account) to Coastway Community Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon subsumed into the liquidation account of Coastway Community Bank.  Under the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution or depository institution holding company in which Coastway Bancorp, Inc. or Coastway Community Bank is not the surviving institution would not be considered a liquidation.  In such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution.

 

Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial pro rata interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in Coastway Community Bank on July 30, 2012 or [SERD] equal to the proportion that the balance of each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Account Holder deposit accounts on July 30, 2012 and [SERD], respectively, bears to the balance of all Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Account Holder deposit accounts in Coastway Community Bank on such date.

 

If, however, on any December 31 annual liquidation account closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on July 30, 2012 or [SERD], respectively, or any other annual liquidation account closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account.  Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor.  Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be available for distribution to stockholders.

 

134



Table of Contents

 

Material Income Tax Consequences

 

Consummation of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal and state income taxation that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction to Coastway Bancorp, MHC, Coastway Bancorp, LLC (which will elect to be classified as a corporation for federal tax purposes as part of the conversion), Coastway Community Bank, Coastway Bancorp, Inc., Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors.  Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that Coastway Bancorp, MHC, Coastway Bancorp, LLC, Coastway Community Bank or Coastway Bancorp, Inc. would prevail in a judicial proceeding.  Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. has issued an opinion to Coastway Bancorp, MHC, Coastway Bancorp, LLC, Coastway Community Bank and Coastway Bancorp, Inc. that for federal income tax purposes:

 

1.                                       It is more likely than not that the conversion of Coastway Bancorp, MHC into Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will qualify as a tax-free organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.  In order to effect this conversion, the following interim steps will occur: (i) Coastway Bancorp LLC will elect to be classified as a corporation for federal tax purposes (and for federal tax purposes, will be deemed to be a newly-created association taxable as a corporation); (ii) Coastway Bancorp, MHC will merge with and into Coastway Bancorp, LLC, and (iii) thereafter, Coastway Bancorp, LLC will merge with and into Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  It is more likely than not that the above series of transactions will be stepped together and treated as a merger of Coastway Bancorp, MHC into Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  See Rev. Rul. 2003-48.

 

2.                                       The basis of the assets of Coastway Bancorp, MHC and the holding period of such assets to be received by Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Coastway Bancorp, MHC immediately before the exchange.

 

3.                                       Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in Coastway Bancorp, MHC for interests in the liquidation account in Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

4.                                       It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Coastway Bancorp, Inc. common stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Depositors upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.

 

5.                                       It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the liquidation account of Coastway Community Bank supporting the payment of the Coastway Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account in the event Coastway Bancorp, Inc. lacks sufficient net assets is zero.  Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Coastway Community Bank liquidation account as of the effective date of the merger of Coastway Bancorp, LLC with and into Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

135



Table of Contents

 

6.                                       It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of the Coastway Bancorp, Inc. common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.

 

7.                                       No gain or loss will be recognized by Coastway Bancorp, Inc. on the receipt of money in exchange for Coastway Bancorp, Inc. common stock sold in the offering.

 

We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to Coastway Bancorp, MHC, Coastway Bancorp, LLC, Coastway Community Bank, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and persons receiving subscription rights. The tax opinion as to item 4 above is based on the position that subscription rights to be received by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or the time the subscription rights are exercised. In this regard, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.

 

We also have received a letter from RP Financial, LC., stating its belief that the subscription rights do not have any ascertainable fair market value and that the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of the exercise. This position is based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are

 

136



Table of Contents

 

nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase the common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in any community offering.

 

The tax opinion as to item 5 above is based on the position that the benefit provided by the Coastway Community Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event Coastway Bancorp, Inc. lacks sufficient net assets has a fair market value of zero.  We understand that:  (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received a payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in Coastway Community Bank are reduced; and (iv) the Coastway Community Bank liquidation account payment obligation arises only if Coastway Bancorp, Inc. lacks sufficient assets to fund the liquidation account.

 

In addition, we have received a letter from RP Financial, LC. stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Coastway Community Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event Coastway Bancorp, Inc. lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the conversion.  Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. believes it is more likely than not that such rights in the Coastway Community Bank liquidation account have no value.  If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.

 

We do not plan to apply for a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service concerning the transactions described herein. Unlike private letter rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service, opinions of counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state tax authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that the conclusions reached in an opinion of counsel would be sustained by a court if contested by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

The federal tax opinion has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s registration statement. An opinion of Wolf & Company, P.C. regarding the Rhode Island state income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion has also been filed as an exhibit to Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s registration statement.

 

Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion

 

The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale. All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or an officer of Coastway Community Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or officer. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. also will be restricted by the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board.  This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions

 

137



Table of Contents

 

involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock, to purchases of our common stock to fund stock options by one or more stock-based benefit plans or to any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any stock-based benefit plans.

 

Applicable regulations and current agreements with our regulators prohibit Coastway Bancorp, Inc. from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases.  After one year, applicable regulations do not impose any repurchase restrictions; however, our agreements with our regulators may prohibit Coastway Bancorp, Inc. from repurchasing its shares of common stock for a significantly longer period of time.

 

COASTWAY CARES CHARITABLE FOUNDATION II

 

General

 

In furtherance of our commitment to our local community, our plan of conversion and reorganization provides that we will establish a new charitable foundation, Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II as a non-stock, nonprofit Delaware corporation in connection with the stock offering.  The new charitable foundation will be funded with shares of our common stock and cash, as further described below.

 

By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in our local community, we believe that the charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of Coastway Community Bank’s community banking franchise.  The stock offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our communities through the Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II.

 

Purpose of the Charitable Foundation

 

In connection with the closing of the stock offering, we intend to contribute cash and stock to a charitable foundation that we are establishing, such contribution to consist of $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of our common stock that together will total 3.15% of the gross proceeds of the offering (67,729 shares or $677,290 in stock at the minimum of the range and 102,221 shares or $1,022,210 in stock at the maximum of the range, up to 122,054 shares or $1,220,540 in stock at the adjusted maximum of the range).  Our expected aggregate contribution amount is not dependent upon the amount of stock that we sell in the stock offering.  The purpose of the charitable foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which we operate and to enable our communities to share in our long-term growth. Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to us. Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II will also support our ongoing obligations to the community under the Community Reinvestment Act.  Coastway Community Bank received a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination by the FDIC.

 

Funding Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II with shares of our common stock in addition to cash is also intended to allow our communities to share in our potential growth and success after the stock offering is completed because Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II will benefit directly from any increases in the value of our shares of common stock.  In addition, Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II will maintain close ties with Coastway Community Bank, thereby forming a partnership within the communities in which Coastway Community Bank operates.

 

138



Table of Contents

 

Structure of the Charitable Foundation

 

Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II will be incorporated under Delaware law as a non-stock, non-profit corporation.  The certificate of incorporation of Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II will provide that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II’s certificate of incorporation will further provide that no part of the net earnings of the charitable foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its members, directors or officers or to private individuals.

 

The charitable foundation will be governed by a board of directors, initially consisting of Phillip Kydd, who is a director of Coastway Bancorp, Inc., Richard H. Petrarca, an executive officer of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and one individual who is not affiliated with us.  Applicable regulations require that we select one person to serve on the initial board of directors who is not one of our officers or directors and who has experience with local charitable organizations and grant making, and we have selected Marc Greenfield as a director to satisfy these requirements.  For five years after the stock offering, one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for a person from our local community who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making and who is not one of our officers, directors or employees, and at least one seat on the charitable foundation’s board of directors will be reserved for one of Coastway Community Bank’s directors. On an annual basis, directors of the charitable foundation elect the board members to serve for one-year terms.

 

The business experience of  Messrs. Kydd and Petrarca who will serve as board members of the charitable foundation is described in “Management of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.”  Marc Greenfield, who will serve as our outside foundation director, is a resident of the City of Providence and a graduate of the University of Rhode Island and Suffolk Law School. He has been a practicing attorney for many years as a partner in the firm of Lynch and Greenfield, located in Providence, Rhode Island. Mr. Greenfield currently serves on the Zoning Board for the City of Providence. He is the Treasurer and a founding board member of the Learning Community Charter School in Central Falls, Rhode Island, a board member, coach and president of the Fox Point East Side Little League, board member of the Community Boating Center and has been active in other community affairs for many years.

 

The board of directors of Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established.  As directors of a nonprofit corporation, directors of Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II will at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the charitable foundation’s charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the charitable foundation is established.  The directors of Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II also will be responsible for directing the activities of the charitable foundation, including the management and voting of the shares of our common stock held by the charitable foundation.  However, as required by applicable regulations, all shares of our common stock held by Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II must be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.

 

Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II’s initial place of business will be located at our corporate headquarters.  The board of directors of Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations.  To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and of the FDIC, as applicable, governing transactions between Coastway Community Bank and the charitable foundation.

 

139



Table of Contents

 

Capital for the charitable foundation will come from:

 

(1)                                  any dividends that may be paid on our shares of common stock in the future;

 

(2)                                  within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the shares of common stock; or

 

(3)                                  the proceeds of the sale of any of the shares of common stock in the open market from time to time.

 

As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets.

 

Tax Considerations

 

We believe that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code and should be classified as a private foundation.  Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II will submit a timely request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization.  As long as Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II files its application for tax-exempt status within 27 months of the last day of the month in which it was organized, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization.  We have not received a tax opinion as to whether Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II’s tax exempt status will be affected by the regulatory requirement that all shares of our common stock held by Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II must be voted in the same ratio as all other outstanding shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank are authorized by federal law to make charitable contributions.  We believe that the stock offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised.  In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact to our stockholders of the contribution of shares of common stock to Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II.

 

We believe that our contribution of cash and shares of our common stock to Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that we should be entitled to a federal tax deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the cash and stock at the time of the contribution.  We are permitted to deduct for charitable purposes only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year.  We are permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II.  We estimate that at all levels of the offering range, the contribution should be deductible for federal tax purposes over the six-year period ( i.e. , the year in which the contribution is made and the succeeding five-year period).  However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation.  In such event, our contribution to Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II would be expensed without a tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination.  Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full.  Any such decision to continue to make additional contributions to Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II in the future would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the foundation.

 

140



Table of Contents

 

As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation.  However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 2%, although we expect to qualify for the lower 1% special rate.  Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II will be required to file an annual return with the Internal Revenue Service within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year.  Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection.  The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundation’s managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.

 

Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II

 

Applicable regulations require that, before our board of directors adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization, the board of directors had to identify its members that will serve on the charitable foundation’s board, and these directors could not participate in our board’s discussions concerning contributions to the charitable foundation, and could not vote on the matter. Our board of directors complied with this regulation in adopting the plan of conversion and reorganization.

 

These regulations impose the following additional requirements on the establishment of the charitable foundation:

 

·                                           the Federal Reserve Board may examine the charitable foundation at the charitable foundation’s expense;

 

·                                           the charitable foundation must comply with all supervisory directives imposed by the Federal Reserve Board;

 

·                                           the charitable foundation must provide annually to the Federal Reserve Board a copy of the annual report that the charitable foundation submits to the Internal Revenue Service;

 

·                                           the charitable foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy;

 

·                                           the charitable foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

·                                           the charitable foundation must vote its shares of our common stock in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by our stockholders.

 

Within six months of completing the stock offering, the Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II must submit to the Federal Reserve Board a three-year operating plan, conflicts of interest policy, gift instrument, bylaws and certificate of incorporation.

 

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

 

Although the Board of Directors of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. after the conversion, the Board of Directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and its stockholders from takeovers which our Board of Directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Coastway Community Bank, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. or Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders.

 

141



Table of Contents

 

The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Coastway Community Bank’s charter and bylaws, Maryland corporate law and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect.  The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and, with respect to provisions contained in Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws and Coastway Community Bank’s charter and bylaws, reference should be made in each case to the document in question, each of which is part of Coastway Community Bank’s applications with the Federal Reserve Board and Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that might discourage future takeover attempts.  As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the Board of Directors or management of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. more difficult.

 

Directors . The Board of Directors will be divided into three classes.  The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually.  Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of our directors.  The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including:

 

·                                           a prohibition on service as a director by a person who is a director, officer or a 10% stockholder of a competitor of Coastway Community Bank;

 

·                                           a prohibition on service as a director by a person (i) who has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust that is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law, (ii) who is currently charged in an information, indictment or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime, or (iii) against whom a financial or securities regulatory agency has issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency;

 

·                                           a prohibition on service as a director by a person who is party to any agreement or understanding that (i) provides such person with material benefits that are contingent upon Coastway Bancorp, Inc. entering into a merger or similar transaction in which Coastway Bancorp, Inc. is not the surviving entity, (ii) materially limits such person’s voting discretion with respect to Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s strategic direction, or (iii) materially impairs such person’s ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.;

 

·                                           a requirement that any person proposed to serve as director (other than the initial directors) have maintained his or her principal residence within fifteen miles of an office of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. or Coastway Community Bank for a period of at least one year immediately before his or her purported election or appointment to the Board of Directors;

 

·                                           a prohibition on service as a director by a person who has lost more than one election for service as a director of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.; and

 

142



Table of Contents

 

·                                           a prohibition on service by nominees or representatives (as defined in applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations) of another person who would not be eligible for service or of an entity the partners or controlling persons of which would not be eligible for service.

 

Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the Board of Directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders.  Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.

 

Evaluation of Offers.  The articles of incorporation of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. provide that its Board of Directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:

 

·                                           the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;

 

·                                           the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries operate or are located;

 

·                                           whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.;

 

·                                           whether a more favorable price could be obtained for Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s stock or other securities in the future;

 

·                                           the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries;

 

·                                           the future value of the stock or any other securities of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;

 

·                                           any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;

 

·                                           the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and

 

·                                           the ability of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. to fulfill its objectives as a bank holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

 

143



Table of Contents

 

If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.

 

Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings .   The bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by only the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors or by resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that Coastway Bancorp, Inc. would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (the “whole board”), or the Secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Prohibition of Cumulative Voting .   The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.

 

Limitation of Voting Rights .    The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit.  The 10% limit shall not apply if, before the stockholder acquires shares in excess of the 10% limit, the acquisition is approved by a majority of the directors who are not affiliated with the holder and who were members of the Board of Directors prior to the time of the acquisition (or who were chosen to fill any vacancy by a majority of the unaffiliated directors).

 

Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office .   The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights”), voting together as a single class.

 

Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. The bylaws provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at an annual meeting of stockholders must submit written notice to Coastway Bancorp, Inc. at least 90 days prior and not earlier than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the previous year’s annual meeting.  However, if less than 90 days’ prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders and the date of the annual meeting  is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 30 days, from the anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting then stockholders must submit written notice to Coastway Bancorp, Inc. no later than 10 days following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the meeting is first made in a press release, in a document filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or on a website maintained by Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

Authorized but Unissued Shares .  After the conversion, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock.  See “Description of Capital Stock.”  The articles of incorporation authorize 50,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock.  Coastway Bancorp, Inc. is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of such shares.  The articles of incorporation provide that a majority of the whole board may, without action by the stockholders, amend the articles of incorporation to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of common stock that Coastway Bancorp, Inc. has the authority to issue. In addition, the articles of incorporation provide that only the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock may increase or decrease the amount of authorized shares of preferred stock, and without the vote of any holder of preferred stock unless otherwise required.  In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. that the board of directors does not approve, it would be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred

 

144



Table of Contents

 

stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction.  An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

 

Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.   Except as provided under “—Authorized but Unissued Shares,” above, regarding the amendment of the articles of incorporation by the Board of Directors to increase or decrease the number of shares authorized for issuance, or as otherwise allowed by law, any amendment to the articles of incorporation must be approved by our Board of Directors and also by two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights”); provided, however, that an amendment need only be approved by the vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights”) if the amendment is approved by at least two-thirds of the whole board.  Approval by at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights”) is generally required to amend the following provisions:

 

(i)             The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;

 

(ii)            The division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;

 

(iii)           The ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;

 

(iv)           The requirement that a majority of the voting power of stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause;

 

(v)            The ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws and the required stockholder vote to amend or repeal the bylaws;

 

(vi)           The ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire Coastway Bancorp, Inc.;

 

(vii)          The authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;

 

(viii)         The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;

 

(ix)                               The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;

 

(x)           The provision regarding stockholder proposals and nominations;

 

(xi)                               The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by Coastway Bancorp, Inc.;

 

(xii)                            The limitation of liability of officers and directors to Coastway Bancorp, Inc. for money damages; and

 

(xiii)                         The provision regarding amendments to the articles of incorporation.

 

The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the

 

145



Table of Contents

 

votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights”).

 

Maryland Corporate Law

 

Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of a corporation’s voting stock after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of the corporation at any time after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.

 

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

 

Conversion Regulations

 

Federal regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquire stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion.  Further, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company.  The Federal Reserve Board has defined “person” to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution.  However, offers made exclusively to a bank or its holding company, or to an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institution’s or its holding company’s behalf for resale to the general public, are excepted.  The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.

 

146



Table of Contents

 

Change in Control Regulations

 

Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a bank holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition.  In addition, Federal Reserve Board regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a bank holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the company’s directors, or a determination by the Federal Reserve Board that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution.  Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, as will be the case with Coastway Bancorp, Inc., the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Federal Reserve Board regulations provide that parties seeking to rebut control will be provided an opportunity to do so in writing.

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

General

 

At the effective date, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will be authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Coastway Bancorp, Inc. currently expects to issue in the offering up to 4,949,179 shares of common stock including shares issued to our charitable foundation.  Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will not issue shares of preferred stock in the conversion.  Each share of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

The shares of common stock of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.

 

Common Stock

 

Dividends . Coastway Bancorp, Inc. can pay dividends on its common stock if, after giving effect to the distribution, it would be able to pay its indebtedness as the indebtedness comes due in the usual course of business and its total assets exceed the sum of its liabilities and the amount needed, if Coastway Bancorp, Inc. were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of any holders of capital stock who have a preference in the event of dissolution.  The holders of common stock of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.  If Coastway Bancorp, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

 

Voting Rights . Upon consummation of the conversion, the holders of common stock of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will have exclusive voting rights in Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  They will elect Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s Board of Directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the Board of Directors.  Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the

 

147



Table of Contents

 

election of directors.  Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit.  If Coastway Bancorp, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights.  Amendments to the articles of incorporation require a two-thirds stockholder vote in certain circumstances, and certain matters require an 80% stockholder vote.

 

As a stock savings bank, corporate powers and control of Coastway Community Bank are vested in its Board of Directors, who elect the officers of Coastway Community Bank and who fill any vacancies on the Board of Directors. Voting rights of Coastway Community Bank are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of Coastway Community Bank, which will be Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  Shares of Coastway Community Bank’s stock will be voted at the direction of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s Board of Directors.  Consequently, the holders of the common stock of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will not have direct control of Coastway Community Bank

 

Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Coastway Community Bank, Coastway Bancorp, Inc., as the holder of 100% of Coastway Community Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Coastway Community Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Coastway Community Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders.  In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Coastway Bancorp, Inc., the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. available for distribution, and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be treated as surrendering their rights to the Coastway Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account and receiving an equivalent interest in the Coastway Community Bank liquidation account.  If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

 

Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued, unless such preemptive rights are approved by the Board of Directors.  The common stock is not subject to redemption.

 

Preferred Stock

 

None of the shares of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  Our Board of Directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and that could assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

 

TRANSFER AGENT

 

The transfer agent and registrar for Coastway Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is            ,         ,           .

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Coastway Bancorp, MHC at and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of Wolf & Company, P.C., independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

148



Table of Contents

 

RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to Coastway Bancorp, Inc. setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.

 

LEGAL AND TAX MATTERS

 

Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., counsel to Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and Coastway Community Bank, will issue to Coastway Bancorp, Inc. its opinions regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion.  Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. has consented to the references in this prospectus to its opinions.  Wolf & Company, P.C. will issue to Coastway Bancorp, Inc. its opinion regarding the Rhode Island income tax consequences of the conversion.  Wolf & Company, P.C., has consented to the reference in this prospectus to its opinion.  Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc. has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement.  Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities on official business days during the hours of 10:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. at the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates.  The Securities and Exchange Commission telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330.  In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Coastway Bancorp, Inc.  The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

 

Coastway Community Bank has filed with the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston an Application on Form AC with respect to the conversion. This prospectus omits certain information contained in the application. To obtain a copy of the application filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, you may contact Scott Chu, Supervisory Analyst, of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, at (617) 973-3088.  Our plan of conversion and reorganization is available, upon request, at each of our branch offices.

 

In connection with the offering, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, subject to subsequent deregistration of such shares under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

149



Table of Contents

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements of

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011

F-3

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Net Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

F-4

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

F-5

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Retained Earnings for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

F-6

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

F-7-8

 

 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9-52

 

F-1



Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Audit Committee of Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries (formerly Coastway Community Bank) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of net income, comprehensive income, changes in retained earnings and cash flows for the years then ended.  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ WOLF & COMPANY, P.C.

 

 

 

Boston, Massachusetts

 

September 10, 2013

 

 

F-2



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

3,154

 

$

2,705

 

$

3,184

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

6,709

 

4,315

 

2,182

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

9,863

 

7,020

 

5,366

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

 

2,694

 

3,036

 

3,408

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $1,597, $1,569 and $1,424, respectively

 

309,156

 

296,999

 

269,578

 

Loans held for sale

 

19,082

 

13,642

 

14,528

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

23,149

 

24,919

 

22,739

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

1,048

 

1,048

 

1,043

 

Real estate held for investment

 

 

1,354

 

 

Real estate held for sale

 

3,515

 

 

 

Foreclosed real estate

 

1,670

 

2,594

 

1,870

 

Prepaid FDIC insurance assessment

 

 

336

 

608

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

60

 

 

476

 

Other assets

 

5,509

 

3,674

 

3,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

375,746

 

$

354,622

 

$

322,967

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Retained Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing

 

$

266,217

 

$

250,185

 

$

233,061

 

Non-interest-bearing

 

63,775

 

57,608

 

49,895

 

Total deposits

 

329,992

 

307,793

 

282,956

 

Borrowed funds

 

14,000

 

16,343

 

10,769

 

Net deferred tax liability

 

 

68

 

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

4,159

 

3,122

 

3,119

 

Total liabilities

 

348,151

 

327,326

 

296,844

 

 

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 5 and 9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

28,111

 

27,812

 

26,664

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(516

)

(516

)

(541

)

Total retained earnings

 

27,595

 

27,296

 

26,123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

375,746

 

$

354,622

 

$

322,967

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Net Income

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

 

$

6,864

 

$

6,600

 

$

13,173

 

$

13,698

 

Other interest income

 

9

 

17

 

34

 

19

 

Total interest income

 

6,873

 

6,617

 

13,207

 

13,717

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

1,263

 

1,242

 

2,505

 

2,489

 

Interest on borrowed funds

 

68

 

78

 

145

 

215

 

Total interest expense

 

1,331

 

1,320

 

2,650

 

2,704

 

Net interest income

 

5,542

 

5,297

 

10,557

 

11,013

 

Provision for loan losses

 

209

 

584

 

1,109

 

1,157

 

Net interest income, after provision for loan losses

 

5,333

 

4,713

 

9,448

 

9,856

 

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer service fees

 

1,476

 

1,463

 

3,149

 

3,058

 

Gain on sales of loans, net

 

1,902

 

1,576

 

3,884

 

2,937

 

Impairment loss on real estate held for sale

 

(482

)

 

 

 

Other

 

108

 

91

 

142

 

25

 

Total non-interest income

 

3,004

 

3,130

 

7,175

 

6,020

 

Non-interest expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salary and employee benefits

 

4,090

 

3,665

 

7,488

 

7,566

 

Occupancy and equipment

 

1,123

 

916

 

1,977

 

1,846

 

Data processing

 

733

 

663

 

1,378

 

1,205

 

Deposit servicing

 

294

 

360

 

755

 

698

 

Advertising

 

143

 

156

 

578

 

631

 

Professional fees

 

220

 

417

 

699

 

369

 

Foreclosed real estate

 

285

 

57

 

274

 

292

 

FDIC insurance assessment

 

154

 

143

 

292

 

327

 

Other general and administrative

 

813

 

666

 

1,199

 

1,224

 

Total non-interest expenses

 

7,855

 

7,043

 

14,640

 

14,158

 

Income before income taxes

 

482

 

800

 

1,983

 

1,718

 

Income tax provision

 

183

 

319

 

835

 

706

 

Net income

 

$

299

 

$

481

 

$

1,148

 

$

1,012

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Net income

 

$

299

 

$

481

 

$

1,148

 

$

1,012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defined benefit pension plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses arising during the period pertaining to defined benefit plans

 

 

 

(19

)

(350

)

Actuarial loss amortized through pension expense

 

 

 

62

 

31

 

Tax effect

 

 

 

(18

)

128

 

Net-of-tax amount

 

 

 

25

 

(191

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

299

 

$

481

 

$

1,173

 

$

821

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Retained Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings

 

Loss

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

$

25,652

 

$

(350

)

$

25,302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

1,012

 

(191

)

821

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

26,664

 

(541

)

26,123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

 

1,148

 

25

 

1,173

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

27,812

 

(516

)

27,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (unaudited)

 

299

 

 

299

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

 

$

28,111

 

$

(516

)

$

27,595

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

299

 

$

481

 

$

1,148

 

$

1,012

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

209

 

584

 

1,109

 

1,157

 

Loans originated for sale

 

(88,065

)

(68,291

)

(171,182

)

(137,575

)

Loans sold

 

81,456

 

70,519

 

172,224

 

142,807

 

Amortization of deferred loan costs

 

236

 

213

 

485

 

346

 

Provision for foreclosed real estate losses

 

209

 

 

95

 

70

 

Loss (gain) on sale of foreclosed real estate

 

10

 

(4

)

31

 

76

 

Gain on sale of premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Impairment loss on real estate held for sale

 

482

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

472

 

390

 

798

 

704

 

Deferred income tax provision (benefit)

 

(128

)

195

 

526

 

162

 

Net change in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

16

 

(5

)

(33

)

Prepaid FDIC insurance assessment

 

336

 

138

 

272

 

304

 

Other, net

 

371

 

(752

)

(433

)

1,170

 

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

 

(4,113

)

3,489

 

5,068

 

10,199

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from redemption of FHLB stock

 

342

 

372

 

372

 

 

Loan (originations) principal payments, net

 

(17,213

)

(10,711

)

(38,033

)

(30,155

)

Proceeds from loan participations sold

 

4,341

 

2,162

 

7,783

 

12,050

 

Proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate

 

975

 

114

 

385

 

887

 

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

12

 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(1,345

)

(1,455

)

(4,332

)

(6,554

)

Net cash used by investing activities

 

(12,900

)

(9,518

)

(33,825

)

(23,760

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in deposits

 

22,199

 

17,549

 

24,837

 

21,105

 

Net change in short-term borrowed funds

 

(1,000

)

(6,000

)

7,000

 

(6,000

)

Repayments of long-term borrowed funds

 

(1,343

)

(1,362

)

(1,426

)

(1,419

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

19,856

 

10,187

 

30,411

 

13,686

 

 

(continued)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Concluded)

 

Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

2,843

 

4,158

 

1,654

 

125

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

7,020

 

5,366

 

5,366

 

5,241

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

9,863

 

$

9,524

 

$

7,020

 

$

5,366

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid on deposits

 

$

1,261

 

$

1,241

 

$

2,505

 

$

2,491

 

Interest paid on borrowed funds

 

72

 

82

 

149

 

225

 

Income taxes paid

 

602

 

440

 

652

 

501

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental non-cash flow information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans transferred to foreclosed real estate

 

270

 

801

 

1,235

 

2,468

 

Decrease in secured borrowings

 

 

 

 

1,601

 

Real estate transferred from premises and equipment to real estate held for investment

 

 

 

1,354

 

 

Real estate transferred from real estate held for investment to real estate held for sale

 

1,354

 

 

 

 

Real estate transferred from premises to real estate held for sale

 

2,643

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (Unaudited) and

Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

 

1.                             SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC (the “Company”) a state-chartered mutual holding company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Coastway Bancorp LLC (“Bancorp”), were formed in February 1, 2013.  The Bancorp owns 100% of Coastway Community Bank (the “Bank”).  The Bank provides a variety of financial services to individuals and small businesses throughout Rhode Island.  Its primary deposit products are savings, demand, money market and term certificate accounts and its primary lending products are residential mortgage and business loans.  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, the Bancorp, and the Bank.  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  See Note 14 — Conversion and Stock Offering.

 

Use of Estimates

 

In preparing consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of deferred tax assets.

 

Reclassification

 

Certain amounts in the prior period consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2013 presentation.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and interest-bearing deposits.  Interest-bearing deposits are carried at cost which approximates fair value and mature either daily or on demand.

 

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

The Bank groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

 

F-9



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Fair Value Hierarchy (concluded)

 

Level 1 — Valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.  Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets.

 

Level 2 — Valuation is based on observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets.

 

Level 3 — Valuation is based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.  Level 3 assets or liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using unobservable inputs to pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

 

Transfers between levels, if any, are recognized at the end of a reporting period.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

 

The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, is required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the FHLB.  Based on the redemption provisions of the FHLB, the stock has no quoted market value and is carried at cost.  At its discretion, the FHLB may declare dividends on the stock.  The Bank reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis in the FHLB stock.  As of June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2012 and 2011, no impairment has been recognized.

 

Loans

 

The Bank’s lending activities are conducted principally in Rhode Island.  The Bank grants one-to-four family residential loans as well as commercial business, commercial real estate and consumer loans.  Most loans granted by the Bank are collateralized by real estate.  The ability and willingness of the one-to-four family residential and consumer borrowers to honor their repayment commitments is generally dependent on the level of economic activity within the borrowers’ geographic area and real estate values.  The ability and willingness of commercial loan borrowers to repay their loan commitments is generally dependent on the state of the real estate economic sector in the borrowers’ geographic area and the general economy.

 

F-10



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Loans (concluded)

 

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans.  Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance.  Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.

 

For loan disclosures and the allowance for loan losses estimate, the Bank’s loan portfolio includes residential real estate, home equity, commercial real estate, commercial business, commercial construction, Small Business Administration (“SBA”) and consumer segments.

 

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due.  Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan.  In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.  All interest accrued, but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged off, is reversed against interest income.  The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual.  Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings.  Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.  For impaired loans that are deemed collateral dependent, the recorded balance of the loan is reduced to fair value of the collateral net of estimated selling costs by charge off.

 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management.  This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.  The allowance consists of general and specific components, as further described below.

 

F-11



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)

 

General component

 

The general component of the allowance for loan losses is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors stratified by loan segments.  Management uses a ten year historical loss period to capture relevant loss data for each loan segment.  This historical loss factor is adjusted for the following qualitative factors: levels/trends in delinquencies; charge off trends; weighted average risk weightings; loan concentrations; management’s assessment of internal factors; and management’s assessment of external factors such as interest rates, real estate markets and local and national economic factors.  There were no changes in the Bank’s policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses during the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment.  Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

 

One-to-four family residential real estate and home equity — Loans in these segments are collateralized by owner-occupied residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower.  The Bank generally has first liens on one-to-four family residential real estate loans and first or second liens on property securing home equity loans and equity lines-of-credit.  The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in these segments.

 

Commercial — Commercial loan segments include commercial real estate, commercial and industrial loans for businesses and construction financing for business/properties located principally in Rhode Island.  For commercial real estate loans, the underlying cash flows generated by the properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.  Non-real estate commercial loans are made to businesses and are generally secured by assets of the business.  Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business.  Commercial construction generally represent loans to finance construction of retail and office space.  Commercial loans also include loans made under the SBA 504 program which is an economic development program which finances the expansion of small businesses.  The Bank generally provides 50% of the projected costs, and the loan is secured by a first lien on the commercial property.  The SBA does not provide a guarantee on loans made under the SBA 504 program.  A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer spending, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.  Management monitors the cash flows of these loans.

 

F-12



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Allowance for Loan Losses (continued)

 

General component (concluded)

 

SBA — Loans in this segment include commercial loans underwritten using SBA guidelines for the SBA’s 7(a) program and include both guaranteed and unguaranteed loans.  Under the SBA 7(a) Program, loans may qualify for guarantees up to 85% of principal and accrued interest.  The Bank does not treat the SBA guarantee as a substitute for a borrower meeting reasonable credit standards.  SBA guarantees are generally sought on loans that exhibit minimum capital levels, a short time in business, lower collateral coverage or maximum loan terms beyond the Bank’s normal underwriting criteria.  For a number of SBA loans, the Bank has sold portions of certain loans and retains the unguaranteed portion while continuing to service the entire loan.  The guaranteed portion of SBA loans in the Bank’s portfolio is not allocated a general reserve because the Bank has not experienced losses on such loans and management expects the guarantees will be effective, if necessary.

 

Consumer — This segment includes unsecured and vehicle loans and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower.

 

Specific component

 

The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired.  Based on internal credit ratings, commercial and SBA loans are evaluated for impairment on a loan-by-loan basis.  Impairment is measured by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.  Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.  Accordingly, the Bank does not separately identify individual consumer and performing residential real estate loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are subject to a troubled debt restructuring agreement.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.  Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays

 

F-13



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Allowance for Loan Losses (concluded)

 

Specific component (concluded)

 

and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

 

The Bank periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans, such as a reduction in interest rate of the loan for some period of time, an extension of the maturity date or an extension of time to make payments with the delinquent payments added to the end of the loan term.  When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”).  All TDRs are initially classified as impaired.  Loans on nonaccrual status at the date of modification are initially classified as nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings.  TDRs may be returned to actual status after a period of satisfactory payment performance per the terms of the restructuring, generally six months of payments.

 

Loans Held for Sale and Mortgage Banking Activities

 

Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate.  Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.  One-to-four family residential loans are sold with servicing released.  Gains and losses on loan sales are recorded in noninterest income as gains on sale of loans, net.  Commitments to originate loans to be held for sale and forward loan sale commitments are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value included as a component of gains on sale of loans, net.

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Land is carried at cost.  Buildings and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the expected terms of the leases, if shorter.  Expected terms include lease option periods to the extent that the exercise of such options is reasonably assured.

 

F-14



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Real Estate Held for Investment

 

In 2012, the Bank reclassified the carrying value of undeveloped land acquired for a branch location in the amount of $1,354,000 from premises and equipment to real estate held for investment.  This asset did not meet held-for-sale criteria as management intended to lease the land and there was no immediate plan for sale.  Upon transfer, the asset was evaluated for impairment and management determined that the asset was not impaired because future undiscounted cash flows of the expected rental payments and the salvage value of the land exceeded the carrying value at December 31, 2012.

 

Real Estate Held for Sale (Unaudited)

 

Real estate held for sale is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less cost to sell.  Real estate is classified as held for sale when management has committed to a plan to sell the asset; the asset is available for immediate sale in its present condition; an active program to locate a buyer and other actions required to complete the plan to sell the asset have been initiated; the sale of the asset is probable, and transfer of the asset is expected to qualify for recognition of a sale within one year; the asset is being actively marketed for sale; and actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn.

 

On June 1, 2013, upon expiration of the letter of intent from the expected lessee, the Bank reclassified the $1.4 million carrying value of the undeveloped land classified as real estate held for investment at December 31, 2012 to real estate held for sale as management intends to sell the land and all of the above criteria have been met.

 

On June 1, 2013, the Bank reclassified land and building previously purchased for the potential relocation of the corporate headquarters with a carrying value of $2.6 million from premises and equipment to real estate held for sale as the Bank determined that the costs to improve the property for its intended use exceeded its initial expectations.

 

The Bank recorded a $482,000 impairment loss upon transfer of the aforementioned properties to real estate held for sale.

 

Foreclosed Real Estate

 

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value, less cost to sell, at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.  Revenue and expenses from operations, changes in the valuation allowance, gains or losses on sales and any direct write-downs are included in foreclosed real estate expenses.  Foreclosed real estate consists of residential real estate properties.

 

F-15



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Transfers of Financial Assets

 

Transfers of an entire financial asset, a group of entire financial assets, or a participating interest in an entire financial asset are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Bank, (2) the transferee obtains the right to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Bank does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets.

 

During the normal course of business, the Bank may transfer a portion of a financial asset, for example, a participation loan or the government guaranteed portion of a loan.  In order to be eligible for sales treatment, the transfer of the portion of the loan must meet the criteria of a participating interest.  If it does not meet the criteria of a participating interest, the transfer must be accounted for as a secured borrowing.  In order to meet the criteria for a participating interest, all cash flows from the loan must be divided proportionately, the rights of each loan holder must have the same priority, the loan holders must have no recourse to the transferor other than standard representations and warranties and no loan holder has the right to pledge or exchange the entire loan.

 

Advertising Costs

 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Defined Benefit Plan

 

The compensation cost of an employee’s pension benefit is recognized on the projected unit credit method over the employee’s approximate service period.  The aggregate cost method is utilized for funding purposes.

 

The Bank accounts for its defined benefit pension plan using an actuarial model that allocates pension costs over the service period of employees in the plan.  The Bank accounts for the over-funded or under-funded status of its defined benefit plan as an asset or liability in its balance sheet and recognizes changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through other comprehensive income/loss.

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability method.  Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax basis of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws.  A

 

F-16



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

Income Taxes (concluded)

 

valuation allowance is established against deferred tax assets when, based upon the available evidence including historical and projected taxable income, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

The Bank does not have any uncertain tax positions at June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 or 2011 which require accrual or disclosure.  The Bank records interest and penalties as part of income tax expense, if applicable.

 

Comprehensive Income/Loss

 

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income.  Although certain changes in assets and liabilities are reported as a separate component of the retained earnings section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income/loss.  The Bank measures the pension plan assets and pension obligations on an annual basis.  As such, the pension obligation recognized in the June 30, 2013 consolidated financial statements (unaudited) is consistent with December 31, 2012.  Accumulated other comprehensive loss represents the actuarial loss that will be amortized through pension expense, net of tax.

 

Segments and Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Management evaluates the Bank’s performance and allocates resources based on a single segment concept.  Accordingly, there are no separately identified operating segments for which discrete financial information is available.  The Bank does not derive revenues from or have assets located in foreign countries, nor does it derive revenue from any single customer that represents 10% or more of the Bank’s total revenues.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

As an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Title 1 of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act, the Bank has elected to use the extended transition period to delay adoption of new or reissued accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies.  Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.  As of June 30, 2013, there is no significant difference in the comparability of the financial statements as a result of this extended transition period.

 

F-17



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (concluded)

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements (concluded)

 

In 2012, the Bank adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS .  The ASU clarified and expanded the disclosures pertaining to unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements.  The adoption of this pronouncement did not have an effect on the Bank’s financial statements.

 

In 2012, the Bank adopted FASB ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Presentation of Comprehensive Income.  This ASU amended the disclosure requirements for the presentation of comprehensive income, with no change in measurement.  The amended guidance eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income (“OCI”) as part of the statement of changes in retained earnings.  Under the amended guidance, all changes in comprehensive income are to be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive financial statements.  See Statements of Comprehensive Income.

 

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income .  This update requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component.  In addition, entities are required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income.  This ASU is effective prospectively for public entities for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and for nonpublic entities for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013.  Under the extended transition period for an emerging growth company the Bank will adopt this ASU on January 1, 2014.  Management does not expect this ASU to have a material effect on the presentation of comprehensive income in the Bank’s consolidated financial statements.

 

2.                             RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND AMOUNTS DUE FROM BANKS

 

The Bank is required to maintain average balances on hand or with the Federal Reserve Bank.  At June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2012 and 2011, the reserve balance amounted to $1,857,000, $1,832,000 and $1,676,000, respectively.

 

F-18



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

3.                             LOANS

 

A summary of the balances of loans follows:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 family

 

$

86,970

 

$

78,633

 

$

73,335

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

84,441

 

83,154

 

80,267

 

Total residential real estate mortgage loans

 

171,411

 

161,787

 

153,602

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

83,455

 

81,754

 

67,044

 

Commercial business

 

8,330

 

7,899

 

4,146

 

Commercial construction

 

5,958

 

3,302

 

 

SBA

 

37,686

 

39,628

 

41,385

 

Total commercial loans

 

135,429

 

132,583

 

112,575

 

Consumer

 

1,889

 

2,320

 

3,573

 

Total loans

 

308,729

 

296,690

 

269,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(1,597

)

(1,569

)

(1,424

)

Net deferred loan costs

 

2,024

 

1,878

 

1,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, net

 

$

309,156

 

$

296,999

 

$

269,578

 

 

SBA loans carry a lower credit risk profile than standard commercial loans due to government guarantees inherent in SBA lending.  Generally, loans with balances in excess of $150,000 have a 75% SBA guarantee, loans less than $150,000 have an 85% guarantee, and lines of credit have a 50% guarantee.  Guaranteed portions of SBA loans total $27,284,000, $29,405,000 and $33,243,000 at June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-19



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

Activity in the allowance for loan losses and allocation of the allowance to loan segments follows:

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Residential

 

Home

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

Equity

 

Real Estate

 

Business

 

Construction

 

SBA

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

393

 

$

674

 

$

261

 

$

25

 

$

11

 

$

185

 

$

20

 

$

1,569

 

Provisions (credit) for loan losses

 

16

 

184

 

22

 

3

 

9

 

(25

)

 

209

 

Loans charged-off

 

 

(215

)

 

 

 

(8

)

(15

)

(238

)

Recoveries

 

7

 

6

 

 

 

 

33

 

11

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

416

 

$

649

 

$

283

 

$

28

 

$

20

 

$

185

 

$

16

 

$

1,597

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for impaired loans

 

$

95

 

$

100

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

16

 

$

5

 

$

216

 

Allowance for non-impaired loans

 

321

 

549

 

283

 

28

 

20

 

169

 

11

 

1,381

 

Total allowance for loan losses

 

$

416

 

$

649

 

$

283

 

$

28

 

$

20

 

$

185

 

$

16

 

$

1,597

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

7,136

 

$

632

 

$

 

$

149

 

$

 

$

2,101

 

$

32

 

$

10,050

 

Non-impaired loans

 

79,834

 

83,809

 

83,455

 

8,181

 

5,958

 

35,585

 

1,857

 

298,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$

86,970

 

$

84,441

 

$

83,455

 

$

8,330

 

$

5,958

 

$

37,686

 

$

1,889

 

$

308,729

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Residential

 

Home

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

Equity

 

Real Estate

 

Business

 

Construction

 

SBA

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

531

 

$

501

 

$

214

 

$

13

 

$

1

 

$

149

 

$

15

 

$

1,424

 

Provisions (credit) for loan losses

 

 

505

 

25

 

1

 

6

 

37

 

10

 

584

 

Loans charged-off

 

(110

)

(625

)

 

 

 

(43

)

(16

)

(794

)

Recoveries

 

5

 

1

 

 

 

 

21

 

7

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

426

 

$

382

 

$

239

 

$

14

 

$

7

 

$

164

 

$

16

 

$

1,248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Residential

 

Home

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

Equity

 

Real Estate

 

Business

 

Construction

 

SBA

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

531

 

$

501

 

$

214

 

$

13

 

$

1

 

$

149

 

$

15

 

$

1,424

 

Provisions (credit) for loan losses

 

7

 

872

 

47

 

12

 

10

 

114

 

47

 

1,109

 

Loans charged-off

 

(154

)

(707

)

 

 

 

(117

)

(58

)

(1,036

)

Recoveries

 

9

 

8

 

 

 

 

39

 

16

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

393

 

$

674

 

$

261

 

$

25

 

$

11

 

$

185

 

$

20

 

$

1,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for impaired loans

 

$

104

 

$

132

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

19

 

$

7

 

$

262

 

Allowance for non-impaired loans

 

289

 

542

 

261

 

25

 

11

 

166

 

13

 

1,307

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

 

$

393

 

$

674

 

$

261

 

$

25

 

$

11

 

$

185

 

$

20

 

$

1,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

6,727

 

$

1,006

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,074

 

$

30

 

$

9,837

 

Non-impaired loans

 

71,906

 

82,148

 

81,754

 

7,899

 

3,302

 

37,554

 

2,290

 

286,853

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$

78,633

 

$

83,154

 

$

81,754

 

$

7,899

 

$

3,302

 

$

39,628

 

$

2,320

 

$

296,690

 

 

F-20



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Residential

 

Home

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4 Family

 

Equity

 

Real Estate

 

Business

 

Construction

 

SBA

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

694

 

$

509

 

$

158

 

$

9

 

$

1

 

$

238

 

$

27

 

$

1,636

 

Provisions (credit) for loan losses

 

657

 

431

 

56

 

36

 

 

(14

)

(9

)

1,157

 

Loans charged-off

 

(829

)

(446

)

 

(32

)

 

(112

)

(40

)

(1,459

)

Recoveries

 

9

 

7

 

 

 

 

38

 

36

 

90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

531

 

$

501

 

$

214

 

$

13

 

$

1

 

$

150

 

$

14

 

$

1,424

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

Allowance for impaired loans

 

$

106

 

$

183

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

8

 

$

 

$

297

 

Allowance for non-impaired loans

 

425

 

318

 

214

 

13

 

1

 

142

 

14

 

1,127

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

 

$

531

 

$

501

 

$

214

 

$

13

 

$

1

 

$

150

 

$

14

 

$

1,424

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

5,672

 

$

775

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,927

 

$

58

 

$

9,432

 

Non-impaired loans

 

67,663

 

79,492

 

67,044

 

4,146

 

 

38,458

 

3,515

 

260,318

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$

73,335

 

$

80,267

 

$

67,044

 

$

4,146

 

$

 

$

41,385

 

$

3,573

 

$

269,750

 

 

Of the $2,101,000, $2,074,000 and $2,927,000 of impaired SBA loans at June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, guaranteed portions amounted to $1,773,000 (unaudited), $1,750,000 and $2,627,000.

 

The following is a summary of past due and non-accrual loans at June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 Days

 

 

 

Past Due > 90

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-90 Days

 

or more

 

Total

 

Days and Still

 

Loans on

 

 

 

Past Due

 

Past Due

 

Past Due

 

Past Due

 

Accruing

 

Non-accrual

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

June 30, 2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

$

830

 

$

150

 

$

1,332

 

$

2,312

 

$

 

$

5,043

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

408

 

89

 

263

 

760

 

 

431

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

 

 

149

 

149

 

 

149

 

Commercial construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA

 

340

 

 

424

 

764

 

 

989

 

Consumer

 

 

12

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,578

 

$

251

 

$

2,168

 

$

3,997

 

$

 

$

6,612

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

$

1,721

 

$

717

 

$

2,652

 

$

5,090

 

$

 

$

5,773

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

25

 

83

 

640

 

748

 

 

804

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA

 

361

 

 

494

 

855

 

 

1,071

 

Consumer

 

42

 

 

 

42

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,149

 

$

800

 

$

3,786

 

$

6,735

 

$

 

$

7,661

 

 

F-21



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90 Days

 

 

 

Past Due > 90

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

60-90 Days

 

or more

 

Total

 

Days and Still

 

Loans on

 

 

 

Past Due

 

Past Due

 

Past Due

 

Past Due

 

Accruing

 

Non-accrual

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

$

2,208

 

$

247

 

$

659

 

$

3,114

 

$

 

$

3,811

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

417

 

463

 

243

 

1,123

 

 

735

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA

 

1,187

 

250

 

609

 

2,046

 

 

2,055

 

Consumer

 

46

 

 

58

 

104

 

 

58

 

Total

 

$

3,858

 

$

960

 

$

1,569

 

$

6,387

 

$

 

$

6,659

 

 

The following is information pertaining to impaired loans:

 

 

 

June 30, 2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Principal

 

Related

 

 

 

Investment

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

$

3,405

 

$

3,479

 

$

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

316

 

447

 

 

Commercial business

 

149

 

149

 

 

SBA

 

1,563

 

1,633

 

 

Consumer

 

14

 

14

 

 

Total

 

$

5,447

 

$

5,722

 

$

 

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

$

3,731

 

$

3,731

 

$

95

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

316

 

316

 

100

 

SBA

 

538

 

538

 

16

 

Consumer

 

18

 

18

 

5

 

Total

 

$

4,603

 

$

4,603

 

$

216

 

 

F-22



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Principal

 

Related

 

 

 

Investment

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

$

3,256

 

$

3,330

 

$

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

322

 

490

 

 

SBA

 

1,624

 

1,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

5,202

 

$

5,570

 

$

 

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

$

3,471

 

$

3,471

 

$

104

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

684

 

684

 

132

 

SBA

 

450

 

450

 

19

 

Consumer

 

30

 

30

 

7

 

Total

 

$

4,635

 

$

4,635

 

$

262

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Income

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

Recognized

 

 

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

on Cash Basis

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

$

6,826

 

$

135

 

$

128

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

765

 

20

 

20

 

Commercial business

 

23

 

 

31

 

SBA

 

2,079

 

32

 

1

 

Consumer

 

37

 

1

 

 

Total

 

$

9,730

 

$

188

 

$

180

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Income

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

Recognized

 

 

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

on Cash Basis

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

$

6,053

 

$

209

 

$

120

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

848

 

25

 

18

 

SBA

 

2,139

 

104

 

45

 

Consumer

 

46

 

 

 

Total

 

$

9,086

 

$

338

 

$

183

 

 

F-23



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

 

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Principal

 

Related

 

 

 

Investment

 

Balance

 

Allowance

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

$

2,486

 

$

2,543

 

$

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

87

 

87

 

 

Commercial business

 

 

32

 

 

SBA

 

2,207

 

2,409

 

 

Consumer

 

58

 

78

 

 

Total

 

$

4,838

 

$

5,149

 

$

 

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

$

3,186

 

$

3,209

 

$

106

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

688

 

742

 

183

 

SBA

 

720

 

720

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

4,594

 

$

4,671

 

$

297

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Income

 

 

 

Recorded

 

Income

 

Recognized

 

 

 

Investment

 

Recognized

 

on Cash Basis

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

$

7,059

 

$

108

 

$

78

 

Home equity loans and lines of credit

 

883

 

1

 

29

 

Commercial business

 

169

 

 

27

 

SBA

 

3,503

 

62

 

94

 

Consumer

 

30

 

 

9

 

Total

 

$

11,644

 

$

171

 

$

237

 

 

No additional funds are committed to be advanced in connection with impaired loans at June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

F-24



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

The following is a summary of troubled debt restructurings for six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-Modification

 

Post-Modification

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

Number of

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

 

 

Contracts

 

Investment

 

Investment

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

3

 

$

472

 

$

472

 

SBA

 

1

 

131

 

131

 

Consumer

 

2

 

15

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

12

 

$

3,409

 

$

3,409

 

Home equity and lines of credit

 

3

 

228

 

228

 

SBA

 

2

 

257

 

257

 

Consumer

 

2

 

31

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

15

 

$

3,539

 

$

3,482

 

Commercial

 

1

 

531

 

463

 

 

The terms for loan modifications are determined on a loan-by-loan basis.  In connection with troubled debt restructurings, terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with their current financial status, which may include a temporary reduction in the interest rate to market rate or below, a change in the terms to grant principal or interest deferments, or movement of past due amounts to the back-end of the loan or refinancing.  All deferred payments will be collected at the time of final repayment.  For qualifying loans the Bank will permit multiple modifications to a loan if the borrower performs under the modified terms.  During the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited), the Bank modified six loans totaling $1,095,000 that were performing troubled debt restructured loans at the time of modification.  During 2012, the Bank modified eight loans totaling $2,455,000 that were performing troubled debt restructured loans at the time of modification.  These loans are included in the table of troubled debt restructurings and are reported as impaired loans at June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2012.  Management performs a discounted cash flow calculation to

 

F-25



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

determine the amount of the impairment reserve required on each of the troubled debt restructurings and must exercise judgment to determine the amounts and timing of cash flows.  Any reserve required is recorded through the provision for loan losses.  TDRs are reported as nonaccrual loans unless the loan qualified for accruing status at the time of the restructure, or the loan has performed according to the new contractual terms for at least six months.

 

The following is a summary of troubled debt restructurings that defaulted in the first twelve months after restructure during the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

 

 

Number of

 

Recorded

 

 

 

Contracts

 

Investment

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

2

 

$

566

 

Home equity and lines of credit

 

1

 

25

 

SBA

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

1

 

$

310

 

SBA

 

1

 

161

 

Year Ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Residential 1-4 family

 

2

 

$

446

 

 

Credit Quality Information

 

Commercial and SBA loans are risk rated based on key factors such as management ability, financial condition, debt repayment ability, collateral, industry conditions and loan structure.  Risk ratings 1 through 5 are considered “pass” rated, risk rating 5.5 is considered “watch list”, risk rating 6 is considered “special mention”, while risk ratings 7, 8 and 9 are considered “classified” ratings.

 

Risk Rating 1 — Excellent:   loans to borrowers of the strongest financial condition, or loans to borrowers that are secured by cash collateral or highly liquid marketable securities with ample margin.  Quality is unquestioned with no known credit deficiencies or technical exceptions.

 

Risk Rating 2 — Very Strong:   high quality loans to businesses with solid and consistent financial condition with no major problems, but with less stature than credits with a risk rating of 1.  The probability of serious financial deterioration is slight.

 

F-26



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (continued)

 

Credit Quality Information (continued)

 

Risk Rating 3 — Strong:  above average quality loans to businesses with solid and consistent financial condition that conform to most acceptable credit standards.  The probability of serious financial deterioration is below average, although some vulnerability to changing economic conditions may be evidenced.

 

Risk Rating 4 — Good:  average quality loans to businesses with sound financial condition that conform to most acceptable credit standards.  The probability of serious financial deterioration is average, with vulnerability to changing economic conditions evidenced.

 

Risk Rating 5 — Satisfactory:  loans that possess above average risk, but exhibit current factors that indicate debt repayment ability.  Borrowers in this category currently exhibit satisfactory operations, but may be highly susceptible to economic downturns or events that can result in a significant impact on the borrower’s ability to properly service debt.

 

Risk rating 5.5 — Watch List:  loans in this category exhibit the characteristics associated with 5 risk-rated loans, but possess negative factors that warrant increased oversight yet do not warrant a negative risk rating.  Factors may include short-term negative operating trends, temporary liquidity shortfalls, modest delinquency, missing or incomplete financial information, or negative balance sheet trends.

 

Risk Rating 6 — Special Mention:  these loans have potential weaknesses and require management’s close attention.  If these weaknesses are not addressed, they may weaken the prospects for repayment at a future date.  Special mention assets do not expose the institution to sufficient risk to warrant a classified rating.

 

Risk Rating 7 — Substandard:  loans in this category are inadequately protected by the current financial condition and repayment ability of the borrower or pledged collateral, if any.  These assets have a well-defined weakness(es) that jeopardizes the repayment of the debt in full, and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

Risk Rating 8 — Doubtful:  loans have all the weaknesses of those classified substandard.  In addition, it is highly unlikely that a doubtful asset can be collected or liquidated in full.  The possibility of loss is extremely high.  However, because of certain important and reasonably specific pending factors, which may work to strengthen the asset, its classification as a loss is deferred until the asset’s status can be better determined.

 

Risk Rating 9 — Loss:  loans classified as loss are considered uncollectible and of such little value that they are no longer considered bankable.  This classification does not mean that the asset has no recovery or salvage value.  However, it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off the asset even though partial recovery may occur in the future.

 

F-27



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS (concluded)

 

Credit Quality Information (concluded)

 

On an annual basis, or more often if needed, the Bank formally reviews the ratings on commercial and SBA loans.  On an annual basis, the Bank engages an independent third-party to review a significant portion of loans within these segments.  Management uses the results of these reviews as part of its annual review process.  Credit quality for residential real estate mortgage and consumer loans is determined by monitoring loan payment history and on-going communications with borrowers.

 

The following table presents the Bank’s commercial loans by risk rating.

 

 

 

June 30, 2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

Business

 

Construction

 

SBA

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Loans rated 1 - 5

 

$

81,467

 

$

7,706

 

$

4,777

 

$

29,618

 

$

123,568

 

Loans rated 5.5

 

1,812

 

189

 

1,181

 

3,488

 

6,670

 

Loans rated 6

 

176

 

 

 

930

 

1,106

 

Loans rated 7

 

 

435

 

 

3,650

 

4,085

 

Loans rated 8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

83,455

 

$

8,330

 

$

5,958

 

$

37,686

 

$

135,429

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

Business

 

Construction

 

SBA

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Loans rated 1 - 5

 

$

80,138

 

$

7,234

 

$

3,302

 

$

29,401

 

$

120,075

 

Loans rated 5.5

 

1,616

 

176

 

 

4,204

 

5,996

 

Loans rated 6

 

 

 

 

1,257

 

1,257

 

Loans rated 7

 

 

489

 

 

4,766

 

5,255

 

Loans rated 8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

81,754

 

$

7,899

 

$

3,302

 

$

39,628

 

$

132,583

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate

 

Business

 

Construction

 

SBA

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Loans rated 1 - 5

 

$

66,479

 

$

3,266

 

$

 

$

32,830

 

$

102,575

 

Loans rated 5.5

 

418

 

 

 

1,106

 

1,524

 

Loans rated 6

 

147

 

248

 

 

2,353

 

2,748

 

Loans rated 7

 

 

632

 

 

4,903

 

5,535

 

Loans rated 8

 

 

 

 

193

 

193

 

 

 

$

67,044

 

$

4,146

 

$

 

$

41,385

 

$

112,575

 

 

F-28



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

4.         LOAN SERVICING

 

The Bank has transferred a portion of its originated commercial and SBA loans to participating lenders.  The amounts transferred have been accounted for as sales and are therefore not included in the Bank’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  The Bank and participating lenders share ratably in cash flows and any gains or losses that may result from a borrower’s lack of compliance with contractual terms of the loan.  The Bank continues to service the loans on behalf of the participating lenders and, as such, collects cash payments from the borrowers, remits payments (net of servicing fees) to participating lenders and disburses required escrow funds to relevant parties.  At June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Bank was servicing commercial loans for participants aggregating $7,124,000, $5,376,000 and $6,054,000, respectively.  At June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Bank was servicing SBA loans for participants aggregating $20,942,000, $19,448,000 and $14,685,000, respectively.

 

5.         PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

A summary of the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment follows:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Land

 

$

7,604

 

$

8,729

 

$

10,084

 

Buildings and improvements

 

16,580

 

16,086

 

13,602

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

5,036

 

5,079

 

4,109

 

Leasehold improvements

 

387

 

387

 

387

 

Construction in process

 

354

 

1,552

 

711

 

 

 

29,961

 

31,833

 

28,893

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(6,812

)

(6,914

)

(6,154

)

 

 

$

23,149

 

$

24,919

 

$

22,739

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense amounted to $472,000, $390,000, $798,000 and $704,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

Construction in process at June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011 represents costs incurred relating to the construction of branch locations.  Construction commitments outstanding as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2012 amounted to $1,100,000 and $303,000, respectively.

 

F-29



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT (concluded)

 

The Bank leases certain facilities and equipment under long-term noncancelable lease commitments. Pursuant to terms of the lease agreements in effect at June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2012 future minimum lease commitments are as follows:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Years Ending

 

 

 

2013

 

December 31,

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2013

 

$

 

$

93

 

2014

 

177

 

11

 

2015

 

136

 

11

 

2016

 

130

 

6

 

2017

 

125

 

 

2018

 

125

 

 

 

 

$

693

 

$

121

 

 

One lease contains an option to extend for a two-year period.  Another lease has four options to renew for 5 year periods each.  The cost of such rentals is not included above.  Rent expense amounted to $70,000, $49,000, $97,000 and $190,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

6.         DEPOSITS

 

A summary of deposit balances, by type, is as follows:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts

 

$

63,775

 

$

57,608

 

$

49,895

 

Savings accounts and interest-bearing DDA

 

86,454

 

77,042

 

70,356

 

Money market accounts

 

54,945

 

51,570

 

49,232

 

Club accounts

 

1,533

 

1,197

 

1,124

 

Total non-certificate accounts

 

206,707

 

187,417

 

170,607

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Term certificates $100,000 or greater

 

45,880

 

42,999

 

35,578

 

Term certificates less than $100,000

 

77,405

 

77,377

 

76,771

 

Total certificate accounts

 

123,285

 

120,376

 

112,349

 

Total deposits

 

$

329,992

 

$

307,793

 

$

282,956

 

 

F-30



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

DEPOSITS (concluded)

 

A summary of certificate accounts by maturity is as follows:

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Maturing

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

Periods

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Within 1 year

 

$

46,085

 

0.99

%

$

46,376

 

1.07

%

$

42,739

 

1.20

%

Within 2 years

 

19,873

 

1.81

 

15,185

 

1.60

 

20,371

 

1.73

 

Within 3 years

 

27,720

 

2.67

 

24,130

 

2.75

 

6,646

 

2.46

 

Within 4 years

 

13,738

 

2.13

 

20,158

 

2.58

 

22,044

 

2.94

 

Within 5 years

 

15,869

 

1.75

 

14,527

 

1.84

 

20,549

 

2.58

 

 

 

$

123,285

 

1.73

%

$

120,376

 

1.82

%

$

112,349

 

1.96

%

 

7.         BORROWED FUNDS

 

FHLB advances with an original maturity of less than one year amounted to $12,000,000, $13,000,000 and $6,000,000 at June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, at a weighted average rate of 0.31%, 0.31% and 0.35%, respectively.

 

Long-term FHLB advances consist of the following fixed-rate advances:

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

December 31, 2012

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Non-amortizing advances maturing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

$

 

%

$

 

%

$

1,300

 

3.41

%

2013

 

 

 

1,300

 

3.59

 

1,300

 

3.59

 

2014

 

700

 

3.84

 

700

 

3.84

 

700

 

3.84

 

2015

 

1,300

 

4.04

 

1,300

 

4.04

 

1,300

 

4.04

 

Amortizing advances (1)

 

 

 

43

 

3.07

 

169

 

3.07

 

Total FHLB advances

 

$

2,000

 

3.97

%

$

3,343

 

3.81

%

$

4,769

 

3.68

%

 


(1)          Amortizing advances require monthly principal and interest payments.

 

F-31



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

BORROWED FUNDS (concluded)

 

At June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Bank has a $6,000,000 available line of credit with the FHLB.  There were no amounts outstanding on this line of credit at June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 or 2011.  All borrowings from the FHLB are secured by a blanket lien on qualified collateral, defined principally as 75% of the carrying value of first mortgage loans on owner-occupied residential property.

 

At June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2012, the Bank has an agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston for borrowings at the discount window for a maximum limit of $15 million.  The terms of this agreement call for the pledging of certain loans as security for any and all obligations of the Bank under this agreement.  At June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2012, there were no borrowings under this agreement.

 

8.                             EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

Defined Benefit Plan

 

The Bank has a noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) that, prior to its curtailment, covered substantially all qualified full-time employees.  In March 1993, the Bank’s Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Plan, which froze employee pension benefits at the benefit amounts earned by employees as of April 15, 1993.  The benefits were based upon years of service and the employees’ compensation during the last five years of employment prior to the Plan’s curtailment.

 

Information pertaining to the activity in the Plan is as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

1,834

 

$

1,497

 

Interest cost

 

80

 

82

 

Actuarial loss

 

105

 

277

 

Benefits paid

 

(45

)

(22

)

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

 

1,974

 

1,834

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

1,332

 

1,255

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

182

 

15

 

Employer contribution

 

89

 

84

 

Benefits paid

 

(45

)

(22

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

1,558

 

1,332

 

Unfunded status and accrued pension benefit

 

$

416

 

$

502

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

$

1,974

 

$

1,834

 

 

F-32



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (continued)

 

Defined Benefit Plan (continued)

 

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the discount rate used to determine the benefit obligation was 4.05 % and 4.40%, respectively.

 

The components of net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Interest cost

 

$

80

 

$

82

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(95

)

(89

)

Amortization of actuarial loss

 

62

 

31

 

 

 

$

47

 

$

24

 

 

Pension expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) totaled $24,000 for each period.

 

An actuarial loss of $62,000, included in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2012, is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost for the year ending December 31, 2013.

 

The assumptions used to determine net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

Discount rate

 

4.40

%

5.54

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

7.00

%

7.00

%

 

In general, the Bank has selected their assumptions with respect to the expected long-term rate of return based on prevailing yields on high quality fixed income investments increased by a premium for equity return expectations.

 

F-33



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (continued)

 

Defined Benefit Plan (concluded)

 

The plan assets are all measured at fair value in Level 1 because the values are based on quoted market prices in an active exchange market.  The Bank’s fair values of major categories of pension plan assets are summarized below:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Domestic mutual funds

 

$

598

 

$

577

 

Fixed income

 

604

 

512

 

International mutual funds

 

247

 

176

 

International exchange traded funds

 

94

 

41

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

15

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,558

 

$

1,332

 

 

The Bank expects to contribute $71,000 to the plan during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid during the fiscal year ending:

 

 

 

Years Ending

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

2013

 

$

30

 

2014

 

30

 

2015

 

29

 

2016

 

42

 

2017

 

47

 

Thereafter

 

709

 

 

F-34



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (continued)

 

Deferred Compensation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

 

The Bank entered into a non-qualified deferred compensation supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) with a senior executive as of January 1, 2004, which was amended and restated as of January 1, 2011 and as of January 1, 2013.  In 2011, the Bank contributed an initial amount of $62,000 and is required to make annual contributions of $72,000 each January 1 thereafter until January 1, 2023, so long as the executive remains employed by the Bank.  Upon separation from service on or after age 67, the Bank shall pay the SERP benefit in 10 approximately equal annual installments staring on the first business day of January after separation from service.  If the executive dies before all installments have been paid, the balance shall be paid in a cash lump sum to his beneficiary.  If the executive separates from service before age 67 for reasons other than death, disability or cause, he shall be paid the vested portion of his SERP benefit in a lump sum no later than the first day of the second month after such separation from service.  As of December 31, 2012, the executive was 60% vested in the SERP benefit.  An additional 5% of his SERP benefit becomes vested as of each December 31 until it is 100% vested on December 31, 2020.  If the executive employment is terminated for cause, he will forfeit all benefits under the SERP.  To fund this plan, the Bank holds investment assets which are included in other assets at fair value with changes in fair value recorded through earnings.  The plan participant has the right to provide the Board with investment directions for these investments.  All earnings or losses on investments are the sole responsibility of the participant.  The investments informally fund the SERP liability but remain assets of the Bank and are subject to the claims of general creditors of the Bank.  The assets related to this Plan are $779,000, $653,000 and $509,000 at June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  The liability for the benefit obligation is reported in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the amount of $779,000, $653,000 and $509,000 at June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Compensation expense related to this plan was $36,000 for each of the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and $72,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

401(k) Plan

 

The Bank has a defined contribution 401(k) Salary Deferral Plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all qualified employees.  Under the provisions of the Plan, each qualified employee may contribute up to 15% of total compensation.  The Bank matches 100% of up to 5% of the employee’s contribution.  In addition, the Bank contributes for each qualified employee an amount equal to 5% of gross compensation as a discretionary contribution.  The Bank’s contribution to the Plan was $484,000 and $455,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and $603,000 and $578,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-35



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (concluded)

 

Incentive Compensation

 

The Bank does not have a formal incentive plan but on an annual basis the Board of Directors reviews Bank performance and may authorize incentive compensation at their discretion.  Incentive compensation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $84,000, $81,000, $186,000 and $160,000, respectively.

 

9.                             OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES AND DERIVATIVES

 

In the normal course of business, there are outstanding commitments and contingencies which are not reflected in the accompanying financial statements.

 

Loan Commitments

 

The Bank is a party to conditional commitments to lend funds in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit which include commercial lines of credit and home equity lines that involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.  The Bank’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

The following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Commitments to grant loans

 

$

6,420

 

$

9,945

 

$

7,189

 

Commitments to originate loans to be sold

 

16,776

 

11,317

 

8,412

 

Unfunded commitments under home equity lines of credit

 

47,636

 

47,245

 

44,939

 

Unfunded commitments under commercial lines of credit

 

10,469

 

8,972

 

6,619

 

Unfunded commitments under SBA lines of credit

 

3,269

 

2,351

 

3,928

 

Unadvanced funds on construction loans

 

5,639

 

2,045

 

301

 

 

F-36



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES AND DERIVATIVES (continued)

 

Loan Commitments (concluded)

 

The commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  The commitments for lines-of-credit may expire without being drawn upon.  Therefore, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit is based upon management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty.  Collateral held generally consists of real estate.

 

Loans Sold with Recourse Obligations

 

The Bank sells certain loans on a servicing-released basis to investors pursuant to contracts which include limited recourse provisions whereby the Bank would be required to repurchase loans and/or refund premiums in the event a borrower defaults generally on any of the first four payments due.  At June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011, the premiums received on loans sold that were subject to refund provisions amounted to $1,475,000, $1,783,000 and $1,585,000, respectively.  The contracts also include repurchase obligation provisions for fraud or misrepresentation.  The Bank has not been required to repurchase any loans or refund any premiums under these agreements.  No liability has been recorded in the financial statements related to these recourse obligations.

 

Interest Rate Risk Management — Derivative Instruments Not Designated As Hedging Instruments

 

Certain derivative instruments do not meet the requirements to be accounted for as hedging instruments.  These undesignated derivative instruments are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in other noninterest income.

 

Derivative Loan Commitments

 

Mortgage loan commitments are considered derivative loan commitments if the loan that will result from exercise of the commitment will be held for sale upon funding.  The Bank enters into commitments to fund residential mortgage loans at specified times in the future, with the intention that these loans will subsequently be sold in the secondary market.

 

F-37



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES AND DERIVATIVES (continued)

 

Interest Rate Risk Management — Derivative Instruments Not Designated As Hedging Instruments (continued)

 

Derivative Loan Commitments (concluded)

 

Outstanding derivative loan commitments expose the Bank to the risk that the price of the loans arising from exercise of the loan commitment might decline from inception of the rate lock to funding of the loan due to increases in mortgage interest rates.  If interest rates increase, the value of these loan commitments decreases.  Conversely, if interest rates decrease, the value of these loan commitments increases.

 

Forward Loan Sale Commitments

 

To protect against the price risk inherent in derivative loan commitments, the Bank utilizes best efforts forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the risk of potential decreases in the values of loans that would result from the exercise of the derivative loan commitments.

 

With a best efforts contract, the Bank commits to deliver an individual mortgage loan of a specified principal amount and quality to an investor if the loan to the underlying borrower closes.  Generally, the price the investor will pay the seller for an individual loan is specified prior to the loan being funded (e.g., on the same day the lender commits to lend funds to a potential borrower).  Forward commitments to sell loans totaled $36,498,000 (unaudited), $24,728,000 and $22,934,000 at June 30, 2013, December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

The following table presents the fair values of derivative instruments in the balance sheet.

 

 

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

Sheet

 

Fair

 

Sheet

 

Fair

 

 

 

Location

 

Value

 

Location

 

Value

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative loan commitments

 

NA

 

$

 

Other liabilities

 

$

212

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward loan sale commitments

 

Other assets

 

1,582

 

NA

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

$

1,582

 

 

 

$

212

 

 

F-38



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES AND DERIVATIVES (continued)

 

Interest Rate Risk Management - Derivative Instrument not Designated as Hedging Instruments (concluded)

 

 

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

Sheet

 

Fair

 

Sheet

 

Fair

 

 

 

Location

 

Value

 

Location

 

Value

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative loan commitments

 

Other assets

 

$

154

 

NA

 

$

 

Forward loan sale commitments

 

Other assets

 

47

 

NA

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

$

201

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative loan commitments

 

Other assets

 

$

101

 

NA

 

$

 

Forward loan sale commitments

 

Other assets

 

256

 

NA

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

$

357

 

 

 

$

 

 

The following table presents information pertaining to the gains and losses on Bank’s derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments:

 

Derivatives Not

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Designated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As Hedging

 

Location of

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

Instruments

 

Gain/(Loss)

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Derivative loan commitments

 

Gain on sales of loans, net

 

$

(1,417

)

$

377

 

$

281

 

$

626

 

Forward loan sale commitments

 

Gain on sales of loans, net

 

1,534

 

(223

)

(209

)

(554

)

Total

 

 

 

$

117

 

$

154

 

$

72

 

$

72

 

 

F-39



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ACTIVITIES AND DERIVATIVES (concluded)

 

Executive Employment Agreement

 

The Bank has entered into an Executive Employment Agreement with its President which automatically renews annually unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, and provides for, among other things, an annual base salary, participation in any and all employee benefit plans, and guaranteed employment.  The agreement provides for continued payment of base salary and continued benefits for five years following termination of employment without cause or a change of control event.  However, such employment may be terminated for cause, as defined, without incurring any continuing obligation.

 

Premises and Equipment (Unaudited)

 

In June 2013, the Bank entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement to purchase its new corporate headquarters for $8.8 million which is currently under construction.  The purchase is expected to close in the second calendar quarter of 2014, at which point the Bank expects to relocate from and hold for sale its current headquarters, which has a carrying value of $3.4 million at June 30, 2013.

 

Legal Contingencies

 

Various legal claims also arise from time to time in the normal course of business which, in the opinion of management, will have no material effect on the Bank’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited).

 

10.                      LOANS TO RELATED PARTIES

 

Information pertaining to loans to directors, executive officers and their associates is as follows:

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

1,766

 

$

2,270

 

$

2,270

 

$

2,360

 

Principal additions

 

100

 

6

 

166

 

19

 

Principal payments

 

(634

)

(217

)

(670

)

(109

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

1,232

 

$

2,059

 

$

1,766

 

$

2,270

 

 

F-40



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

LOANS TO RELATED PARTIES (concluded)

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has granted loans to officers and directors at the same terms as those prevailing at the time of origination for comparable transactions with other customers, except for interest rates on loans originated in accordance with the Bank’s Employee Loan Discount Program which allows rates to be reduced by 1% with a floor rate of 4%.

 

On January 30, 2013, the Bank modified a related party loan to an officer that resulted in an unsecured residential loan in the amount of $482,000.

 

11.                      INCOME TAXES

 

Allocation of income taxes between current and deferred portions is as follows:

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Current tax provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

263

 

$

106

 

$

208

 

$

372

 

State

 

48

 

18

 

101

 

172

 

 

 

311

 

124

 

309

 

544

 

Deferred tax provision (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(108

)

167

 

437

 

130

 

State

 

(20

)

28

 

89

 

32

 

 

 

(128

)

195

 

526

 

162

 

Total income tax provision

 

$

183

 

$

319

 

$

835

 

$

706

 

 

The reasons for the differences between the statutory federal income tax provision and the actual tax provision are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Statutory tax provision at 34%

 

$

164

 

$

272

 

$

674

 

$

584

 

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

28

 

48

 

118

 

102

 

Other, net

 

(9

)

(1

)

43

 

20

 

 

 

$

183

 

$

319

 

$

835

 

$

706

 

 

F-41



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

INCOME TAXES (concluded)

 

The tax effects of each item that give rise to deferred taxes are as follows:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

638

 

$

628

 

$

568

 

Employee benefit plans

 

244

 

237

 

214

 

Non-accrual income

 

43

 

43

 

46

 

Defined benefit pension plan

 

248

 

248

 

266

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

1,173

 

1,156

 

1,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

(175

)

(368

)

(21

)

Net deferred loan costs

 

(877

)

(750

)

(500

)

Other, net

 

(61

)

(106

)

(97

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(1,113

)

(1,224

)

(618

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset (liability), net

 

$

60

 

$

(68

)

$

476

 

 

A summary of the change in deferred taxes is as follows:

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

(68

)

$

476

 

$

476

 

$

510

 

Deferred tax provision

 

128

 

(195

)

(526

)

(162

)

Unrealized gain/loss pertaining to defined benefit pension plan

 

 

 

(18

)

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

60

 

$

281

 

$

(68

)

$

476

 

 

The Bank’s income tax returns are subject to review and examination by federal and state taxing authorities.  The Bank is currently open to audit under the applicable statutes of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2009 through 2012.  The years open to examination by state taxing authorities vary by jurisdiction; no years prior to 2009 are open.

 

F-42



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

12.                      MINIMUM REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

 

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Company’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined).  Management believes, as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

 

As of June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2012, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table.  There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

F-43



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

MINIMUM REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (concluded)

 

The Company’s capital ratios are not materially different from the Bank’s capital ratios.  The Bank’s actual and minimum required capital amounts at June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be Well

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum

 

Capitalized Under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital

 

Prompt Corrective

 

 

 

Actual

 

Requirements

 

Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

$

29,669

 

10.4

%

$

22,893

 

8.0

%

$

28,616

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

28,072

 

9.8

 

11,446

 

4.0

 

17,169

 

6.0

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

 

28,072

 

7.8

 

14,489

 

4.0

 

18,111

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

$

29,341

 

10.7

%

$

21,923

 

8.0

%

$

27,404

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

27,772

 

10.1

 

10,962

 

4.0

 

16,442

 

6.0

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

 

27,772

 

8.1

 

13,770

 

4.0

 

17,213

 

5.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

$

28,057

 

11.4

%

$

19,745

 

8.0

%

$

24,682

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

26,633

 

10.8

 

19,745

 

8.0

 

19,745

 

8.0

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

 

26,633

 

8.3

 

25,570

 

8.0

 

25,570

 

8.0

 

 

Minimum capital requirement was 8.0% for Tier 1 capital ratios per order of the FDIC throughout the first three years of operation as a condition of the application to convert to a mutual savings bank.  This restriction was removed during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

F-44



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

13.                      FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

 

Determination of Fair Value

 

The Bank uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures.  The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices.  However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Bank’s various financial instruments.  In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.  Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

 

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Bank in estimating fair value disclosures:

 

Cash and cash equivalents The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair values based on the short-term nature of the assets.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock The carrying value of Federal Home Loan Bank stock is deemed to approximate fair value, based on the redemption provisions of the Federal Home Loan Bank.

 

Loans, net — For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.  Fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using market interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.  Fair values for non-performing loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral valu es, where applicable.

 

Loans held for sale Fair values of loans held for sale are based on prevailing market rates for loans with similar characteristics.

 

Deposits — The fair values of deposits with no stated maturity, such as demand deposits, savings, club and money market accounts, are equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date.  Fair values for term certificates are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies market interest rates currently being offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

 

Borrowed funds — The fair values of the Bank’s FHLB advances are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the current incremental borrowing rates in the market for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

 

F-45



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

 

Determination of Fair Value (concluded)

 

Accrued interest — The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

 

Off-balance sheet credit-related instruments — Fair values for off-balance-sheet, credit related financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

At June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011, there are no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis other than mortgage derivatives.  See Note 9.

 

Fair value changes in mortgage banking derivatives (interest rate lock commitments and commitments to sell fixed-rate residential mortgages) subsequent to inception are estimated using anticipated market prices based on pricing indications provided from syndicate banks and consideration of pull-through and fallout rates.  The fair value of the mortgage banking derivatives are considered to be Level 3 assets.

 

The following table shows significant unobservable inputs used in the recurring fair value measurements of Level 3 assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Measurements

 

Fair Value

 

Technique

 

Inputs

 

Range

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative loan commitments

 

$

212

 

Investor pricing

 

Pull-through rate

 

83.5-100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pricing spreads

 

92.06-105.94%

 

Forward loan sale commitments

 

1,582

 

Investor pricing

 

Pricing spreads

 

92.06-105.94%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative loan commitments

 

154

 

Investor pricing

 

Pull-through rate

 

83.5-100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pricing spreads

 

101.71-106.13%

 

Forward loan sale commitments

 

47

 

Investor pricing

 

Pricing spreads

 

101.61-106.17%

 

 

F-46



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (concluded)

 

The table below presents, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities that are measured on a recurring basis.  There were no transfers during the periods presented.

 

 

 

Derivative Loan

 

 

 

Commitments and

 

 

 

Forward Loan

 

 

 

Sale Commitments

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

 

$

868

 

 

 

 

 

Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) included in net income

 

72

 

Settlements and closed loans

 

(583

)

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

357

 

 

 

 

 

Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) included in net income

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

Settlements and closed loans

 

(228

)

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

201

 

 

 

 

 

Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) included in net income (unaudited)

 

117

 

Settlements and closed loans (unaudited)

 

1,052

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

 

$

1,370

 

 

 

 

 

Total unrealized gains (losses) relating to instruments still held at June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

 

$

117

 

 

 

 

 

Total unrealized gains (losses) relating to instruments still held at December 31, 2012

 

$

72

 

 

 

 

 

Total unrealized gains (losses) relating to instruments still held at December 31, 2011

 

$

72

 

 

F-47



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis

 

The Bank may also be required, from time to time, to measure certain other assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. The following table summarizes the fair value hierarchy used to determine each adjustment and the carrying value of the related individual assets as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011. The losses represent the amount of write-downs during the year on assets held at period end.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total Losses

 

Total Losses

 

 

 

(Unaudited) (In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed real estate

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,170

 

$

180

 

$

350

 

Real estate held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

3,515

 

482

 

 

Impaired loans

 

 

 

141

 

129

 

126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

4,826

 

$

791

 

$

476

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

2012

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total Losses

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed real estate

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,594

 

$

402

 

Impaired loans

 

 

 

2,254

 

320

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

4,848

 

$

722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

2011

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total Losses

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed real estate

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,870

 

$

90

 

Impaired loans

 

 

 

2,672

 

424

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

4,542

 

$

514

 

 

F-48



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis (concluded)

 

Losses applicable to impaired loans are estimated using the appraised value of the underlying collateral, discounted as necessary due to management’s estimates of changes in market conditions.  The loss is not recorded directly as an adjustment to current earnings or comprehensive income, but rather as a component in determining the overall adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  Adjustments to the estimated fair value of impaired loans may result in increases or decreases to the provision for loan losses.

 

Certain properties in foreclosed real estate and real estate held for sale were adjusted to fair value based on appraisals that utilize prices in observed transactions involving similar assets or estimated sales price less costs to sell.  If necessary, these appraised values were adjusted by management to recognize unobservable inputs for specific characteristics of the properties.  Losses during the year represent amounts charged off to the allowance for loan losses upon transfer and subsequent write-downs charged to earnings.

 

There are no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 or 2011.

 

The following table shows significant unobservable inputs used in the non-recurring fair value measurements of Level 3 assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

 

 

 

 

 

Measurements

 

Fair Value

 

Technique

 

Unobservable Inputs

 

Range

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed real estate

 

$

1,170

 

Discounted appraisals

 

Collateral discounts/selling costs

 

5-30%

 

Real estate held for sale

 

3,515

 

Discounted appraisals

 

Collateral discounts/selling costs

 

5-10%

 

Impaired loans

 

141

 

Discounted appraisals

 

Collateral discounts/selling costs

 

5-30%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreclosed real estate

 

2,594

 

Discounted appraisals

 

Collateral discounts/selling costs

 

5-30%

 

Impaired loans

 

2,254

 

Discounted appraisals

 

Collateral discounts/selling costs

 

5-30%

 

 

Summary of Fair Values of Financial Instruments

 

The estimated fair values, and related carrying amounts, of the Bank’s financial instruments are as follows.  Certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments are exempt from disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented herein may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Bank.

 

F-49



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (continued)

 

Summary of Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued)

 

The following tables present the carrying amount, estimated fair value and placement in the fair value hierarchy of the Bank’s financial instruments as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited), December 31, 2012 and 2011.  The tables exclude financial instruments for which the carrying value approximates fair value and derivatives.  Financial assets for which the fair value approximates carrying value include cash and cash equivalents, FHLBB stock and accrued interest receivable.  Financial liabilities for which the fair value approximates carrying value include non-maturity deposits and accrued interest payable.

 

 

 

June 30, 2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

 

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

 

$

309,156

 

$

311,605

 

$

 

$

 

$

311,605

 

Loans held for sale

 

19,082

 

19,136

 

 

 

19,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

123,285

 

125,389

 

 

125,389

 

 

Borrowed funds

 

14,000

 

14,037

 

 

14,037

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

 

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

 

$

296,999

 

$

305,797

 

$

 

$

 

$

305,797

 

Loan held for sale

 

13,642

 

13,870

 

 

 

13,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

120,376

 

122,483

 

 

122,483

 

 

Borrowed funds

 

16,343

 

16,452

 

 

16,452

 

 

 

F-50



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

FAIR VALUES OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (concluded)

 

Summary of Fair Values of Financial Instruments (concluded)

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Estimated

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

 

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses

 

$

269,578

 

$

274,142

 

$

 

$

 

$

274,152

 

Loan held for sale

 

14,528

 

14,767

 

 

 

14,767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

112,349

 

114,797

 

 

114,797

 

 

Borrowed funds

 

10,769

 

10,920

 

 

10,920

 

 

 

14.                      SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Conversion and Stock Offering

 

On August 22, 2013, the Board of Directors adopted the Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) whereby the Company will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to a stock holding company form of organization whereby a new Maryland-chartered stock Corporation (the “Holding Company”), will offer Holding Company stock on a priority basis to qualifying depositors and tax qualified employee plans of the Bank with any remaining shares to be offered to the public in a community offering and possibly in a syndicated community offering (the “Conversion”).

 

As part of the Conversion, the Bank will establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to the net worth of the Bank as of the date of the latest consolidated balance sheet appearing in the final prospectus distributed in connection with the Conversion.  The liquidation account will be maintained for the benefit of eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders who maintain their accounts at the Bank after the Conversion.  The liquidation account will be reduced annually to the extent that such account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits as of each anniversary date.

 

Subsequent increases will not restore an account holder’s interest in the liquidation account.  In the event of a complete liquidation, each eligible account holder will be entitled to receive balances for accounts then held.

 

Subsequent to the Conversion, the Holding Company may not declare or pay dividends on, and may not repurchase, any of its shares of common stock if the effect thereof would cause stockholders’ equity to be reduced below applicable regulatory capital maintenance requirements, or if such declaration, payment of repurchase would otherwise violate regulatory requirements.

 

F-51



Table of Contents

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Concluded)

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (concluded)

 

Conversion and Stock Offering (concluded)

 

Conversion costs are capitalized and reduce the proceeds from the shares sold in the Conversion.  If the Conversion is not completed, all costs will be expensed.  As of June 30, 2013 (unaudited), conversion costs amounting to $9,000 have been incurred and are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

In connection with the Conversion, the Holding Company intends to implement an employee stock ownership plan.

 

Also in connection with the Conversion, the Holding Company intends to contribute to Coastway Cares Charitable Foundation II an amount equal to $300,000 in cash and a number of shares of common stock which together will total 3.15% of the shares sold in the offering.

 

Change in Control Agreements

 

Following the Conversion, the Bank intends to enter into an Executive Change in Control Severance Plan (“Severance Plan”) effective at, and contingent upon the closing of the conversion and stock offering, with certain officers.  The participants in the Severance Plan will be paid two times the participant’s base salary plus their highest bonus in the two calendar years immediately prior to termination.

 

Bank-owned Life Insurance

 

In July 2013, the Bank purchased $4 million of bank-owned life insurance policies which are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at cash surrender value.  Changes in the net cash surrender value of the policies, as well as insurance proceeds received, will be reflected in non-interest income on the consolidated statement of net income and are not subject to income taxes.

 

Supplemental Retirement Agreements

 

Effective July 1, 2013, the Bank entered into supplemental retirement agreements with six executive officers, which provide for payments upon attaining the retirement age specified in the agreements.  The present value of these future payments is accrued over the remaining service term.  Supplemental retirement benefits generally vest as they are accrued; however a termination of employment subsequent to a change in control will result in the vesting of all benefits that would have accrued to the officer’s normal retirement date.

 

F-52



Table of Contents

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this document or that to which we have referred you.  No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Coastway Bancorp, Inc. or Coastway Community Bank  This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction.  Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. or Coastway Community Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.

 

COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

 

(Proposed Holding Company for

Coastway Community Bank)

 

Up to 4,197,500 Shares of

Common Stock

Par value $0.01 per share

(Subject to Increase to up to 4,827,125 Shares)

 


 

PROSPECTUS

 


 

Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.

 

[prospectus date]

 


 

Until             , 2013, all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.  This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver the prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 



Table of Contents

 

PART II:                                             INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.                                                   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

*

 

Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses

 

$

450,000

 

*

 

Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses

 

165,000

 

*

 

Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses (1)

 

534,369

 

*

 

Records Management Fees and Expenses

 

50,000

 

*

 

Appraisal Fees and Expenses

 

62,500

 

*

 

Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees

 

110,000

 

*

 

Filing Fees (Nasdaq, FINRA and SEC)

 

64,675

 

*

 

Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses

 

12,500

 

*

 

Business Plan Fees and Expenses

 

38,500

 

*

 

Proxy Solicitor Fees and Expenses

 

40,000

 

*

 

Other

 

26,825

 

*

 

Total

 

$

1,554,369

 

 


*                                          Estimated

(1)                                  Coastway Bancorp, Inc. has retained Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis.  Fees are estimated at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming that all shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings.

 

Item 14.                                                   Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Articles 10 and 11 of the Articles of Incorporation of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:

 

ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

 

A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,

 

II-1



Table of Contents

 

independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

 

D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

 

E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

Item 15.                                                   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Not Applicable.

 

II-2



Table of Contents

 

Item 16.                                                   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

 

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

 

(a)                                  List of Exhibits

 

1.1                                Engagement Letters between Coastway Bancorp, MHC, Coastway Bancorp, LLC, Coastway Community Bank and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.

1.2                                Form of Agency Agreement between Coastway Bancorp, MHC, Coastway Bancorp, LLC, Coastway Community Bank and Coastway Bancorp, Inc., and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. *

2                                          Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

3.1                                Articles of Incorporation of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

3.2                                Bylaws of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

4                                          Form of Common Stock Certificate of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

5                                          Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered

8.1                                Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.*

8.2                                Form of State Tax Opinion of Wolf & Company, P.C.*

10.1                         Employment Agreement between Coastway Community Bank and William A. White, and amendment

10.2                         Form of Coastway Community Bank Change in Control Severance Plan

10.3                         Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for William A. White

10.4                         Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Certain Executives

21                                   Subsidiaries of Registrant

23.1                         Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)

23.2                         Consent of RP Financial, LC.

23.3                        Consent of Wolf & Company, P.C.

24                                   Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)

99.1                         Appraisal Agreement between Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and RP Financial, LC.

99.2                         Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights

99.3                         Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.**

99.4                         Marketing Materials*

99.5                         Stock Order and Certification Form*

99.6                         Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Accounts

 


*                                          To be filed by amendment.

**                                   Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T.  Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

 

(b)                                  Financial Statement Schedules

 

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

Item 17.                                                   Undertakings

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1)          To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i)              To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

II-3



Table of Contents

 

(ii)           To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

 

(iii)        To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

 

(2)          That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3)          To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4)          That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

 

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i)              Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

 

(ii)           Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

(iii)        The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv)       Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(6) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4



Table of Contents

 

(7)          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(8)          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-5



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cranston, State of Rhode Island on September 10, 2013.

 

 

COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William A. White

 

 

William A. White

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Duly Authorized Representative)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint William A. White as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said William A. White may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said William A. White shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William A. White

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

September 10, 2013

William A. White

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeanette Fritz

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

September 10, 2013

Jeanette Fritz

 

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark E. Crevier

 

Chairman of the Board

 

September 10, 2013

Mark E. Crevier

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Phillip Kydd

 

Vice Chairman of the Board

 

September 10, 2013

Phillip Kydd

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lynda Dickinson

 

Director

 

September 10, 2013

Lynda Dickinson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David P. DiSanto

 

Director

 

September 10, 2013

David P. DiSanto

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Hon. Francis X. Flaherty

 

Director

 

September 10, 2013

Hon. Francis X. Flaherty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James P. Fiore

 

Director

 

September 10, 2013

James P. Fiore

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Peter A. Koch

 

Director

 

September 10, 2013

Peter A. Koch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dennis M. Murphy

 

Director

 

September 10, 2013

Dennis M. Murphy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Debra M. Paul

 

Director

 

September 10, 2013

Debra M. Paul

 

 

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 12, 2013

 

Registration No. 333-        

 


 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

 


 

EXHIBITS

TO

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ON

FORM S-1

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

Cranston, Rhode Island

 

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

1.1                                Engagement Letters between Coastway Bancorp, MHC, Coastway Bancorp, LLC, Coastway Community Bank and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.

1.2                                Form of Agency Agreement between Coastway Bancorp, MHC, Coastway Bancorp, LLC, Coastway Community Bank and Coastway Bancorp, Inc., and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. *

2                                          Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

3.1                                Articles of Incorporation of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

3.2                                Bylaws of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

4                                          Form of Common Stock Certificate of Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

5                                          Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered

8.1                                Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.*

8.2                                Form of State Tax Opinion of Wolf & Company, P.C.*

10.1                         Employment Agreement between Coastway Community Bank and William A. White, and amendment

10.2                         Form of Coastway Community Bank Change in Control Severance Plan

10.3                         Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for William A. White

10.4                         Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Certain Executives

21                                   Subsidiaries of Registrant

23.1                         Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)

23.2                         Consent of RP Financial, LC.

23.3                         Consent of Wolf & Company, P.C.

24                                   Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)

99.1                         Appraisal Agreement between Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and RP Financial, LC.

99.2                         Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights

99.3                         Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.**

99.4                         Marketing Materials*

99.5                         Stock Order and Certification Form*

99.6                         Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Accounts

 


*                                          To be filed by amendment.

**                                   Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T.  Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C.

 


Exhibit 1.1

 

SANDLER

 

INVESTMENT BANKING GROUP

 

 

 

O’NEILL +

 

 

 

 

 

PARTNERS

 

 

 

June 25, 2013

 

Boards of Directors

Coastway Bancorp, MHC

Coastway Bancorp, LLC

Coastway Community Bank

One Coastway Plaza

Cranston, RI 02910

 

Attention:                                          Mr. William A. White
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We understand that the Boards of Directors of Coastway Bancorp, MHC (“MHC”) and its subsidiaries, Coastway Bancorp, LLC (the “Mid-Tier”) and Coastway Community Bank (the “Bank”), are considering the adoption of a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”), pursuant to which the company will be converted from mutual holding company to full stock holding company form, and shares of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of the proposed new holding company for the Bank (the “Holding Company”) will be offered and sold to the Bank’s eligible account holders in a Subscription Offering, to members of the Bank’s community and the public in a Direct Community Offering and, under certain circumstances, to the general public in a Syndicated Community Offering (collectively, the “Offering”).  The MHC, the Bank, the Mid-Tier and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company” and their respective Boards of Directors are collectively referred to herein as the “Board.”  Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. (“Sandler O’Neill”) is pleased to assist the Company with the Offering.  This letter is to confirm the terms and conditions of our engagement.

 

OFFERING SERVICES

 

Sandler O’Neill will act as exclusive marketing agent for the Company in the Offering.  We will work with the Company and its management, counsel, accountants and other advisors on the Offering and anticipate that our services will include the following, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

1.                                       Consulting as to the financial and securities market implications of the Plan;

 

SANDLER O’NEILL + PARTNERS, L.P.

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 6th Floor, New York, NY 10020

T: (212) 466-7700 / (800) 635-6855

www.sandleroneill.com

 



 

2.                                       Reviewing with the Board the financial impact of the Offering on the Company, based upon the independent appraiser’s appraisal of the Common Stock ;

 

3.                                       Reviewing all offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);

 

4.                                       Assisting in the design and implementation of a marketing strategy for the Offering;

 

5.                                       Assisting management in scheduling and preparing for meetings with potential investors in connection with the Offering; and

 

6.                                       Providing such other general advice and assistance as may be requested to promote the successful completion of the Offering.

 

SUBSCRIPTION AND COMMUNITY OFFERING FEES

 

If the Offering is consummated, the Company agrees to pay Sandler O’Neill for its services a fee of one percent (1.0%) of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, excluding in each case shares purchased by or on behalf of (i) any employee benefit plan or trust of the Company established for the benefit of its directors, officers and employees, (ii) any charitable foundation established by the Company (or any shares contributed to such a charitable foundation), and (iii) any director, officer or employee of the Company or members of their immediate families. For purposes of this letter, the term “Actual Purchase Price” shall mean the price at which the shares of the Common Stock are sold in the Offering.

 

If (a) Sandler O’Neill’s engagement hereunder is terminated for any of the reasons provided for under the second paragraph of the section of this letter captioned “Definitive Agreement,” or (b) the Offering is terminated by the Company, no fee shall be payable by the Company to Sandler O’Neill hereunder; however, the Company shall reimburse Sandler O’Neill for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including legal fees) incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder pursuant to the first paragraph under the section captioned “Costs and Expenses” below, and for any fees and expenses incurred by Sandler O’Neill on behalf of the Company pursuant to the second paragraph under the section captioned “Costs and Expenses” below.

 

2



 

All fees and expense reimbursements payable to Sandler O’Neill hereunder shall be payable in cash at the time of the closing of the Offering, or upon the termination of Sandler O’Neill’s engagement hereunder or termination of the Offering, as the case may be.  In recognition of the long lead times involved in the stock offering process, the Company agrees to make an advance payment to Sandler O’Neill in the amount of $25,000, payable upon execution of this letter, which shall be credited against any fees or reimbursement of expenses payable hereunder.  In the event that the advance payment exceeds the amount due in payment of fees and reimbursement of expenses hereunder, the excess shall be refunded to the Company.

 

SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING

 

If any shares of Common Stock remain available after the expiration of the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, at the request of the Company and subject to the continued satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the second paragraph under the caption “Definitive Agreement” below, Sandler O’Neill will seek to sell such Common Stock in a Syndicated Community Offering on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions to be set forth in a selected dealers agreement, and may, in consultation with the Company, form a syndicate of registered dealers to assist in such efforts.  With respect to any shares of the Common Stock sold by Sandler O’Neill or any other FINRA member firm under any selected dealers agreements in a Syndicated Community Offering, the Company agrees to pay a commission not to exceed 5.25% of the aggregate Actual Purchase Price of the Shares sold in such offering.  Sandler O’Neill will endeavor to distribute the Common Stock among dealers in a fashion that best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the requirements of the Plan, which may result in limiting the allocation of stock to certain selected dealers.  It is understood that in no event shall Sandler O’Neill be obligated to act as a selected dealer or to take or purchase any shares of the Common Stock in the Offering.

 

COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

In addition to any fees that may be payable to Sandler O’Neill hereunder and the expenses to be borne by the Company pursuant to the following paragraph, the Company agrees to reimburse Sandler O’Neill, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder in excess of the $25,000 advance payment payable upon execution of this letter, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, travel, meals, lodging, postage, syndication  and

 

3



 

document production expenses, up to a maximum of $100,000; provided, however , that Sandler O’Neill shall document such expenses to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company.  The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this letter.

 

As is customary, the Company will bear all other expenses incurred in connection with the Offering, including, without limitation, (i) the cost of obtaining all securities and bank regulatory approvals, including any required FINRA filing fees; (ii) the cost of printing and distributing the offering materials; (iii) the costs of blue sky qualification (including fees and expenses of blue sky counsel of the Company) of the shares in the various states; (iv) listing fees; and (v) all fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants, records management agent, transfer agent and other advisors; and (f) the establishment and operational expenses for the Conversion Center (e.g., postage, telephones, supplies, temporary employees, etc.).  In the event Sandler O’Neill incurs any such fees and expenses on behalf of the Company and with the prior written consent of the Company, the Company will reimburse Sandler O’Neill for such fees and expenses whether or not the Offering is consummated.

 

DUE DILIGENCE REVIEW

 

Sandler O’Neill’s obligation to perform the services contemplated by this letter shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigation and inquiries relating to the Company and its directors, officers, agents and employees as Sandler O’Neill and its counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances.  In this regard, the Company agrees that, at its expense, it will make available to Sandler O’Neill all information that Sandler O’Neill reasonably requests, and will allow Sandler O’Neill the opportunity to discuss with the Company’s management the financial condition, business and operations of the Company.  The Company acknowledges that Sandler O’Neill will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of all information received from the Company and its directors, officers, employees, agents, independent accountants and counsel.

 

BLUE SKY MATTERS

 

Sandler O’Neill and the Company agree that the Company’s counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offering.  The Company will cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offering, including Sandler O’Neill’s

 

4



 

participation therein, and shall furnish Sandler O’Neill a copy thereof addressed to Sandler O’Neill or upon which such counsel shall state Sandler O’Neill may rely.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized in writing by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, Sandler O’Neill agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the “Confidential Information”) ; provided, however , that Sandler O’Neill may disclose such information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising Sandler O’Neill in performing its services hereunder and who have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph.  As used in this paragraph, the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Sandler O’Neill, (b) was available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to Sandler O’Neill by the Company, or (c) becomes available to Sandler O’Neill on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to Sandler O’Neill to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.

 

The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the financial models and presentations used by Sandler O Neill in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to Sandler O Neill and are protected under applicable copyright laws.  The Company agrees that it will not reproduce (other than for internal purposes) or distribute to third parties other than its agents and advisors all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior written consent of Sandler O Neill.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Since Sandler O’Neill will be acting on behalf of the Company in connection with the Offering, each of the MHC, the Mid-Tier, the Bank and the Holding Company agrees to indemnify and hold Sandler O’Neill and its affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Sandler O’Neill and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the Offering or the engagement of

 

5



 

Sandler O’Neill pursuant to, or the performance by Sandler O’Neill of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party; provided, however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (i) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by Sandler O’Neill expressly for use therein, or (ii) is primarily attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of Sandler O’Neill.  If the foregoing indemnification is unavailable for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in the proportion that its financial interest in the Offerings bears to that of Sandler O’Neill.

 

Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company pursuant hereto, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party hereto except to the extent that the Company is materially prejudiced by such omission.  The Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of any action for which indemnification is sought hereunder with counsel of its choice at its expense (in which case it shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by Sandler O’Neill or any other Indemnified Party except as set forth below); provided , however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill.  Notwithstanding the Company’s election to assume the defense of such action, Sandler O’Neill or any other Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such action and the Company shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of such counsel chosen by the Company to represent Sandler O’Neill or any other Indemnified Party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest (in which case the Company shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on Sandler O’Neill’s or the Indemnified Party’s behalf); (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the Company and Sandler O’Neill, and Sandler O’Neill shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to Sandler O’Neill or the Indemnified Party which are different from or additional to those available to the Company (in which case the Company shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on Sandler O’Neill’s or the Indemnified Party’s behalf); (iii) the Company shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill to represent Sandler O’Neill or the Indemnified Party within a

 

6



 

reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the Company shall authorize Sandler O’Neill or any other Indemnified Party to employ separate counsel at the Company’s expense.  The Company agrees that, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent, it will not enter into any settlement of a lawsuit, claim or other proceeding arising out of the transactions contemplated herein unless such settlement (i) includes an explicit and unconditional release from the party bringing such lawsuit, claim or other proceeding of all Indemnified Persons and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.  It is expressly understood that the Company shall only be obligated to pay for one separate counsel (in addition to any required local counsel) in any one action or proceeding or group of related actions or proceedings for all Indemnified parties collectively.

 

Each party agrees to notify the other party promptly of the assertion against it or any other person of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding relating to any transaction contemplated by this agreement.

 

DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT

 

Sandler O’Neill and the Company agree that (a) except as set forth in clause (b), the foregoing represents the general intention of the Company and Sandler O’Neill with respect to the services to be provided by Sandler O’Neill in connection with the Offering, which will serve as a basis for Sandler O’Neill commencing activities, and (b) the only legal and binding obligations of the Company and Sandler O’Neill with respect to the Offering shall be (1) the Company’s obligation to reimburse costs and expenses pursuant to the section captioned “Costs and Expenses”, (2) those set forth under the captions “Confidentiality” and “Indemnification,” and (3) as set forth in a duly negotiated and executed definitive Agency Agreement to be entered into prior to the commencement of the Offering relating to the services of Sandler O’Neill in connection with the Offering.  Such Agency Agreement shall be in form and content satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill and the Company and their respective counsel and shall contain standard indemnification and contribution provisions consistent herewith.

 

Sandler O’Neill’s execution of such Agency Agreement shall also be subject to (i) Sandler O’Neill’s satisfaction with its investigation of the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations, (ii) preparation of offering materials that are satisfactory to Sandler O’Neill, (iii) compliance with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of Sandler O’Neill, (iv) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable, and (v) market conditions at the time of the proposed offering.  If the Company terminates the

 

7



 

Offering this agreement shall be deemed terminated except with respect to the sections captioned “Costs and Expenses,” “Confidentiality” and “Indemnification.”  The Company may terminate the Offering at any time in its sole discretion, including prior to launch of the Offering.  Sandler O’Neill may terminate this agreement if such Agency Agreement is not entered into prior to June 30, 2014; provided , however, the sections captioned “Costs and Expenses,” “Confidentiality” and “Indemnification” shall survive such termination .

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties.  This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by signing and returning to Sandler O’Neill the duplicate copy of this letter enclosed herewith.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

SANDLER O’NEILL & PARTNERS, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Sandler O’Neill & Partners Corp.,
the sole general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Derek Szot

 

 

Derek Szot

 

 

Authorized Signatory

Accepted and agreed to as of

 

the date first above written:

 

 

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC

 

Coastway Bancorp, LLC

 

Coastway Community Bank

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William A. White

 

 

William A. White

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

8



 

SANDLER

 

INVESTMENT BANKING GROUP

 

 

 

O’NEILL +

 

 

 

 

 

PARTNERS

 

 

 

June 25, 2013

 

Mr. William A. White

President and Chief Executive Officer

Coastway Bancorp, MHC

Coastway Bancorp, LLC

Coastway Community Bank

One Coastway Plaza

Cranston, RI 02910

 

Dear Mr. White:

 

We understand that the Boards of Directors of Coastway Bancorp, MHC (“MHC”) and its subsidiaries, Coastway Bancorp, LLC (the “Mid-Tier”) and Coastway Community Bank, are considering the adoption of a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Company will be converted from mutual holding company to full stock holding company form, and shares of the common stock (the “Common Stock”) of the proposed new holding company for the Bank (the “Holding Company”) will be offered and sold to the Bank’s eligible account holders in a Subscription Offering, to members of the Bank’s community and the public in a Direct Community Offering and, under certain circumstances, to the general public in a Syndicated Community Offering (collectively, the “Offering”).  The MHC, the Bank, the Mid-Tier and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the “Company.”  Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. (“Sandler O’Neill”) is pleased to act as records management agent for the Company in connection with the Offering.  This letter is to confirm the terms and conditions of our engagement.

 

SERVICES AND FEES

 

In our role as records management agent, we anticipate that our services will include the services outlined below, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:

 

I.             Consolidation of Accounts and Vote Calculation

 

II.            Design and Preparation of Proxy and Stock Order Forms

 

III.          Organization and Supervision of the Conversion Center

 

IV.          Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services

 

V.                                     Subscription Services

 

SANDLER O’NEILL + PARTNERS, L.P.

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 6th Floor, New York, NY 10020

T: (212) 466-7700 / (800) 635-6855

www.sandleroneill.com

 



 

Each of these services is further described in Appendix A to this agreement.

 

For its services hereunder, the Company agrees to pay Sandler O’Neill a fee of $25,000.  This fee is based upon the requirements of current regulations and the Plan as currently contemplated.  Any unusual or additional items or duplication of service required as a result of a material change in the regulations or the Plan or a material delay or other similar events may result in extra charges that will be covered in a separate agreement if and when they occur.  It is also understood and agreed that should the vote required to approve the Plan require a specified percentage of outstanding votes under a one member, one vote standard to approve the plan or establish a quorum, the Company will engage a separate proxy solicitor to perform the services listed under IV above.

 

All fees under this agreement shall be payable in cash, as follows: (a) $10,000 payable upon execution of this agreement; and (b) the balance upon the mailing of the offering and proxy materials.

 

COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

In addition to any fees that may be payable to Sandler O’Neill hereunder, the Company agrees to reimburse Sandler O’Neill, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offerings are consummated, including, without limitation, travel, lodging, meals, telephone, postage, listings, forms and other similar expenses, up to a maximum of $25,000.  It is understood that all expenses associated with the operation of the Conversion Center will be borne by the Company.  The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this agreement.

 

RELIANCE ON INFORMATION PROVIDED

 

The Company will provide Sandler O’Neill with such information as Sandler O’Neill may reasonably require to carry out its duties hereunder.  The Company recognizes and confirms that Sandler O’Neill (a) will use and rely on such information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information.  The Company will also inform Sandler O’Neill within a reasonable period of time of any changes in the Plan that require changes in Sandler O’Neill’s services.  If a substantial expense results from any such change, the parties shall negotiate an equitable adjustment in the fee.

 

LIMITATIONS

 

Sandler O’Neill, as records management agent hereunder, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any

 

2



 

APPENDIX A

 

OUTLINE OF RECORDS MANAGEMENT AGENT SERVICES

 

I.         Consolidation of Deposit Accounts/Vote Calculation

 

1.     Consolidate files in accordance with regulatory guidelines and create central file.

 

2.               Our EDP format will be provided to your IT representatives.

 

3.               Vote calculation.

 

4.               If required, delete voting record date accounts closed prior to special meeting.

 

II.                        Design and Preparation of Proxy Forms and Stock Order Forms

 

1.               Assist in designing proxy cards and stock order forms for voting and ordering stock.

 

2.               Prepare deposit account holder data for proxy cards and stock order forms.

 

III.      Organization and Supervision of Conversion Center

 

1.               Advising on physical organization of the Conversion Center, including materials requirements.

 

2.               Assist in training of all Bank/temporary personnel who will staff the Conversion Center.

 

3.     Establish processing/reporting procedures for proxies and order forms.

 

4.               On-site supervision of the Conversion Center during the proxy solicitation/offering period.

 

IV.      Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services

 

1.               Target group identification for proxy solicitation.

 

2.               Proxy and ballot tabulation.

 

3.               Act as or support inspector of election, it being understood that Sandler O’Neill will not act as inspector of election in the case of a contested election.

 

4.               If required, delete voting record date accounts closed prior to special meeting.

 

5.     Produce final report of vote.

 

V.        Subscription Services

 

1.     Produce list of depositors by state (Blue Sky report).

 

2.     Production of subscription rights and research books.

 

3.     Stock order form processing.

 

4.     Acknowledgment letter to confirm receipt of stock order.

 

5.     Daily reports and analysis.

 

6.               Proration calculation and share allocation in the event of an oversubscription.

 

7.     Produce charter shareholder list.

 

8.     Interface with transfer agent for stock certificate issuance.

 

9.               Refund and interest calculations.

 

10. Confirmation letter to confirm purchase of stock.

 

11. Notification of full/partial rejection of orders.

 

12. Production of 1099/Debit tape.

 

A-1



 

stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (c) shall not be liable to any person or entity, including the Company, by reason of any error of judgment or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof unless caused by or arising out of its own willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence; (d) will not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (e) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.

 

Anything in this agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall Sandler O’Neill be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if Sandler O’Neill has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold Sandler O’Neill and its affiliates and their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons (Sandler O’Neill and each such person being an “Indemnified Party”) harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the engagement of Sandler O’Neill pursuant to, and the performance by Sandler O’Neill of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for or defense of any pending or threatened claim or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party.  The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from Sandler O’Neill’s willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

The following addresses shall be sufficient for written notices to each other:

 

If to you:

Coastway Community Bank

 

One Coastway Plaza

 

Cranston, RI 02910

 

Attention: Mr. William A. White

 

3



 

If to us:

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.

 

1251 Avenue of the Americas

 

New York, New York 10020

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

The Agreement and appendix hereto constitute the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties.  This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth our agreement by signing and returning to Sandler O’Neill the duplicate copy of this letter enclosed herewith.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

SANDLER O’NEILL & PARTNERS, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Sandler O’Neill & Partners Corp.,

 

 

the sole general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Derek Szot

 

 

Derek Szot

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first above written:

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC

Coastway Bancorp, LLC

Coastway Community Bank

 

 

By:

/s/ William A. White

 

 

William A. White

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

4


Exhibit 2

 

PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION

OF

COASTWAY BANCORP, MHC

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

INTRODUCTION

1

2.

DEFINITIONS

1

3.

PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

6

4.

HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

8

5.

SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

9

6.

PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

9

7.

RETENTION OF OFFERING PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

10

8.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

10

9.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

11

10.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

11

11.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER DEPOSITORS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

12

12.

COMMUNITY OFFERING

13

13.

SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING

13

14.

LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

14

15.

PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

15

16.

MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

16

17.

UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

17

18.

RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

17

19.

ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNTS

18

20.

ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

20

21.

VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

21

22.

RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

21

23.

REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

21

24.

TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

22

25.

REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

22

26.

RULINGS OR TAX OPINIONS

22

27.

STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

22

28.

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY

23

29.

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK

24

30.

CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

24

31.

EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

24

32.

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

24

33.

CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

25

34.

INTERPRETATION

25

 

i



 

EXHIBIT A

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN COASTWAY BANCORP, MHC AND COASTWAY BANCORP, LLC

 

 

EXHIBIT B

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN COASTWAY BANCORP, LLC AND COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

 

ii



 

PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION OF
COASTWAY BANCORP, MHC

 

1.                                       INTRODUCTION

 

This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (this “Plan”) provides for the conversion of Coastway Bancorp, MHC, a Rhode Island mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”), into the capital stock form of organization.  The Mutual Holding Company currently owns 100% of the membership interests of Coastway Bancorp, LLC, a Rhode Island limited liability company (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”), which owns 100% of the common stock of Coastway Community Bank (the “Bank”), a Rhode Island stock savings bank that is headquartered in Cranston, Rhode Island.  A new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) will be established as part of the Conversion and will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and will issue Common Stock in the Conversion.  The purpose of the Conversion is to convert the Mutual Holding Company to the capital stock form of organization and to raise capital in the Offering.  The Holding Company will offer its Common Stock in the Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.  The subscription rights granted to Participants in the Subscription Offering are set forth in Sections 8 through 11 hereof.  All sales of Common Stock in the Community Offering or the Syndicated Community Offering will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company.

 

The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or customers of the Bank.  After the Conversion, the Bank’s insured deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by applicable law.

 

In furtherance of the Bank’s commitment to its community, this Plan provides for the establishment of a charitable foundation as part of the Conversion. The Foundation is intended to complement the Bank’s existing community reinvestment activities in a manner that will allow the Bank’s local communities to share in the growth and profitability of the Holding Company and the Bank over the long term. The Holding Company intends to donate to the Foundation shares of Common Stock and/or cash in an aggregate amount up to 4% of the value of the shares sold in the Conversion.

 

This Plan has been adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank, and will be approved by the Board of the Holding Company.  This Plan also must be approved by a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by Voting Depositors of the Mutual Holding Company at a Special Meeting of Depositors to be called for that purpose.  The FRB and DBR must approve this Plan before it is presented to Voting Depositors for their approval.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Account Holder — Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.

 



 

Acting in Concert — The term Acting in Concert means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.  A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.

 

Affiliate — Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.

 

Appraised Value Range — The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued in the Conversion, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter.  The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range.  The maximum of the Appraisal Value Range may be adjusted by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market or financial conditions or demand for the Common Stock.

 

Associate — The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Mid-Tier Holding Company, Mutual Holding Company, Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of any such party) if the Person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the Person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription Shares following the Conversion, a Person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an Associate of such plan, and except that, for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any Person who is related by blood or marriage to such Person and who lives in the same home as such Person or who is a Director or Officer of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, Mutual Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company, or any of their parents or subsidiaries.

 

Bank — Coastway Community Bank, Cranston, Rhode Island.

 

Bank Liquidation Account — The account established in the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion.

 

2



 

Code — The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Common Stock — The common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Holding Company.  The Common Stock is not insured by the FDIC.

 

Community — The state of Rhode Island.

 

Community Offering — The offering for sale to certain members of the general public directly by the Holding Company of shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering.

 

Control — Including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”, means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in 12 C.F.R. Part 238.

 

Conversion — The conversion and reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company to stock form pursuant to this Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including the Offering.

 

Conversion Shares — The Subscription Shares and Foundation Shares.

 

DBR — The Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation.

 

Deposit Account — Any withdrawable account, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW accounts, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.

 

Depositor — Any Person or entity who qualifies as a Depositor of the Bank pursuant to its bylaws.

 

Director — A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company, as appropriate in the context.

 

Eligible Account Holder — Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account.

 

Eligibility Record Date — The date for determining Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, which is July 30, 2012.

 

Employees — All Persons who are employed by the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company.

 

Employee Plans — Any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Bank or the Holding Company, including any ESOP and 401(k) Plan.

 

ESOP — The Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan and related trust.

 

FDIC — The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

3



 

Foundation — Any new and/or existing charitable foundation intended to qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that will receive Common Stock and/or cash in connection with the Offering.

 

Foundation Shares — Shares of Common Stock issued to the Foundation in connection with the Conversion.

 

FRB — The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Holding Company — The corporation formed for the purpose of acquiring all of the shares of capital stock of the Bank in connection with the Conversion.  Shares of Common Stock will be issued in the Conversion to Participants and others in the Offering.

 

Independent Appraiser — The independent appraiser retained by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Subscription Shares.

 

Liquidation Account — The account established by the Holding Company representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion.

 

MHC Merger — The merger of the Mutual Holding Company with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company, which shall occur immediately prior to completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

 

Mid-Tier Holding Company — Coastway Bancorp, LLC, the Rhode Island limited liability corporation that owns 100% of the Bank’s Common Stock and any successor thereto.

 

Mid-Tier Merger — The merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with and into the Holding Company, which shall occur immediately prior to completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.

 

Mutual Holding Company — Coastway Bancorp, MHC, the mutual holding company of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

Offering — The offering and issuance, pursuant to this Plan, of Common Stock in a Subscription Offering, Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering, as the case may be.

 

Offering Range — The range of the number of shares of Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering.  The Offering Range shall be equal to the Appraised Value Range divided by the Subscription Price, adjusted for the Foundation Shares.

 

Officer — The president, any vice-president (but not an assistant vice-president, second vice-president, or other vice president having authority similar to an assistant or second vice-president), the secretary, the treasurer, the comptroller, and any other person performing similar functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated.  The term

 

4



 

Officer also includes the chairman of the Board of Directors if the chairman is authorized by the charter or bylaws of the organization to participate in its operating management or if the chairman in fact participates in such management.

 

Order Form  — Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgments) sent to any Participant or Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under this Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Subscription Shares.

 

Other Depositor — Any person holding a Deposit Account with a positive balance on the Voting Record Date who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.

 

Participant — Any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, or Other Depositor.

 

Person — An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.

 

Plan — This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

 

Prospectus — The one or more documents used in offering the Subscription Shares.

 

Qualifying Deposit — The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50, and (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.

 

Resident — Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature.  To the extent the person is a corporation or other business entity, to be a Resident, the principal place of business or headquarters must be in the Community.  To the extent a person is a personal benefit plan or trust, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition.  In the case of all other benefit plans or trusts, the circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition.  The Mutual Holding Company and Holding Company may utilize deposit or loan records of the Bank or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a person is a resident.  In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and Holding Company.  A Participant must be a “Resident” for purposes of determining whether such person “resides” in the Community as such term is used in this Plan.

 

SEC — The Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5



 

Special Meeting of Depositors — The special meeting of Voting Depositors, and any adjournments thereof, held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

 

Subscription Offering — The offering of Subscription Shares to Participants.

 

Subscription Price — The price per Subscription Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering.  The Subscription Price will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.

 

Subscription Shares — Shares of Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering.

 

Supplemental Eligible Account Holder — Any Person, other than Directors and Officers of the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and their Associates, holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder.

 

Supplemental Eligibility Record Date — The date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding FRB and DBR approval of the application for conversion.

 

Syndicated Community Offering — The offering of Subscription Shares, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, following commencement of the Subscription Offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers.

 

Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan — Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the requirements to be “qualified” under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  The Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions to a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan, provided such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements.  A “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan” is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan that is not so qualified.

 

Voting Depositor Any Person who at the close of business on the Voting Record Date is entitled to vote as a Depositor of the Bank pursuant to the Agreement to Form of the Mutual Holding Company and its bylaws.

 

Voting Record Date — The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Special Meeting of Depositors.

 

3.                                       PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION

 

A.                                     After approval of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company and the member of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, this Plan together with all other requisite materials shall be submitted to the FRB and DBR for approval.  Notice of the adoption of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company, and the submission of this Plan to the FRB and DBR for approval will, as required by applicable

 

6



 

regulation, be published in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which an office of the Bank is located, and copies of this Plan will be made available at each office of the Bank for inspection by Depositors.  The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank also will publish all required notices related to the filing with the FRB of an application for conversion and holding company application in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, and as required by applicable regulations.

 

B.                                     Following approval of this Plan by the FRB and DBR, this Plan will be submitted to a vote of the Voting Depositors at the Special Meeting of Depositors. The Mutual Holding Company will mail to all Voting Depositors, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Bank, a proxy statement in either long or summary form describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Voting Depositors at the Special Meeting of Depositors.  The Holding Company also will mail to all Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Subscription Shares, subject to the other provisions of this Plan. Upon approval of this Plan by a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by Voting Depositors, the Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank will take all other necessary steps pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Conversion and Offering.  The Conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of this Plan by Voting Depositors, unless a longer time period is permitted by governing laws and regulations.

 

C.                                     The Conversion will be effected as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations.  The choice of which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the member of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Board of Directors of the Bank immediately prior to the closing of the Conversion.  Each of the steps set forth below shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to this Plan, the intent of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Board of Directors of the Bank, and applicable federal and state regulations and policy.  Approval of this Plan by Voting Depositors also shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan.

 

(1)                                  The Mid-Tier Holding Company will establish the Holding Company as a subsidiary.

 

(2)                                  The Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (the “MHC Merger”), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, whereby the membership interests of Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Depositors of the Bank will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

(3)                                  Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the

 

7



 

resulting entity (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.  As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by the Depositors of the Bank immediately prior to the Conversion will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for an interest in the Liquidation Account.

 

(4)                                  Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale the Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.

 

(5)                                  The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.

 

D.                                     The Holding Company shall register the issuance of the Subscription Shares with the SEC and any appropriate state securities authorities.

 

E.                                      All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company shall be automatically transferred to and vested in the Holding Company by virtue of the Conversion without any deed or other document of transfer.  The Holding Company, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company.  The Holding Company shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company.

 

F.                                       The home office and branch offices of the Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion.  The executive offices of the Holding Company shall be located at the current offices of the Mutual Holding Company and Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

4.                                       HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS

 

The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank, and the member of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, will take all necessary steps to convert the Mutual Holding Company to stock form, form the Holding Company and complete the Offering.  The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the

 

8



 

Holding Company shall make timely applications to the FRB and DBR and filings with the SEC for any requisite regulatory approvals to complete the Conversion.

 

In addition, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank intend to take all necessary steps to establish the Foundation and to fund the Foundation in the manner set forth in Section 20.

 

5.                                       SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

 

The Subscription Shares will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription Offering to the Participants in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan.  The Subscription Offering may begin as early as the mailing of the Proxy Statement for the Special Meeting of Depositors.  The Bank will not extend credit to any Person for the purpose of purchasing shares of Common Stock.

 

Any Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be offered and sold in the Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering.  The Community Offering and Syndicated Community Offering may begin at any time after commencement of or concurrent with the Subscription Offering, and the Community Offering must be completed within 45 days after completion of the Subscription Offering unless extended by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company with any required regulatory approval.

 

Any shares of Common Stock sold in a Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the FRB and DBR, shall be sold in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the Common Stock.  The Syndicated Community Offering may be conducted in addition to, or instead of, a Community Offering.  The issuance of Common Stock in any Subscription Offering and any Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Common Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering is consummated and only if the required minimum number of shares of Common Stock has been issued.

 

6.                                       PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

 

The total number of shares, or a range thereof, of Subscription Shares to be offered for sale in the Offering will be determined jointly by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, and will be based on the Appraised Value Range, the number of Foundation Shares and the Subscription Price.  The Offering Range will be equal to the Appraised Value Range divided by the Subscription Price, adjusted for the Foundation Shares.  The estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company will be subject to adjustment within the Appraised Value Range if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the FRB and DBR, and the maximum of the Appraised Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the Common Stock.  The number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering will be equal to the

 

9



 

estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, adjusted for the Foundation Shares.

 

In the event that the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of Subscription Shares to be issued in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation is below the minimum of the Appraised Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range, a resolicitation of purchasers may be required, provided that up to a 15% increase above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range will not be deemed material so as to require a resolicitation.  Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall establish, if all required regulatory approvals are obtained.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subscription Shares will not be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Offering, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, the FRB and the DBR, that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of Subscription Shares to be issued in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company.  If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Appraised Value Range, extend, reopen or hold a new Offering, or take such other action as the FRB and DBR may permit.

 

The Common Stock to be issued in the Offering shall be fully paid and non-assessable.

 

7.                                       RETENTION OF OFFERING PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY

 

The Holding Company may retain up to 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering.  The Holding Company believes that the Offering proceeds will provide economic strength to the Holding Company and the Bank for the future in a highly competitive and regulated financial services environment and would facilitate the continued expansion through acquisitions of financial service organizations, continued diversification into other related businesses and for other business and investment purposes, including the possible payment of dividends and possible future repurchases of the Common Stock as permitted by applicable federal and state regulations and policy.

 

8.                                       SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)

 

A.             Each Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 20,000 shares of Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of

 

10



 

Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the provisions of Section 14.

 

B.             In the event that Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Eligible Account Holder has subscribed.  Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.  If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

 

C.             Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors and Officers and their Associates that are based on increased deposits during the year before the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of all other Eligible Account Holders, except as permitted by the FRB and DBR.

 

9.                                       SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)

 

The Employee Plans of the Holding Company and the Bank shall have subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Subscription Shares issued in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation, including any Subscription Shares to be issued as a result of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Offering.  Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Employee Plans may use funds contributed by the Holding Company or the Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution to exercise such subscription rights, and the Holding Company and the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements.  The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Mutual Holding Company, Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, Bank or a majority owned subsidiary of any such entity.  Alternatively, if permitted by the FRB and DBR, the Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market.

 

10.                                SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)

 

A.             Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 20,000 shares of Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen

 

11



 

times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of the Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

B.             In the event that Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has subscribed.  Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.  If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

 

11.                                SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER DEPOSITORS (FOURTH PRIORITY)

 

A.             Each Other Depositor shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 20,000 shares of Common Stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

B.             In the event that such Other Depositors subscribe for a number of Subscription Shares which, when added to the Subscription Shares subscribed for by the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued, the available shares will be allocated to Other Depositors so as to permit each such subscribing Other Depositor, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Other Depositor has subscribed.  Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Depositors whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Depositor bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Depositors whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

 

12



 

12.                                COMMUNITY OFFERING

 

Shares for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program, which may use a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings institutions securities.  Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof.  In the event orders for Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to satisfy orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community, and thereafter to satisfy orders of other members of the general public, so that each Person in such category of the Community Offering may receive the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares they ordered.  In addition, orders received for shares in the Community Offering will be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. The Mutual Holding Company and Holding Company shall use their best efforts consistent with this Plan to distribute Common Stock sold in the Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable of such stock.  The Mutual Holding Company and Holding Company reserve the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, which are received in the Community Offering.  Any Person may purchase up to 20,000 shares of Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.

 

13.                                SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING

 

If feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not issued in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering, if any, in a Syndicated Community, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the Common Stock, subject to the right of the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any subscriptions in the Syndicated Community Offering.  In the Syndicated Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to 20,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.  Unless otherwise allowed by the FRB, orders received for shares in a Syndicated Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order.

 

Provided that the Subscription Offering has commenced, the Holding Company may commence the Syndicated Community Offering at any time, provided that the completion of the offer and sale of the Common Stock will be conditioned upon the approval of this Plan by Voting Depositors.

 

If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering of shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or Community Offering if any, cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Common Stock is not sold in the Subscription Offering or Community Offering or in the Syndicated Community Offering, if possible, the Holding Company will make other arrangements such as a firm commitment underwritten public offering for the disposition of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering

 

13



 

Range.  Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to receipt of any required approval of the FRB and the DBR.

 

14.                                LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES

 

The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of shares of Subscription Shares:

 

A.             The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories in the Offering by any Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert shall not exceed 40,000 shares of Common Stock, except that the Employee Plans may subscribe for up to 10% of the Common Stock sold in the Offering and be contributed to the Foundation (including shares sold in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of 15%).

 

B.             The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to or purchased in all categories of the Offering by Officers and Directors and their Associates in the aggregate, shall not exceed 28% of the shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation.

 

C.             A minimum of 25 shares of Common Stock must be purchased by each Person purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however , that in the event the minimum number of shares of Common Stock purchased times the price per share exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.

 

If the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise allocable pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, to any Person or that Person’s Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted as set forth above, the number of shares of Common Stock allocated to each such person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to that Person, and then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of a Person and that Person’s Associates shall be reduced so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above limits.

 

Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company, with the receipt of any required approvals of the FRB and DBR and without further approval of Voting Depositors, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in this Plan; provided, that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the shares issued in the Offering except as provided below.  If the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company increases the maximum purchase limitations, the Holding Company is only required to resolicit Persons who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount in the Subscription Offering and may, in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company, resolicit certain other large subscribers.  In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99% of shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering; provided, that orders for Common Stock exceeding 5% of the shares

 

14



 

of Common Stock issued in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering.  Requests to purchase additional Subscription Shares in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and Holding Company in their sole discretion.

 

In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the Subscription Offering due to an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of up to 15% (the “Adjusted Maximum”), the additional shares may be used to fill the Employee Plans orders before all other orders and then will be allocated in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Plan.

 

For purposes of this Section 14, (i) Directors, Officers and employees of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company or any of their subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their capacities as such, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in paragraphs A. and B. of this Section 14, and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.

 

Each Person purchasing Common Stock in the Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this Plan.

 

15.                                PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES

 

All payments for Common Stock subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Bank or Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, on or prior to the expiration date of the Offering; provided, however , that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares in the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Common Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Offering.  Subscription funds will be held in a segregated account at the Bank.

 

Payment for Common Stock subscribed for shall be made by check, money order or bank draft, provided that, if permitted by the FRB, in the event of a resolicitation required as a result of an increase in the purchase limitations as described in Section 14.C., personal checks may not be used for payment for Common Stock.  Alternatively, subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings may pay for the shares for which they have subscribed by authorizing the Bank on the Order Form to make a withdrawal from the designated types of Deposit Accounts at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of such shares.  Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal.  If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty,

 

15



 

and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate.  Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the subscriber during the Subscription and Community Offerings.  Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price per share.  Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect.  Interest on funds received by check, money order or bank draft will be paid by the Bank at not less than the passbook rate on payments for Common Stock.  Such interest will be paid from the date payment is received by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering.  If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be refunded to them with interest.  In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal.  The Bank is prohibited by regulation from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purchase of stock in the Offering, and therefore, will not do so.

 

16.                                MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS

 

As soon as practicable after the registration statement prepared by the Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company has been declared effective by the SEC, Order Forms will be distributed to the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by those Persons to whom a Prospectus is delivered.

 

Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a Prospectus describing the Holding Company, Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, Bank, the Common Stock and the Offering.  Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:

 

A.             A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Holding Company, which date shall be not less than 20 days, nor more than 45 days, following the date on which the Order Forms are first mailed by the Holding Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering unless extended;

 

B.             The Subscription Price per share for shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;

 

C.             A description of the minimum and maximum number of Subscription Shares that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Subscription and Community Offering;

 

D.             Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of Subscription Shares for which such person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

 

E.              An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the prospectus prior to execution of the Order Form;

 

16



 

F.               A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Holding Company within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with payment in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account at the Bank); and

 

G.             A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Holding Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimilied order forms.

 

17.                                UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT

 

In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received back by the Holding Company or are received by the Holding Company after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment, unless waived by the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company, for the shares of Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which deposit accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Person to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however , that the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Holding Company may specify.  The interpretation of the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the FRB and DBR.

 

18.                                RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES

 

The Mutual Holding Company and Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all States in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside.  However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country, or in a State of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (A) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (B) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Common Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (C) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.

 

17



 

19.                                ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNTS

 

A Liquidation Account shall be established by the Holding Company at the time of the Conversion in an amount equal to the Mutual Holding Company’s total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Offering.  Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.  Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to his Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance, in relation to his Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided.  The Holding Company shall cause the Bank to establish and maintain the Bank Liquidation Account for the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.

 

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts) each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for such Account Holder’s Deposit Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock.  A merger, consolidation or similar combination with another depository institution, in which the Holding Company and/or the Bank is not the surviving entity, shall not be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose.  In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.

 

In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of liquidation to fund the obligations under the Liquidation Account, the Bank with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder an amount necessary to fund the Holding Company’s remaining obligation under the Liquidation Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Holding Company’s creditors.  Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Liquidation Account with respect to the Holding Company, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock.

 

In the event of a complete liquidation of the Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Liquidation Account and receiving

 

18



 

from the Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account.  Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same rights and terms as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Liquidation Account (except that the Holding Company shall cease to exist).

 

The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Account Holders.  For Deposit Accounts in existence at both the Eligibility Record Date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, separate initial subaccount balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Account on each such record date.  Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.

 

If, at the close of business on any annual closing date, commencing on or after the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance.  In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account.  If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero.

 

The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the equity accounts of the Holding Company or the Bank.  Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below: (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable; or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Holding Company (to the extent applicable) or the Bank. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders do not retain any voting rights in either the Holding Company or the Bank based on their liquidation subaccounts.  Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall be required to set aside funds in connection with its obligations hereunder relating to the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, respectively.

 

The amount of the Bank Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Liquidation Account, and in no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution exceeding such holder’s subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account.

 

19



 

For the three-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will not without prior FRB approval: (i) sell or liquidate the Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated.  Upon the written request of the FRB, the Holding Company shall, or upon the prior written approval of the FRB, the Holding Company may, at any time after two years from the completion of the Conversion, transfer the Liquidation Account to the Bank and the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank, at which time the interests of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be solely and exclusively established in the Bank Liquidation Account.  In the event such transfer occurs, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have transferred the Liquidation Account to the Bank and such Liquidation Account shall be subsumed into the liquidation account of the Bank and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Holding Company’s creditors.  Approval of the Plan of Conversion by the Depositors shall constitute approval of the transactions described therein.

 

20.                                ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF CHARITABLE FOUNDATION

 

As part of the Conversion, the Holding Company and the Bank intend to establish the Foundation, which will qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code, as amended, and to donate to the Foundation cash and/or shares of Common Stock in an aggregate amount up to 4% of the value of the shares sold in the Conversion. The Foundation is being formed in connection with the Conversion in order to complement the Bank’s existing community reinvestment activities and to share with the communities in which the Bank conducts its business a part of the Bank’s financial success as a community minded, financial services institution. The funding of the Foundation with Common Stock and/or cash accomplishes this goal as it enables the community to share in the growth and profitability of the Holding Company and the bank over the long term.

 

The Foundation will be dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes including community development, grants or donations to support housing assistance, not-for-profit community groups and other types of organizations or civic-minded projects. The Foundation will annually distribute total grants to assist charitable organizations or to fund projects within its local community of not less than 5% of the average fair market value of Foundation assets each year, less certain expenses. In order to serve the purposes for which it was formed and maintain its Section 501(c)(3) qualification, the Foundation may sell, on an annual basis, a limited portion of the Foundation Shares.

 

The board of directors of the Foundation generally will be comprised of individuals who are Officers and/or Directors of the Holding Company or the Bank, except that, for a period of five years after the organization of the Foundation, except for temporary periods resulting from death, resignation, removal or disqualification, (i) at least one director of the Foundation will be an independent director who is unaffiliated with the Holding Company and the Bank who is from the Bank’s local community and who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making, and (ii) at least one director shall be a person who is also a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank. The board of directors of the Foundation will be responsible for establishing the policies of the Foundation with respect to grants or donations, consistent with the stated purposes of the Foundation.

 

20



 

Establishment of the Foundation must be approved by a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by Voting Depositors.

 

21.                                VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Following consummation of the Conversion, the holders of the voting capital stock of the Holding Company shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.

 

22.                                RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION

 

A.             All shares of Common Stock purchased by Directors or Officers of the Holding Company Bank, Mid-Tier Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section 22 or as may be approved by the FRB or DBR, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year following the date of purchase in the Offering.

 

B.             The restriction on disposition of Subscription Shares set forth above in this Section 22 shall not apply to the following:

 

(1)                                  Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, which has been approved by the appropriate federal regulatory agency; and

 

(2)                                  Any disposition of such shares following the death of the person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of this Plan.

 

C.             With respect to all Subscription Shares subject to restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following provisions shall apply:

 

(1)                                  Each certificate representing shares restricted by this section shall bear a legend prominently stamped on its face giving notice of the restriction;

 

(2)                                  Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the restriction on transfer; and

 

(3)                                  Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to ownership of outstanding Subscription Shares subject to the restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable to such Subscription Shares.

 

23.                                REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION

 

For a period of three years following the Conversion, no Officer, Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval of the FRB, any outstanding shares

 

21



 

of Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC.  This provision shall not apply to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of Common Stock made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any Officer or Director. As used herein, the term “negotiated transaction” means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the seller or any person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment representative.  The term “investment representative” shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.

 

24.                                TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

 

Each person holding a Deposit Account at the Bank at the time of Conversion shall retain an identical Deposit Account at the Bank following Conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights).

 

25.                                REGISTRATION AND MARKETING

 

Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the Holding Company will register the securities issued in connection with the Offering pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not deregister such securities for a period of at least three years thereafter, except that the requirement that registration be maintained for three years may be fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company.  In addition, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist a market-maker to establish and maintain a market for the Common Stock and to list those securities on a national or regional securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

26.                                RULINGS OR TAX OPINIONS

 

Consummation of the Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, Holding Company or Bank of either a ruling or an opinion of counsel with respect to federal tax laws, and either a ruling, an opinion of counsel, or a letter of advice from their tax advisor with respect to applicable state tax laws, to the effect that consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Conversion and this Plan will not result in a taxable reorganization under the provisions of the applicable codes or otherwise result in any adverse tax consequences to the Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, Holding Company or Bank, or the account holders receiving subscription rights before or after the Conversion, except in each case to the extent, if any, that subscription rights are deemed to have value on the date such rights are issued.

 

27.                                STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

 

A.             The Holding Company and Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Offering, including without limitation, an ESOP.  Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may

 

22



 

purchase shares of Common Stock in the Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.

 

B.             The Holding Company and Bank are authorized to enter into employment agreements and change in control agreements or plans with their executive officers.

 

C.             The Holding Company and Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock grant plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, provided that such plans conform to any applicable requirements of federal or state regulations.

 

28.                                RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY

 

A.                                    (1)                                  The bylaws of the Bank may contain a provision stipulating that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the Bank, without the prior written approval of the DBR.  In addition, such bylaws may also provide that for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described bylaw provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote.  In addition, special meetings of the stockholders relating to changes in control or amendment of the Agreement to Form of the Bank or bylaws may only be called by the Board of Directors, and shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors.

 

(2)                                  For a period of three years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person, other than the Holding Company, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the Bank without the prior written consent of the FRB.

 

B.             The Articles of Incorporation of the Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who, as of any record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, be entitled or permitted to any vote with respect to any shares held in excess of the limit.  In addition, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company may contain provisions which prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors and provide for staggered terms of the directors, impose certain requirements for directors, limitations on the calling of special meetings, a fair price provision for certain business combinations and certain notice requirements.

 

C.             For the purposes of this section:

 

(1)                                  The term “person” includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;

 

23



 

(2)                                  The term “offer” includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;

 

(3)                                  The term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and

 

(4)                                  The term “security” includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a “security” as defined in 15 U.S.C. § 77b(a)1.

 

29.                                PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK

 

A.             The Holding Company shall comply with any applicable law or regulation in the repurchase of any shares of its capital stock following consummation of the Conversion.

 

B.             The Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account, or (ii) the federal or state regulatory capital requirements.

 

30.                                CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE

 

The Effective Date of the Conversion shall be the date upon which the Articles of Merger (or similar documents) shall be filed with the Rhode Island Secretary of State with respect to the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger.  The Articles of Merger shall be filed after all requisite regulatory and depositor approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired, and sufficient subscriptions and orders for Subscription Shares have been received.  The Closing of the sale of all shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering shall occur simultaneously on the effective date of the Closing.

 

31.                                EXPENSES OF CONVERSION

 

The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of legal, financial and other advisors to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion, including the Offering and the establishment and contribution of shares to the Foundation, and such parties shall use their best efforts to assure that such expenses are reasonable.

 

32.                                AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

If deemed necessary or desirable, this Plan may be substantively amended as a result of comments from the FRB or the DBR or otherwise at any time prior to solicitation of proxies from Voting Depositors to vote on this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, and at any time thereafter by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company with the concurrence of the FRB and the DBR.  Any amendment to this Plan made after approval by Voting Depositors with the approval of the FRB and the DBR shall not require further approval by Voting Depositors unless otherwise required by the FRB or the DBR.  The Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company may terminate this Plan at any time prior to the

 

24



 

Special Meeting of Depositors to vote on this Plan, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the FRB and the DBR.

 

By adopting this Plan, Voting Depositors of the Mutual Holding Company authorize the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company to amend or terminate this Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section 32.

 

33.                                CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION

 

Consummation of the Conversion pursuant to this Plan is expressly conditioned upon the following:

 

A.    Prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, or the Bank of rulings of the United States Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities, or opinions of counsel or tax advisers as described in Section 26 hereof;

 

B.    The issuance of the Subscription Shares offered in the Offering; and

 

C.    The completion of the Conversion within the time period specified in Section 3 of this Plan.

 

34.                                INTERPRETATION

 

All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the FRB and the DBR.

 

Adopted:  August 22, 2013

 

25



 

EXHIBIT A

 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

COASTWAY BANCORP, MHC

AND COASTWAY BANCORP, LLC

 



 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

COASTWAY BANCORP, MHC

AND COASTWAY BANCORP, LLC

 

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “MHC Merger Agreement”) dated as of                       , 2014, is made by and between Coastway Bancorp, MHC, a Rhode Island mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”) and Coastway Bancorp, LLC, a Rhode Island limited liability corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”).  Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Coastway Bancorp, MHC (the “Plan”), unless otherwise defined herein.

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

1.             The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a Rhode Island limited liability corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of Coastway Community Bank, a Rhode Island stock savings bank (the “Bank”).

 

2.             The Mutual Holding Company is a Rhode Island mutual holding company that owns 100% of the membership interests of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.

 

3.             At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the member of the Mid-Tier Holding Company have approved this MHC Merger Agreement whereby the Mutual Holding Company shall merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving or resulting corporation (the “MHC Merger”), and have authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

 

1.             Merger .  At and on the Effective Date of the MHC Merger, the Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (“Resulting Corporation”) whereby the membership interests of the Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Depositors of the Mutual Holding Company will automatically, without further action, constructively receive liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

2.             Effective Date .  The MHC Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation (“DBR”) after approval by at least (i) two-thirds of the outstanding membership interests of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and (ii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Depositors, and the Articles of Merger shall have been filed with the Rhode Island Secretary of State with respect to the MHC Merger.  Approval of the Plan by the Voting Depositors shall constitute approval of the MHC Merger Agreement by the Voting Depositors.  Approval of the Plan by the sole member of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall constitute approval of the MHC Merger Agreement by such member.

 

3.             Name .  The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Coastway Bancorp, LLC

 



 

4.             Offices .  The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be One Coastway Plaza, Cranston, Rhode Island 02910.

 

5.             Directors and Officers .  The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

 

6.              Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation .  At the Effective Date, the Mutual Holding Company shall be merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation.  The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Rhode Island limited liability corporation as provided in its Articles of Organization.  All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the MHC Merger without any deed or other document of transfer.  The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company.  The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the MHC Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company.  The members of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the membership interests of the Resulting Corporation.  All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

 

7.             Rights of Members .  At the Effective Date, the membership interests of Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Depositors of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

 

8.             Other Terms .  The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this MHC Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

 

A-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have caused this MHC Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

Coastway Bancorp, LLC

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

James P. Fiore, Secretary

 

 

William A. White

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coastway Bancorp, MHC

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

James P. Fiore, Secretary

 

 

William A. White

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

A-3



 

EXHIBIT B

 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

COASTWAY BANCORP, LLC AND

COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

 



 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN

COASTWAY BANCORP, LLC AND

COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

 

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “Mid-Tier Merger Agreement”), dated as of                               , 2014, is made by and between Coastway Bancorp, LLC, a Rhode Island limited liability corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) and Coastway Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Holding Company”).  Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Coastway Bancorp, MHC (the “Plan”) unless otherwise defined herein.

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

1.             The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a Rhode Island limited liability corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of Coastway Community Bank, a Rhode Island stock savings bank (the “Bank”).

 

2.             The Holding Company has been organized as the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company to succeed to the operations of the Mid-Tier Holding Company at the Effective Date of the Mid-Tier Merger, as such tem is defined below.

 

3.             The member of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company have approved this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement whereby the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be merged with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), and authorized the execution and delivery thereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:

 

1.             Merger .  At and on the Effective Date of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Resulting Corporation”), whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company.  As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Depositors of Coastway Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”) who constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company will exchange those liquidation interests automatically, without further action, for an interest in the Liquidation Account.

 

2.             Effective Date .  The Mid-Tier Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) and the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation (“DBR”) after (i) approval by at least two-thirds of the membership interests of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, (ii) approval by at least a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by the Voting Depositors, and (iii) the filing of the Articles of Merger with the Rhode Island Secretary of State and filing of the Articles of Merger with the Maryland Department of Assessments and Taxation with respect to the Mid-Tier Merger.  Approval of the Plan by the Voting Depositors shall constitute approval of the Mid-Tier Merger Agreement by the Voting Depositors in their capacity as members of the MHC.

 



 

3.             Name .  The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

4.             Offices .  The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be One Coastway Plaza, Cranston, Rhode Island 02910.

 

5.             Directors and Officers .  The directors and officers of the Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.

 

6.              Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation .  At the Effective Date, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation.  The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Maryland corporation as provided in its Articles of Incorporation.  All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the Mid-Tier Merger without any deed or other document of transfer.  The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company.  The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Holding Company.  The stockholders of the Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation.  All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.

 

7.             Rights of Stockholders .  At the Effective Date, the depositors of the Bank will automatically exchange their liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they received in the MHC Merger for an interest in the Liquidation Account.

 

8.             Other Terms .  The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

 

B-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have caused this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

Coastway Bancorp, LLC

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

James P. Fiore, Secretary

 

 

William A. White

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

James P. Fiore, Secretary

 

 

William A. White

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

B-3


Exhibit 3.1

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

 

The undersigned, Benjamin M. Azoff, whose address is 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780, Washington, DC 20015, being at least eighteen years of age, acting as incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”):

 

ARTICLE 1.  Name.  The name of the corporation is Coastway Bancorp, Inc. (herein the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE 2.  Principal Office.  The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

 

ARTICLE 3.  Purpose.  The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.

 

ARTICLE 4.  Resident Agent.  The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

 

ARTICLE 5.  Capital Stock

 

A.                                     Authorized Stock.  The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is one-hundred fifty million (150,000,000) shares, consisting of:

 

1.               fifty million (50,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

 

2.               one-hundred million (100,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).

 

The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is one million, five-hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000).  Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation.  The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus.  The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.  For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the

 



 

Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.

 

B.                                     Common Stock.  Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation.  Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor.  Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of the Liquidation Account established by the Corporation as described in Section G of this Article 5; and (iii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

 

C.                                     Preferred Stock.  The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series.  The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock.

 

D.                                     Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities.

 

1.               Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit.  The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess.  The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in

 

2



 

Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.

 

2.               The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.

 

(a)                                  An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

 

(b)                                  “Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on June 30, 2013; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:

 

(1)                                  that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

(2)                                  that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

 

(3)                                  that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of

 

3



 

acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan.  For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.  For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

(c)                                   A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.

 

(d)                                  The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.

 

3.               The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess.  The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate

 

4



 

by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.

 

4.               Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.

 

5.               In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.

 

E.                                     Majority Vote.  Pursuant to Section 2-104(b)(5) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”), notwithstanding any provision of the MGCL requiring stockholder authorization of an action by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles and except for the election of directors.

 

F.                                      Quorum .  Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.

 

G.                                    Liquidation Account.  Under regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Corporation must establish and maintain a liquidation account (the “Liquidation Account”) for the benefit of certain Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as defined in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Coastway Bancorp, MHC (the “Plan of Conversion”).  In the event of a complete liquidation involving (i) the Corporation or (ii) Coastway Community Bank, a Rhode Island chartered savings bank that will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, the Corporation must comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the provisions of the Plan of Conversion with respect to the amount and priorities of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s interests in the Liquidation Account.  The interest

 

5



 

of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Liquidation Account does not entitle such account holders to voting rights.

 

ARTICLE 6.  Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.

 

A.                                     Preemptive Rights.   Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.

 

B.                                     Appraisal Rights.   Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

ARTICLE 7.  Directors.  The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

 

A.                                     Management of the Corporation.  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.  All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Director’s management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.

 

B.                                     Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting.  The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be ten (10), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force.  The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (“Class III”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.  At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those

 

6



 

directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:

 

Class I Directors:

 

Term to Expire in

Mark E. Crevier

 

2014

Hon. Francis X. Flaherty

 

2014

Debra M. Paul

 

2014

 

Class II Directors :

 

Term to Expire in

William A. White

 

2015

Dennis M. Murphy

 

2015

James P. Fiore

 

2015

David P. DiSanto

 

2015

 

Class III Directors :

 

Term to Expire in

Peter A. Koch

 

2016

Lynda Dickinson

 

2016

Phillip Kydd

 

2016

 

Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.

 

C.                                     Vacancies.  Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

D.                                     Removal.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.

 

E.                                     Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors.  Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Stockholder proposals to be presented in

 

7



 

connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE 8.  Bylaws.  The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board.  The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.  In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.

 

ARTICLE 9.  Evaluation of Certain Offers.  The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.  If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the

 

8



 

immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity.  This Article 9 does not create any implication concerning factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.

 

For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.

 

ARTICLE 10.  Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.

 

A.                                     Indemnification.  The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

B.                                     Procedure.  If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.  If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit.  It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met.  In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to

 

9



 

have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.  In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

C.                                     Non-Exclusivity.  The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.

 

D.                                     Insurance.  The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.

 

E.                                     Miscellaneous.  The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.  The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

F.                                      Limitations Imposed by Federal Law .  Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.

 

ARTICLE 11.  Limitation of Liability.  An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse

 

10



 

to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL.  If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE 12.  Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation.  The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

 

The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the

 

11



 

capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 12, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7, Article 8, Article 9, Article 10 or Article 11.

 

ARTICLE 13.  Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

 

Benjamin M. Azoff

5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Suite 780

Washington, D.C. 20015

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

12



 

I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, do make, file and record this Charter, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 20 th  day of August, 2013.

 

 

 

/s/ Benjamin M. Azoff

 

Benjamin M. Azoff, Incorporator

 

13


Exhibit 3.2

 

COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

 

BYLAWS

 

ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                                           Annual Meeting.

 

The Corporation shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.  Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.

 

Section 2.                                           Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”).  Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting.  Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary.  The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting.  The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.

 

Section 3.                                           Notice of Meetings; Adjournment.

 

Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting.  The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting.  Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions.  If the Corporation has

 



 

received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.

 

A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date.  At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101( l ) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.

 

Section 4.                                           Quorum.

 

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

 

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

Section 5.                                           Organization and Conduct of Business.

 

The Chairperson of the Board of the Corporation or Vice Chairperson of the Board, or in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairperson of the meeting.  In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairperson appoints.  The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her to be in order.

 

Section 6.                                           Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.

 

(a)                                  At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a).  For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder

 

2



 

pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders.

 

To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation by not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the preceding year’s annual meeting and not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th  day prior to the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, that if (A) less than 90 days’ prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders and (B) the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, such written notice shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such meeting is first made. With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 120 th  day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10 th  day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made.  No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

 

A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.

 

Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a).  The officer of the Corporation or other person presiding over the annual meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.

 

3



 

(b)                                  Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b).  Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation by not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the preceding year’s annual meeting and not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th  day prior to the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, that if (A) less than 90 days’ prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders and (B) the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, such written notice shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such meeting is first made. With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 120 th  day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10 th  day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made.  No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.

 

A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the

 

4



 

Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation.  No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b).  The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued through a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation.  The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 7.                                           Proxies and Voting.

 

Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid.  In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

 

A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy.  A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy.  Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature.  A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization.  The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means.  Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date.  A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest.  A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest.  The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.

 

5



 

Section 8.                                           Conduct of Voting

 

The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law.  If one or more inspectors are not so elected, the Chairperson of the Board or the Vice Chairperson of the Board shall make such appointment at the meeting of stockholders.  At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election.  All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairperson of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken.  Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting.  No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.

 

Section 9.                                           Control Share Acquisition Act.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation.  This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).

 

ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                                           General Powers, Number and Term of Office.

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.  The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force.  The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairperson of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairperson of the Board or his designee to preside at its meetings.  The Board of Directors may also annually elect a Vice Chairperson.  In the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of

 

6



 

stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.  At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 2.                                           Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

 

By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3.                                           Regular Meetings.

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors.  A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.  Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 4.                                           Special Meetings.

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairperson of the Board, or by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix.  Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting.  Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting.  Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting.  Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the

 

7



 

same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

 

Section 5.                                           Quorum.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes.  If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6.                                           Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.

 

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.  Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 7.                                           Conduct of Business.

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporation’s Articles or required by law.  Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.                                           Powers.

 

All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Articles of the Corporation.  Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:

 

(i)                                      To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

(ii)                                   To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

(iii)                                To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

(iv)                               To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

(v)                                  To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

8



 

(vi)                               To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

(vii)                            To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

 

(viii)                         To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

Section 9.                                           Compensation of Directors.

 

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10.                                    Resignation.

 

Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation.  Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

Section 11.                                    Presumption of Assent.

 

A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his dissent at the meeting and (a) such director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation.  Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his dissent known at the meeting.

 

Section 12.                                    Director Qualifications

 

(a)                                  No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors: (i) if a financial or securities regulatory agency has issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, against such person, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (ii) if such person has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; (iii) if such person is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime; or (iv) other than the initial directors appointed in connection with the formation of the Corporation, if such person did not, at the time of his first election or appointment to the Board of Directors, maintain his principal residence within 15 miles of an office of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof for a period of at least one year prior to the date of his purported election or appointment to the Board

 

9



 

of Directors.  No person may serve on the Board of Directors if such person (i) is at the same time, a director, officer, employee or 10% or more stockholder of a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization, other than a subsidiary of the Corporation, that engages in business activities or solicits customers, whether through a physical presence or electronically, in the same market area as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Corporation’s policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy, and confirm in writing his qualifications hereunder, (iii) is a party to any agreement or understanding with a party other than the Corporation or a subsidiary that (x) provides him with material benefits which are tied to or contingent on the Corporation entering into a merger, sale of control or similar transaction in which it is not the surviving institution, (y) materially limits his voting discretion with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of the Corporation, or (z) materially impairs his ability to discharge his fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of the Corporation, (iv) has lost more than one election for service as a director of the Corporation, or (v) is the nominee or representative, as those terms are defined in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R §212.2(n), of a company the directors, partners, trustees or 10% stockholders of which would not be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors under this Section 12(a).

 

(b)                                  The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.

 

Section 13.                                    Attendance at Board Meetings.

 

If a director or a member of any standing committee of the Board of Directors (a) fails to attend regular meetings of the Board of Directors or committee, respectively, as the case may be three (3) times during a calendar year without being excused by the majority of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, (b) becomes insolvent or files for protection, either personally or in the name of any business controlled by him or her under any bankruptcy type statute, or (c) otherwise fails to perform any of the duties devolving upon him or her as a director or committee member, as the case may be, his or her office may be declared vacant by the Board of Directors and the vacancy filled as herein provided.  No more than two excused absences shall be granted to any director or committee member in any calendar year; provided that the Board of Directors may excuse additional absences in extraordinary circumstances in making such determination.

 

ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES

 

Section 1.                                           Committees of the Board of Directors.

 

(a)                                  General Provisions.   The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating/Governance Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable.  The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.

 

10



 

(b)                                  Composition.   Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws.  The Chairperson of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairs to the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairperson and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee.  A member of a committee may resign from that committee at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairperson of the Board.  Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation from the committee shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

 

(c)                                   Issuance of Stock.   If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors.  Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.

 

Section 2.                                           Conduct of Business.

 

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.  Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present.  Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee.  The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.

 

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                                           Generally.

 

(a)                                  The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper.  Any number of offices may be held by

 

11



 

the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.

 

(c)                                   All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV.  Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

 

Section 2.                                           Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

 

The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.  He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.

 

Section 3.                                           Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors.

 

If appointed, the Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board, with such duties to be performed and powers to be held in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.                                           Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs.  The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.

 

Section 5.                                           President.

 

The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act.  In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 6.                                           Vice President.

 

The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act.  In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and

 

12



 

exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 7.                                           Secretary.

 

The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 8.                                           Chief Financial Officer.

 

The Chief Financial Officer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account.  The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate.  The Chief Financial Officer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 9.                                           Other Officers.

 

The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.

 

Section 10.                                    Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

 

Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, or a proxy appointed by either of them.  The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

 

ARTICLE V
STOCK

 

Section 1.                                           Certificates of Stock.

 

The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation.  For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the

 

13



 

Corporation.  Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents.  It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge.  Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent.  Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates.  Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporation’s Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors.  Each stock certificate shall be signed by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, or a Vice President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer.  Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures.  A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued.  A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.

 

Section 2.                                           Transfers of Stock.

 

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation.  Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

Section 3.                                           Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.

 

The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights.  The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3 of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting.  Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.

 

14



 

Section 4.                                           Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation or to the transfer agent designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation.  In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate.  In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.

 

Section 5.                                           Stock Ledger.

 

The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds.  The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection.  The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

 

Section 6.                                           Regulations.

 

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1.                                           Facsimile Signatures.

 

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

Section 2.                                           Corporate Seal.

 

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary.  The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.  If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.                                           Books and Records.

 

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of

 

15



 

any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors.  The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection.  Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction.  The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.                                           Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.

 

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 5.                                           Fiscal Year.

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January and end on the last day of December in each year.

 

Section 6.                                           Time Periods.

 

In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.

 

Section 7.                                           Checks, Drafts, Etc.

 

All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.                                           Mail.

 

Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.

 

Section 9.                                           Contracts and Agreements.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than

 

16



 

one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.

 

ARTICLE VII
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

No director, officer, agent or employee of the Corporation shall in any manner, directly or indirectly, participate in the deliberation upon or the determination of any question affecting their pecuniary interest or the pecuniary interest of any corporation, financial institution (other than the Corporation or its direct or indirect subsidiary), partnership, limited liability company, association or other organization in which they are directly or indirectly interested.  In the event of the disqualification of any director respecting any matter presented to the Board of Directors for deliberation or determination, such director shall withdraw from such deliberation or determination; and in such event the remaining qualified directors present at the meeting, if constituting a quorum excluding the disqualified director or directors, may exercise with respect to the matter, by majority vote, all the powers of the Board of Directors.

 

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, bank, partnership, limited liability company, association, or other organization, one or more of the trustees, directors, officers, partners, managers or members of which are members of the Board of Directors or officers of the Corporation, or in which one or more of the Corporation’s directors or officers have a financial or other interest, shall be void or voidable solely by reason thereof, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or a committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, if:

 

(a)          Any duality of interest or possible conflict of interest on the part of any director or officer of the Corporation is disclosed to the other members of the Board of Directors or committee at a meeting at which a matter involving such duality or conflict of interest is considered or acted upon; and

 

(b)          Any director having a duality of interest or possible conflict of interest on any matter refrains from voting on the matter.  The minutes shall reflect that a disclosure was made and the abstention from voting.

 

The foregoing requirements shall not be construed as preventing a director from briefly stating his or her position in the matter, nor from answering pertinent questions of other members of the Board of Directors or committee.

 

Each director or officer shall be advised of the foregoing upon the acceptance of his or her office and shall answer an annual questionnaire that requests the disclosure of each such duality of interest or possible conflict of interest.

 

17



 

ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.

 

18


Exhibit 4

 

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND

 

No.

 

Shares

 

COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

CUSIP:          

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE

PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS

 

CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO

 

RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE

 

 

THIS CERTIFIES that

is the owner of

 

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

of

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

a Maryland corporation

 

The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.   THE CAPITAL STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY IS NOT AN ACCOUNT OF AN INSURABLE TYPE AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER FEDERAL OR STATE GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Coastway Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

[SEAL]

 

By:

 

 

JAMES P. FIORE

 

 

 

 

WILLIAM A. WHITE

 

CORPORATE SECRETARY

 

 

 

 

PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

 

OFFICER

 



 

The Board of Directors of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof.  The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.

 

The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.

 

The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter.  The Articles of Incorporation requires that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to 80% of the shares entitled to vote.

 

The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM

-

as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT

-

Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Cust)

(Minor)

 

 

 

 

 

TEN ENT

-

as tenants by the entireties

 

 

 

 

 

 

Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

JT TEN

-

as joint tenants with right

 

 

 

 

of survivorship and not as

 

                                                                   

 

 

tenants in common

 

(State)

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list

 

For value received,                                                        hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 

 

(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                     Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                                                                                  Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the presence of

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE:  THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 


Exhibit 5

 

LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK

A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

 

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780

Washington, D.C.  20015

 


 

Telephone (202) 274-2000

Facsimile (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

 

WRITER’S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER

(202) 274-2000

 

September 10, 2013

 

The Board of Directors

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

One Coastway Plaza

Cranston, Rhode Island 02910

 

Re:                              Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”).  We have reviewed the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock.  The opinion expressed below is limited to matters governed by Maryland and Federal law.

 

We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.

 

LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK

 

A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION

 


 

Exhibit 10.1

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT  (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”) is entered into effective January 1, 2011 between Coastway Community Bank (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”) and William A. White (hereinafter referred to as the “Executive”) (the Bank and the Executive being individually referred to herein as a “Party” and being collectively referred to herein as the “Parties”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREA S, the Bank desires to employ the Executive as its President and Chief Executive Officer under such non-exclusive terms and conditions as are set forth herein and as may be revised or modified from time to time; and

 

WHEREAS , the Executive desires to serve the Bank as its President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to the terms set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS , the Parties entered into an Employment Agreement as of January 1, 2007, which Employment Agreement was amended pursuant to an Amendment to the Employment Agreement dated January 17, 2008 (together, the “Prior Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS , prior to July 1, 2009, the Bank was a credit union and the Parties wish to clarify that the Executive has remained employed by the Bank pursuant to the Prior Agreement through the date this Agreement is executed by the Parties, and that the Executive shall remain employed by the Bank under the terms and conditions set forth herein following the date this Agreement is executed by the Parties; and

 

NOW THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.              EMPLOYMENT

 

1.1           The Bank employs the Executive as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank and the Executive accepts that employment upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.  The Executive shall report to the Bank’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), and shall perform the duties of President and Chief Executive Officer under the supervision and direction of the Board.  The Executive shall be bound by and follow the established rules and policies of the Bank unless expressly agreed to otherwise herein.

 

2.              EMPLOYMENT TERM

 

2.1           Subjection to the termination provisions set forth below, this Agreement shall be effective as of January 1, 2011 and shall remain in effect until expiration on December 31, 2015.  In the absence of any written notice from either Party to the other Party at least thirty (30) days prior to December 31 of each year of the notifying Party’s intention to either terminate or not renew the Agreement, the Agreement shall be automatically renewed for an additional one year under the same terms and conditions as contained in the Agreement then in force.  Example:  In the absence of the written notice provided for herein by December 1, 2011, the Agreement will

 



 

be renewed for an additional one (1) year, will have a remaining term of five (5) years, and will remain in full force and effect until December 31, 2016; if, in the alternative, the written notice provided for herein is given by December 1, 2011, then the Agreement will not be renewed for an additional one (1) year, will have a remaining term of four (4) years, and will remain in full force and effect until the then-current expiration date of December 31, 2015.  Prior to each notice period for non-renewal, the disinterested members of the Board will conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend the Agreement, and the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting.

 

3.              EXECUTIVE’S RESPONSIBILITIES

 

3.1           During the original and any renewed term of this Agreement, and except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence, the Executive shall devote his full time and energy to the business and affairs of the Bank, and shall use his best efforts to promote the interests of the Bank, except as otherwise agreed to by the Executive and the Board.

 

3.2           The Executive shall have the responsibility and authority to supervise and direct the management and administration of all facets of the operation of the Bank, except as specifically denoted in other parts of this Agreement, prescribed policy limits, the Charter, the Bylaws, the Bank’s policies, rules and regulations, and applicable Federal or State laws and regulations.  The Executive shall, within the foregoing limits, formulate, approve, supervise, and direct the methods of keeping the records of the Bank, statistical and otherwise, and shall prepare all such reports as are required by law or regulation, including, but not limited to, statements and reports of the Board, and shall, from time to time, and at any time upon request, make reports to the Board concerning the affairs and financial condition of the Bank, and such other matters as the Board may direct.  Additionally, the Executive shall perform those duties specifically set forth in the Bank’s Bylaws, which are incorporated herein by reference.  This shall not be deemed to limit the powers of the Board.

 

3.3           The Executive shall not be responsible for the supervision or activities of the Bank’s internal audit activity.

 

3.4           The Executive shall be Chairperson of the Finance Committee.

 

3.5           The Executive shall supervise and carry out the Bank’s daily investment activities in accordance with the policies, procedures, and goals established by the Board.

 

3.6           The Executive may be a member of the Board but the Executive shall not be eligible for election as an officer of the Board.  In the event that the Executive is not elected to the Board, the Executive will be allowed to attend Board meetings, except those meetings or parts of meetings which directly affect performance of the Executive’s official duties, compensation, or terns of employment.  In the event that the Executive is elected to the Board, the Executive will be subject to the Board’s procedural rules and customary practices for recusal of members.  The Executive shall not receive the compensation and benefits provided to Board members.  Discontinuance for any reason of the Executive’s status as President of the Bank is hereby agreed to constitute resignation by the Executive from the Board effective immediately.

 

2



 

This resignation is agreed to be automatic without further action on the part of either the Executive or the Board.

 

3.7           The Executive will participate in such professional and community activities which are beneficial to, and serve the interests of, the Bank.  Executive may serve as a member of the board of directors of business, community and charitable organizations subject to the approval of the Board, provided that in each case such service shall not materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement or present any conflict of interest.  Such service to and participation in outside organizations shall be presumed for these purposes to be for the benefit of the Bank, and the Bank shall reimburse Executive his reasonable expenses associated therewith, excluding personal donations.

 

3.8           The Executive’s duties shall include, but not be limited to, the authority to hire, compensate, and terminate the Bank’s staff within budgetary limitations.

 

4.              COMPENSATION

 

4.1           In consideration for the Executive’s services, the Bank shall compensate him as follows.  The Executive shall be paid a base salary of $275,000 per year, effective as of January 1, 2011 (“Base Salary”), with an annual salary increase effective January 1 of each year of the greater of (i) 3% or (ii) a percentage increase equal to the Consumer Price Index.  The Base Salary shall be payable bi-weekly, or in accordance with the Bank’s normal payroll practices.  In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be paid a maximum potential target incentive equal to twenty (20%) percent of the Base Salary in effect as of January 1 of each year, based upon the successful completion of performance objectives established by the Board, in its sole discretion.  Such performance objectives shall be set by the Board no later than 90 days after the beginning of any calendar year.  The actual incentive pay, or any portion of it, shall be awarded solely by the Board by comparing the Executive’s performance to the objectives set by the Board.  Such determination shall be at the discretion of the Board.  Further, such incentive pay as may be awarded, shall be paid in a cash lump sum to the Executive not later than thirty (30) days following the end of the calendar year for which said target incentive pay was established.

 

4.2           The Board will, prior to each anniversary date of this Agreement, review and consider the Executive’s total compensation and may, in its sole discretion, adjust that compensation as it deems appropriate.  Action to authorize any such adjustment to the Executive’s compensation will be taken by the first day of each calendar year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not modify such compensation in a manner which adversely affects the Executive.

 

5.              BENEFITS

 

5.1           The Executive shall be entitled to twenty (20) days of vacation per year excluding those holidays normally given to all employees of the Bank.  Vacation time will be accrued to the same extent as other members of the Bank staff.  If the termination of this Agreement occurs due to the inability of the Executive to perform the duties of office because of illness, disability, retirement, or death, he, or his estate, as the case may be, shall be paid for accrued vacation days

 

3



 

at his then current salary rate.  The Executive agrees not to take more than ten (10) consecutive days of vacation each year unless the Chairman of the Board and the Executive agree otherwise.

 

5.2           The Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Bank’s pension plan in accordance with the provisions of that plan.

 

5.3           The Executive shall be eligible to receive all other authorized employee benefits that other employees of the Bank receive, and any other benefits that will be available as set forth herein, or as authorized by the policy of the Board, on a non-duplicative basis.  Benefits provided by this Agreement preempt and exclude participation in similar benefits provided to other employees of the Bank unless expressly provided otherwise.

 

5.4           Once each year during the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall undergo a complete medical examination, the reasonable cost of which shall be borne by the Bank.  Subject to HIPAA privacy rules and other applicable laws governing health information, the Executive shall instruct the physician to provide written results of such medical examination to the Chairman of the Board and of any physical condition that would prevent the Executive from performing his duties under this Agreement.  Subject to HIPAA privacy rules and other laws governing health information, such reports shall be kept confidential and be made available only to the Board.

 

5.5           Throughout the term of this Agreement, and any renewal hereof, the Executive shall be provided, at the Bank’s expense, with short and long term disability insurance coverage in the event that the Executive should incur a Disability (as defined below), with the amounts of such coverage being as agreed to between the Executive and the Bank from time to time.  Proceeds from such coverage shall continue until the later of:  (a) the Executive’s sixty-fifth (65th) birthday; or (b) the end of the term of the Agreement in effect when the Executive incurred a Disability.  “Disability” shall be construed to comply with Code Section 409A and shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) the Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; (ii) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, the Executive is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank; or (iii) the Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

 

6.              SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN BENEFIT

 

6.1           The Bank agrees that in addition to the Executive’s salary and other compensation, the Executive shall be entitled to a supplemental retirement plan benefit described in the 2011 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.

 

7.              EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT

 

7.1           The Bank shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement or in accordance with the approved budget and adopted policies of the Bank. The

 

4



 

Bank shall reimburse such expenses no later than 2 ½ months after the end of the calendar year in which the expenses were incurred, provided that the Executive has provided the Bank of an itemized account of the expenses in such form as the Bank may reasonably require.

 

7.2           The Executive, at the expense of the Bank, shall participate and continue the Executive’s education in programs that are beneficial and advantageous to the current and future operations of the Bank.  The Executive shall be entitled to membership in such organizations and associations, and the Executive shall participate in such organizations for which the Bank will pay dues and fees, which benefit the Bank in an informational, communicative, professional, or educational manner.

 

7.3           The Executive will travel on behalf of the Bank when necessary, in the sole discretion of the Board.  The Executive’s spouse may accompany him to such functions, but the Bank shall not pay for the spouse’s travel expenses, unless specifically approved by the Board in advance (and that such spousal travel expenses shall be treated as taxable income to the Executive).  Travel by air will be coach class within the continental limits of the United States, and business class internationally.  The Executive will keep the Chairman of the Board informed of his itinerary.  Except as set forth herein, the Executive shall be subject to the Bank’s travel rules and regulations applicable to all employees of the Bank.

 

7.4           The Bank shall pay the Executive at least $1,250.00 per month to be applied by the Executive toward the purchase or lease of an automobile of his choice, which shall be titled in the Executive’s own name and the Bank shall reimburse the Executive for the maintenance costs of such automobile.  The Executive shall obtain insurance coverage thereon at the Executive’s expense.

 

7.5           The Bank shall pay for the membership dues and related fees and expenses for the Executive’s membership in an appropriate club or clubs to be selected by the Executive subject to the approval of the Board, to be used by the Executive for the ordinary and necessary business purposes of the Bank.  It is understood that any personal expenses shall be borne by the Executive.

 

8.              TERMINATION

 

8.1           The Board of Directors, by a vote of not less than seventy-five (75%) percent of all of its members, excluding the Executive, shall have the right to terminate the Executive’s employment at any time and without notice for Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement only, “Cause” shall mean that the Executive has:  (a) been absent from employment for an unauthorized period of more than one week; or (b) committed a material breach of this Agreement; or (c) been grossly negligent in the performance of his required duties; or (d) willfully failed to perform his obligations under this Agreement; or (e) committed unethical, dishonest, fraudulent, or criminal acts against the Bank; or (f) becomes unbondable.

 

8.2           Upon termination of the Executive’s employment by the Bank for Cause, the Executive shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary until the date of termination, as well as payment for unused paid time off in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures as may

 

5



 

be in effect from time to time.  In the event of termination for Cause, all other obligations of the Bank to the Executive under this Agreement shall cease.

 

8.3           If (i) this Agreement is terminated by the Bank or not renewed by the Bank for any reason other than Cause; or (ii) if the Bank involuntarily terminates the Executive’s employment for any reason other than Cause; or (iii) if the Executive resigns for “good reason” (as defined below), the Executive shall be entitled to receive payment of his Base Salary and continued benefits hereunder for five (5) years following the date of such termination, non-renewal, involuntary termination of employment or voluntary resignation for good reason. Any medical benefits provided under this Section shall only be continued for a period of one year and such coverage shall count towards any period of continuation coverage mandated by any Federal or State law, including COBRA group health plan continuation coverage.

 

“Good Reason” exists if, without Executive’s express written consent, any of the following occurs:

 

(i)             a failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint Executive as President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

(ii)            a material change in Executive’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope from the position and attributes thereof described in Section 3 above;

 

(iii)           a liquidation or dissolution of the Bank other than liquidations or dissolutions that are caused by reorganizations that do not affect the status of Executive;

 

(iv)           a reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or benefits (other than a general reduction that affects all employees);

 

(v)            a relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from its location as of the date of this Agreement; or

 

(vi)           a material breach of this Agreement.

 

Upon the occurrence of any event described above, the Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment under this Agreement for “good reason” by resignation upon not less than 30 days prior written notice given within 90 days after the initial event giving rise to the right to elect, provided, however, that the Bank shall have at least 30 days to remedy the situation.

 

8.4           The Bank may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time and for any reason, but any termination by the Bank, other than termination for Cause, shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement.

 

6



 

9.              ASSIGNMENT AND CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

9.1           This being an Agreement for the personal services of the Executive, his duties hereunder shall not be delegable and his rights hereunder shall not be assignable, and any attempted assignment or delegation shall be void, except that in the event of the Executive’s death while this Agreement is in effect, any Base Salary due or payable for such services rendered pursuant hereto, together with payment for unused vacation within the maximum limits set forth herein, shall be payable to the Executive’s estate, heirs, or executors.

 

9.2           In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below), this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and become an obligation of the Bank’s successor.

 

Change in Control Defined .  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” means a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank, as described below.  The definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.  A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Bank’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Bank that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Bank.  For purposes of this Agreement, “gross fair market value” means the value of the assets of the Bank, or the value of the assets being disposed of, without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

10.           INDEMNIFICATION

 

10.1         In the manner and to the extent permitted by law, the Bank shall indemnify, defend, hold, and save the Executive, his heirs, administrators, or executors, and each of them harmless from any and all actions and causes of actions, claims, demands, complaints, suits, proceedings, grievances, arbitrations, liabilities, losses, damages, or expenses, of whatever kind and nature including judgments, interest, reasonable attorney’s fees, and all other reasonable costs, expenses, and charges (collectively, “Claims”) which the Executive, his heirs, administrators, and executors, and each of them shall or may at any time or from time to time subsequent to the date of this Agreement, sustain or incur, or become subject to by reason of any claim or claims against the Executive, his heirs, administrators or executors, and each of them, for any reason resulting from the Executive, his heirs administrators, or executors and each of them carrying out the terms and conditions of this Agreement, except for gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or criminal acts or omissions on the part of the Executive, and provided further that the Executive, his heirs, administrators, or executors, or one of them properly notifies the Bank of adverse claims or threatened or actual lawsuits.  The Executive is hereby held harmless in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth above from any Claims arising from or relating to this Agreement brought by an individual Board member acting in his/her own right.  The Executive, to the extent reasonably possible, within legal limits, shall provide complete cooperation to the Bank, its attorneys and agents in such cases.  The Executive hereby holds harmless in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth herein each

 

7



 

individual on the Board, including the signatory on this Agreement, from any Claims arising from or relating to this Agreement.

 

11.                                CONFIDENTIALITY

 

11.1                         The Executive shall not, during the term of this Agreement, or at any time hereafter, impart to anyone any confidential information which the Executive may acquire in the performance of his duties under this Agreement except as permitted by the Board or under the compulsion of the law.  Upon termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder, the Executive will surrender to the Bank all materials and files relating to the affairs and operations of the Bank which are in the Executive’s possession, except for such personal memoranda created specifically by the Executive which the Executive may keep but the Executive agrees not to divulge any information pertaining to the Bank to any other person.

 

12.                                NON COMPETITION

 

12.1                         During the Executive’s employment by the Bank and during a period of one year following the date of termination of his employment with the Bank (excluding termination of employment due to Cause and termination of employment for any reason following a Change in Control), the Executive will not, directly or indirectly whether as partner, consultant, agent, employee, co-venturer, greater than two (2%) percent owner, or otherwise, or through any Person (as hereafter defined):

 

(a)                                  attempt to recruit any employee of the Bank, assist in such hiring by any other Person, or encourage any such employee to terminate his or her relationship with the Bank, or

 

(b)                                  encourage any customer of the Bank to conduct with any other Person any business or activity which such customer conducts or could conduct with the Bank, as applicable, or

 

(c)                                   manage, operate or control or work for, as an employee or otherwise, any financial institution that is engaged in such business in the State of Rhode Island.

 

For purposes of this Section 12.1, the term “Person” shall mean an individual, a corporate, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust and any other entity or organization.

 

13.                                APPLICABLE LAW

 

13.1                         Any dispute that arises under this Agreement shall be resolved in accordance with the laws of the State of Rhode Island.

 

13.2                         All provisions of this Agreement that provide for “deferred compensation” as defined under Code Section 409A shall be interpreted in a manner that is intended to comply with Code Section 409A and the guidance published thereunder. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, the Executive’s employment shall not be deemed to have been terminated unless and until the Executive has a Separation from Service within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  For purposes of this Agreement, a “Separation from Service” shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by the

 

8



 

Executive after the date of the termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed will not exceed 49% of the average level of bona fide services in the thirty-six (36) months immediately preceding the termination.  For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii).   If the Executive is a “Specified Employee,” as defined in Code Section 409A to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A, such payment or a portion of such payment (to the minimum extent possible) shall be delayed and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following the Executive’s Separation from Service.

 

14.                                ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

 

14.1                         Section headings and numbers have been inserted for convenience of reference only and, if there shall be any conflict between such headings or numbers and the text of this Agreement, the text shall control.

 

14.2                         This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original, and all of which taken together shall be considered one and the same instrument.

 

14.3                         Waiver by either party of any term of condition of this Agreement or any breach shall not constitute a waiver of any other term of condition or breach of this Agreement.

 

14.4                         The Bank may, at its option and expense, obtain such performance and fidelity bonds covering the Executive, which are appropriate or necessary.

 

14.5                         This Agreement may not be altered, amended, changed, modified, revised, supplemented, or terminated at any time except by means of the mutual written agreement of the Executive and the Board, specifically referring to this Agreement.

 

14.6                         This Agreement contains all of the terms agreed upon by the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements, and the communications between the Parties concerning such matter, whether oral or written.

 

14.7                         Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in the State of Rhode Island administrated by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its rules.  Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

15.                                REGULATORY PROVISIONS

 

15.1                         Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed this Agreement on the dates set forth below, effective as of January 1, 2011.

 

 

COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK

 

 

 

 

January 6, 2011

 

By:

/s/ Mark E. Crevier

Date

 

 

Mark E. Crevier

 

 

Chairman Board of Directors

 

I hereby accept employment from Coastway Community Bank upon the terms and conditions described in this Agreement and agree to faithfully perform the duties of President and Chief Executive Officer of Coastway Community Bank.

 

January 6, 2011

 

/s/ William A. White

Date

William A. White

 

10



 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

WHEREAS , Coastway Community Bank (the “Bank”) entered into an Employment Agreement (“Agreement”), dated as of January 1, 2011, with William A. White (“Executive”); and

 

WHEREAS , the Bank and the Executive wish to amend the Agreement to update the annual renewal provisions and to provide that the short and long term disability coverage to be provided by the Bank to the Executive under the Agreement shall continue in effect until the later of the Executive’s attainment of age 67 (i.e., April 9, 2023) or the end of the term of the Agreement in effect when the Executive becomes disabled; and

 

WHEREAS , Section 14.5 of the Agreement permits the Agreement to be amended by an instrument in written signed by the Bank and the Executive.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.                                       Section 2.1 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

2.1                                Subjection to the termination provisions set forth below, this Agreement shall be effective as of January 1, 2013 and shall remain in effect until expiration on December 31, 2018.  In the absence of any written notice from either Party to the other Party at least thirty (30) days prior to December 31 of each year of the notifying Party’s intention to either terminate or not renew the Agreement, the Agreement shall be automatically renewed for an additional one year under the same terms and conditions as contained in the Agreement then in force.  Example:  In the absence of the written notice provided for herein by December 1, 2013, the Agreement will be renewed for an additional one (1) year, will have a remaining term of five (5) years, and will remain in full force and effect until December 31, 2019; if, in the alternative, the written notice provided for herein is given by December 1, 2013, then the Agreement will not be renewed for an additional one (1) year, will have a remaining term of four (4) years, and will remain in full force and effect until the then-current expiration date of December 31, 2018.  Prior to each notice period for non-renewal, the disinterested members of the Board will conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend the Agreement, and the results thereof shall be included in the minutes of the Board’s meeting.

 

2.                                       Section 5.5 is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

5.5                                Throughout the term of this Agreement, and any renewal hereof, the Executive shall be provided, at the Bank’s expense, with short and long term disability insurance coverage in the event that the Executive should incur a Disability (as defined below), with the amounts of such coverage being as agreed to between the Executive and the Bank from time to time.  Proceeds from such coverage shall continue until the later of:  (a) the Executive’s

 



 

attainment of age sixty-seven (67) (i.e., April 9, 2023); or (b) the end of the term of the Agreement in effect when the Executive incurred a Disability.  “Disability” shall be construed to comply with Code Section 409A and shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) the Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; (ii) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, the Executive is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank; or (iii) the Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment has been executed as of the latest date set forth below.

 

 

COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK

 

 

7/25/2013

 

By:

/s/ Mark E. Crevier, Chairman of the Board of Directors

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

7/25/2013

 

/s/ William A. White

Date

William A. White

 


Exhibit 10.2

 

COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK

EXECUTIVE CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PLAN

 

ARTICLE I.
ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN

 

Coastway Community Bank (the “Bank”) hereby establishes this Executive Change in Control Severance Plan (the “Plan”), which is a severance plan for certain of its key executive management personnel.  The primary purpose of the Plan is to ensure the successful continuation of the Bank’s business and the fair and equitable treatment of the Bank’s key executives in connection with a termination of employment related to a Change in Control (as defined below).  The term “Company” means Coastway Bancorp, Inc. The Company is a party to this Plan for the sole purpose of guaranteeing the payments required hereunder, except as otherwise provided herein.  The effective date of the Plan is                         .

 

ARTICLE II.
PARTICIPATION

 

The Chief Executive Officer of the Bank shall designate which employees shall become Participants hereunder by setting forth their name and date of participation on Schedule A hereto the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank shall not participate in this Plan.

 

ARTICLE III.
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE BENEFITS

 

Section 3.1.           Entitlement to Severance Payment .

 

(a)           Each Participant shall be eligible to receive Severance Payments (as defined below) if, within twenty-four (24) months after the effective date of the Change in Control, (i) the Participant’s employment with the Bank is involuntarily terminated for reasons other than Cause (as defined below) or (ii) the Participant terminates employment with the Bank voluntarily after being offered continued employment in a position that is not a Comparable Position (as defined below) and the Participant also complies with the additional requirements of Section 3(e) below.

 

(b)           “Change in Control” shall mean any of the following events: (i) a change in the ownership of the Bank or any holding company of the Bank (the “Company”); (ii) a change in the effective control of the Bank or the Company; or (iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank or the Company, as described below.  The definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.

 

1



 

(1)           A change in ownership occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Bank or the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Bank or the Company.

 

(2)           A change in the effective control of the Bank or the Company occurs on the date that either (A) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Bank or the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Bank or the Company, or (B) a majority of the members of the Bank’s or the Company’s Board of Directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Bank’s or the Company’s Board of Directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Bank or the Company is another corporation.

 

(3)           A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Bank’s or the Company’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Bank or the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company.  For purposes of this Agreement, “gross fair market value” means the value of the assets of the Bank or the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

(c)           “Cause” means termination of employment because of the Participant’s moral turpitude, personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, material breach of the Bank’s Code of Ethics, willfully engaging in actions that in the reasonable opinion of the Executive Committee of the Board will likely cause substantial financial harm or substantial injury to the reputation of the Bank, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than routine traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the Participant’s employment or change in control agreement (if any) with the Bank.

 

(d)           A “Comparable Position” means a position that would (i) provide the Participant with base compensation and benefits that are comparable in the aggregate to those provided to the Participant prior to the Change in Control; (ii) be in a location that would not require the Participant to increase his or her daily one way commuting distance by more than fifty (50) miles

 

2



 

as compared to the Participant’s commuting distance immediately prior to the Change in Control; and (iii) have job skill requirements and duties that are comparable to the requirements and duties of the position held by the Participant prior to the Change in Control, regardless of job title and level and regardless of changes in the supervisor (or level of supervisor) to whom the Participant reports.

 

(e)           Upon the occurrence of a voluntary termination of employment described in Section 3.1(a)(ii) above, the Participant shall have the right to elect to terminate his or her employment by resignation upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Bank, which notice must be given by the Participant within ninety (90) days after the initial event giving rise to said right to elect to terminate his or her employment.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Participant, after giving due notice within the prescribed time frame of an initial event specified above, shall not waive any of his or her rights by virtue of the fact that the Participant has submitted his or her resignation but has remained in the employment of the Bank and is engaged in good faith discussions to resolve the situation described above.  The Bank shall have at least thirty (30) days to remedy any condition set forth above, provided, however, that the Bank shall be entitled to waive such period and make an immediate payment hereunder.

 

(f)            Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, “termination of employment” as described in Section 3.1(a) shall mean “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, such that the Company and the Participant reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services the Participant would perform after termination would permanently decrease to a level that is less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period.

 

(g)           Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if the Participant is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(i)), then, to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A, no payment shall be made to the Participant prior to the first day of the seventh month following the date of termination in excess of the “permitted amount” under Code Section 409A.  For these purposes, the “permitted amount” shall be an amount that does not exceed two times the lesser of: (i) the sum of Participant’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay for services provided to the Bank for the calendar year preceding the year in which occurs the date of termination or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a tax-qualified plan pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17) for the calendar year in which occurs the date of termination.  Payment of the “permitted amount” shall be made in accordance with regular payroll practices.  Any payment in excess of the permitted amount that was not paid during the first six months following the Participant’s termination shall be aggregated and paid to the Participant ratably over the remaining payment period for such Severance Payments, starting on the Bank’s first regularly

 

3



 

scheduled payroll date on or after the first day of the seventh month following the Participant’s date of termination.

 

Section 3.2.           Benefit Amount.   A Participant’s aggregate Severance Payment will be the amount set forth on Schedule A, payable ratably over the applicable period of time set forth on Schedule A.  Severance Payments shall be paid on the Bank’s regular payroll dates, less applicable payroll taxes and withholdings.  Payments shall begin no later than sixty (60) days after the date of termination, provided, however, that Severance Payments are contingent upon the Participant timely signing and not revoking a release of all claims, as described in Section 3.3 before the end of such sixty (60) day period; and provided further, that if such sixty (60) day period crosses over into a different calendar year, then such Severance Payments shall begin in the later calendar year.  Each installment shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

 

Section 3.3.           Required Regulatory Provisions .

 

(a)           If the Participant is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) (12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(3)) or 8(g)(1) (12 U.S.C. §1818(g)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), as amended by the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, the Bank’s obligations under this Plan shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings.  If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may pay the Participant the Severance Payment withheld while its Plan obligations were suspended.

 

(b)           If the Participant is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) (12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4)) or 8(g)(1) (12 U.S.C. §1818(g)(1)) of the FDIA, all obligations of the Bank under this Plan shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights shall not be affected.

 

(c)           If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) (12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(1)) of the FDIA, all obligations under this Plan shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights.

 

(d)           All obligations under this Plan shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Plan is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”), at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. §1823(c)) of the FDIA; or (ii) by the FRB at the time the FRB approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the FRB to be in an unsafe or unsound condition.  Any vested rights shall not be affected by such action.

 

4



 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any Severance Payments are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359, Golden Parachute and Indemnification Payments.

 

Section 3.4.           Non-Solicitation .  The Participant agrees that for the period of time that Severance Payments are being made hereunder to the Participant (and including the period immediately after the Participant’s termination of employment and before Severance Payments begin) that the Participant will not to solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank, the Company or affiliates to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank, the Company or affiliates.

 

Section 3.5.           Confidentiality .   The Participant will not, during or after his or her employment with the Bank, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank, the Company or affiliates thereof to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever, except for such disclosure as may be required to be provided to any banking agency with jurisdiction over the Bank, the Company or any affiliates.

 

ARTICLE IV.
ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

 

Section 4.1.           Plan Administrator .   The Executive Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors shall serve as Plan Administrator (“Plan Administrator”).  The Bank or the Company shall indemnify the Plan Administrator and any employees of the Bank or the Company to whom responsibilities have been delegated under Section 4.1 against any liability incurred in the course of administration of the Plan, except liability arising from their own negligence, willful misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty.

 

Section 4.2.           Amendment or Termination .  The Plan may be terminated or amended in any respect by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Bank, unless a Change in Control has occurred.  If a Change in Control occurs, the Plan no longer shall be subject to amendment or termination if such amendment or termination would reduce the benefits owed to Participants hereunder.

 

Section 4.3.           Claims Procedure .  The claims procedure set forth in this Section is the exclusive method of resolving disputes that arise under the Plan.

 

(a)           Written Claim .  Any person asserting any rights under this Plan must submit a written claim to the Plan Administrator.  The Plan Administrator shall render a decision within a reasonable period of time from the date on which the Plan Administrator received the written claim, not to exceed 90 days, unless an extension of time is necessary due to reasonable cause.

 

5



 

(b)           Denial of Claim .  If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the claimant must be provided with the following information:

 

(1)           A statement of specific reasons for the denial of the claim;

 

(2)           References to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based;

 

(3)           A description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim with an explanation of why such material information is necessary;

 

(4)           An explanation of the claims review procedures with a statement that the claimant must request review of the decision denying the claim within 30 days following the date on which the claimant received such notice.

 

(c)           Review of Denial .  The claimant may request that the Bank’s Board of Directors review the denial of a claim.  A request for review must be in writing and must be received by the Board of Directors within 30 days of the date on which the claimant received written notification of the denial of the claim.  The Board of Directors will render a decision with respect to a written request for review within 60 days from the date on which the Board of Directors received the request for review.  If the request for review is denied in whole or in part, the Board of Directors must mail the claimant a written decision that includes a statement of the reasons for the decision.

 

ARTICLE V.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1.           Severability .  If, for any reason, any provision of this Plan, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Plan or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

Section 5.2.           Applicable Laws.   To the extent not pre-empted by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Rhode Island.

 

Section 5.3.           Non-Guaranty of Employment.   Nothing in this Plan shall be construed as granting any Participant a right to continued employment with the Bank.

 

6



 

Section 5.4.           Successors and Assigns .  The Bank and/or the Company shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank or the Company, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Bank’s and the Company’s obligations under this Plan, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank and/or the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank and the Company have duly executed this Plan, effective as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Date

 

 

William A. White, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Date

 

 

William A. White, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

8



 

COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK

EXECUTIVE CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PLAN

 

SCHEDULE A — LIST OF PARTICIPANTS

 

The following individuals have been designated as Participants in the Plan:

 

Name

 

Participation
Date

 

Benefit Formula

Richard H. Petrarca

 

 

 

2x base salary, determined as of termination date, plus 2x highest annual bonus paid in the 2 calendar years before termination date, payable ratably over 24 months

Jeanette Fritz

 

 

 

2x base salary, determined as of termination date, plus 2x highest annual bonus paid in the 2 calendar years before termination date, payable ratably over 24 months

Jana Planka

 

 

 

2x base salary, determined as of termination date, plus 2x highest annual bonus paid in the 2 calendar years before termination date, payable ratably over 24 months

Paul Wielgus

 

 

 

2x base salary, determined as of termination date, plus 2x highest annual bonus paid in the 2 calendar years before termination date, payable ratably over 24 months

Stephen J. Gibbons

 

 

 

2x base salary, determined as of termination date, plus 2x highest annual bonus paid in the 2 calendar years before termination date, payable ratably over 24 months

Suzanne Fry

 

 

 

1x base salary, determined as of termination date, plus 1x annual bonus paid in the calendar year before termination date, payable ratably over 12 months

 

9


Exhibit 10.3

 

COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK
2013 AMENDED AND RESTATED
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
FOR WILLIAM A. WHITE

 

WHEREAS, the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for William A. White (the “Plan”) was originally adopted effective January 1, 2011, by Coastway Community Bank (the “Bank”) for the benefit of William A. White (“Participant”); and.

 

WHEREAS , the Bank and the Participant wish to amend and restate the Plan in order to clarify certain provisions of the Plan and to change the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date from age 62 to age 67, as permitted by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, because such change is being made at least 12 months before the beginning of any payment owed to the Participant hereunder, and the new payment starting date is 5 years from the original payment starting date.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended and restated as follows, effective January 1, 2013.

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

When used herein, the following words shall have the meanings below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

1.1          “ Beneficiary ” means the person(s) designated by Participant from time to time, using the Beneficiary Designation Form set forth as Appendix A, as the beneficiary(ies) to whom the deceased Participant’s account will be payable. If no beneficiary is so designated, then the Participant’s estate will be the Beneficiary.

 

1.2          “ Board ” means the Bank’s Board of Directors.

 

1.3          “ Cause ” means that the Participant has:  (a) been absent from employment for an unauthorized period of more than one week; or (b) committed a material breach of this Agreement; or (c) been grossly negligent in the performance of his required duties; or (d) willfully failed to perform his obligations under this Agreement; or (e) committed unethical, dishonest, fraudulent, or criminal acts against the Bank; or (f) becomes unbondable.

 

1.4          “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

1.5          “ Disabled ” or “ Disability ” means that the Participant: (a) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (b) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period

 



 

of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Participant’s employer; or (c) is determined to be disabled by the Social Security Administration.

 

1.6          “ Liability Reserve Account ” means the balance to the credit of the Participant in a bookkeeping account established and maintained by the Bank for the benefit of the Participant under this Plan.

 

1.7          “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Participant’s attainment of age 67 (i.e., April 9, 2023).

 

1.8          “ Separation from Service ” or “ Separates from Service” means the Participant’s retirement or other termination of employment with the Company within the meaning of Code Section 409A.  No Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur due to military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six months or, if longer, so long as the Participant’s right to reemployment is provided by law or contract.  If the leave exceeds six months and the Participant’s right to reemployment is not provided by law or by contract, then the Participant shall have a Separation from Service on the first date immediately following such six-month period.

 

Whether a Separation from Service has occurred is determined based on whether the facts and circumstances indicate that the Company and the Participant reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date or that the level of bona fide services the Participant would perform after such date (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) would permanently decrease to no more than 49% of the average level of bona fide services performed over the immediately preceding 36 months (or such lesser period of time in which the Participant performed services for the Company).  The determination of whether a Participant has had a Separation from Service shall be made by applying the presumptions set forth in the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A.

 

1.9          “ Unforeseeable Emergency ” means a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse or a dependent, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, all within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(3).

 

ARTICLE II

 

ELIGIBILITY AND VESTING

 

2.1          Eligibility .  The Plan is only available to the Participant.  The Plan qualifies as a “top hat” plan as defined in ERISA.

 

2.2          Vesting .  The Participant shall become fully vested upon death or Disability.  As of January 1, 2011, the Participant shall be 50% vested in his Liability Reserve Account.  On each December 31 thereafter, the Participant shall become vested in an additional 5% of his Liability Reserve Account, such that the Participant shall be fully vested in his Liability Reserve

 

2



 

Account after completing 10 years of vesting service, as set forth below.  All contributions made after December 31, 2020 are 100% vested when made.  Contributions are required under this Plan until April 9, 2023 (i.e., when the Participant attains age 67).

 

Vesting Dates

 

Percentage of Interest Vested

 

December 31, 2011

 

55

%

December 31, 2012

 

60

%

December 31, 2013

 

65

%

December 31, 2014

 

70

%

December 31, 2015

 

75

%

December 31, 2016

 

80

%

December 31, 2017

 

85

%

December 31, 2018

 

90

%

December 31, 2019

 

95

%

December 31, 2020

 

100

%

 

ARTICLE III

 

FUNDING

 

3.1          Type of Plan .  The Plan is a nonqualified deferred compensation plan, where the Bank accrues amounts annually in order to fund a future stream of payments for the Participant.  The benefits provided under this Plan are not based on any salary reduction by the Participant.  The Participant does not have the option of receiving any current payment or bonus in lieu of the benefits provided under this Plan.

 

3.2          Funding .

 

(a)           The Bank shall account for the Plan benefits using the regulatory accounting principles of the Bank’s primary federal regulator.  The Bank shall establish an accrued liability reserve account for the benefit of the Participant into which appropriate reserves shall be accrued for the Participant until the Participant has attained Normal Retirement Age.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Participant, his Beneficiaries or any successor in interest to him shall be and remain simply a general creditor of the Bank in the same manner as any other creditor having a general claim for unpaid compensation. The Participant, his Beneficiaries, or any other person claiming through Participant, shall only have the right to receive from the Bank those payments as specified under this Plan.  The Bank reserves the absolute right, at its sole discretion, to either fund the obligations undertaken by this Plan or to refrain from funding the same and to determine the extent, nature, and method of such informal funding. Should the Bank elect to fund this Plan, in whole or in part, through the purchase of life insurance products, the Bank reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to terminate such funding at any time, in whole or in part.

 

3



 

(c)           At no time shall the Participant be deemed to have any lien nor right, title or interest in or to any specific funding investment or to any assets of the Bank. Any asset used or acquired by the Bank in connection with the liabilities it has assumed under this Plan shall not be deemed to be held under any trust for the benefit of the Participant or his Beneficiaries, nor shall it be considered security for the performance of the obligations of the Bank. It shall be, and remain, a general, unpledged, and unrestricted asset of the Bank. The Participant or any Beneficiary under this Plan shall not have any power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate, mortgage, commute, modify or otherwise encumber in advance any of the benefits payable hereunder, nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by the Participant or his Beneficiary, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise. In the event the Participant or any Beneficiary attempts assignment, communication, hypothecation, transfer or disposal of the benefits hereunder, the Bank’s liabilities shall forthwith cease and terminate.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

BENEFITS

 

4.1          Benefit Amount . Effective January 1, 2011 the Bank shall make an initial contribution to the Participant’s Liability Reserve Account of $450,000.00.  Each January 1 thereafter, until April 9, 2023 (i.e., when the Participant attains age 67), the Bank shall make a contribution of $72,000.00 to the Participant’s Liability Reserve Account.  If the Participant terminates employment before April 9, 2023, the Bank’s obligation to make such contributions shall cease as of the date of such termination of employment.

 

4.2          Investments . The Participant shall have the right to provide the Board with investment directions for the entire balance in his Liability Reserve Account.  All earnings or losses as a result of such investments are the sole responsibility of the Participant, such that the Bank is not obligated to make up any losses incurred as a result of investment performance.

 

4.3          Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Participant’s Separation from Service on or after attaining age 67, the Bank shall pay the Participant’s Retirement Benefit in 10 annual installments on the first business day of January immediately following the Participant’s Separation from Service, provided, however, that in the event the Participant dies before receiving 10 annual installments, the Bank shall pay the remainder of the Participant’s Liability Reserve Account the Participant’s Beneficiary as a lump sum no later than the first day of the second calendar month following the Participant’s date of death.  The amount of the Retirement Benefit shall equal the then-current value of the Participant’s vested Liability Reserve Account, divided by the number of payments remaining to be made to the Participant.  For example, if the Participant has a Separation from Service on December 31, 2019, the first payment owed to the Participant will equal the value of the Participant’s vested Liability Reserve Account on January 1, 2020 divided by 10.  The second payment owed to the Participant (payable on January 2, 2021) equals the value of the Participant’s vested Liability Reserve Account on January 1, 2021

 

4



 

divided by 9.  The third payment owed to the Participant (payable on January 2, 2022) equals the value of the Participant’s vested Liability Reserve Account on January 1, 2022 divided by 8, etc.

 

4.4          Disability .  If a Participant becomes Disabled before reaching his Normal Retirement Date, the Participant shall be entitled to a lump sum payment of the Participant’s Liability Reserve Account, determined as of the date the Participant became Disabled.  Such payment shall be made no later than the first day of the second calendar month after the date the Participant became Disabled.

 

4.5          Death Before Normal Retirement Age .  If a Participant dies before reaching his Normal Retirement Age, the Participant’s Beneficiaries shall be entitled to a lump sum payment of the Participant’s Liability Reserve Account, determined as of the Participant’s date of death.  Such payment shall be made no later than the first day of the second calendar month after the date the Participant died.

 

4.6          Separation from Service Before Normal Retirement Age or For Cause .  In the event of the Participant’s Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, or Separation from Service due to Cause, the Participant shall be paid the vested portion of the Participant’s Liability Reserve Account in a lump sum no later than the first day of the second calendar month following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service.  In the event the Participant’s employment is terminated for Cause, the Participant shall forfeit all benefits under this Plan.

 

4.7          Unforeseeable Emergency .  A Participant may apply to the Board for an Unforeseeable Emergency distribution.  Such distribution shall be paid no later than 90 days after the Board determines that the Participant has suffered an Unforeseeable Emergency.  The amount of the distribution shall be limited to only the vested portion of the Participant’s Liability Reserve Account and no more may be paid to the Participant than the amount that is reasonably necessary to satisfy the Participant’s Unforeseeable Emergency, including payment of any taxes that are owed due to the distribution.  A distribution may not be paid under this Section to the extent the Unforeseeable Emergency is or may be relieved:

 

(a)           through reimbursement or compensation by insurance, or otherwise;

 

(b)           by liquidation of Participant’s assets, to the extent such liquidation would not in itself cause financial hardship; or

 

(c)           by cessation of elective deferrals under the Bank’s tax-qualified retirement plans.

 

ARTICLE V

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

5.1          Administrator . The Board shall be the named fiduciary and administrator of this Plan.  As administrator, the Board shall be responsible for the management, control and administration of the Plan as established herein. The Board may delegate to others certain aspects

 

5



 

of the management and operational responsibilities of the Plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

5.2          Claims Procedure .  In the event that benefits under this Plan are not paid to Participant (or to his Beneficiary in the case of Participant’s death) and such claimants feel they are entitled to receive such benefits, then a written claim must be made to the Board within 60 days from the date payments are refused. The Board shall review the written claim and, if the claim is denied, in whole or in part, they shall provide in writing within 60 days of receipt of such claim their specific reasons for such denial, reference to the provisions of this Plan upon which the denial is based and any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim. Such written notice shall further indicate the additional steps to be taken by claimants if a further review of the claim denial is desired.

 

5.3          Appeal .  If claimants desire a second review, they shall notify the Board in writing within 60 days of the first claim denial. Claimants may review the Plan or any documents relating thereto and submit any issues, in writing, and comments they may feel appropriate. In its sole discretion, the Board shall then review the second claim and provide a written decision within 60 days of receipt of such claim. This decision shall likewise state the specific reasons for the decision and shall include reference to specific provisions of the Plan upon which the decision is based.

 

5.4          Arbitration .  Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Plan, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in the State of Rhode Island administrated by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its rules.  Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

 

6.1          Amendment .  This Plan may not be altered, amended, changed, modified, revised, supplemented, or terminated at any time except by means of the mutual written agreement of the Participant and the Board.

 

6.2          Termination . The Bank reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time.  Upon Plan termination, the Board shall determine whether all payments of benefits shall be made in accordance with the normal distribution schedule set forth under the Plan or if payment of benefits shall be accelerated in order to wind down the Plan.  To the extent any benefits under the Plan are subject to Code Section 409A, any acceleration of the payment of such benefits due to Plan termination shall comply with the following.  The termination of the Plan with accelerated payment of benefits may not be undertaken if such termination is proximate to an economic downturn of the Bank.  Such termination must also satisfy the following conditions and any other requirements of Code Section 409A

 

(a)           all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with this Plan under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c)(2) if the Participant covered by this Plan was also covered by any of those other arrangements are also terminated;

 

6



 

(b)           no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangement if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination of the arrangement;

 

(c)           all payments are made within 24 months of the termination of the arrangements; and

 

(d)           the Bank does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c)(2) if the same Participant participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date of termination of the arrangement.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1          No Effect on Employment Rights .  Nothing contained herein shall confer upon the Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Bank nor limit the right of the Bank to discharge or otherwise deal with Participant without regard to the existence of this Plan.

 

7.2          Governing Law .  The Plan is established under, and will be construed according to, the laws of the State of Rhode Island, to the extent that such laws are not preempted by ERISA.

 

7.3          Severability .  In the event that any provision of this Plan is held to be inoperative or invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, then: (1) insofar as is reasonable, effect will be given to the intent manifested in such provision, and (2) the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby.

 

7.4          Establishment of Rabbi Trust .  The Bank may, but is not obligated to, establish a rabbi trust into which the Bank may contribute assets which shall be held therein, subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors in the event of the Bank’s insolvency, until the contributed assets are paid to Participants and their Beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in this Plan.

 

7.5          Tax Withholding .  The Bank may withhold from any benefit payable under this Plan all federal, state, city, income, employment or other taxes as shall be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation then in effect.

 

7.6          Entire Agreement .  This Plan sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and any previous Plans or understandings between the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof are merged into and superseded by this Plan.

 

7.7          Acceleration of Payments .  Except as specifically permitted herein or in other sections of this Plan, no acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment may be made hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments may be accelerated hereunder by the Bank,

 

7



 

in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4) and any subsequent guidance issued by the United States Treasury Department.  Accordingly, payments may be accelerated, in accordance with requirements and conditions of the Treasury Regulations (or subsequent guidance) in the following circumstances: (i) as a result of certain domestic relations orders; (ii) in compliance with ethics agreements with the Federal government; (iii) in compliance with ethics laws or conflicts of interest laws; (iv) in limited cash-outs (but not in excess of the limit under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B)); (v) in the case of certain distributions to avoid a non-allocation year under Code Section 409(p); (vi) to apply certain offsets in satisfaction of a debt of the Participant to the Bank; (vii) in satisfaction of certain bona fide disputes between the Participant and the Bank; or (viii) for any other purpose set forth in the Treasury Regulations and subsequent guidance.

 

7.8          Required Provision .  Any payments made to the Participant pursuant to this Plan, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Participant and a duly authorized officer of the Bank have signed this Plan on the date set forth below.

 

 

 

COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

7/25/2013

 

/s/Mark E. Crevier

Date

 

By: Mark E. Crevier, Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

 

 

7/25/2013

 

/s/ William A. White

Date

 

William A. White

 

8


 

Exhibit 10.4

 

COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

 

WHEREAS , this Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) is adopted effective July 1, 2013, by Coastway Community Bank (the “Bank”); and

 

WHEREAS , this Plan is intended to be a defined benefit, non-qualified deferred compensation plan that complies with Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder; and

 

WHEREAS , this Plan is also intended to be a “top hat” pension plan that is established and maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, all within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

When used herein, the following words shall have the meanings below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

1.1          “ Accrued Benefit ” means the amount of the aggregate liability recorded by the Bank from time to time on its internal financial statements with respect to the benefit payable to each Participant under this Plan, such that each Participant shall have his or her own Accrued Benefit.

 

1.2          “ Beneficiary ” means the person(s) designated by Participant from time to time, using the Beneficiary Designation Form set forth as Appendix B, as the beneficiary(ies) to whom the deceased Participant’s death benefit is payable per Section 4.3 below. If no beneficiary is so designated, then the Participant’s estate will be the Beneficiary.

 

1.3          “ Benefit Schedule ” means the personalized description of the Plan’s operational provisions that pertain to each Participant, including (a) the date of the Participant’s participation in the Plan; (b) the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age; and (c) the Participant’s Retirement Benefit, in the form set forth as Appendix A.  All Benefit Schedules shall be treated as being an integral part of this Plan, but no Participant shall have the right to receive any information about any other Participant’s Benefit Schedule.

 

1.4          “ Board ” means the Bank’s Board of Directors.

 

1.5          “ Cause ” means termination of employment because of the Participant’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, material breach of the Bank’s Code of Ethics, willfully engaging in actions that in the reasonable opinion of the Committee will likely cause substantial financial harm or substantial injury to the reputation of the Bank, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than routine traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the Participant’s employment or change in control agreement (if any) with the Bank.

 



 

1.6          “ Change in Control ” shall mean any of the following events: (i) a change in the ownership of the Bank or any holding company of the Bank ( the “Company” ) ; (ii) a change in the effective control of the Bank or the Company; or (iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank or the Company, as described below; provided however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred upon the conversion of the Bank from a mutual to stock form or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion, including, but not limited to, the formation of the Company and an initial public offering of the Bank or Company stock.  The definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.

 

(a)           A change in ownership occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Bank or the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Bank or the Company.

 

(b)           A change in the effective control of the Bank or the Company occurs on the date that either (A) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Bank or the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Bank or the Company, or (B) a majority of the members of the Bank’s or the Company’s Board of Directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Bank’s or the Company’s Board of Directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Bank or the Company is another corporation.

 

(c)           A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Bank’s or the Company’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Bank or the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company.  For purposes of this Agreement, “gross fair market value” means the value of the assets of the Bank or the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

1.7          “ Committee ” means the Executive Committee of the Board, who shall be responsible for administering the Plan.

 

1.8          “ Disabled ” or “ Disability ” means that the Participant: (a) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; or (b) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less

 

2



 

than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the participant’s employer; or (c) is determined to be disabled by the Social Security Administration.  A Participant shall be treated as Disabled if the Participant satisfies any one of these requirements.

 

1.9          “ Good Reason ” shall have the following meaning. Within 180 days following the initial existence of one or more of the following conditions (to which the Participant has not consented), the Participant voluntarily Separates from Service with the Bank, after having first given at least 90 days advance written notice to the Committee of the existence of such a condition and providing the Bank with at least 30 days to remedy the condition:

 

(a)           a material diminution in the Participant’s base compensation;

 

(b)           a material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties, or responsibilities, including in connection with a sale, merger or acquisition of the Bank (including a merger of equals) or otherwise;

 

(c)           a material diminution in the budget over which the Participant retains authority;

 

(d)           a material change in the geographic location at which the Participant must perform the services; or

 

(e)           any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Bank of any employment or other agreement under which the Participant provides services to the Bank.

 

1.10        “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the later of (i) the Participant’s attainment of the age specified on the Participant’s Benefit Schedule; or (ii) the Participant’s Separation from Service.  In event a Participant desires to modify his or her Normal Retirement Age, which, pursuant to Code Section 409A, would be a change in the time of his or her payments hereunder, the Participant may do so by delivering an amended Benefits Schedule to the Bank, provided that (a) the new Normal Retirement Age shall not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the amended Benefits Schedule is executed; (b) the change to the Normal Retirement Age is made not less than 12 months prior to the Normal Retirement Age that is currently specified on the Participant’s Benefits Schedule; and (c) the new Normal Retirement Age is at least 5 years later than the Normal Retirement Age that is currently specified on the Participant’s Benefits Schedule.

 

1.11        “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the first day of the month after the Participant’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

 

1.12        “ Plan Year ” means the calendar year.

 

1.13        “ Separation from Service ” or “ Separates from Service ” has the meaning set forth in Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

3



 

1.14        “ Retirement Benefit ” means the amount stated in the Participant’s Benefit Schedule, provided, however, that (i) the Retirement Benefit shall be calculated on the basis of the Participant’s completion of twenty (20) Years of Service with the Bank, and (ii) such Retirement Benefit shall be reduced if the Participant has completed less than twenty (20) Years of Service with the Bank at the time the Retirement Benefit is payable to the Participant (and such reduction shall be applied even in the event of death, Disability or Change of Control).

 

1.15        “ Year of Service ” shall have the following meaning (i.e., years of employment before the Executive’s participation in the Plan counts as “Years of Service” for purposes of the 20-year offset but not for vesting purposes):

 

(a)           For vesting purposes, “Years of Service” means the 12-month period of employment from the date of the Executive’s participation in the Plan, and each 12-month period of employment thereafter.

 

(b)           For purposes of determining the 20-year offset that is used to calculate each Participant’s Retirement Benefit, , “Years of Service” means the 12- month period of employment from the Executive’s date of hire with the Bank, and each consecutive 12- month period of employment thereafter.

 

ARTICLE II
ELIGIBILITY AND VESTING

 

2.1          Eligibility .  The Plan is available to a select group of management and/or highly compensated employees of the Bank, determined from time to time by the Committee. Each Participant shall receive a copy of this Plan and a personalized Benefits Schedule at the time he or she joins the Plan.

 

2.2          Vesting .  Each Participant shall become fully vested in his or her Accrued Benefit upon the earliest to occur of (i) death; (ii) Disability; (iii) Change in Control; or (iv) attainment of Normal Retirement Age; or (v) completion of ten (10) Years of Service, as follows:

 

Completed
Years of Service

 

%
Vested

 

1

 

10

%

2

 

20

%

3

 

30

%

4

 

40

%

5

 

50

%

6

 

60

%

7

 

70

%

8

 

80

%

9

 

90

%

10

 

100

%

 

4



 

If a Participant has a Separation from Service before becoming fully vested, the Participant shall forfeit the unvested portion of his or her Accrued Benefit.  Years of Service earned before the Effective Date of this Plan shall count for vesting purposes.

 

ARTICLE III
FUNDING

 

3.1          Type of Plan .  The Plan is a defined benefit, non-account balance, non-qualified deferred compensation plan, where the Bank expenses amounts annually in order to reflect the accrued liability for the future Retirement Benefit for each Participant.  The benefits provided under this Plan are not based on any salary reduction by the Participants.  Participants do not have the option of receiving any current payment or bonus in lieu of the benefits provided under this Plan.

 

3.2          Funding .

 

(a)           The Bank shall account for the Plan benefits using applicable GAAP and bank regulatory accounting principles.  The Bank shall maintain an Accrued Benefit for each Participant until the Participant has received payment of all benefits owed under this Plan.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, each Participant, his Beneficiaries or any successor in interest to him shall be and remain simply a general creditor of the Bank in the same manner as any other creditor having a general claim for unpaid compensation. Each Participant, his Beneficiaries, or any other person claiming through Participant, shall only have the right to receive from the Bank those payments as specified under this Plan.  The Bank reserves the absolute right, at its sole discretion, to earmark specific assets to be used to provide benefits under this Plan or to refrain from such earmarking and to determine the extent, nature, and method of such informal funding. Should the Bank elect to informally fund this Plan, in whole or in part, through the purchase of life insurance products, annuity products, equities, bond or other such funding vehicle as may be deemed appropriate by the Bank.  The Bank reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to terminate such informal funding at any time, in whole or in part.

 

(c)           At no time shall any Participant be deemed to have any lien nor right, title or interest in or to any funding investment or to any assets of the Bank. Any asset used or acquired by the Bank in connection with the liabilities it has assumed under this Plan shall not be deemed to be held under any trust for the benefit of Participant or his Beneficiaries, nor shall it be considered security for the performance of the obligations of the Bank. It shall be, and remain, a general, unpledged, and unrestricted asset of the Bank. No Participant nor any Beneficiary under this Plan shall have any power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate, mortgage, commute, modify or otherwise encumber in advance any of the benefits payable hereunder, nor shall any of said benefits be subject to seizure for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by Participant or his Beneficiary, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise. In the event Participant or any Beneficiary attempts assignment, communication, hypothecation, transfer or disposal of the benefits hereunder, the Bank’s liabilities shall forthwith cease and terminate.

 

5



 

ARTICLE IV
BENEFITS

 

4.1          Normal Retirement Benefit .  The Bank shall pay the Participant’s vested Retirement Benefit starting on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date in the form elected by the Participant on his or her Benefits Schedule, as either (i) cash lump sum; (ii) monthly installments over five (5) years; or (iii) monthly installments for life, with fifteen (15) years of guaranteed payments.  If the Participant fails to timely make a proper election of the time and form of payment, then the Retirement Benefit shall be paid in a cash lump sum on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.  For purposes of determining the lump sum amount or any other actuarial equivalence, (i) unless the Committee determines otherwise, the discount rate shall be 120% of the long term applicable federal rate, compounded semi-annually, as published by the Internal Revenue Service for the month of December in the year in which the benefit payments are to begin, and (ii) reasonable mortality assumptions shall be used by the Plan’s actuary.  If the Retirement Benefit is paid in installments, each installment shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

 

4.2          Disability .  If a Participant becomes Disabled before reaching his Normal Retirement Date, the Participant shall be entitled to a cash lump sum payment of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit, determined as of the date the Participant became Disabled.  Such payment shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after the date the Participant became Disabled.

 

4.3          Death Before Normal Retirement Date .  If a Participant dies either before reaching his Normal Retirement Date or after reaching his Normal Retirement Date but before his/her vested benefit has been distributed, the Participant’s Beneficiaries shall be entitled to a cash lump sum payment of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit, determined as of the date the Participant died.  Such payment shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after the date the Participant died.

 

4.4          Termination for Cause .  If the Participant’s employment is terminated at any time for Cause, the Participant shall forfeit all unpaid benefits under this Plan, even if such benefits are otherwise vested.

 

4.5          Separation from Service Before Normal Retirement Age .

 

(a)           In the event of the Participant’s Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than (i) death; (ii) Disability; (iii) involuntary termination without Cause; or (iv) voluntary termination for Good Reason, the Participant shall be entitled to a cash lump sum payment of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit, determined as of the date of the Separation from Service.  The Participant shall forfeit all unvested benefits that would otherwise be payable hereunder (i.e., a voluntary quit without Good Reason results in forfeiture of all unvested benefits).

 

(b)           In the event of the Participant’s Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit, determined as of the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service, in the form specified by the Participant on his or her Benefits

 

6



 

Schedule as either (i) cash lump sum; (ii) monthly installments over five (5) years; or (iii) monthly installments for life, with fifteen (15) years of guaranteed payments.  If the Participant fails to timely make a proper election of the time and form of payment, then the vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid in a cash lump sum.  Such payment shall begin no later than thirty (30) days after the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service.

 

ARTICLE V
ADMINISTRATION

 

5.1          Committee . The Committee shall be the named fiduciary and administrator of this Plan.  As administrator, the Committee shall be responsible for the management, control and administration of the Plan as established herein. The Committee may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities of the Plan, including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

5.2          Claims Procedures .  Any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan may file a written claim for a Plan benefit with the Committee.

 

(a)           In the event of a denial or limitation of any benefit or payment due to or requested by any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan (“claimant”), the claimant shall be given a written notification containing specific reasons for the denial or limitation of the benefit. The written notification shall contain specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial or limitation of the benefit is based. In addition, it shall contain a description of any other material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect a claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary. The notification shall further provide appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to appeal the denial or limitation of benefit and submit a claim for review. This written notification shall be given to a claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim by the Committee unless special circumstances require an extension of time to process the claim. If such an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the 90-day period, and such notice shall indicate the special circumstances which make the postponement appropriate.

 

(b)           In the event of a denial or limitation of the claimant’s benefit, the claimant or the claimant’s duly authorized representative shall be permitted to review pertinent documents free of charge upon request and to submit to the Committee issues and comments in writing. In addition, the claimant or the claimant’s duly authorized representative may make a written request for a full and fair review of the claim and its denial by the Committee; provided, however, that such written request must be received by the Committee within sixty (60) days after receipt by the claimant of written notification or the denial or limitation of the claim. The 60-day requirement may be waived by the Committee in appropriate cases.  A decision shall be tendered by the Committee within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request for review, provided that where special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the decision, it may be postponed on written notice to the claimant (before the expiration of the initial 60-day period) for an additional sixty (60) days, but in no event shall the decision be rendered more than one hundred and twenty days (120) days after the receipt of such request for review. Any decision by the Committee shall be furnished to the claimant in writing

 

7



 

and shall set forth the specific reasons for the decision and the specific plan provisions on which the decision is based.

 

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

 

6.1          Amendment .  The Committee reserves the right to amend this Plan at any time.  However, to the extent any such amendment would adversely impact the Accrued Benefits of any Participant, the amendment shall require the written consent of such Participant, even if the Participant is no longer employed by the Bank.

 

6.2          Termination . The Committee reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time.  Upon Plan termination, the Committee shall determine whether (i) payment of benefits shall be made in accordance with the normal distribution schedule set forth under the Plan; or (ii) benefits shall become fully vested as of the Plan termination date (provided that the Participant is employed by the Bank on such date) and shall be paid on the distribution date specified below.  Any acceleration of the payment of such benefits due to Plan termination shall comply with the following, provided that the termination of the Plan is not proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix):

 

(a)           all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with this Plan under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c)(2) if any Participant covered by this Plan was also covered by any of those other arrangements are also terminated;

 

(b)           no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangement if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination of the arrangement;

 

(c)           all payments are made within 24 months of the termination of the arrangements; and

 

(d)           the Bank does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c)(2) if the same Participant participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date of termination of the arrangement.

 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1          No Effect on Employment Rights .  Nothing contained herein shall confer upon any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Bank nor limit the right of the Bank to discharge or otherwise deal with Participant without regard to the existence of this Plan.

 

7.2          Governing Law .  The Plan is established under, and will be construed according to, the laws of the State of Rhode Island, to the extent that such laws are not preempted by ERISA.

 

8



 

7.3          Severability .  In the event that any provision of this Plan is held to be inoperative or invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction, then: (1) insofar as is reasonable, effect will be given to the intent manifested in such provision, and (2) the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby.

 

7.4          Establishment of Rabbi Trust .  The Bank may, but is not obligated to, establish a rabbi trust into which the Bank may contribute assets which shall be held therein, subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors in the event of the Bank’s insolvency, until the contributed assets are paid to Participants and their Beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in this Plan.

 

7.5          Tax Withholding .  The Bank may withhold from any benefit payable under this Plan all federal, state, city, income, employment or other taxes as shall be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation then in effect.

 

7.6          Entire Agreement .  This Plan sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and any previous understanding or agreement between the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof are merged into and superseded by this Plan.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank has caused this Plan to be executed on the date written below.

 

 

COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

8/8/2013

 

By:

/s/ Mark E. Crevier

 

 

 

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

9


EXHIBIT 21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name

 

Percent Ownership

 

State of Incorporation

 

 

 

 

 

Coastway Community Bank

 

100%

 

Rhode Island

 


Exhibit 23.2

 

RP ®  FINANCIAL, LC.

Advisory | Planning | Valuation

 

September 12, 2013

 

 

Boards of Directors

Coastway Bancorp, MHC

Coastway Bancorp, LLC

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

Coastway Community Bank

One Coastway Plaza

Cranston, Rhode Island  02910

 

Members of the Boards of Directors:

 

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Application for Conversion on Form AC for Coastway Bancorp, MHC, and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 for Coastway Bancorp, Inc., in each case as amended and supplemented.  We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and reference to our Appraisal and our statements concerning subscription rights and liquidation rights in such filings including the prospectus of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

RP ®  FINANCIAL, LC.

 

 

Washington Headquarters

 

Three Ballston Plaza

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 


EXHIBIT 23.3

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Prospectus and Registration Statement on Form S-1, of our report dated September 10, 2013 on the consolidated financial statements of Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for the years then ended, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1.  We further consent to the use of our name and the reference to us, as appearing under the headings “Legal and Tax Matters” and “Experts” in this Prospectus and Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the use in the Federal Reserve Bank, Application for Conversion on Form AC (Application), of our report dated September 10, 2013 on the consolidated financial statements of Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for the years then ended, appearing in the prospectus, which is a part of the Application.

 

 

/s/ Wolf & Company, P.C.

 

Wolf & Company, P.C.

 

 

 

Boston, Massachusetts

 

September 12, 2013

 

 


Exhibit 99.1

 

RP ®  FINANCIAL, LC.

Advisory | Planning | Valuation

 

July 3, 2013

 

Wi lliam A. White

President and Chief Financial Officer

Coastway Bancorp, MHC / Coastway Bancorp, LLC

Coastway Community Bank

One Coastway Plaza

Cranston, Rhode Island 02910

 

Dear Mr. White:

 

This letter sets forth the agreement between Coastway Community Bank, Cranston, Rhode Island (the “Bank”), the wholly-owned subsidiary of Coastway Bancorp, LLC (the “Company”), which in turn is the wholly-owned subsidiary of Coastway Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”), and RP ®  Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”), whereby RP Financial will provide the independent conversion appraisal services in conjunction with a mutual-to-stock conversion transaction.  The scope, timing and fee structure for these appraisal services are described below.  These services will be conducted by our senior consulting staff and will be directed by the undersigned.

 

Description of Appraisal Services

 

In conjunction with these appraisal services, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information and other documents and records, to gain insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors of the Company, all of which will be considered in estimating the pro forma market value of the Company in accordance with the applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines.  RP Financial will prepare a detailed written valuation report of the Company that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices.  The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Company’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Company’s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.  The appraisal report will incorporate an evaluation of the Company’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds.  A peer group analysis relative to certain relatively comparable publicly-traded banking companies will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Company relative to the peer group’s pricing ratios.

 

We will review pertinent sections of the Company’s prospectus and conduct discussions with representatives of the Company to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal report, including key deal elements such as dividend policy, use of proceeds, reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, and characteristics of stock plans.

 

Washington Headquarters

 

Three Ballston Plaza

Direct: (703) 647-6549

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

Arlington, VA 22201

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

E-Mail: joren@rpfinancial.com

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

 



 

The original appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements.  The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the conversion process, and there will be at least one updated appraisal that would be prepared at the time of the closing of the stock offering to determine the number of shares to be issued in accordance with the conversion regulations.

 

RP Financial agrees to deliver the original appraisal report and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Company at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory conversion applications and amendments thereto.  Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such appraisal updates pursuant to regulatory guidelines.  Under the conversion regulations a closing appraisal update is required in conjunction with the completion of the offering.  In addition, there may appraisal updates required prior to commencement of the offering if interim changes in market conditions or financial results dictate.  Also, if there is a syndicated offering phase, it will be necessary to prepare an update immediately upon completion of the subscription/ community offering and prior to the commencement of the syndicated phase of the offering.

 

Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation original appraisal and subsequent updates.  In the event of a syndicated community offering phase, RP Financial will participate in the various all hands calls regarding the offering results, pricing discussions and timing.

 

RP Financial expects to formally present the appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors for review and consideration.  If appropriate, RP Financial will present subsequent updates to the Board.  It is understood that this appraisal may be presented either in person or telephonically.

 

Fee Structure and Payment Schedule

 

The Company agrees to pay RP Financial fees for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and subsequent appraisal updates as shown in the detail below, plus reimbursable expenses.  Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:

 

·                   $5,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;

 

·                   $45,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and

 

·                   $7,500 upon delivery of each subsequent appraisal update report required in conjunction with the regulatory application and stock offering.

 

The Company will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the original appraisal and subsequent updates. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, telephone, facsimile, shipping, reasonable counsel fees, computer and data services.

 

2



 

In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed transaction prior to delivery of the completed original appraisal report or subsequent updates and payment of the corresponding fees, the Company agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after applying full credit to the initial retainer fee towards such payment, together with reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, subject to the cap on such expenses as set forth above.  RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $450 per hour for managing directors.

 

If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and RP Financial.  Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, material changes to the structure of the transaction such as inclusion of a simultaneous business combination transaction, material changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to conversion appraisals, material changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the conversion transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.

 

Covenants, Representations and Warranties

 

The Company and RP Financial agree to the following:

 

1.      The Company agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation.  Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include:  annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records.  All information provided by the Company to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Company the original and any copies of such information.

 

2.      The Company represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

 

3.      (a)  The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the

 

3



 

federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Company to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Company to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Company, or the Company’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent.  The Company will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder.  Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Company at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.

 

(b)     RP Financial shall give written notice to the Company of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter.  In the event the Company elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Company shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Company hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Company or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder.  If the Company does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Company’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Company of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.

 

(c)     Subject to the Company’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Company:  (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, non-appealable adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.

 

(d)     In the event the Company does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.

 

This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Company and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Commonwealth of Virginia.  This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.

 

4



 

The Company and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Company nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other.  RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the federal banking agencies or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Company.

 

*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *

 

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $5,000.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

 

 

James J. Oren

 

Director

 

 

Agreed To and Accepted By:

William A. White

/s/ William A. White

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

For:  Coastway Community Bank, subsidiary of Coastway Bancorp, LLC, Cranston, Rhode Island

 

Date Executed:

 

 

 

5


Exhibit 99.2

 

GRAPHIC

 

September 12, 2013

 

Boards of Directors

Coastway Bancorp, MHC

Coastway Bancorp, LLC

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

Coastway Community Bank

One Coastway Plaza

Cranston, Rhode Island  02910

 

Re:                              Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

Coastway Bancorp, MHC

Coastway Bancorp, LLC.

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

Coastway Community Bank

 

Members of the Boards of Directors:

 

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Directors of Coastway Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”).  The MHC is the holding company for Coastway Bancorp, LLC, (the “LLC”) the existing mid-tier holding company for Coastway Community Bank (“the “Bank”), all based in Cranston, Rhode Island.  Pursuant to the Plan, the organization will convert from mutual holding company form of organization to the fully public stock form of organization.  A new Maryland stock holding company named Coastway Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) has been formed.  When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public stockholders.  Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Coastway Bancorp, LLC will no longer exist.

 

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) the Tax-Qualified Plans; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Depositors.  Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community and syndicated offerings, but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:

 

(1)                                  the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,

 

(2)                                  the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.

 

Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone.  Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

RP Financial, LC.

 

 

Washington Headquarters

 

Three Ballston Plaza

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 


Exhibit 99.3

 

PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT

 

COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.
Cranston, Rhode Island

 

PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:
COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK
Cranston, Rhode Island

 

Dated As Of:
August 9, 2013

 


 

Prepared By:

 

RP ®  Financial, LC.
1100 North Glebe Road
Suite 600
Arlington, Virginia  22201

 


 



 

RP ®  FINANCIAL, LC.

Advisory | Planning | Valuation

 

August 9, 2013

 

Boards of Directors

Coastway Bancorp, MHC

Coastway Bancorp, LLC

Coastway Community Bank

One Coastway Plaza

Cranston, Rhode Island  02910

 

Members of the Boards of Directors:

 

At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction described below.

 

This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations 563b.7 and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and reissued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof.  Such Valuation Guidelines are relied upon by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) in the absence of separate written valuation guidelines.

 

Description of Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

 

On August 22, 2013, the respective Boards of Directors of Coastway Bancorp, MHC adopted a plan of conversion and reorganization (the “Plan of Conversion”), whereby the MHC will convert to stock form.  As a result of the conversion, Coastway Bancorp, LLC, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Coastway Community Bank (“Coastway” or the “Bank”), will be succeeded by a Maryland corporation with the name of Coastway Bancorp, Inc. (“Coastway Bancorp” or the “Company”).  Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist.  For purposes of this document, the existing consolidated entity will hereinafter be referred to as Coastway Bancorp or the Company.

 

It is our understanding that Coastway Bancorp will offer its stock, representing the ownership interest held by the MHC, in a subscription offering to Eligible Account holders, Tax-Qualified Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Depositors, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory requirements governing mutual-to-stock conversions.  To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all orders received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale

 

Washington Headquarters

 

 

Three Ballston Plaza

 

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

 

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201

 

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com

 

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 



 

to the public at large in a community offering and a syndicated offering .  Upon completing the mutual-to-stock conversion and stock offering, the Company will be 100% owned by public shareholders.

 

RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

RP ®  Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form.  The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1.  We believe that, except for the fee we will receive for our appraisal, we are independent of the Company, Coastway, the MHC and the other parties engaged by Coastway or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.

 

Valuation Methodology

 

In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of the Company, Coastway and the MHC, including the prospectus as filed with the FRB and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  We have conducted a financial analysis of the Company, Coastway and the MHC that has included a review of audited financial information for the years ended December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2012 and a review of various unaudited information and internal financial reports through June 30, 2013, and due diligence related discussions with the Company’s management; Wolf & Co., the Company’s independent auditor; Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., the Company’s conversion counsel and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P., the Company’s marketing advisor in connection with the subscription and community offerings.  All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions.  In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable.  While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

 

We have investigated the competitive environment within which Coastway operates and have assessed Coastway’s relative strengths and weaknesses.  We have kept abreast of the changing regulatory and legislative environment for financial institutions and analyzed the potential impact on Coastway and the industry as a whole.  We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on Coastway’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of Coastway Bancorp.  We have taken into consideration the balance sheet of the LLC and the MHC.  We have reviewed the economic and demographic characteristics of the Company’s primary market area.  We have compared Coastway’s financial performance and condition with selected publicly-traded thrifts in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies.  We have reviewed the current conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrift stocks in particular, including the market for existing thrift issues, initial public offerings by thrifts and thrift holding companies, and second-step conversion offerings.  We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, and/or institutions that exhibit other unusual characteristics.

 

The Appraisal is based on Coastway’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by Coastway and its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and

 

2



 

complete.  We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by Coastway, or its independent auditor, legal counsel and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of Coastway.  The valuation considers Coastway only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of Coastway’s liquidation value.

 

Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for Coastway and for all thrifts and their holding companies.  Changes in the local, state and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the value of Coastway Bancorp’s stock alone.  It is our understanding that there are no current plans for selling control of Coastway.  To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.

 

The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which Coastway Bancorp’s common stock, immediately upon completion of the second-step stock offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.

 

Valuation Conclusion

 

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of August 9, 2013, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including the shares to be issued to the Foundation equaled $37,349,750 at the midpoint, equal to 3,734,975 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00.  Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% valuation range indicates a minimum value of $31,702,290 and a maximum value of $42,997,210.  Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 3,170,229 at the minimum and 4,299,721 at the maximum.  In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a supermaximum value of $49,491,790 without a resolicitation.  Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the supermaximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 4,949,179.

 

Based on this valuation range, the conversion stock offering (excluding the shares issued to the Foundation) will be as follows:  3,102,500 shares at the minimum, 3,650,000 shares at the midpoint, 4,197,500 shares at the maximum and 4,827,125 shares at the supermaximum of the offering range.  These figures translate to offering values as follows:  $31,025,000 at the minimum, $36,500,000 at the midpoint, $41,975,000 at the maximum and $48,271,250 at the supermaximum of the offering range.

 

Limiting Factors and Considerations

 

The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock.  Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable OCC regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion offering, or prior to that time, will thereafter be able to

 

3



 

buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof.

 

The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of Coastway Bancorp immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following completion of the conversion.  RP Financial’s valuation was based on the financial condition, operations and shares outstanding of Coastway as of June 30, 2013, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus.

 

RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities.  RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its client institutions.

 

This valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines.  These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of Coastway, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift shares, both existing issues and new issues.  These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to:  various changes in the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates.  Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made.  The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update.  The valuation will also be updated at the completion of Coastway’s stock offering.

 

 

 

Respectfully submitted,

 

RP ®  FINANCIAL, LC.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James J. Oren

 

James J. Oren

 

Director

 

4



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.
COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK
Cranston, Rhode Island

 

DESCRIPTION

 

PAGE
NUMBER

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER ONE

OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Introduction

 

I.1

Plan of Conversion

 

I.1

Strategic Overview

 

I.2

Balance Sheet Trends

 

I.3

Income and Expense Trends

 

I.8

Interest Rate Risk Management

 

I.12

Lending Activities and Strategy

 

I.13

Loan Originations and Sales

 

I.17

Asset Quality

 

I.18

Funding Composition and Strategy

 

I.18

Subsidiaries

 

I.19

Legal Proceedings

 

I.19

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER TWO

MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Introduction

 

II.1

National Economic Factors

 

II.1

Interest Rate Environment

 

II.4

Market Area Demographic and Economic Characteristics

 

II.4

Regional/Local Economic Factors

 

II.5

Summary of Local Economy

 

II.8

Major Market Area Employment Sectors

 

II.9

Unemployment Data

 

II.10

Market Area Deposit Characteristics/Competition

 

II.11

Competition

 

II.13

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER THREE

PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peer Group Selection

 

III.1

Financial Condition

 

III.6

Income and Expense Components

 

III.9

Loan Composition

 

III.12

Credit Risk

 

III.14

Interest Rate Risk

 

III.14

Summary

 

III.17

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK

Cranston, Rhode Island

(continued)

 

DESCRIPTION

 

PAGE
NUMBER

 

 

 

CHAPTER FOUR

VALUATION ANALYSIS

 

 

 

 

 

Introduction

 

IV.1

Appraisal Guidelines

 

IV.1

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

 

IV.1

Valuation Analysis

 

IV.2

1.   Financial Condition

 

IV.2

2.   Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

 

IV.4

3.   Asset Growth

 

IV.6

4.   Primary Market Area

 

IV.7

5.   Dividends

 

IV.8

6.   Liquidity of the Shares

 

IV.9

7.   Marketing of the Issue

 

IV.9

A.   The Public Market

 

IV.10

B.   The New Issue Market

 

IV.14

C.   The Acquisition Market

 

IV.14

8.   Management

 

IV.16

9.   Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

 

IV.16

Summary of Adjustments

 

IV.17

Valuation Approaches

 

IV.17

1.   Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)

 

IV.18

2.   Price-to-Book (“P/B”)

 

IV.21

3.   Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)

 

IV.21

Comparison to Recent Offerings

 

IV.21

Valuation Conclusion

 

IV.22

 

ii



 

LIST OF TABLES

COASTWAY BANCORP, INC.

COASTWAY COMMUNITY BANK

Cranston, Rhode Island

 

TABLE

 

 

 

 

NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

 

PAGE

 

 

 

 

 

1.1

 

Historical Balance Sheets

 

I.4

1.2

 

Historical Income Statements

 

I.9

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

Summary Demographic Data

 

II.7

2.2

 

Rhode Island Largest Employers

 

II.9

2.3

 

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

 

II.10

2.4

 

Unemployment Trends

 

II.11

2.5

 

Deposit Summary

 

II.12

2.6

 

Market Area Deposit Competitors

 

II.14

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

 

III.3

3.2

 

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

 

III.7

3.3

 

Income as a % of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

 

III.10

3.4

 

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

 

III.13

3.5

 

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

 

III.15

3.6

 

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

 

III.16

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Recent Conversions Completed in Last Three Months

 

IV.15

4.2

 

Valuation Adjustments

 

IV.17

4.3

 

Derivation of Core Earnings

 

IV.19

4.3

 

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

 

IV.20

 

iii



 

I.  OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

 

Introduction

 

Coastway is a Rhode Island-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Cranston, Rhode Island.  In 2013, Coastway reorganized into the mutual holding company structure by forming Coastway Bancorp, MHC, a Rhode Island-chartered mutual holding company.  Coastway Bancorp, MHC owns 100% of the membership interest of Coastway Bancorp, LLC, a Rhode Island stock limited liability corporation, which in turn owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Coastway Community Bank.

 

Operating primarily in Rhode Island, t he Bank maintains nine banking offices located in Providence and Kent Counties, located in northern and central Rhode Island.  The Bank’s lending market area consists of the State of Rhode Island and nearby contiguous areas of Connecticut and Massachusetts.  A map of the Bank’s branch offices provided in Exhibit I-1.  Coastway is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).  Coastway is subject to regulatory oversight and examination by the State of Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation and the FDIC (for deposit insurance purposes).  At June 30, 2013, Coastway reported $375.7 million in assets, $330.0 million in deposits and total equity of $27.6 million, equal to 7.34% of total assets.  Coastway’s audited financial statements are included by reference as Exhibit I-2.

 

Plan of Conversion

 

The Board of Directors of Coastway adopted a plan of conversion and reorganization on August 22, 2013.  Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, Coastway Bancorp, MHC will convert from the mutual form of organization to the fully stock form.  In the conversion, a new Maryland stock holding company named Coastway Bancorp, Inc. (“Coastway Bancorp” or the “Company”) will be organized and will sell shares of common stock to the public, and Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Coastway Bancorp, LLC will cease to exist.  When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of Coastway Community Bank will be owned by Coastway Bancorp and all of the common stock of Coastway Bancorp will be owned by public shareholders.  Following the completion of the offering, Coastway Bancorp will be a bank holding company, and its primary regulator will be the Federal Reserve.

 

I.1



 

The plan of conversion and reorganization provides that Coastway Bancorp will sell shares of its common stock in a subscription offering in descending order of priority to the Bank’s members and other stakeholders as follows:  eligible account holders; tax-qualified employee benefit plans; supplemental eligible account holders; and other depositors.  If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, the Bank intends to offer common stock for sale to certain members of the public through a community offering.  Shares not purchased in the subscription and community offerings may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering.

 

At this time, no other activities are contemplated for Coastway Bancorp other than the ownership of the Bank, a loan to the newly-formed employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company.  In the future, Coastway Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends to shareholders and/or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.

 

Strategic Overview

 

Coastway has been serving the Rhode Island area since its founding in 1920 as the Telephone Workers Credit Union, a Rhode Island chartered credit union.  Following a long history of serving the local market area and its members, as a credit union Coastway began expanding its market area served and merged with Ocean State Community Credit Union in 2000.  Subsequent to this merger, as a credit union Coastway expanded its branch office network.  On July 1, 2009, primarily in order to provide greater business lending authority, Coastway converted to a Rhode Island chartered mutual savings bank and changed its name to Coastway Community Bank.

 

While operating as a traditional credit union for most of its history, the Bank began to diversify its lending function by originating first and second position residential mortgage laons secured by 1-4 family properties in the local market area surrounding the office locations.  A mortgage banking operation has been developed to sell most of the longer-term fixed rate conforming residential loans into the secondary market for interest rate risk and income purposes.  In recent years, the Bank has further diversified the lending operations by originating commercial real estate, commercial business, small business program (“SBA”) and commercial construction loans.  These loans also provide yield and interest rate risk benefits, while diversifying the revenue base.  Balance sheet growth has been pursued through having a

 

I.2



 

competitive product line of deposit accounts, positioning the Bank as a local community bank, expanding and updating the branch office network and using borrowings for reinvestment in earning assets.  The growth in funding and lending resulted in Coastway reaching an asset base of approximately $376 million as of June 30, 2013 and an equity base of approximately $28 million.  The Bank’s conservative lending operations, and the corresponding concentration in residential loan products has limited the level of delinquent loans during the most recent economic recession.

 

The additional equity obtained from the stock offering will increase the Bank’s liquidity, leverage and growth capacity and the overall financial strength.  Coastway’s higher capital position resulting from the infusion of stock proceeds is anticipated to reduce interest rate risk through enhancing the interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities (“IEA/IBL”) ratio.  The increased equity is expected to reduce funding costs.  The Bank will also be better positioned to pursue growth and revenue diversification.  The projected use of proceeds is highlighted below.

 

·                   The Company.   The Company is expected to retain an estimated 50% of the net conversion proceeds.  At present, funds at the holding company level are expected to be initially invested primarily into short-term investment grade securities, along with providing the funds for the employee stock ownership plan purchases.  Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, including possibly funding purchases of stock for the restricted stock plan.

 

·                   The Bank.   A minimum of 50% of the net conversion proceeds will be infused into the Bank as cash/tier 1 capital.  Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank will become part of general funds, pending deployment into loans and investment securities.

 

Balance Sheet Trends

 

Table 1.1 presents the Bank’s historical balance sheet data for the most recent four fiscal years and as of June 30, 2013, all of which reflects data for Coastway as a mutual savings bank.  Over this period, Coastway’s total assets have increased at a 6.8% annual rate, with loans receivable, representing the majority of the asset base, increasing at a 5.9% annual rate, a slightly lower rate than assets over the same time period.

 

Assets have increased steadily from fiscal 2009 through June 30, 2013 as a result of the Bank’s efforts to achieve balance sheet growth and to maintain a leveraged equity base.  For the six months ended June 30, 2013, assets increased by $21.1 million, or 6.0%, with such

 

I.3



 

Table 1.1

Coastway Community Bank

Historical Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/31/2009-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6/30/2013

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

As of June 30,

 

Annual.

 

 

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

Growth Rate

 

 

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Pct

 

 

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

Total Amount of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

$

298,028

 

100.00

%

$

309,265

 

100.00

%

$

322,967

 

100.00

%

$

354,622

 

100.00

%

$

375,746

 

100.00

%

6.84

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Equivalents

 

$

5,174

 

1.74

%

$

5,241

 

1.69

%

$

5,366

 

1.66

%

$

7,020

 

1.98

%

$

9,863

 

2.62

%

20.24

%

FHLB Stock

 

3,408

 

1.14

%

3,408

 

1.10

%

3,408

 

1.06

%

3,036

 

0.86

%

2,694

 

0.72

%

-6.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans Originated for Investment, Net

 

$

260,068

 

87.26

%

$

257,045

 

83.11

%

$

269,578

 

83.47

%

$

296,999

 

83.75

%

$

309,156

 

82.28

%

5.06

%

Loans Held for Sale

 

8,591

 

2.88

%

19,250

 

6.22

%

14,528

 

4.50

%

13,642

 

3.85

%

19,082

 

5.08

%

25.61

%

Loans Receivable (net)

 

$

268,659

 

90.15

%

$

276,295

 

89.34

%

$

284,106

 

87.97

%

$

310,641

 

87.60

%

$

328,238

 

87.36

%

5.89

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Assets

 

13,659

 

4.58

%

17,001

 

5.50

%

22,739

 

7.04

%

24,919

 

7.03

%

23,149

 

6.16

%

16.27

%

Real Estate Owned

 

1,103

 

0.37

%

435

 

0.14

%

1,870

 

0.58

%

2,594

 

0.73

%

1,670

 

0.44

%

12.58

%

Real Estate Inv./Held for Sale

 

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

1,354

 

0.38

%

3,515

 

0.94

%

NM

 

Non-Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

310

 

0.10

%

398

 

0.11

%

391

 

0.10

%

NM

 

Other Assets

 

6,025

 

2.02

%

6,885

 

2.23

%

5,168

 

1.60

%

4,660

 

1.31

%

6,226

 

1.66

%

0.94

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

261,992

 

87.91

%

$

261,851

 

84.67

%

$

282,956

 

87.61

%

$

307,793

 

86.79

%

$

329,992

 

87.82

%

6.82

%

FHLB Advances, Other Borrowed Funds

 

8,942

 

3.00

%

19,789

 

6.40

%

10,769

 

3.33

%

16,343

 

4.61

%

14,000

 

3.73

%

13.66

%

Other Liabilities

 

2,593

 

0.87

%

2,323

 

0.75

%

3,119

 

0.97

%

3,190

 

0.90

%

4,159

 

1.11

%

14.45

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

24,501

 

8.22

%

$

25,302

 

8.18

%

$

26,123

 

8.09

%

$

27,296

 

7.70

%

$

27,595

 

7.34

%

3.46

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AOCI Adjustment

 

$

(460

)

-0.15

%

$

(350

)

-0.11

%

$

(541

)

-0.17

%

$

(516

)

-0.15

%

$

(516

)

-0.14

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offices Open

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 


(1)   Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.

Source:  Audited and unaudited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.

 

I.4



 

asset growth funneled primarily into loans held for investment, loans held for sale and cash and equivalents.  Since December 31, 2009, asset growth has been funded with increasing levels of deposits and borrowings, with deposits providing a majority of the funding growth since that date.  Equity also has increased since fiscal 2009 at an annual rate of 3.5%, reflecting net profits during this period, and reached $27.6 million at June 30, 2013, or 7.34% of assets.  A summary of Coastway’s key operating ratios for the past five years is presented in Exhibit I-3.

 

A key long term business strategy of Coastway is to maintain a significant investment in whole loans receivable.  As such, the Bank’s loan portfolio totaled $328.2 million, or 87.4% of assets at June 30, 2013, an increase from $268.7 million, or 90.2% of assets as of December 31, 2009.  From fiscal 2009 through June 30, 2013, despite an increase in loan balance, Coastway’s loans/assets ratio decreased modestly, reflecting additional investment of available funds in cash equivalents, fixed assets and real estate owned.  The combination of the decrease in loans receivable as a percent of assets offset by increased dependence on borrowed funds for funding resulted in the loan/deposit ratio decreasing from 102.54% at December 31, 2009 to 99.47% at June 30, 2013.

 

Coastway’s investment in loans reflects the Bank’s historical concentration in business lending, including Small Business Administration (“SBA”), commercial real estate, commercial business and commercial construction lending.  Such loans increased from $66.6 million, or 27.8% of loans at December 31, 2009 to $135.4 million, or 43.9% of loans at June 30, 2013.  The commercial lending activities represent a primary part of the Bank’s business strategy to maximize revenue (in terms of yield on portfolio loans and income from the sale of loans into the secondary market) and provide benefits in areas such as interest rate risk.  Residential first and second position mortgage lending also is a long-term lending activity, and such loans comprise the majority of the remaining loan portfolio ($171.4 million, or 55.5% of total loans as of June 30, 2013).  Coastway historically originated consumer loans to members and customers, primarily automobile loans (reflective of the credit union focus on consumer lending).  However, this type of lending has been de-emphasized in recent years, and consumer loans totaled a minimal $1.9 million, or 0.6% of loans as of June 30, 2013.

 

The residential mortgage lending operations include a substantial mortgage banking program focused on reducing the level of originations of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans for portfolio and instead selling conforming fixed rate mortgage loans into the secondary market, primarily on a servicing released basis.  The mortgage banking operations are evident in the balance of loans held for sale as shown in Table 1.1, totaling $19.1 million, or 5.1% of assets as

 

I.5



 

of June 30, 2013.  This balance has increased steadily since 2009 in line with the increasing mortgage banking activities.  The majority of the Bank’s 1-4 family residential first mortgage loan originations conform to standards set by secondary market governmental agencies and are sold to private sector institutions.  For the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Bank sold $81.5 million of residential 1-4 family real estate loans.

 

As indicated above, the Bank’s loan portfolio comprises almost 90% of assets.  The intent of the Bank’s cash and investment policy is to provide adequate liquidity and to generate a favorable return within the context of supporting Coastway’s cash operating needs and credit and interest rate risk objectives.  Historically, the level of cash and equivalents has remained in the range of 1.0% to 2.0% of assets, which has been sufficient for daily operational needs.  The ratio increased as of June 30, 2013 primarily due to the timing of funding of loan sales and originations.  As of June 30, 2013, the portfolio of cash and cash equivalents totaled $9.9 million, equal to 2.6% of assets.

 

Regarding an investment securities portfolio, as of June 30, 2013 the Bank did not hold any investments such as U.S. government securities, municipal bonds and mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), apart from its required investment of FHLB of Boston stock at $2.7 million, or 0.72% of assets.  The Bank reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis in the FHLB stock, and no impairment has been recognized as of June 30, 2013.  The level of cash and investments is anticipated to increase initially following conversion, pending gradual redeployment into higher yielding loans.

 

Coastway owns the headquarters office building and seven of the nine branch office locations.  The headquarters office in Cranston is a 22,671 square foot building constructed in 2003, with a net book value of $3.4 million at June 30, 2013.  This office, along with investment in the other branch offices (including land, buildings, and furniture, fixtures and equipment), totaled $23.1 million, or 6.2% of assets as of June 30, 2013.  Since fiscal 2009, the Bank has pursued a strategy of expanding the branch office network, replacing or renovating existing offices, and purchasing land for potential additional offices.  Thus, the investment in fixed assets has increased by 69.5% from $13.7 million as of December 31, 2009.  Asset growth over the same time period has moderated the impact of this investment on the balance sheet and operating results.  The book value of fixed assets represents a notable level of investment, which reduces the level of interest earning assets on the balance sheet and impacts the income statement through depreciation and operating expenses.

 

I.6



 

There are no current plans to add to the branch network following completion of a move to a new branch office in Lincoln, Rhode Island and the planned move to a new headquarters office (scheduled for the second quarter of 2014).  In connection with the new headquarters office, as of June 30, 2013 the Bank held two real estate parcels for sale, one consisting of land purchased for development into a branch office and the other an existing office building originally targeted to be a new headquarters office (total book value of $3.5 million as of June 30, 2013).  Coastway has decided to sell both parcels, and the existing headquarters office building, and has identified another office building to purchase as a new headquarters office.  These purchase and sale transactions of real estate, all of which are in-process as of June 30, 2013, are not expected to materially change the total investment in fixed assets.

 

Reflecting the generally strong asset quality of the Bank, the balance of real estate owned (“REO”) was a modest $1.7 million or 0.4% of assets at June 30, 2013.  Such REO reached a high of $2.6 million as of December 31, 2012, but has remained relatively modest in balance over the past four fiscal years.

 

Since December 31, 2009, Coastway’s funding needs have been provided by retail deposits, borrowed funds and retained earnings.  Similar to the trend in assets, the balance of the Bank’s deposits has increased steadily since 2009, reaching a high of $330.0 million as of June 30, 2013.  As a result of the growth in assets, the proportion of assets funded with deposits has remained essentially constant at 88% over the time period shown in Table 1.1.  The growth in deposits has been achieved through increases in all account types, as the Bank offers a competitive community-based product line of retail deposits to individuals and businesses in its market area.  The Bank maintains a concentration of deposits in core transaction and savings account deposits, which comprised 62.6% of deposits at June 30, 2013 , versus 59.6% of total deposits at fiscal year-end 2010.

 

Coastway has also historically utilized funding with borrowings to an increasing extent to support the asset size, fund liquidity and cash flow needs for the mortgage banking and portfolio lending operations, and to manage funding costs and interest rate risk.  Borrowings reached a high of $19.8 million as of December 31, 2010, declined in 2011, but subsequently increased to $14.0 million, or 3.7% of assets, at June 30, 2013.  The Bank’s utilization of borrowings has been generally limited to fixed rate, fixed maturity characteristics of overnight and mid- or longer-term advances.

 

The balance of equity increased between fiscal 2009 and June 30, 2013 as the Bank recorded profitable operations.  Reflecting the combination of this increase in equity and the

 

I.7



 

increase in assets over that time period, the equity-to-assets ratio declined from 8.22% at year end 2009 to 7.34% at June 30, 2013.  All of the Bank’s equity is tangible, and the Bank maintained surpluses relative to all of its regulatory capital requirements at June 30, 2013.  The pro forma return on equity (“ROE”) is expected to initially decline given the increased equity position.

 

Income and Expense Trends

 

Table 1.2 presents the Bank’s income and expense trends over the past four years and for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013.  Coastway has recorded consistently profitable operations over this time period, ranging from a high of $1.1 million or 0.34% of average assets for fiscal 2012 to a low of $468,000, or 0.16% of average assets for fiscal 2009.  For the 12 months ended June 30, 2013 the Bank reported net income of $966,000, or 0.35% of average assets.  The income statement has been affected by various non-operating income or expense items over the past four and a half years, including such items as gains on the sale of loans (mortgage banking income), real estate gains or losses and professional fees related to the formation of the MHC in 2013.  Net interest income and operating expenses represent the primary components of the Bank’s income statement.  Other revenues for the Bank largely are derived from the Bank’s mortgage banking income, as well as customer service fees and charges on the deposit base and lending operations.   The level of loan loss provisions due to the prevailing economic trends and the Bank’s asset quality has also affected the level of net income in the shown fiscal years.

 

The Bank’s net interest income to average assets ratio has reflected the impact of market interest rate trends and internal lending strategies over the time period shown in Table 1.2.  Net interest income as a percent of average assets has declined from a high of 3.53% during fiscal 2010 to a low of 3.04% for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013.  While the net interest income ratio is supported by the high proportion of loans on the balance sheet as a percent of assets, the prevailing low interest rate environment, and the competitive environment in the market area served have resulted in new portfolio loans carrying relatively lower yields.  Interest income as a percent of average assets has declined from 4.65% for fiscal 2010 to 3.79% for the latest 12 month period (equal to a reduction of 0.86% of average assets).  The Bank’s level of interest income is also supported by the relatively modest level of non-accruing loans, which would act to reduce the level of interest income recognized.  In contrast, while funding costs have also declined in recent periods, the reduction in interest expense has

 

I.8



 

Table 1.2

Coastway Community Bank

Historical Income Statements

 

 

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31,

 

12 Months Ended

 

 

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

June 30, 2013

 

 

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

Amount

 

Pct(1)

 

 

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income

 

$

13,926

 

4.64

%

$

14,116

 

4.65

%

$

13,717

 

4.34

%

$

13,207

 

3.91

%

$

13,463

 

3.79

%

Interest Expense

 

(4,572

)

-1.52

%

(3,403

)

-1.12

%

(2,704

)

-0.86

%

(2,650

)

-0.78

%

(2,661

)

-0.75

%

Net Interest Income

 

$

9,354

 

3.12

%

$

10,713

 

3.53

%

$

11,013

 

3.48

%

$

10,557

 

3.13

%

$

10,802

 

3.04

%

Provision for Loan Losses

 

(1,111

)

-0.37

%

(1,244

)

-0.41

%

(1,157

)

-0.37

%

(1,109

)

-0.33

%

(734

)

-0.21

%

Net Interest Income after Provisions

 

$

8,243

 

2.75

%

$

9,469

 

3.12

%

$

9,856

 

3.12

%

$

9,448

 

2.80

%

$

10,068

 

2.83

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Income

 

$

4,078

 

1.36

%

$

3,156

 

1.04

%

$

3,083

 

0.97

%

$

3,291

 

0.97

%

$

3,321

 

0.93

%

Operating Expense

 

(13,459

)

-4.49

%

(13,441

)

-4.43

%

(14,158

)

-4.48

%

(14,640

)

-4.34

%

(15,452

)

-4.35

%

Net Operating Income

 

$

(1,138

)

-0.38

%

$

(816

)

-0.27

%

$

(1,219

)

-0.39

%

$

(1,901

)

-0.56

%

$

(2,063

)

-0.58

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Banking Income

 

$

698

 

0.23

%

$

1,684

 

0.55

%

$

2,937

 

0.93

%

$

3,884

 

1.15

%

$

4,210

 

1.18

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on Sale of Premises/Equipment

 

$

392

 

0.13

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

Rec(Loss) on NCUA Share Ins./Mem. Cap.

 

2

 

0.00

%

180

 

0.06

%

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

Unrealized Loss on Real Estate HFS

 

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

0

 

0.00

%

(482

)

-0.14

%

Total Non-Operating Income/(Expense)

 

$

394

 

0.13

%

$

180

 

0.06

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

$

0

 

0.00

%

$

(482

)

-0.14

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income Before Tax

 

$

(46

)

-0.02

%

$

1,048

 

0.35

%

$

1,718

 

0.54

%

$

1,983

 

0.59

%

$

1,665

 

0.47

%

Income Taxes

 

514

 

0.17

%

(471

)

-0.16

%

(706

)

-0.22

%

(835

)

-0.25

%

(699

)

-0.20

%

Net Income (Loss)

 

$

468

 

0.16

%

$

577

 

0.19

%

$

1,012

 

0.32

%

$

1,148

 

0.34

%

$

966

 

0.27

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expense Coverage Ratio

 

74.7

%

 

 

92.2

%

 

 

98.5

%

 

 

98.6

%

 

 

97.2

%

 

 

Efficiency Ratio

 

95.3

%

 

 

85.4

%

 

 

83.1

%

 

 

82.6

%

 

 

84.3

%

 

 

Effective Tax Rate (Benefit)

 

NM

 

 

 

44.9

%

 

 

41.1

%

 

 

42.1

%

 

 

42.0

%

 

 

Return on Avg. Equity

 

 

 

 

2.32

%

 

 

3.92

%

 

 

4.36

%

 

 

3.57

%

 

 

 


(1)   Ratios are as a percent of average assets.

Source:  Audited financial statements and RP Financial calculations.

 

I.9



 

equaled 0.37% of average assets since fiscal 2010.  The Bank’s interest rate spreads and yields and costs for the past three years are set forth in Exhibits I-3 and I-4.

 

Non-interest operating income (“other income”) has historically been a notable contributor to the Bank’s income statement, and averaged 1.09% of average assets for fiscal years 2009 through 2012.  Such income declined in dollar amount from 2009 to 2011 but has modestly increased since then in relation to the growth in assets.  The non-interest operating income ratio is dependent upon the level of banking activities, including core deposit accounts, with customer service fees constituting the primary source of non-interest income for the Bank.  For the 12 months ended June 30, 2013 other income totaled $3.3 million, or 0.93% of average assets.

 

As a significant part of the revenue base, Coastway recognizes a material level of income from the gain on sale of loans as a part of the Bank’s mortgage banking operations.  Gains on sale of loans have increased steadily since fiscal 2009 from $698,000, or 0.23% of average assets to $4.21 million or 1.18% of average assets for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013.  The increase shown in Table 1.2 reflects increases in the volume of 1-4 family residential real estate loans sold, a result of efforts by the Bank to increase its presence in the marketplace, the low interest rate environment and customer demand for fixed rate conforming 1-4 family residential real estate loans in recent years.  Historically, loans originated for sale were relatively evenly split between purchase transactions and refinance transactions, in recent periods the proportion of loans originated for purchase transactions has increased to 70% of originations.

 

Operating expenses represent the other major component of the Bank’s income statement, with such expenses showing only modest fluctuation over the time period shown in Table 1.2 as a percent of average assets.  Total operating expenses (inclusive of the mortgage banking operations) equaled $15.5 million, or 4.35% of average assets during the 12 months ended June 30, 2013.  The increase in operating expenses since 2009 reflects general inflation costs and the overall costs of operations, including the expansion of the various operating departments of the Bank.  The Bank’s level of operating expenses is indicative of the higher staffing needs associated with the growth of its branch office network, resulting in increased salaries and employee benefits.  The branch openings also led to increased depreciation expenses on the Bank’s premises and equipment.  Additional increasing operating expenses include the mortgage banking operations, foreclosed real estate expenses, deposit services expenses, and other general and administrative expenses including professional fees and data

 

I.10



 

processing expenses.  Upward pressure will be placed on the Bank’s expense ratio following the stock offering, due to expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company, including expenses related to the stock benefit plans.

 

The trends in the net interest income and operating expense ratios since fiscal 2009 have caused the expense coverage ratio (net interest income plus mortgage banking income divided by operating expenses) to increase gradually from a low of 74.7% in fiscal 2009 to the range of 97% to 98% since fiscal 2011, indicating that net interest income was essentially sufficient to cover the Bank’s operating expenses.  The mortgage banking income is included in this calculation since the expenses related to mortgage banking are included in the expense base.  Also reflecting a favorable trend, Coastway’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income) has decreased from 2009 to 84.3% for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013 from a high of 95.3% in fiscal 2009.  The level of other income and mortgage banking income has assisted in maintaining the efficiency ratio.  Going forward, the Bank believes the efficiency ratio should improve with continued efforts to control operating expenses and reinvestment of the offering proceeds.

 

As noted earlier, loan loss provisions have generally had a moderate impact on the income statement, reflecting the Bank’s generally favorable asset quality and the decreasing need for increased reserve coverage despite a challenging economic environment.   During the 12 months ended June 30, 2013, the Bank incurred loan loss provisions of $734,000, allowing for an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”) balance to $1.6 million as of that date.  Reflecting the Bank’s asset quality position, chargeoffs have been relatively modest and generally decreasing in recent periods from a high reached in fiscal 2011.  As of June 30, 2013, ALLLs equaled 15.89% of non-performing loans, 13.63% of non-performing assets, and 0.52% of total loans receivable.  Exhibit I-5 sets forth the Bank’s allowance for loan loss activity during the past five years.

 

Non-operating items have had a minimal impact on the Bank’s income statement in past four and a half years and have consisted primarily of gains/losses on the sale of fixed assets.  During fiscal year 2009 and 2010 the Bank reported gains on sale of premises and equipment as well as one-time gains related to a reimbursement of National Credit Union Administration investments.  During the 12 months ended June 30, 2013, Coastway recorded an unrealized loss of $482,000 related to the write-down of two real estate properties that were classified as held for sale.

 

I.11



 

The Bank’s income tax status has been impacted by the varying levels of pre-tax income recorded over the past four and a half years.  For fiscal year 2009 Coastway recorded a tax benefit based on the then-current tax position of the Bank.  For fiscal years 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the 12 months ended June 30, 2013, Coastway recorded tax expense based on recorded taxable income.  The effective tax rates were within a narrow range and equaled 42.0% for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013.  The Bank’s marginal effective statutory tax rate approximates 39.5%, and this is the rate utilized to calculate the net reinvestment benefit from the offering proceeds.

 

Interest Rate Risk Management

 

Coastway’s balance sheet is asset-sensitive in the shorter-term and, thus, the net interest margin will typically be favorably affected during periods of rising and higher interest rates, as well as in the interest rate environment that prevailed during 2013 in which interest rates began to rise after a prolonged period of depression since 2008.  Coastway measures its interest rate risk exposure by use of the net present value of equity at risk (“NPV”) methodology, which provides an analysis of estimated changes in the Bank’s NPV under the assumed instantaneous changes in the U.S. treasury yield curve.  Utilizing figures as of June 30, 2013, based on a 2.0% instantaneous and sustained increase in interest rates, the NPV model indicates that the Bank’s NPV would increase by 12.9% (see Exhibit I-6).

 

The Bank pursues a number of strategies to manage interest rate risk, particularly with respect to seeking to limit the repricing mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities.  The Bank manages interest rate risk from the asset side of the balance sheet through selling the majority of its long-term, conforming fixed-rate 1-4 family residential real estate loans that it originates, while retaining the majority of the shorter-term adjustable-rate residential real estate loans that it originates. At the same time, Coastway diversifies into other types of lending beyond 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans such as originating commercial real estate, SBA and commercial business loans, all of which have shorter terms and higher interest rates.  As of June 30, 2013, of the Bank’s total loans due after December 31, 2013, ARM loans comprised 66.1% of those loans (see Exhibit I-7).  On the liability side of the balance sheet, management of interest rate risk has been pursued through maintaining a concentration of deposits in lower cost and less interest rate sensitive transaction and savings accounts, and reducing dependence on certificates of deposits and wholesale funding.  Coastway also strives to lengthen the weighted average maturity of its liabilities through retail deposit pricing strategies and longer-term wholesale funding sources.  Core deposits, which consist of transaction and

 

I.12



 

savings accounts, comprised 62.6% of the Bank’s deposits at June 30, 2013.  The infusion of stock proceeds will serve to further limit the Bank’s interest rate risk exposure, as most of the net proceeds will be redeployed into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Bank’s capital will lessen the proportion of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding assets.

 

There are numerous limitations inherent in interest rate risk analyses such as the credit risk of Bank’s loans pursuant to changing interest rates.  Additionally, such analyses do not measure the impact of changing spread relationships, as interest rates among various asset and liability accounts rarely move in tandem, as the shape of the yield curve for various types of assets and liabilities is constantly changing in response to investor perceptions and economic events and circumstances.

 

Lending Activities and Strategy

 

Coastway operates two principal lending activities: (1) the origination of 1-4 family residential first mortgage loans and second position loans and lines of credit; with the first position loans originated primarily for sale into the secondary market; and, (2)  commercial real estate, SBA, commercial business and commercial construction loans as part of a commercial lending focus.  In recent years, Coastway has increased its focus on commercial lending in an effort to diversify its overall loan portfolio and increase the overall yield earned on loans.  Details of the Bank’s loan portfolio composition are shown in Exhibit I-8, while Exhibit I-9 provides details of the Bank’s loan portfolio by contractual maturity date.

 

Residential Real Estate Lending

 

Coastway primarily originates first position fixed-rate 1-4 family residential real estate loans, and depending on interest rate, local and regional real estate market conditions and borrower preferences, also offers adjustable rate 1-4 family residential real estate loans, secured by traditional 1-4 family residential real estate property.  The Bank typically sells servicing released the majority of its fixed rate conforming loans to the secondary market.  As of June 30, 2013, residential first mortgage portfolio loans equaled $87.0 million, or 28.2% of total loans, with adjustable rate loans totaling 22.2% of total residential first mortgage loans.  The Bank also maintained a balance of loans held for sale of $19.1 million.  As shown in Exhibit I-8, the balance of first position residential mortgage portfolio loans has remained essentially constant since December 31, 2008 at approximately $86 million.  As described above, the residential loan origination function includes a substantial mortgage banking operation, whereby

 

I.13



 

conforming fixed rate first position loans are sold into the secondary market on a servicing released basis.  The Bank recognizes fee income on the sale of the loans.

 

Coastway’s mortgage loans are generally underwritten according to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, FHA or Rhode Island Housing guidelines as conforming loans, with most of the 1-4 family mortgage loans secured by residences in the local markets surrounding the branch office locations.  Loan-to-value ratios (“LTV”) of mortgage loans are generally limited to 80% of the lower of the sales price or appraised value, or 90% LTV if the loans carry private mortgage insurance.

 

Fixed rate 1-4 family residential real estate loans typically have terms of 10 to 30 years and balances up to the maximum conforming loan limit as set by the federal government.   Loans are also originated above this lending limit or loans that do not conform for other reasons, in the form of jumbo loans that are retained in its portfolio.  These loans typically have terms of 15 to 30 years and maximum LTVs of 90%.  Adjustable-rate 1-4 family residential real estate loans offered by the Bank in general have terms-to-maturity ranging from 10 to 30 years and have fixed rates for initial terms of five years.  These loans are usually held in portfolio.  The Bank also offers ARM loans with terms of one through ten years and adjust annually thereafter at a margin tied to a premium above the LIBOR rate.  The ARM loans are subject to a 5% adjustment cap for the first adjustment period, and 2% per adjustment period cap thereafter with a lifetime interest rate cap of 5% above the initial interest rate of the loan.

 

On a limited basis, the Bank offers 1-4 family residential mortgages secured by non-owner occupied properties.  From 2000 to 2006, the Bank originated “ stated income” loans, which are loans whereby the borrowers income source is not subject to verification through the application process.  Such loans in portfolio totaled $3.6 million as of June 30, 2013.

 

Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit

 

Another long term primary lending activity for Coastway consists of second position residential loans.  Total home equity loans and lines of credit equaled $84.4 million, or 27.4% of the loan portfolio as of June 30, 2013, representing an increase in balance from $69.5 million, or 29.0% of loans as of December 31, 2008.  These loans include home equity loans and lines of credit secured by the borrower’s primary or secondary residence, with the focus of such lending conducted in the geographic footprint served by the branches.  Home equity loans and lines of credit have been pursued for interest rate risk and yield enhancement benefits.  Home equity loans are primarily originated with fixed rates of interest with terms of up to 15 years, while

 

I.14



 

home equity lines of credit are originated with adjustable-rates based on the prime rate plus an applicable premium. These loans are generally underwritten with combined loan-to-value ratios up to 80%.  Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally available in amounts of between $5,000 and $2.0 million.

 

Commercial Real Estate/Multi-Family Lending

 

As of June 30, 2013, commercial real estate/multi-family loans totaled $83.2 million, or 27.0% of the total loan portfolio, and the balances of these loans have been increasing in recent years due to the Bank’s focus to diversify its loan portfolio and increase yield.  As of December 31, 2008, commercial real estate/multi-family loans totaled $25.1 million, or 10.5% of the total loan portfolio.  These types of loans are attractive credits given the higher yields, larger balances, shorter duration and prospective relationship potential.  Commercial real estate loans generally have initial terms of five to ten years and amortization terms of 15 to 20 years, with a balloon payment at the end of the initial term and may be fixed or adjustable rate.  The maximum LTVs are generally 75% for commercial real estate loans and 80% for multi-family loans, of the lower of cost or appraised value of the property securing the loan.  Debt service coverage ratios are generally required at 1.20x.

 

These loans are generally priced at a higher rate of interest, have larger balances and involve a greater risk profile than 1-4 residential mortgage loans.  Often the payments on commercial real estate loans are dependent on successful operations and management of the property.  When originating commercial real estate loans, the Bank evaluates the qualifications and financial condition of the borrower, as well as the value and condition of the property securing the loan.  The Bank will also generally require and obtain personal guarantees from the principals.  The average loan size of the commercial real estate loans is approximately $364,000, typically secured by medical, retail, industrial, warehouse, service or other commercial properties.

 

Commercial Construction Loans

 

Construction and land loans totaled $6.0 million, or 1.9% of loans outstanding, at June 30, 2013, representing a modest level of lending activity for the Bank.  Such balances have increased from $2.0 million, or 0.8% of total loans as of December 31, 2008.  Commercial construction loans generally have initial terms of up to 12 months, during which the borrow pays interest only.  Upon completion of construction, these loans generally convert to permanent loans.  Commercial construction loans have loans and terms comparable to permanent

 

I.15



 

commercial real estate loan originations, with maximum LTV is 80% of the lesser of the appraised value of the completed property or the contract price for the land plus the value of improvements.

 

Construction loans generally involve greater credit risk than improved owner-occupied real estate lending. Coastway reviews and inspects each property before disbursement of loan funds, and also requires detailed cost estimates to complete the construction project and an appraisal of the property.

 

SBA Loans

 

Another segment of the commercial lending activities of Coastway includes commercial business and commercial real estate loans utilizing the Small Business Administration’s 7(a) Program.  At June 30, 2013, SBA loans totaled $37.7 million, or 12.2% of total loans, compared to $36.5 million, or 15.2% of loans as of December 31, 2008.  Coastway is a preferred lending provider for the SBA and can determine SBA eligibility for a loan without prior SBA approval. The Bank generally originates loans which qualify for guarantees up to 85% of principal and accrued interest.  The guaranteed portions of the loans are also frequently sold in the secondary market, allowing the Bank to recognize gains on sale.  Coastway typically seeks SBA guarantees on loans that exhibit minimum capital levels, a short time in business, lower collateral coverage or maximum loan terms beyond the Bank’s normal underwriting criteria.

 

Commercial Business Lending

 

As part of the full-service business lending philosophy, Coastway originates commercial business loans on non-real estate commercial business assets including lines of credit and term loans.  The Bank originates commercial business loans to small businesses located regionally in its market area, including loans to provide working capital or to acquire equipment, and secured by accounts receivable, inventory and business equipment.  As of June 30, 2013, the Bank had $8.3 million of commercial business loans in portfolio, equal to 2.7% of total loans, an increase from $2.9 million, or 1.2% of loans as of December 31, 2008.  The average loan size of the commercial business loan portfolio was $107,000 as of June 30, 2013.

 

Commercial business term loans generally have terms of three to seven years and are priced at a margin above the FHLB of Boston rate of a corresponding term.  Commercial business lines of credit have terms of one to two years, and are priced at an adjustable rate tied to the prime rate.  Commercial business loans have greater credit risk compared to 1-4 family

 

I.16



 

residential real estate loans, because the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans are dependent on the success of the business and the general economic environment of the Bank’s market area.  The Bank generally obtains personal guarantees with these loans.

 

Consumer Lending

 

To a minor extent, Coastway originates a variety of consumer loans to individuals who reside or work in the Bank’s market area, including loans secured by new and used automobiles, boats, recreational vehicles and certificates of deposits.  As of June 30, 2013, consumer loans totaled $1.9 million, or 0.6% of total loans.  The Bank offers such loans since they tend to have shorter maturities and higher interest rates than mortgage loans.  These loans also help to expand and create stronger customer relationships and opportunities for cross-marketing.  Consumer loans have greater risk compared to mortgage loans, due to their dependence on the borrower’s continuing financial stability.

 

Loan Originations and Sales

 

Exhibit I-10 provides a summary of the Bank’s lending activities over the past three and a half fiscal years, illustrating the mortgage banking and commercial lending activities of the Bank.  Annual l ending volume was in excess of $200 million from 2010 to 2012, and totaled $291.9 million for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013.  Within the specific loan categories, 1-4 family residential first mortgage loan originations totaled $494.4 million for the most recent three fiscal years, or 74% of total originations over the three year period.  For the most recent six months, 1-4 family residential loans totaled $103.4 million, or 72% of total originations.

 

Commercial loan originations (commercial real estate, SBA, commercial business, commercial construction) equaled $31.6 million, or 22.0% of total originations for the most recent six month period.  Over the past three and a half years, a minimal $2.4 million of loans were purchased, consisting of commercial real estate loans in fiscal 2012.

 

Exhibit I-10 also presents details of the loan sales activity since fiscal 2010.  As discussed earlier, loan sales, consisting of 1-4 family fixed rate loans, totaled $452.3 million for fiscal years 2010 to 2012, or 95.2% of total loan sales.  Other loan sales during this time period consisted primarily of SBA loans, equal to $17.9 million, or 3.8% of total sales.  For the six months ended June 30, 2013, loan sales totaled $86.1 million, of which $81.5 were residential loans and $2.5 million were SBA loans.

 

I.17



 

Asset Quality

 

Coastway’s lending operations include originations of construction/land, commercial real estate/multi-family, commercial business and consumer loans for portfolio, all of which carry a higher risk profile than traditional 1-4 family mortgage lending.  Since fiscal 2009 the Bank has experienced a fluctuating level of non-performing assets (“NPAs”), consisting of non-accruing loans, REO, and accruing troubled debt restructured loans (“Accruing TDRs”).  NPAs and Accruing TDRs have ranged from a low of $10.6 million as of December 31, 2011 to a high of $15.2 million at December 31, 2009, and declined to $11.7 million at June 30, 2013.  Included in the June 30, 2013 figure is $3.4 million of Accruing TDRs.  Non-accruing loans totaled $6.6 million as of June 30, 2013, and were comprised of 1-4 family first and second position loans (83%) and commercial loans (17%).  All of the REO balance consisted of residential property.  Exhibit I-11 presents a history of NPAs for the Bank since 2008.

 

To track the Bank’s asset quality and the adequacy of valuation allowances, Coastway has established detailed asset classification policies and procedures which are consistent with regulatory guidelines.  Detailed asset classifications are reviewed quarterly by senior management and the Board.  Pursuant to these procedures, when needed, the Bank establishes additional valuation allowances to cover anticipated losses in classified or non-classified assets.  As of June 30, 2013, the Bank maintained general and specific reserves of $1.6 million, equal to 0.52% of total loans receivable and 24.15% of non-accruing loans.

 

Funding Composition and Strategy

 

Deposits have traditionally accounted for the major portion of the Bank’s IBL, although over the past four and a half years borrowed funds have remained a modest yet steady source of funding as the Bank has relied on borrowed funds to supplement cash flow needs and lengthen the maturities of liabilities.  At June 30, 2013, deposits equaled $330.0 million, or 95.9% of total deposits and borrowings, a slight decrease from 96.7% at December 31, 2009.  Exhibit I-12 sets forth the Bank’s deposit composition for the past three years and Exhibit I-13 provides the interest rate and maturity composition of the certificate of deposit (“CD”) portfolio at June 30, 2013.  CDs constitute the largest but decreasing portion of the Bank’s deposit base, totaling 37.4% of deposits at June 30, 2013 versus 40.4% of deposits as of December 31, 2010.  All types of core deposits, including NOW/demand, money market and savings accounts, increased as a percent of total deposits over the past two and a half fiscal years.  Transaction

 

I.18



 

and savings account deposits equaled $206.7 million, or 62.6% of total deposits at June 30, 2013, versus $156.1 million, or 59.6% of total deposits, at December 31, 2010.

 

Coastway’s current CD composition reflects a concentration of short-term CDs (maturities of one year or less).  As of June 30, 2013, the CD portfolio totaled $123.3 million, and 37.4% of the CDs were scheduled to mature in one year or less.  As of June 30, 2013, jumbo CDs (balances exceeding $100,000) amounted to $45.9 million, or 37.2% of total CDs.  There were no brokered CDs in portfolio as of June 30, 2013.  As noted above, the balances of CDs in recent years has been affected by offering rates, which increases the attractiveness of those deposits relative to lower yielding transaction and savings account deposits.

 

Borrowings have served as an alternative funding source for the Bank to facilitate asset growth, management of funding costs, management of liquidity as a result of the mortgage banking operation and interest rate risk.  Coastway maintained $14.0 million of FHLB advances at June 30, 2013 with a weighted average rate of 0.84%, which included either short-term overnight advances or advances that had fixed interest rates with maturity dates primarily through 2013.  Exhibit I-14 provides further detail of the Bank’s borrowings activities during the past three years.

 

Subsidiary Operations

 

The Bank currently does not operate any subsidiaries.  Upon completion of the conversion, Coastway will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

The Bank is not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are believed by management to be immaterial to the financial condition of the Bank.

 

I.19



 

II. MARKET AREA ANALYSIS

 

Introduction

 

Coastway operates a community banking business through its corporate office and nine branch office locations in Providence County (six branches) and Kent County (three branches), Rhode Island.  The Bank serves most of the state of Rhode Island, containing a total population of 1.1 million (almost 60% of the population is located in the headquarters’ county of Providence).  The Bank’s market area also includes the broader Providence MSA, which includes the five counties in Rhode Island and one county in southern Massachusetts, encompassing a total population of 1.6 million.  Certain information regarding the Bank’s office locations is presented in Exhibit II-1.

 

The Bank focuses on providing personal service while meeting the needs of its retail and business customer base, emphasizes personalized banking services to retail customers and offers a broad array of deposit services including demand deposits, regular savings accounts, money market deposits, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. The Bank’s market area coverage, from its beginnings as a credit union and recent conversion to a savings institution, has expanded as the Bank’s branch office network has increased.

 

Future business and growth opportunities, in particular in the small business lending area, will be partially influenced by economic and demographic characteristics of the regional markets, particularly the future growth and stability of the regional economy, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment for financial institutions.  These factors outlined herein have been considered in the analysis of the Bank’s pro forma market value.

 

National Economic Factors

 

The business potential of a financial institution is partially dependent on the future operating environment and growth opportunities for the financial services industry and the economy as a whole.  The national economy experienced a severe downturn during 2008 and 2009, as the fallout of the housing crisis caused the wider economy to falter, with most significant indicators of economic activity declining by substantial amounts.  The overall economic recession was the worst since the great depression of the 1930s.  Approximately 8 million jobs were lost during the recession, as consumers cut back on spending, causing a reduction in the need for many products and services.  Total personal wealth declined notably

 

II.1



 

due to the housing crisis and the drop in real estate values.  As measured by the nation’s gross domestic product (“GDP”), the recession officially ended in the fourth quarter of 2009, after the national GDP expanded for two consecutive quarters.  The economic expansion has continued since that date, albeit at a relatively slow pace, with recent GDP growth of 2.2% for calendar year 2012, 1.1% for the first quarter of 2013 and 1.7% for the second quarter.  Notably, a large portion of GDP growth during 2009 through 2012 was generated through federal stimulus programs, bringing into question the sustainability of the recovery without government support.

 

Reflecting a measure of recovery of the economy, the national annualized inflation rate averaged 2.29% for the three year period of 2010-2012.  For the six months ended June 2013, the rate of inflation averaged an even lower rate of 1.57%.  Indicating another level of improvement, the national unemployment rate equaled 7.6% as of June 2013, a moderate decline from 8.2% as of June 2012, but still high compared to recent historical levels.  There remains uncertainty about the near term future, particularly in terms of the speed at which the economy will recover, the impact of the housing crisis on longer term economic growth, and the near-term future performance of the real estate industry, including both residential and commercial real estate prices, all of which have the potential to impact future economic growth.  While the number of jobs has increased nationally over the past several years, most newly created jobs have been somewhat lower wage positions.  The current and projected size of government spending and deficits also has the ability to impact the longer-term economic performance of the country.

 

The major stock exchange indices have increased substantially since the depths of the recession in 2008 and 2009.  After recording a month-end low of 7062.93 in February 2009, the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) has more than doubled in value through mid-2013.  Over the last 12 months, while there has been a measure of period-to-period volatility, the DJIA has continued to trend upward.  As an indication of the changes in the nation’s stock markets over the last 12 months, as of June 28, 2013 the Dow Jones Industrial Average closed at 14,909.60, an increase of 15.8% from June 29, 2012, while the NASDAQ Composite Index stood at 3,403.25, an increase of 15.9% over the same time period.  The Standard & Poor’s 500 Index totaled 1,606.28 as of June 28, 2013, an increase of 17.9% from June 29, 2012.

 

Regarding factors that most directly impact the banking and financial services industries, in the past year the number of housing foreclosures have begun to decline in many regional or urban areas of the country, as the backlog of foreclosed properties is processed.  However,

 

II.2



 

there remains specific states, or areas that continue to experience elevated levels of foreclure activity, at times due to state foreclosure laws and processes, which have delayed such actions over the past several years.  Similarly, median home values have recovered in many parts of the county, but continue to be below historical highs.  Existing home sales have also shown improvement, along with the housing construction industry.  While concerns about a “double-dip” housing recession have lessened in recent periods, Coastway will continue to employ strict, prudent underwriting for such loans being placed into its portfolio, and will work to aggressively resolve substandard credits.

 

Based on the consensus outlook of 54 economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in June 2013, economic growth is expected to improve from an annualized growth rate of 1.5% in 2012 to 3.0% in 2015.  Most of the economists expect that the unemployment rate will remain steady at 7% into 2014; the pace of job growth will only serve to bring the unemployment rate down slowly.  On average, the economists expect that the unemployment rate will be 6.4% by the end of 2014, with the economy adding around 2.2 million jobs from June 2013 to June 2014.  On average, the economists did not expect the Federal Reserve to begin raising its target rate until 2014 at the earliest and the yield on the 10-year Treasury would increase to 3.61% by the end of 2015.  Inflation pressures were forecasted to decrease and remain steady in the range of 2.0% to 2.3% through the end of 2015, and that the price of oil was expected to settle around $95 a barrel.  The Federal Housing Finance Agency Index was projected to rise by 6.7% in 2013. Projections for housing starts were mostly unchanged.

 

The 2013 housing forecast from the Mortgage Bankers Association (the “MBA”) was for existing home sales to increase by approximately 4.9% from 2012 levels and new home sales were expected to increase by 11.5% in 2013 from their relatively depressed levels in 2012.  The MBA forecast showed increases in the median sale price for new and existing homes in 2013.  Total mortgage production is forecasted to be down in 2013 to $1.4 trillion compared to $1.8 trillion in 2012.  The reduction in 2013 originations is largely due to a 13% reduction in refinancing volume, with refinancing volume forecasted to total $818 billion in 2013.  Comparatively, house purchase mortgage originations are predicted to increase by 17.7% in 2013, with purchase lending forecasted to total $592 billion in 2013.

 

II.3



 

Interest Rate Environment

 

In terms of interest rates, through the first half of 2004, in a reaction to try to avoid a significant slowdown of the economy, the Federal Reserve lowered key market interest rates to historical lows not seen since the 1950s, with the federal funds rate equal to 1.00% and the discount rate equal to 2.00%.  Beginning in June 2004, the Fed began slowly, but steadily increasing the federal funds and overnight interest rates in order to ward off any possibility of inflation.  Through June 2006, the Fed had increased interest rates a total of 17 times, and as of June 2006, the Fed Funds rate was 5.25%, up from 1.00% in early 2004, while the Discount Rate stood at 6.25%, up from 2.00% in early 2004.  The Fed then held these two interest rates steady until mid-2007, at which time the downturn in the economy was evident, and the Fed began reacting to the increasingly negative economic news.  Beginning in August 2007 and through December 2008, the Fed decreased market interest rates a total of 12 times in an effort to stimulate the economy, both for personal and business spending.

 

As of January 2009, the Discount Rate had been lowered to 0.50%, and the Federal Funds rate target was 0.00% to 0.25%.  These historically low rates were intended to enable a faster recovery of the housing industry, while at the same time lower business borrowing costs, and such rates remained in effect through early 2010.  In February 2010, the Fed increased the discount rate to 0.75%, reflecting a slight change to monetary strategy.  The effect of the interest rate decreases since mid-2008 has been most evident in short term rates, which decreased more than longer term rates, increasing the slope of the yield curve.  This low interest rate environment has been maintained as part of a strategy to stimulate the economy by keeping both personal and business borrowing costs as low as possible.  The strategy has achieved its goals, as borrowing costs for residential housing have been at historical lows, and the prime rate of interest remains at a low level.  Longer-term interest rates (10-year treasury) increased somewhat in mid-2013 in response to the expectation that the Federal Reserve will cease its treasury buying efforts to keep longer term rates low.

 

As of June 28, 2013, one- and ten-year U.S. government bonds were yielding 0.15% and 2.52%, respectively, compared to 0.22% and 1.60%, as of June 28, 2012.  This has had a mixed impact on the net interest margins of many financial institutions, as they rely on a spread between the yields on longer term assets and the costs of shorter term funding sources.  However, institutions who originate substantial volumes of prime-based loans have given up some of this pickup in yield as the prime rate declined from 5.00% as of June 30, 2008 to 3.25%

 

II.4



 

as of December 31, 2008, and has remained at that level since that date.  Historical interest rate information is presented in Exhibit II-2.

 

Regional/Local Economic Factors

 

Primary Market Area Overview

 

The primary market area for business operations is the state of Rhode Island, which is part of the Providence-New Bedford-Fall River, RI-MA MSA (the “Providence MSA”).  To a much lesser extent, the Bank conducts business (primarily lending) in contiguous areas to the state of Rhode Island, however these activities are currently relatively minor.  The market area served is in the heart of southern New England.  Rhode Island is a relatively well-developed area settled in the early part of the country’s history that has a wide range of new and old housing and commercial building stock.  Geographically, Rhode Island covers a small area, and thus the Bank’s current branch office network provides access to a material portion of the statewide population base.  Such operations are essentially limited to the western side of Narragansett Bay, the region containing all of the Bank’s offices.

 

The region has long experienced a modestly growing economy, with a historical dependence on manufacturing and employment generated by military bases.  In recent decades, health care, financial services, defense industry, tourism and gambling have become more important segments of the economy.  In the most recent periods, Rhode Island has experienced to some degree the national issues related to home value declines, foreclosure rates, or other real estate related problems that are prevalent across most of the country.  However, overall, the statewide economy remains relatively weak in comparison to other neighboring states and other regions of the country.

 

Coastway holds a small market share of deposits in the primary market area, given its asset size, number and size of competitors and the overall population base, and thus has potential for additional growth.  Similar to other areas of the country, Coastway operates in a competitive environment and competes with a number of national, regional and locally-based financial institutions.  In addition, the Bank faces competition from mortgage banking companies, consumer finance companies, investment houses, mutual funds, insurance companies and other financial intermediaries.  Over the most recent years, the competitive factors have intensified with the growth of electronic delivery systems, particularly the Internet.

 

II.5



 

Demographic Trends

 

Table 2.1 presents information regarding the demographic and economic trends for the Bank’s market area from 2010 to 2012 and projected through 2017, highlighting the somewhat unfavorable market area trends for financial institutions in general and Coastway specifically.  Additional data is presented in Exhibit II-3.  Data for the nation, the State of Rhode Island and the Providence MSA are included for comparative purposes.  The size and scope of the market area is evidenced by the demographic data, which shows that as of 2012 the total population of the state was 1.1 million, with 59% of the state population in Providence County.  Most of the population base is concentrated along the northern end of Narragansett Bay, a natural water harbor.  Between 2010 and 2012 the population growth rate of the state was slightly negative, significantly lower than the national rate, indicating a gradually declining population base.  Over this time period, the Rhode Island and Michigan were the only states in the nation to record population declines.  Similar to the state, Providence County also recorded a reduction in population from 2010 to 2012, while Kent County recorded a slight increase.  However, over the next projected five years, the state, MSA and both market counties are expected to experience modest population decreases, compared to much larger projected population growth for the country, indicating a relatively challenging future operating environment for financial institutions.

 

Changes in the number of households in the market area have generally paralleled trends with respect to population, although at slightly more favorable rates of change.  This reflects a national trend towards smaller average household sizes.  These stable or slowly shrinking trends in households also will act to limit business opportunities for community financial institutions such as Coastway and result in increased levels of competition for available retail and commercial banking business.

 

Table 2.1 also provides certain median age distribution figures for the market area, the state of Rhode Island and the nation.  The data reveals that the state and the market area counties all contained somewhat older population bases than the nation as a whole, indicative of the historical concentration in manufacturing employment  The lack of population growth provides for a gradual aging of the population base as younger residents leave the area for employment opportunities elsewhere.  Kent County in particular, reported the highest overall median age figures.

 

II.6



 

Table 2.1

Coastway Community Bank

Summary Demographic Data

 

 

 

Year

 

Growth Rate

 

 

 

2010

 

2012

 

2017

 

2010-2012

 

2012-2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

Population (000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

308,746

 

313,129

 

323,986

 

0.7

%

0.7

%

Rhode Island

 

1,053

 

1,050

 

1,038

 

-0.1

%

-0.2

%

Providence MSA

 

1,601

 

1,603

 

1,599

 

0.1

%

-0.1

%

Providence County

 

627

 

621

 

612

 

-0.5

%

-0.3

%

Kent County

 

166

 

166

 

165

 

0.1

%

-0.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Households (000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

116,716

 

118,209

 

122,665

 

0.6

%

0.7

%

Rhode Island

 

414

 

412

 

410

 

-0.2

%

-0.1

%

Providence MSA

 

627

 

627

 

628

 

0.0

%

0.0

%

Providence County

 

242

 

240

 

236

 

-0.5

%

-0.3

%

Kent County

 

69

 

68

 

68

 

-0.1

%

0.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Median Household Income ($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

NA

 

50,157

 

56,895

 

NA

 

2.6

%

Rhode Island

 

NA

 

53,372

 

63,323

 

NA

 

3.5

%

Providence MSA

 

NA

 

53,554

 

62,557

 

NA

 

3.2

%

Providence County

 

NA

 

46,859

 

55,565

 

NA

 

3.5

%

Kent County

 

NA

 

58,424

 

70,263

 

NA

 

3.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Capita Income ($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

NA

 

26,409

 

29,882

 

NA

 

2.5

%

Rhode Island

 

NA

 

28,395

 

32,690

 

NA

 

2.9

%

Providence MSA

 

NA

 

28,231

 

32,100

 

NA

 

2.6

%

Providence County

 

NA

 

25,159

 

28,819

 

NA

 

2.8

%

Kent County

 

NA

 

30,344

 

34,749

 

NA

 

2.7

%

 

 

 

0-14 Yrs.

 

15-34 Yrs.

 

35-54 Yrs.

 

55-69 Yrs.

 

70+ Yrs.

 

2012 Age Distribution (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

19.6

 

27.4

 

27.1

 

16.6

 

9.2

 

Rhode Island

 

17.1

 

27.5

 

27.6

 

17.3

 

10.6

 

Providence MSA

 

17.4

 

26.8

 

28.1

 

17.3

 

10.5

 

Providence County

 

17.7

 

29.7

 

26.9

 

15.6

 

10.1

 

Kent County

 

16.5

 

23.1

 

29.9

 

19.1

 

11.5

 

 

 

 

Less Than

 

$25,000 to

 

$50,000 to

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

50,000

 

100,000

 

$100,000+

 

2012 HH Income Dist. (%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

24.7

 

25.1

 

29.9

 

20.3

 

Rhode Island

 

24.1

 

22.4

 

31.0

 

22.5

 

Providence MSA

 

23.9

 

22.4

 

30.9

 

22.8

 

Providence County

 

28.5

 

23.8

 

29.2

 

18.4

 

Kent County

 

17.8

 

23.2

 

35.7

 

23.2

 

 

Source:  SNL Financial

 

II.7



 

Table 2.1 also provides data concerning household and per capita income levels, which are important indicators of a market area’s health and attractiveness in terms of housing and economic activity.  The 2012 median household incomes ranged from $46,859 in Providence County to $58,424 in Kent County, with the lower figure for Providence County indicative of the generally lower incomes prevalent in urbanized areas in comparison to the suburban Kent County.  The state and MSA average for median household income was slightly higher than the national average, given the state’s position in the densely populated northeast corridor.  Per capita incomes generally tracked the household income data, with Providence County recording the lowest per capita income of all comparative areas.  Household income distribution patterns shown in Table 2.1 also provide support for earlier statements regarding the nature of the Bank’s market as approximately 48% of Providence County households had income levels in excess of $50,000 annually in 2012 while the ratio was 59% for the Kent County and 54% for the state average.

 

Summary of Local Economy

 

Rhode Island’s historical economy was based on industries such as textiles, jewelry, silverware, metals/machinery and footwear/rubber products.  The access to the Atlantic Ocean and location along the east coast resulted in establishment of military bases and other military-related industries and employment.  Similar to many areas all across the county, in the past century manufacturing and other labor intensive industries have declined in Rhode Island and been replaced by a more service-oriented economy.  Presently, Rhode Island’s economy includes large private companies in the health care, financial services, marine products, defense and manufacturing sectors.  Notable firms headquartered in Rhode Island include CVS Pharmacy, Textron, Hasbro and Amica Insurance.  Other companies that maintain large divisions in Rhode Island include Fidelity Investments, Metlife Insurance and General Dynamics.  Rhode Island is also a center of higher education, with Brown University, the University of Rhode Island, Johnson & Wales and Bryant University.  The U.S. Navy has had a significant presence in the Newport area, through the Naval Station Newport and the Naval Undersea Warfare Center.  Government and non-profit community service agencies employ significant numbers of workers, and the tourism industry serves visitors from all over the world.  The employment base is relatively diversified such that loss of employment in one sector would not have a material impact on the overall employment situation.  Rhode Island’s largest employers, including the approximate number of employees, are provided in Table 2.2.

 

II.8



 

Table 2.2

Coastway Community Bank

Rhode Island Largest Employers

 

 

 

Employees

 

Company/Institution

 

(#)

 

 

 

 

 

Rhode Island State Government

 

14,904

 

Lifespan

 

11,869

 

US Government

 

11,581

 

Roman Catholic Diocese of Providence

 

6,200

 

Care New England

 

5,953

 

CVS Corp

 

5,800

 

Citizens Financial Group, Inc.

 

4,991

 

Brown University

 

4,800

 

Stop & Shop Supermarket Co., Inc.

 

3,632

 

Bank of America

 

3,500

 

Fidelity Investments

 

2,934

 

Rhode Island ARC

 

2,851

 

Metlife Insurance Co.

 

2,604

 

General Dynamics Corp.

 

2,243

 

University of Rhode Island

 

2,155

 

 

Source: Rhode Island Economic Development Corp., 2011

 

Major Market Area Employment Sectors

 

Employment data, presented in Table 2.3 below, indicates that similar to many larger, developed areas of the country, services are the most prominent sector for the state of Rhode Island and the two Providence MSA counties, comprising approximately 30% of total employment.  Healthcare, at approximately 15% for the state and two counties, is the second largest employment sector.  Another large component of the economy of the market area is government employment, reflecting the location of the state capitol and the military bases previously mentioned.  Wholesale and retail trade, at approximately 12%, is the third largest employment sector.  Manufacturing employment was relatively similar in both market area counties, and was less than 10% of total employment, reflecting the overall decline of this historically important and significant employment sector.  Finance, insurance and real estate employment was highest in Kent County, indicative of the higher incomes and more recent population growth in that county when compared to the older, more developed Providence

 

II.9



 

County.  This data indicates that the Bank’s market area has a relatively diversified economic base, such that a downturn in any one industry will likely not have a large impact on the regional economy.  This diversification provides a level of stability that is a positive factor for financial institutions such as Coastway.  Additional employment data by sector is included in Exhibit II-4.

 

Table 2.3

Coastway Community Bank

Primary Market Area Employment Sectors

(Percent of Labor Force)

 

 

 

Rhode

 

Providence

 

Kent

 

Employment Sector

 

Island

 

County

 

County

 

 

 

(% of Total Employment)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

29.2

%

30.1

%

26.0

%

Healthcare

 

14.9

%

16.9

%

14.0

%

Government

 

12.3

%

10.9

%

9.2

%

Wholesale/Retail Trade

 

12.5

%

11.6

%

13.4

%

Finance/Insurance/Real Estate

 

10.3

%

10.2

%

12.2

%

Manufacturing

 

7.2

%

7.0

%

7.3

%

Construction

 

4.6

%

4.4

%

4.9

%

Information

 

2.0

%

2.3

%

1.8

%

Transportation/Utility

 

2.3

%

2.2

%

3.5

%

Agriculture

 

0.3

%

0.1

%

0.2

%

Other

 

4.6

%

4.3

%

7.5

%

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

Source: Bureau of Economic Analysis, 2011

 

Unemployment Data

 

Table 2.4 below provides recent unemployment data for the Bank’s market area, which provides an additional indication of the economic and demographic health of the primary market area.  Indicative of the somewhat less favorable economic conditions in the state and modest growth opportunities, the unemployment rate in Rhode Island at 8.5% was well above the national average of 7.6% as of June 2013.  The unemployment rates of both Providence and Kent counties were also above the national average.  However, the data also indicates that similar to national and statewide trends, the unemployment rates in both market area counties

 

II.10



 

decreased over the most recent 12 month period.  Kent County reported the lowest unemployment rate in the market area served, and an unemployment rate lower than the state average but higher than the national average.  Providence County reported the highest unemployment rate, significantly above the state average.  This data is an unfavorable statistic for financial institutions such as Coastway that depend on a strong local economy for attracting and maintaining customer deposits and loans.  The higher unemployment rates are more significant due to the slow population growth, which indicates that job growth is relatively low.

 

Table 2.4

Coastway Community Bank

Unemployment Trends

 

 

 

June 2012

 

June 2013

 

Region

 

Unemployment

 

Unemployment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

USA

 

8.2

%

7.6

%

Rhode Island

 

10.3

%

8.5

%

Providence County

 

11.5

%

9.5

%

Kent County

 

9.7

%

7.7

%

 

Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.

 

Market Area Deposit Characteristics/Competition

 

Table 2.5 displays deposit market trends and deposit market share, respectively, for commercial banks and savings institutions for the State of Rhode Island and the Bank’s market area from June 30, 2010 to June 30, 2012 (Coastway converted from a credit union to a savings institution on July 1, 2009, and thus no directly comparable historical deposit data is available prior to that date).  Deposit growth trends are important indicators of a market area’s current and future prospect’s for growth.  As shown in Table 2.5, Rhode Island’s deposits increased at an annual rate of 6.2% over the two year time period, with commercial banks increasing deposits at a strong annual rate of 8.9%, while savings and loan associations experienced an annualized decline of 17.5%.  As of June 30, 2012 commercial banks held a market share of 93.0% of total bank and thrift deposits in the state of Rhode Island.

 

II.11



 

Table 2.5

Coastway Community Bank

Deposit Summary

 

 

 

As of June 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

2012

 

Deposit

 

 

 

 

 

Market

 

No. of

 

 

 

Market

 

No. of

 

Growth Rate

 

 

 

Deposits

 

Share

 

Branches

 

Deposits

 

Share

 

Branches

 

 2010-2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

(%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rhode Island

 

$

39,828,043

 

100.0

%

259

 

$

44,916,379

 

100.0

%

259

 

6.2

%

Commercial Banks

 

35,204,453

 

88.4

%

177

 

41,769,663

 

93.0

%

215

 

8.9

%

Savings Institutions

 

4,623,590

 

11.6

%

82

 

3,146,716

 

7.0

%

44

 

-17.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Providence County

 

$

27,442,922

 

100.0

%

141

 

$

32,501,164

 

100.0

%

143

 

8.8

%

Commercial Banks

 

25,543,872

 

93.1

%

103

 

31,520,467

 

97.0

%

129

 

11.1

%

Savings Institutions

 

1,899,050

 

6.9

%

38

 

980,697

 

3.0

%

14

 

-28.1

%

Coastway Community

 

134,888

 

0.5

%

7

 

149,436

 

0.5

%

7

 

5.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kent County

 

$

7,468,588

 

100.0

%

45

 

$

7,057,380

 

100.0

%

44

 

-2.8

%

Commercial Banks

 

6,265,432

 

83.9

%

29

 

6,135,117

 

86.9

%

34

 

-1.0

%

Savings Institutions

 

1,203,156

 

16.1

%

16

 

922,263

 

13.1

%

10

 

-12.4

%

Coastway Community

 

141,755

 

1.9

%

2

 

151,069

 

2.1

%

2

 

3.2

%

 

The table indicates that deposit growth in Providence County, the location of the Bank’s headquarters office and the majority of the deposit base, was 8.8% annually from June 30, 2010 to June 30, 2012, exceeding the growth rate of the state.  Similar to the statewide trends, commercial banks recorded higher growth in deposits over the two year period, while savings institutions reported declines.  Commercial banks also held a higher market share position of bank and thrift deposits in Providence County, 97.0%, as of June 30, 2012, compared to the statewide average.  In Kent County, bank and thrift deposits experienced declines in both commercial banks and savings institutions. Savings institutions held a higher market share of deposits in Kent County, at 13.1%, than in Providence County.

 

As of June 30, 2012, Coastway maintained a relatively modest 0.5% deposit market share in Providence County and 2.1% in Kent County, representative of the overall large size of the deposit base and indicating that future deposit gains and market share gains are possible.  Over the two year period shown, Coastway recorded growth in deposits in both counties, with the Bank’s growth in Kent County higher than the county-wide growth rate.  It is important to note that Coastway’s growth capabilities were limited through July 1, 2012 due to a regulatory restriction and regulatory capital limit that was imposed for a three year period after completion of the charter conversion in 2009.  Subsequent to the expiration of this limit on July 1, 2012, the

 

II.12



 

Bank has been able to noticeably increase deposits.

 

Competition

 

The competitive environment for financial institution products and services on a national, regional and local level can be expected to become even more competitive in the future.  Consolidation in the banking and thrift industries provides economies of scale to the larger institutions, while the increased presence of investment options provides consumers with attractive investment alternatives to financial institutions.  The Bank faces notable competition in both deposit gathering and lending activities, including direct competition with financial institutions that primarily have a local, regional or national presence.  Securities firms and mutual funds also represent major sources of competition in raising deposits.  In many cases, these competitors are also seeking to provide some or all of the community-oriented services as the Bank.  With regard to lending competition, the Bank encounters the most significant competition from the same institutions providing deposit services.  In addition, the Bank competes with mortgage companies, independent mortgage brokers, and credit unions.

 

From a competitive standpoint, the Bank benefits from its status of a locally-owned financial institution, longstanding customer relationships, and continued efforts to offer competitive products and services.  However, competitive pressures will also likely continue to build as the financial services industry continues to consolidate and as additional non-bank investment options for consumers become available.  Table 2.6 lists the Bank’s largest competitors in the two counties currently served by its branches, based on deposit market share as noted.  The proceeds from the proposed stock offering will enhance the Bank’s competitiveness by providing increased operating flexibility, including potential branching, focus on cross-selling and marketing and potential acquisition.

 

II.13



 

Table 2.6

Coastway Community Bank

Market Area Deposit Competitors

 

Location

 

Name

 

Market Share

 

Rank

 

Providence County, RI

 

Bank of America Corp. (NC)

 

65.71

%

 

 

 

 

RBS

 

22.20

%

 

 

 

 

Santander

 

4.21

%

 

 

 

 

Brookline Bancorp, Inc. (MA)

 

2.72

%

 

 

 

 

Lazares & Co. LLC

 

1.50

%

 

 

 

 

Washington Trust Bancorp, Inc.

 

0.95

%

 

 

 

 

Webster Financial Corp. (CT)

 

0.69

%

 

 

 

 

Coastway Community Bank

 

0.46

%

8 out of 17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kent County, RI

 

RBS

 

33.59

%

 

 

 

 

Centreville Savings Bank

 

19.75

%

 

 

 

 

Bank of America

 

8.59

%

 

 

 

 

Santander

 

8.24

%

 

 

 

 

Brookline Bancorp, Inc. (MA)

 

7.50

%

 

 

 

 

Washington Trust Bancorp, Inc.

 

5.95

%

 

 

 

 

Coastway Community Bank

 

5.02

%

7 out of 14

 

 

Source: SNL Financial

 

II.14



 

III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS

 

This chapter presents an analysis of Coastway’s operations versus a group of comparable savings institutions (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines.  The basis of the pro forma market valuation of Coastway is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences in relation to the Peer Group.  Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to Coastway, key areas examined for differences are:  financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.

 

Peer Group Selection

 

The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines.  Accordingly, the Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded savings institutions whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE or AMEX), or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-publicly traded and closely-held institutions.  Institutions that are not listed on a national exchange or NASDAQ are inappropriate, since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value.  We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies with unusual operating strategies, such as internet banking, those under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history.  A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded banks is included as Exhibit III-1.

 

Ideally, the Peer Group, which must have at least 10 members to comply with the regulatory valuation guidelines, should be comprised of locally- or regionally-based institutions with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics.  There are approximately 110 fully converted savings institutions nationally and, thus, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions with relatively comparable characteristics.  To the extent that differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for the differences.   Since Coastway will be a fully public company upon completion of the offering, we considered only fully public companies to be

 

III.1



 

viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group.  From the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected 10 institutions with characteristics similar to those of Coastway.  In the selection process, we applied two “screens” to the universe of all public companies that were eligible for consideration:

 

·                                           Screen:  New England institutions with assets less than $1 billion and have fully converted for at least one year.  Seven companies met the criteria for the screen and were included in the Peer Group.

 

·                                           Screen:  New Jersey and Eastern Pennsylvania institutions with assets less than $1 billion and have fully converted for at least one year.  Three companies met the criteria for the screen and were included in the Peer Group.

 

Exhibit III-1 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of all publicly-traded thrifts, while Exhibit III-2 provides financial and public market pricing characteristics of the Peer Group.  Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the 10 Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-3 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies.  While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and Coastway, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments.  The following sections present a comparison of Coastway’s financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, credit risk and interest rate risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date.

 

A summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies relative to Peer Group as a whole is detailed below.

 

·                                           Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of Broomall, PA (“ALLB”).   Alliance, with a branch office network of nine branches, maintains lower loans/assets but higher deposits/assets ratios as the Peer Group as a whole.  It also maintained the highest balance of cash and equivalents among the Peer Group, significantly higher than the Peer Group average.  Reporting the largest decrease in assets during the most recent 12 months, Alliance had the second highest tangible equity position of the Peer Group at the same time.  Alliance reported a higher level of net income than the Peer Group average, as well as a lower operating expense ratio than the average.  The loan portfolio was comprised of the lowest concentration of 1-4 family loans among the Peer Group, with a relatively high concentration in multi-family and commercial real estate loans.

 

·                                           BSB Bancorp, Inc. of Belmont, MA (“BLMT”) .  BSB, the second largest Peer Group member in assets, operates from four offices.  It reported the third highest loans/assets ratio of the Peer Group members, and a comparable proportion of deposits as the funding base as the Peer Group average.  BSB recorded the smallest positive net income among the Peer Group, with both net interest income and non-interest income

 

III.2



 

Table 3.1

Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 9, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Fiscal

 

Conv.

 

Stock

 

Market

 

Ticker

 

Financial Institution

 

Exchange

 

Primary Market

 

Assets (1)

 

Offices

 

Year

 

Date

 

Price

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($)

 

($Mil)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIFI

 

SI Financial Group, Inc. of CT

 

NASDAQ

 

Willimantic, CT

 

$

949

 

21

 

31-Dec

 

01/11

 

$

11.13

 

$

113

 

BLMT

 

BSB Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

NASDAQ

 

Belmont, MA

 

909

 

4

 

31-Dec

 

10/11

 

14.10

 

132

 

THRD

 

TF Fin. Corp. of Newtown PA

 

NASDAQ

 

Newtown, PA

 

715

 

14

 

31-Dec

 

07/94

 

27.70

 

79

 

HBNK

 

Hampden Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

NASDAQ

 

Springfield, MA

 

668

 

9

 

30-Jun

 

01/07

 

15.75

 

89

 

COBK

 

Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ

 

NASDAQ

 

Bridgeton, NJ

 

633

 

9

 

31-Dec

 

07/10

 

14.00

 

54

 

CBNK

 

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

NASDAQ

 

Chicopee, MA

 

597

 

8

 

31-Dec

 

07/06

 

17.56

 

95

 

PEOP

 

Peoples Fed Bancshrs Inc of MA

 

NASDAQ

 

Brighton, MA

 

578

 

6

 

30-Sep

 

07/10

 

18.35

 

119

 

ALLB

 

Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA

 

NASDAQ

 

Broomall, PA

 

457

 

9

 

31-Dec

 

01/11

 

14.95

 

77

 

WEBK

 

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

NASDAQ

 

Wellesley, MA

 

397

 

2

 

31-Dec

 

01/12

 

17.20

 

43

 

GTWN

 

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

NASDAQ

 

Georgetown, MA

 

211

 

3

 

31-Dec

 

07/12

 

14.87

 

28

 

 


(1)  Most recent quarter end available.

 

Source:  SNL Financial, LC.

 

III.3



 

below the Peer Group average.  BSB reported the highest concentration of commercial real estate loans and consumer loans as a percent of assets.  BSB’s asset quality ratios were generally more favorable than the Peer Group average, although reserve coverage ratios were somewhat lower than peer averages.

 

·                                           Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. of Chicopee, MA (“CBNK”) .  CBNK operates from a network of eight offices in Massachusetts, and Chicopee reported a higher loans/assets and a similar funding structure as the Peer Group on average.  The equity/assets ratio was above the Peer Group average.  Profitability was higher than the Peer Group average, supported by a higher net interest income ratio.  Operating expenses were also somewhat higher than the Peer Group.  Loan diversification was greatest in commercial business loans, the highest ratio among Peer Group members.  Investment in MBS was the lowest of all Peer Group members.  Asset quality ratios were more favorable than the Peer Group averages, including higher reserve coverage ratios.

 

·                                           Colonial Financial Services of Bridgeton, NJ (“COBK”) .  COBK, operating from nine offices, reported the lowest loans/assets, the highest level of cash and investments/assets and the highest deposits/assets ratios of all Peer Group members.  The equity/assets ratio was also the lowest among the Peer Group.  Profitability was the lowest among the Peer Group, caused by the lowest net interest income ratio, the lowest yield-cost spread, and the highest loss due to real estate operations.  COBK reported modest diversification away from residential assets and a higher investment in MBS in relation to the Peer Group average, resulting in a lower risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio.  Asset quality ratios were less favorable than the Peer Group, including the highest levels of non-performing assets and non-performing loans of all Peer Group members.  Reserve coverage ratios were the lowest of the Peer Group.

 

·                                           Georgetown Bancorp, Inc. of Georgetown, MA (“GTWN”) .  Georgetown, the smallest Peer Group member, reported the highest loans/assets and the lowest deposits/assets ratios.  Borrowed funds were the highest of the Peer Group.  The equity/assets ratio was in line with the median of the Peer Group.  Profitability was supported by the highest net interest income ratio in the Peer Group, offset in part by the highest operating expense ratio.  Net non-operating gains also supported net income.  Georgetown maintained the highest reliance on 1-4 family loans in the asset base among the Peer Group, and also with considerable loan diversification in other loan types.  Asset quality ratios are generally more favorable than the Peer Group averages.

 

·                                           Hampden Bancorp, Inc. of Springfield, MA (“HBNK”) .  HBNK, with a branch office network of nine branches, maintained lower loans/assets and deposits/assets ratios as the Peer Group as a whole, offset by higher borrowings.  Reporting a modest increase in assets and cash and investments during the most recent 12 months, HBNK’s tangible equity position remained below the Peer Group average.  Above average profitability was mainly related to lower levels of provisions.  HBNK reported the highest investment in MBS among the Peer Group, and relatively high loan portfolio concentrations in consumer loans.  Problem asset ratios were less favorable than the Peer Group averages, including lower reserve coverage ratios.

 

·                                           Peoples Federal Bancshares Inc. of Brighton, MA (“PEOP”)   PEOP, operating out of six offices in Massachusetts, reported the highest equity/assets ratio of the Peer Group and an balance sheet structure that is similar to the Peer Group averages.  Below average profitability was caused by lower levels of net interest income as well as non-interest income and higher operating expenses.  Loans were concentrated in residential and commercial assets, as there was modest diversification into other loan types.  Asset

 

III.4



 

quality ratios were the most favorable among the Peer Group, with the lowest levels of non-performing assets and the highest levels of loan loss reserves.

 

·                                           SI Financial Group, Inc. of Willimantic, CT (“SIFI”) .  The largest Peer Group member, SIFI operates from 21 office locations.  SIFI reported slightly below average loan/assets and deposit/assets ratios, and was the only Peer Group member with subordinated debt.  Assets declined slightly over the past 12 months.  A small net loss was caused by lower net interest income and higher operating expenses than the Peer Group average.  The lower net interest income was evident in the low yield-cost spread.  SIFI maintained a more highly diversified loan portfolio with lower concentration in 1-4 family loans, and higher levels of commercial real estate and commercial business loans than average.  Income diversification was evident in the highest loans serviced for others portfolio of all Peer Group members.  Asset quality ratios were more favorable than the Peer Group average, although reserve coverage ratios were modestly lower.

 

·                                           TF Financial Cop. Of Newtown, PA (“THRD”) .  THRD, the third largest Peer Group member, operates 14 branch offices.  It maintained a comparable balance sheet structure to the Peer Group average, but with a somewhat lower level of equity.  Profitability was the highest among the Peer Group, induced by the highest levels of net interest income and non-interest income, along with lower operating expenses.  Loans were concentrated in residential assets, as there was little diversification into other loan types.  THRD also maintained a significant loans serviced for others portfolio.  The asset quality ratios were generally in line with the Peer Group averages.

 

·                                           Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. of Wellesley, MA (“WEBK”) .  WEBK, the second smallest Peer Group member, operates the smallest branch network of only two branch offices.  Operating with the second highest loans/assets ratio and a higher than average level of borrowings, WEBK experienced the largest growth in assets and loans over the past 12 months, accompanied also by the largest increase in borrowings.  Above average profitability was a result of relatively higher net interest income and lower operating expense ratios, offset in part by lower non-interest income.  WEBK maintains a much higher level of construction and land development loans than the Peer Group on average.  Asset quality ratios were more favorable than the Peer Group average.

 

In aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintained a higher level of equity as the industry average (13.99% of assets versus 13.16% for all public companies), but recorded a lower level of profitability as a percent of average assets (0.37% ROAA versus 0.56% for all public companies), as well as a less favorable ROE (2.66% ROE versus 4.37% for all public companies).  The Peer Group’s average P/B ratio was lower than the Peer Group average, while the average P/E multiple was above the respective average for all publicly-traded thrifts.

 

III.5



 

 

 

All Fully-Conv.

 

 

 

 

 

Publicly-Traded

 

Peer Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Characteristics (Averages)

 

 

 

 

 

Assets ($Mil)

 

$

2,489

 

$

611

 

Market capitalization ($Mil)

 

$

341

 

$

83

 

Equity/assets (%)

 

13.16

%

13.99

%

Return on average assets (%)

 

0.56

%

0.37

%

Return on average equity (%)

 

4.37

%

2.66

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pricing Ratios (Averages) (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Price/earnings (x)

 

18.71

x

24.96

x

Price/book (%)

 

103.20

%

96.60

%

Price/assets (%)

 

13.24

%

13.66

%

 


(1)  Based on market prices as of August 9, 2013.

 

Ideally, the Peer Group companies would be comparable to Coastway in terms of all of the selection criteria, but the universe of publicly-traded thrifts does not provide for an appropriate number of such companies.  However, in general, the companies selected for the Peer Group were fairly comparable to Coastway, as will be highlighted in the following comparative analysis.

 

Financial Condition

 

Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for Coastway and the Peer Group, reflecting the expected similarities and some differences given the selection procedures outlined above.  The Bank’s ratios reflect balances as of June 30, 2013, while the Peer Group’s ratios reflect balances as of the latest available data as of June 30, 2013 or March 31, 2013.  Coastway’s equity-to-assets ratio of 7.34% was lower than the Peer Group’s average equity ratio of 13.98%.  The Bank’s pro forma capital position will increase with the addition of stock proceeds, providing the Bank with an equity-to-assets ratio that will be more in line with the Peer Group’s ratio.  Tangible equity-to-assets ratios for the Bank and the Peer Group equaled 7.34% and 13.88%, respectively.  The increase in Coastway’s pro forma capital position will be favorable from a risk perspective and in terms of future earnings potential that could be realized through leverage and lower funding costs.  At the same time, the Bank’s higher pro forma capitalization will initially depress return on equity.  Both Coastway’s and the Peer Group’s capital ratios reflected capital surpluses with respect to the regulatory capital requirements, with the Bank’s ratios currently lower than the Peer Group’s ratios.  On a pro forma basis, the Bank’s regulatory surpluses will become more significant.

 

III.6



 

Table 3.2

Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets

 

Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates

 

Regulatory Capital

 

 

 

Cash &

 

MBS &

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowed

 

Subd.

 

Net

 

Goodwill

 

Tng Net

 

 

 

MBS, Cash &

 

 

 

 

 

Borrows.

 

Net

 

Tng Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equivalents

 

Invest

 

BOLI

 

Loans

 

Deposits

 

Funds

 

Debt

 

Worth

 

& Intang

 

Worth

 

Assets

 

Investments

 

Loans

 

Deposits

 

&Subdebt

 

Worth

 

Worth

 

Tangible

 

Core

 

Reg.Cap.

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

Coastway Community Bank of RI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

2.62

 

0.72

 

0.00

 

87.36

 

87.82

 

3.73

 

0.00

 

7.34

 

0.00

 

7.34

 

10.61

 

27.00

 

10.10

 

10.80

 

19.12

 

3.72

 

3.72

 

7.69

 

9.71

 

10.19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Public Companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

6.50

 

21.20

 

1.80

 

66.00

 

74.90

 

10.10

 

0.40

 

13.50

 

0.80

 

12.70

 

3.57

 

-0.31

 

4.63

 

4.22

 

-4.40

 

3.15

 

2.51

 

12.93

 

12.75

 

22.48

 

Medians

 

5.20

 

17.70

 

1.90

 

67.30

 

75.90

 

8.40

 

0.00

 

12.80

 

0.00

 

11.60

 

0.25

 

-4.03

 

2.50

 

0.78

 

-5.27

 

0.90

 

1.06

 

11.84

 

11.75

 

20.78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

7.04

 

15.89

 

2.12

 

72.28

 

76.88

 

8.01

 

0.09

 

13.98

 

0.10

 

13.88

 

5.39

 

-7.72

 

9.63

 

5.78

 

9.54

 

3.98

 

4.00

 

10.34

 

10.34

 

19.57

 

Medians

 

6.20

 

11.15

 

2.30

 

74.95

 

76.20

 

7.65

 

0.00

 

13.60

 

0.00

 

13.55

 

3.18

 

-6.79

 

4.33

 

3.51

 

2.84

 

-1.85

 

-1.89

 

10.34

 

10.34

 

19.57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALLB

Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA(1)

 

23.90

 

9.70

 

2.70

 

60.50

 

80.60

 

0.60

 

0.00

 

17.40

 

0.00

 

17.40

 

-5.48

 

-10.65

 

-0.11

 

-5.89

 

-6.27

 

-3.86

 

-3.86

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

BLMT

BSB Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

6.10

 

10.60

 

1.40

 

80.30

 

76.50

 

8.00

 

0.00

 

14.10

 

0.00

 

14.10

 

20.35

 

10.58

 

22.95

 

29.34

 

-4.48

 

-3.19

 

-3.19

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

CBNK

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

6.80

 

11.70

 

2.30

 

76.50

 

78.50

 

6.20

 

0.00

 

15.20

 

0.00

 

15.20

 

-1.31

 

-7.63

 

0.48

 

3.05

 

-39.92

 

2.77

 

2.77

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

COBK

Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ(1)

 

1.00

 

46.30

 

2.30

 

47.00

 

87.60

 

1.30

 

0.00

 

10.70

 

0.00

 

10.70

 

-0.90

 

-4.28

 

1.08

 

-1.59

 

NM

 

-4.89

 

-4.89

 

9.93

 

9.93

 

20.36

 

GTWN

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc. of MA(1)

 

2.30

 

6.30

 

1.30

 

87.10

 

69.40

 

14.70

 

0.00

 

14.40

 

0.00

 

14.40

 

2.71

 

-55.01

 

17.56

 

-5.55

 

21.83

 

48.60

 

48.60

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

HBNK

Hampden Bancorp, Inc. of MA(1)

 

6.90

 

22.30

 

2.50

 

65.90

 

71.60

 

14.30

 

0.00

 

13.00

 

0.00

 

13.00

 

9.24

 

11.76

 

8.90

 

9.79

 

18.36

 

-0.80

 

-0.80

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

PEOP

Peoples Fed Bancshrs Inc of MA(1)

 

9.80

 

7.10

 

3.40

 

77.60

 

74.10

 

5.70

 

0.00

 

18.70

 

0.00

 

18.70

 

3.65

 

-6.11

 

6.55

 

3.96

 

37.50

 

-4.57

 

-4.57

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

SIFI

SI Financial Group, Inc. of CT

 

4.10

 

20.90

 

1.00

 

70.70

 

74.70

 

9.80

 

0.90

 

13.10

 

0.40

 

12.70

 

-0.88

 

-7.47

 

1.75

 

-0.79

 

0.00

 

-2.90

 

-2.97

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

THRD

TF Fin. Corp. of Newtown PA

 

6.30

 

14.40

 

2.70

 

73.40

 

79.90

 

7.30

 

0.00

 

11.70

 

0.60

 

11.10

 

4.29

 

14.32

 

2.10

 

4.46

 

2.84

 

4.18

 

4.42

 

10.74

 

10.74

 

18.77

 

WEBK

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

3.20

 

9.60

 

1.60

 

83.80

 

75.90

 

12.20

 

0.00

 

11.50

 

0.00

 

11.50

 

22.21

 

-22.75

 

34.99

 

21.01

 

55.97

 

4.49

 

4.49

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  Financial information as of March 31, 2013.

 

Source:  SNL Financial, LC. and RP ®  Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2013 by RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

III.7



 

The interest-earning asset compositions for the Bank and the Peer Group were similar, with loans constituting the bulk of interest-earning assets for both.  The Bank’s loans-to-assets ratio of 87.36% was much higher than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 72.28%.  Comparatively, the Bank’s cash-to-assets ratio of 2.62% was much lower than the ratio for the Peer Group of 7.04%.  Coastway reported investment securities of 0.72% (FHLB stock) and no investments in BOLI, compared to a combined ratio of 18.01% for the Peer Group.  Overall, Coastway’s earning assets amounted to 90.70% of assets, which was noticeably lower than the comparable Peer Group ratio of 97.33%, primarily due to the higher level of fixed assets maintained by the Bank.

 

Coastway’s funding liabilities reflected a funding strategy that relied more on deposits than the Peer Group’s funding composition.  The Bank’s deposits equaled 87.82% of assets, which was above the Peer Group’s ratio of 76.88%.  Comparatively, the Bank maintained a lower level of borrowings than the Peer Group, as indicated by borrowings-to-assets ratios of 3.73% and 8.01% for Coastway and the Peer Group, respectively.

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities maintained by the Bank and the Peer Group, as a percent of assets, equaled 91.5% and 85.0%, respectively.  Following the increase in equity provided by the net proceeds of the stock offering, the Bank’s ratio of interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets will likely be more in line with the Peer Group’s ratio.  A key measure of balance sheet strength for a thrift institution is its IEA/IBL ratio.  Presently, the Bank’s IEA/IBL ratio is lower than the Peer Group’s ratio, based on IEA/IBL ratios of 98.4% and 114.5%, respectively.  The additional equity realized from stock proceeds will serve to strengthen Coastway’s IEA/IBL ratio in comparison to the Peer Group ratio, as the increase in equity provided by the infusion of stock proceeds will lower the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets and will be primarily deployed into interest-earning assets.

 

The growth rate section of Table 3.2 shows annual growth rates for key balance sheet items, with growth rates for Coastway based on annual growth rates for the 18 months ended June 30, 2013, while the Peer Group’s growth rates are based on 12 months ended March 31, 2013 or latest period available.   Coastway recorded annualized asset growth of 10.61% over that time period, higher than the Peer Group’s asset growth of 5.39%. The increase in the Bank’s assets was funneled into largely into cash and equivalents, which increased at a high level of 27.00% and loans receivable, which increased at an annual rate of 10.10%.  The asset growth for the Peer Group was evident in the higher loan growth but a decrease in cash/investments.  Funding of Coastway’s growth was obtained from an annual deposit

 

III.8



 

increase of 10.80%, while borrowings also increased by a rate of 19.12%.  The Peer Group recorded smaller increases in both deposits and borrowings as a funding base.

 

Reflecting the recent levels of net income, the Bank’s equity increased at a 3.72% annual rate, versus a larger 3.98% increase in equity balances for the Peer Group.  The increase in equity realized from stock proceeds will likely depress the Bank’s equity growth rate initially following the stock offering.  Dividend payments and stock repurchases, pursuant to regulatory limitations and guidelines could also potentially slow the Bank’s equity growth rate in the longer term following the stock offering.

 

Income and Expense Components

 

Table 3.3 displays statements of operations for the Bank and the Peer Group, with the income ratios based on earnings for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013 for the Bank and last 12 months for the most recent quarter ended for the Peer Group.  Coastway reported net income of 0.27% of average assets for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013, lower than the average net income of 0.37% of average assets for the Peer Group.  A higher level of net operating expenses accounted for the Bank’s less favorable reported results, despite of the Bank’s higher levels of gains on sale and non-interest income.  Most of the key income statement ratios for Coastway were affected by the material level of mortgage banking operations conducted by the Bank, making such comparisons to the Peer Group somewhat less meaningful.

 

The Bank’s net interest income ratio was equal to the Peer Group’s ratio (3.04% of average assets), as both interest income and interest expense figures were very similar for both, indicating that the base bank-level earning assets and costing liabilities of Coastway provide similar economic benefit as the Peer Group.  Coastway’s overall yield earned on interest-earning assets (4.25%) was somewhat higher than the 3.96% ratio for the Peer Group, while the Bank’s cost of funds also was higher (1.02% versus 0.85% for the Peer Group).

 

In another key area of core earnings strength, the Bank reported an elevated ratio of operating expenses, 4.35% of average assets versus the Peer Group (2.84% of average assets), primarily due to the Bank’s mortgage banking operations.  Also as a result of the mortgage banking operations, Coastway maintained a comparatively lower number of employees relative to its asset size.   Assets per full time equivalent employee equaled $2.6 million for the Bank versus a comparable measure of $5.8 million for the Peer Group.  On a

 

III.9



 

Table 3.3

Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads

Comparable Institution Analysis

For the 12 Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

 

 

Other Income

 

 

 

G&A/Other Exp.

 

Non-Op. Items

 

Yields, Costs, and Spreads

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss

 

NII

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MEMO:

 

MEMO:

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provis.

 

After

 

Loan

 

R.E.

 

Other

 

Other

 

G&A

 

Goodwill

 

Net

 

Extrao.

 

Yield

 

Cost

 

Yld-Cost

 

Assets/

 

Effective

 

 

 

Income

 

Income

 

Expense

 

NII

 

on IEA

 

Provis.

 

Fees

 

Oper.

 

Income

 

Income

 

Expense

 

Amort.

 

Gains

 

Items

 

On Assets

 

Of Funds

 

Spread

 

FTE Emp.

 

Tax Rate

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

 

 

(%)

 

Coastway Community Bank of RI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2013

 

0.27

 

3.79

 

0.75

 

3.04

 

0.21

 

2.83

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.93

 

0.93

 

4.35

 

0.00

 

1.04

 

0.00

 

4.25

 

1.02

 

3.23

 

2,619

 

41.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Public Companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

0.57

 

3.84

 

0.80

 

3.04

 

0.28

 

2.76

 

0.05

 

-0.06

 

0.42

 

0.40

 

3.03

 

0.02

 

0.74

 

0.00

 

4.11

 

0.95

 

3.16

 

5,731

 

30.87

 

Medians

 

0.61

 

3.84

 

0.77

 

3.05

 

0.19

 

2.85

 

0.00

 

-0.02

 

0.63

 

0.59

 

2.75

 

0.00

 

0.12

 

0.00

 

4.07

 

0.91

 

3.15

 

4,852

 

31.68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

0.37

 

3.76

 

0.72

 

3.04

 

0.23

 

2.81

 

0.02

 

-0.05

 

0.49

 

0.47

 

2.84

 

0.00

 

0.12

 

0.00

 

3.96

 

0.85

 

3.10

 

5,842

 

34.96

 

Medians

 

0.49

 

3.75

 

0.71

 

2.99

 

0.17

 

2.90

 

0.01

 

0.00

 

0.41

 

0.41

 

2.74

 

0.00

 

0.06

 

0.00

 

3.97

 

0.83

 

3.06

 

4,765

 

37.63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALLB

Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA(1)

 

0.52

 

3.64

 

0.64

 

3.00

 

0.20

 

2.80

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.34

 

0.34

 

2.48

 

0.00

 

-0.17

 

0.00

 

3.89

 

0.79

 

3.10

 

4,765

 

27.37

 

BLMT

BSB Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

0.17

 

3.39

 

0.61

 

2.78

 

0.22

 

2.56

 

0.07

 

0.00

 

0.17

 

0.25

 

2.79

 

0.00

 

0.24

 

0.00

 

3.50

 

0.73

 

2.77

 

7,974

 

37.57

 

CBNK

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

0.49

 

3.98

 

0.82

 

3.16

 

0.07

 

3.09

 

0.03

 

-0.03

 

0.63

 

0.63

 

3.01

 

0.00

 

-0.03

 

0.00

 

4.20

 

0.97

 

3.23

 

4,700

 

20.58

 

COBK

Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ(1)

 

-0.24

 

3.27

 

0.80

 

2.46

 

0.84

 

1.62

 

0.00

 

-0.32

 

0.90

 

0.58

 

2.66

 

0.00

 

0.02

 

0.00

 

3.45

 

0.90

 

2.55

 

5,809

 

44.87

 

GTWN

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc. of MA(1)

 

0.48

 

4.23

 

0.70

 

3.53

 

0.11

 

3.43

 

0.03

 

0.02

 

0.24

 

0.29

 

3.74

 

0.00

 

0.79

 

0.00

 

4.43

 

0.82

 

3.61

 

4,064

 

37.68

 

HBNK

Hampden Bancorp, Inc. of MA(1)

 

0.51

 

3.85

 

0.88

 

2.97

 

0.05

 

2.92

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.48

 

0.48

 

2.73

 

0.00

 

0.17

 

0.00

 

4.05

 

1.03

 

3.02

 

NM

 

38.66

 

PEOP

Peoples Fed Bancshrs Inc of MA(1)

 

0.26

 

3.50

 

0.54

 

2.96

 

0.09

 

2.87

 

0.01

 

0.00

 

0.29

 

0.29

 

2.51

 

0.00

 

0.05

 

0.00

 

3.70

 

0.68

 

3.02

 

7,711

 

63.60

 

SIFI

SI Financial Group, Inc. of CT

 

-0.01

 

3.63

 

0.94

 

2.69

 

0.23

 

2.46

 

0.05

 

-0.03

 

0.80

 

0.82

 

3.24

 

0.00

 

0.07

 

0.00

 

3.79

 

1.11

 

2.68

 

3,889

 

13.61

 

THRD

TF Fin. Corp. of Newtown PA

 

0.85

 

4.00

 

0.58

 

3.42

 

0.32

 

3.10

 

0.00

 

-0.09

 

0.84

 

0.75

 

2.74

 

0.00

 

-0.08

 

0.00

 

4.26

 

0.67

 

3.60

 

4,440

 

27.71

 

WEBK

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

0.65

 

4.13

 

0.72

 

3.41

 

0.14

 

3.27

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.22

 

0.22

 

2.53

 

0.00

 

0.09

 

0.00

 

4.28

 

0.83

 

3.46

 

9,227

 

37.93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)  As of March 31, 2013

 

Source:  SNL Financial, LC. and RP ®  Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2013 by RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

III.10



 

post-offering basis, the Bank’s operating expenses can be expected to further increase with the addition of the ESOP and certain expenses that result from being a publicly-traded company, with such expenses already impacting the Peer Group’s operating expenses.   At the same time, Coastway’s capacity to leverage operating expenses will be enhanced following the increase in capital realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds.

 

When viewed together, net interest income (Inclusive of mortgage banking income) and operating expenses provide considerable insight into a bank’s earnings strength, since those sources of income and expenses are typically the most prominent components of earnings and are generally more predictable than losses and gains realized from the sale of assets or other non-recurring activities.  In this regard, as measured by their expense coverage ratios (net interest income, including mortgage banking operations divided by operating expenses), the Bank’s earnings were modestly less favorable than the Peer Group’s, based on respective expense coverage ratios of 0.97x for Coastway and 1.07x for the Peer Group.  A ratio less than 1.00x indicates that an institution depends on non-interest operating income to achieve profitable operations.

 

Sources of non-interest operating income provided a higher contribution to Coastway’s earnings compared to the Peer Group, indicating a favorable comparison to the Peer Group as such income provides diversification away from net interest income.  Non-interest operating income equaled 0.93% and 0.47% of Coastway’s and the Peer Group’s average assets, respectively.   Taking non-interest operating income into account in comparing the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, Coastway’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses, net of amortization of intangibles, as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income, including mortgage banking income) of 84.5% was modestly less favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 77.8%.

 

Loan loss provisions had a similar impact on the Bank’s and Peer Group’s earnings, with loan loss provisions established by the Bank and the Peer Group equaling 0.21% and 0.23% of average assets, respectively.  The impact of loan loss provisions on the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s earnings, particularly when taking into consideration the prevailing credit market environment for mortgage based lenders, were indicative of the relatively modest asset quality factors facing the Bank and the Peer Group.

 

For the 12 months ended June 30, 2013, the Bank reported net non-operating income equal to 0.14% of average assets, while the Peer Group reported, on average, 0.12% of average assets of net non-operating gains.  Non-operating items for the Bank reflected the

 

III.11



 

writedown of property held for sale.  Typically, gains and losses generated from non-operating items are viewed as non-recurring in nature, particularly to the extent that such gains and losses result from the sale of investments or other assets that are not considered to be part of an institution’s core operations.  Comparatively, to the extent that gains have been derived through selling fixed rate loans into the secondary market, such gains may be considered to be an ongoing activity for an institution and, therefore, warrant some consideration as a core earnings factor for an institution.  However, loan sale gains are still viewed as a more volatile source of income than income generated through the net interest margin and non-interest operating income.  Extraordinary items were not a factor in either the Bank’s or the Peer Group’s earnings.

 

On average, the Peer Group reported an average effective tax rate of 35.0%, while Coastway reported an effective tax rate of 42.0%. As indicated in the prospectus, the Bank’s effective marginal tax rate is assumed to equal 39.5% when calculating the after tax return on conversion proceeds.

 

Loan Composition

 

Table 3.4 presents data related to the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions (including any investment in MBS).  The Bank’s loan portfolio composition reflected a higher concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans than maintained by the Peer Group (50.70% of assets versus 38.66 for the Peer Group).  The Bank reported no investments in MBS, while the Peer Group reported an MBS investment at 7.64% of assets on average.  Coastway maintained a lower percent of loan serviced for others of assets and $391,000 of servicing intangibles, indicating a lower dependence on loan servicing income than the Peer Group.

 

Diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of lending was slightly higher for the Coastway, as the Bank reported total loans other than 1-4 family and MBS of 36.54% of assets, versus 34.89% for the Peer Group, a result of the Bank’s higher overall loans/assets ratio in comparison to the Peer Group.  Commercial real estate/multi-family loans represented the most significant area of lending diversification for the Bank (32.24% of assets), followed by commercial business loans (2.21% of assets).  The Peer Group’s lending diversification consisted primarily also of commercial real estate/multi-family loans (23.43% of assets), followed by commercial business loans (4.96% of assets).  The relative concentration of assets in loans and diversification into higher risk types of loans by the Bank translated into a higher risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio for the Bank (76.33%) than the Peer Group (64.68%).

 

III.12



 

Table 3.4

Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of June 30, 2013

 

 

 

Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-4

 

Constr.

 

5+Unit

 

Commerc.

 

 

 

RWA/

 

Serviced

 

Servicing

 

Institution

 

MBS

 

Family

 

& Land

 

Comm RE

 

Business

 

Consumer

 

Assets

 

For Others

 

Assets

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coastway Community Bank of RI

 

0.00

 

50.70

 

1.59

 

32.24

 

2.21

 

0.50

 

76.33

 

28,064

 

391

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Public Companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

12.50

 

32.82

 

2.99

 

23.90

 

4.22

 

1.72

 

62.80

 

1,410,071

 

13,093

 

Medians

 

10.82

 

31.02

 

2.23

 

22.51

 

3.11

 

0.33

 

62.50

 

30,750

 

258

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

7.64

 

38.66

 

4.52

 

23.43

 

4.96

 

1.98

 

64.68

 

69,518

 

443

 

Medians

 

5.67

 

32.79

 

2.92

 

22.91

 

3.81

 

0.73

 

65.35

 

63,860

 

250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALLB

Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA(1)

 

1.29

 

27.11

 

4.35

 

28.30

 

2.17

 

1.06

 

54.23

 

0

 

0

 

BLMT

BSB Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

5.98

 

36.50

 

2.22

 

31.64

 

0.35

 

10.31

 

74.09

 

62,690

 

354

 

CBNK

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

0.16

 

28.30

 

7.12

 

27.72

 

14.04

 

0.39

 

81.13

 

95,740

 

425

 

COBK

Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ(1)

 

14.20

 

27.68

 

1.08

 

14.80

 

3.39

 

0.20

 

51.73

 

0

 

0

 

GTWN

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc. of MA(1)

 

8.82

 

59.27

 

6.97

 

20.53

 

4.50

 

0.19

 

70.03

 

113,530

 

1,114

 

HBNK

Hampden Bancorp, Inc. of MA(1)

 

21.07

 

28.31

 

2.67

 

24.18

 

6.37

 

5.12

 

67.70

 

65,030

 

0

 

PEOP

Peoples Fed Bancshrs Inc of MA(1)

 

4.59

 

50.81

 

3.16

 

21.64

 

1.68

 

1.07

 

62.15

 

29,390

 

145

 

SIFI

SI Financial Group, Inc. of CT

 

10.34

 

29.07

 

0.97

 

28.14

 

12.17

 

1.15

 

53.57

 

198,850

 

1,335

 

THRD

TF Fin. Corp. of Newtown PA

 

5.36

 

53.64

 

1.59

 

17.70

 

0.73

 

0.25

 

62.99

 

129,900

 

1,053

 

WEBK

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

4.63

 

45.94

 

15.06

 

19.60

 

4.22

 

0.07

 

69.15

 

50

 

0

 

 


(1)  As of March 31, 2013.

 

Source:        SNL Financial LC. and RP ®  Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2013 by RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

III.13



 

Credit Risk

 

Based on a comparison of credit quality measures, the Bank’s credit risk exposure was considered to be generally higher than that of the Peer Group.  As shown in Table 3.5, the Bank’s foreclosed real estate/assets and non-performing assets/assets equaled 0.44% and 3.11%, respectively, versus comparable measures of 0.26% and 1.99% for the Peer Group.  At the same time, the Bank recorded a higher non-performing loans (non-accruing loans plus performing TDRs)/loans ratio than the Peer Group, at 3.52% and 2.70% respectively.  Coastway also maintained lower reserve coverage ratios, including loss reserves as a percent of total NPAs, which equaled 13.63% for the Bank versus 67.54% for the Peer Group.  Reflecting a more favorable ratio for the Peer Group, loss reserves maintained as percent of net loans receivable equaled 0.52% for the Bank versus 1.07% for the Peer Group.  Net loan charge-offs were modest for both the Peer Group and the Bank, based on ratios of 0.16% and 0.06% of net loans receivable, respectively.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Table 3.6 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Bank versus the Peer Group.  In terms of balance sheet composition, Coastway’s interest rate risk characteristics were considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group.  The Bank’s equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios were lower than the Peer Group, thereby implying a greater dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain the net interest margin for the Bank.  The Bank also reported a higher level of non-interest earning assets (due to the fixed asset investment for Coastway), which provides an indication of the earnings capabilities and interest rate risk of the balance sheet.  On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Bank with more favorable balance sheet interest rate risk characteristics than currently maintained by the Peer Group, particularly with respect to the increases that will be realized in the Bank’s equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios.

 

To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for Coastway and the Peer Group.  The relative fluctuations in the Bank’s net interest income to average assets ratio were considered to be higher than the Peer Group and, thus, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period analyzed in Table 3.6, Coastway was viewed as maintaining a higher degree of interest rate risk exposure in the net interest margin.  The

 

III.14



 

Table 3.5

Credit Risk Measures and Related Information

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of June 30, 2013 or Most Recent Date Available

 

 

 

 

 

NPAs &

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rsrves/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REO/

 

90+Del/

 

NPLs/

 

Rsrves/

 

Rsrves/

 

NPAs &

 

Net Loan

 

NLCs/

 

Institution

 

Assets

 

Assets

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

NPLs

 

90+Del

 

Chargeoffs

 

Loans

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

($000)

 

(%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coastsway Community Bank of RI

 

0.44

 

3.11

 

3.52

 

0.52

 

15.89

 

13.63

 

480

 

0.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Public Companies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

0.37

 

2.80

 

3.57

 

1.43

 

60.38

 

48.37

 

1,015

 

0.33

 

Medians

 

0.12

 

1.90

 

2.48

 

1.30

 

49.82

 

41.77

 

368

 

0.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

0.26

 

1.99

 

2.70

 

1.07

 

75.39

 

67.54

 

168

 

0.06

 

Medians

 

0.09

 

1.64

 

1.69

 

0.94

 

56.08

 

49.76

 

123

 

0.02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALLB

Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA(1)

 

0.54

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

NA

 

530

 

0.00

 

BLMT

BSB Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

0.00

 

1.67

 

1.86

 

0.93

 

50.82

 

48.35

 

22

 

0.01

 

CBNK

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

0.10

 

0.76

 

0.85

 

0.94

 

109.60

 

97.61

 

117

 

0.10

 

COBK

Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ(1)

 

0.85

 

5.84

 

10.48

 

1.35

 

12.91

 

11.03

 

109

 

0.15

 

GTWN

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc. of MA(1)

 

0.01

 

1.61

 

1.69

 

NA

 

55.55

 

51.16

 

129

 

0.00

 

HBNK

Hampden Bancorp, Inc. of MA(1)

 

0.18

 

2.21

 

2.99

 

NA

 

39.56

 

35.65

 

220

 

0.00

 

PEOP

Peoples Fed Bancshrs Inc of MA(1)

 

0.00

 

0.35

 

0.44

 

0.88

 

203.00

 

203.00

 

33

 

0.03

 

SIFI

SI Financial Group, Inc. of CT

 

0.08

 

1.27

 

1.64

 

0.89

 

56.61

 

51.96

 

376

 

0.22

 

THRD

TF Fin. Corp. of Newtown PA

 

0.86

 

2.24

 

1.68

 

1.30

 

75.06

 

41.52

 

146

 

0.11

 

WEBK

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

0.00

 

NA

 

NA

 

1.19

 

NA

 

NA

 

0

 

0.00

 

 


(1)  As of March 31, 2013.

 

Source:        Audited and unaudited financial statements, corporate reports and offering circulars, and RP ®  Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2013 by RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

III.15



 

Table 3.6

Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility

Comparable Institution Analysis

As of June 30, 2013 or Most Recent Date Available

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Measures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tangible

 

 

 

Non-Earn.

 

 

 

 

 

Equity/

 

IEA/

 

Assets/

 

Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income

 

Institution

 

Assets

 

IBL

 

Assets

 

6/30/2013

 

3/31/2013

 

12/31/2012

 

9/30/2012

 

6/30/2012

 

3/31/2012

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(change in net interest income is annualized in basis points)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coastway Community Bank of RI

 

7.2

 

98.4

 

10.0

 

-2

 

17

 

-33

 

-1

 

-4

 

-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Public Companies

 

12.5

 

108.2

 

6.1

 

0

 

-6

 

-3

 

-2

 

0

 

-4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

13.9

 

112.1

 

4.8

 

-6

 

-8

 

-1

 

4

 

-9

 

-2

 

Median

 

13.6

 

112.2

 

5.0

 

-5

 

-8

 

-5

 

5

 

-9

 

-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALLB

Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA(1)

 

17.4

 

116.0

 

5.8

 

NA

 

1

 

-5

 

18

 

-13

 

-3

 

BLMT

BSB Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

14.1

 

114.8

 

3.0

 

-5

 

-6

 

-4

 

19

 

-36

 

8

 

CBNK

Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

15.2

 

112.2

 

5.1

 

-6

 

1

 

8

 

6

 

4

 

5

 

COBK

Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ(1)

 

10.7

 

106.0

 

5.7

 

NA

 

-17

 

-9

 

7

 

-14

 

-8

 

GTWN

Georgetown Bancorp, Inc. of MA(1)

 

14.4

 

113.8

 

4.3

 

NA

 

-2

 

26

 

-6

 

-9

 

NA

 

HBNK

Hampden Bancorp, Inc. of MA(1)

 

13.0

 

110.7

 

4.9

 

NA

 

-13

 

-13

 

-12

 

-12

 

-4

 

PEOP

Peoples Fed Bancshrs Inc of MA(1)

 

18.7

 

118.4

 

5.4

 

NA

 

-16

 

-6

 

2

 

-5

 

-4

 

SIFI

SI Financial Group, Inc. of CT

 

12.7

 

112.2

 

4.3

 

-5

 

-9

 

3

 

4

 

-8

 

-1

 

THRD

TF Fin. Corp. of Newtown PA

 

11.1

 

107.7

 

6.0

 

-5

 

-22

 

-11

 

11

 

14

 

-19

 

WEBK

Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

11.5

 

109.6

 

3.4

 

-10

 

8

 

0

 

-13

 

-8

 

9

 

 


NA=Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.

 

(1)  As of March 31, 2013.

 

Source:        SNL Financial LC. and RP ®  Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

Copyright (c) 2013 by RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

III.16



 

stability of the Bank’s net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as the increase in capital will reduce the level of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding Coastway’s assets.

 

Summary

 

Based on the above analysis, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of the Bank.  Such general characteristics as asset size, capital position, interest-earning asset composition, funding composition, core earnings measures, loan composition, credit quality and exposure to interest rate risk all tend to support the reasonability of the Peer Group from a financial standpoint.  Those areas where differences exist will be addressed in the form of valuation adjustments to the extent necessary.

 

III.17



 

IV.  VALUATION ANALYSIS

 

Introduction

 

This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology, prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Bank’s conversion transaction.

 

Appraisal Guidelines

 

The regulatory written appraisal guidelines as reissued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and which are relied upon by the Federal Reserve Board, as well as the Rhode Island Department of Business Regulation and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation specify the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of an institution pursuant to a mutual-to-stock conversion.  Pursuant to this methodology:  (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences.  In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.

 

RP Financial Approach to the Valuation

 

The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines.  Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques.  Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed stock conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings.  It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.

 

The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Company’s to-be-issued stock.  Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will:  (1) review changes in Coastway’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor Coastway’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor

 

IV.1



 

the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally.  If material changes should occur during the conversion process, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any.  RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.

 

The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Bank and for all thrifts.  Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including Coastway’s value, or Coastway’s value alone.  To the extent a change in factors impacting the Bank’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.

 

Valuation Analysis

 

A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III.  The following sections summarize the key differences between the Bank and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation.  Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Bank relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform.  We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Bank coming to market at this time.

 

1.                                       Financial Condition

 

The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, equity, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness.  The similarities and differences in the Bank’s and the Peer Groups’ financial strengths are noted as follows:

 

IV.2



 

·                   Overall A/L Composition .  Loans funded by retail deposits were the primary components of both Coastway’s and the Peer Group’s balance sheets.  The Bank’s interest-earning asset composition exhibited a notably higher concentration of loans compared to the Peer Group, a favorable comparative factor.  In contrast, Coastway maintained a much larger investment in fixed assets than the Peer Group average, leading to a lower proportion of interest-earning assets/assets (“IEA”) than the Peer Group.  Diversification into higher risk and higher yielding types of loans such as commercial, construction and consumer loans was similar for both the Bank and the Peer Group, indicating a higher proportion of residential property secured loans in portfolio for Coastway.  In comparison to the Peer Group, the Bank’s interest-earning asset composition provided for a higher yield earned on interest-earning assets and a higher risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio.  Despite the higher yield on interest-earning assets, the Bank’s interest income as a percent of assets was essentially equal to the Peer Group ratio due to the lower IEA/assets ratio.

 

Coastway’s funding composition indicated a higher proportion of deposits and a lower proportion of borrowings than the comparable Peer Group ratios, a more favorable funding based.  Notwithstanding this funding structure, the Bank maintained a somewhat higher cost of funds than the Peer Group.  The Bank’s lower level of interest-earning assets and higher level of interest-bearing liabilities compared to the Peer Group’s ratios, which resulted in a higher IEA/IBL ratio for the Peer Group compared to the Bank.  After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Bank’s IEA/IBL ratio will be more in line with the Peer Group’s ratio.  On balance, RP Financial concluded that asset/liability composition was a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

·                   Credit Quality.   The Bank’s ratio of REO was modestly higher than the Peer Group average, while total NPAs as a percent of total assets was also higher than the comparable Peer Group average.  Loss reserves as a percent loans were lower for Coastway, while reserve coverage ratios were higher than the Peer Group.  Net loan charge-offs were higher for Coastway, while the Bank’s risk weighted assets-to-assets ratio was higher than the Peer Group.   Coastway reported a similar level of loan diversification into higher risk loans (construction/land, commercial real estate, commercial business) than the Peer Group.  The perceived credit risk in Coastway’s loan portfolio was deemed to be higher than the Peer Group based on asset quality ratios.  Overall, RP Financial concluded that credit quality was a moderately negative factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

·                   Balance Sheet Liquidity .  A result of the higher loans/assets ratio mentioned above, Coastway maintained a noticeably lower level of cash and investment securities relative to the Peer Group (3.34% of assets versus 29.5% for the Peer Group).  Coastway’s liquidity management process and sources of liquidity include the balance of loans held for sale on the balance sheet as a result of the mortgage banking operations.  Such funds totaled $19.1 million as of June 30, 2013, or 5.1% of assets.  The Bank’s mortgage banking operations place relatively greater liquidity demand on the Bank owning to the potentially significant fluctuations in the funding needs for this business line.  The Peer Group operates with a more traditional level of liquidity in line with industry averages.  Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Bank’s cash and investments ratio will increase as the proceeds will be initially deployed into investments.  The Bank’s potential borrowing capacity was considered to be more favorable than the Peer Group given the lower level of borrowings

 

IV.3



 

currently maintained by Coastway.   Overall, RP Financial concluded that balance sheet liquidity was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

·                   Funding Liabilities .  Coastway’s interest-bearing funding composition reflected a higher concentration of deposits and a lower concentration of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios.  Coastway’s funding costs were somewhat higher than the Peer Group average, indicating a modestly higher cost market area.  The Bank does not maintain balances of wholesale deposits such as brokered or internet deposits.  Total interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets were higher for the Bank compared to the Peer Group’s ratio, which was attributable to Coastway’s lower equity position.  Following the stock offering, the increase in the Bank’s equity position should provide Coastway with a similar ratio of interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets.  Overall, RP Financial concluded that funding liabilities were a neutral factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

·                   Equity The Peer Group currently operates with a higher equity-to-assets ratio than the Bank.  Following the stock offering, Coastway’s pro forma equity position is expected to be slightly higher than the Peer Group’s equity-to-assets ratio.  The increase in the Bank’s pro forma capital position will result in a somwehat higher leverage potential for the Bank and reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities utilized to fund assets.  At the same time, the Bank’s equity ratio will likely result in a lower ROE.  On balance, RP Financial concluded that equity strength was a slightly positive factor in our adjustment for financial condition.

 

On balance, Coastway’s pro forma financial condition was comparable to the Peer Group’s after considering the above factors and, thus, no valuation adjustment was applied for the Bank’s financial condition.

 

2.                                       Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

 

Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings.  The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.

 

·                   Reported Earnings .  For the 12 months ended June 30, 2013, Coastway reported net income of $966,000 or 0.27% of average assets, versus average and median net income of 0.37% and 0.49% of average assets for the Peer Group.  Net interest income was similar for both the Bank and the Peer Group at 3.04% of average assets.  Coastway recorded higher levels of non-interest operating income, gains on the sale of loans, non-operating expense and operating expenses.  T he Bank also reported higher funding costs than the Peer Group, along with a higher yield on earning assets.  The Bank’s income statement was notably impacted by the mortgage banking operations, which provided substantial levels of gains on sale, but also resulted in a high operating expense ratio.  The dependence on mortgage banking revenue represents a higher risk source that traditional net interest income and non-interest income sources.  Non-operating items had only a minimal impact on the Peer Group’s earnings (a gain of 0.12% of average assets), versus a net non-operating expense of 0.12% of average assets for Coastway.

 

IV.4



 

Reinvestment and leveraging of stock proceeds into interest-earning assets will serve to increase the Bank’s bottom line income, with the benefit of reinvesting proceeds expected to be somewhat offset by higher operating expenses associated with operating as a publicly-traded company.  Loan loss provisions as a percent of average assets were similar for both.  On balance, RP Financial concluded that the Bank’s reported earnings were somewhat less favorable than the Peer Group’s earnings, resulting in a moderate downward factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

·                   Core Earnings .  As noted above, Coastway’s income statement was minimally impacted by non-operating items, consisting of a 0.12% of average assets expense related to a write down on fixed assets held for sale.  The mortgage banking revenue was considered to be part of core earnings given the mortgage banking is a core business line for the Bank and a long-term strategic focus.  The Peer Group on average reported a minimal level of net non-operating income, on average.  In comparison to the Peer Group, the Bank operates with a similar net interest income ratio, a higher yield/cost spread, a higher operating expense ratio and a higher level of non-interest operating income.  Core net income for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013 approximated $1.25 million.  The Bank’s ratios for net interest income and operating expenses (inclusive of mortgage banking revenue) translated into an expense coverage ratio that was lower than the Peer Group’s ratio (equal to 0.97x for the Bank and 1.07x for the Peer Group).  Similarly, the Bank’s efficiency ratio of 84.47% was less favorable than the Peer Group’s efficiency ratio of 80.9%.  Total loan loss provisions had a similar impact on the Bank’s income statement, and as noted above, the current levels of NPAs and/or the reserve coverage ratios for the Bank will remain as a potential negative factor in future earnings as additional loan loss reserves may be incurred (in comparison to the Peer Group).

 

In addition, a substantial portion of the Bank’s revenue is generated through the mortgage banking operation.  We believe that investors would tend to place a lower valuation multiple on this business line reflecting various risk factors, including the reliance on key individuals to support the business line, susceptibility to competition, the potential impact of changes to the prevailing interest rate environment and economic conditions in the Bank’s market area, regionally and nationally, and volatility in earnings being among the most significant factors.  In addition, the income statement remains subject to additional loan loss provisions given the higher level of NPAs (and potential for loan chargeoffs) in comparison to the Peer Group.  For these reasons, we believe the Bank’s core profitability is deemed to be moderately less favorable than the Peer Group, on average.

 

Based on the above discussion, RP Financial concluded that a moderate downward adjustment for core earnings was warranted in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

·                   Interest Rate Risk .  Quarterly changes in the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios indicated that a higher degree of volatility was associated with the Bank’s net interest income ratios.  Other measures of interest rate risk, such as equity and IEA/IBL ratios were less favorable for Coastway compared to the Peer Group thereby indicating a higher dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain net interest income.  On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds can be expected to provide the Bank with equity-to-assets and IEA/ILB ratios that will be more in line with the Peer Group ratios, as well as enhance the stability of the Bank’s net interest income ratio through the reinvestment of stock

 

IV.5



 

proceeds into interest-earning assets.  On balance, RP Financial concluded that interest rate risk was a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

·                   Credit Risk .  Loan loss provisions were a similar factor in the Peer Group’s most recent 12 month earnings stream (0.23% of average assets versus 0.21% of average assets for Coastway).  In terms of future exposure to credit quality related losses, Coastway maintained a notably higher concentration of assets in loans, while the level of lending diversification into higher risk types of loans was similar for both.  The risk weighed assets-to-assets ratio was higher for the Bank.  Credit quality measures on balance were less favorable for Coastway in terms of NPA ratios and reserve coverage ratios, and net chargeoffs were higher for the Bank.  Taking these factors into consideration, RP Financial concluded that credit risk was a moderately negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

·                   Earnings Growth Potential .  Coastway’s earnings growth potential can be separated into two distinct areas:  the base banking operations and the mortgage banking operations.  Regarding the base banking operations, Coastway maintained a somewhat higher interest rate spread and similar level of net interest income in comparison to the Peer Group which would tend to continue to lead to a similar net interest income ratio for the Bank going forward based on the current prevailing interest rate environment.  The infusion of stock proceeds will provide Coastway with slightly greater growth potential through leverage than currently maintained by the Peer Group.  As discussed previously, the mortgage banking operations are subject to a greater perceived level of fluctuation, given the impacts of market interest rates, the health of the housing sector in general, competitive factors and regulatory changes and oversight.  Thus, earnings growth potential of the mortgage banking operations, while potentially significant, also is subject to a greater level of uncertainty which investors will recognize.  Overall, earnings growth potential was considered to be a slightly negative factor in our adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

·                   Return on Equity .  For the most recent 12 month period, the Bank’s ROE on a core earnings basis is higher than the Peer Group’s ROE, based on the Bank’s lower current equity ratio.  Following the increase in equity that will be realized from the infusion of net stock proceeds into the Bank, Coastway’s pro forma ROE on a core earnings basis is projected to be lower than the Peer Group’s ratio.  Accordingly, this was a moderately negative factor in the adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

On balance, Coastway’s pro forma core earnings strength was considered to be less favorable than the Peer Group and, thus, a moderate downward valuation adjustment was applied for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.

 

3.                                       Asset Growth

 

Coastway’s assets increased at an annual rate of 10.61% during the most recent 18 month period, while the Peer Group’s assets increased at a lower annual rate of 5.39% on average over the most recent 12 month period.  The Bank’s asset growth reflected a constant

 

IV.6



 

trend of growth recorded over the past three and one-half fiscal years in an effort to leverage the equity base and increase interest income and overall profitability.  Six of the 10 Peer Group companies reported increases in assets over the last 12 months, with loans receivable increasing, on average and cash and investments declining.  For Coastway, both loans and cash and investments increased.  On a pro forma basis, Coastway’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio is expected to modestly exceed the Peer Group’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio, indicating a moderate amount of additional leverage capacity for the Bank.  On balance, we concluded that a slight upward valuation adjustment was warranted for asset growth.

 

4.                                       Primary Market Area

 

The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local markets served.   Coastway serves most of the state of Rhode Island through nine office locations in two counties.  The market area served is mainly urban and suburban in nature, with the city of Providence the primary population center.  The total population of the two county market area is 787,000, while the greater Providence metropolitan area contains a population of approximately 1.6 million.  Income levels are in general higher than national averages, reflecting the more developed market area in terms of population density typically found along the east coast of the United States.  The market area region has long experienced a modestly growing economy, with a historical dependence on manufacturing and government-related employment.  Similar to many areas of the country, the economy has shifted to a great extent to a service-based economy, including notable employment in health care, financial services, retailing, tourism and gambling.

 

In the most recent periods the Rhode Island economy has experienced to some degree the national issues related to home value declines, foreclosure rates, or other real estate related problems that are prevalent across most of the county.  In addition, key economic factors such as the unemployment rate, demographic trends such as population growth and income levels, all have underperformed the region and nation since the end of the office “recession” in 2009.  Rhode Island is one of two states that experienced a population decline since 2010, and also is projected to continue to lose population over the next five years.  Available census data indicates that the residents of Rhode Island have an overall higher median age than the nation as a whole, a less attractive demographic parameter for the lending function.  In addition, the unemployment rate in the state continues to be well above regional and national rates.  The limited economic and demographic performance of the Bank’s market area has resulted in an

 

IV.7



 

even more competitive banking environment in which the Bank competes against other community banks as well as institutions with a regional or national presence.

 

Comparative economic and demographic data for the Peer Group and the Bank is presented in Exhibit III-3.  The Peer Group companies also on balance operate in a mix of urban and suburban markets along the east-coast corridor, with seven of the Peer Group markets being in New England and the remaining three in the southern New Jersey/Eastern Pennsylvania market.  Thus, the markets served by the Peer Group companies, on average, reflect similar market areas in terms of economic and demographic characteristics.  The average headquarters county population base was similar for the Peer Group and the Bank.  Projected population growth in the headquarters county for the Peer Group was materially more favorable than the projected decline in population for Providence County in Rhode Island.  Per capita income levels were also notably higher for the Peer Group companies versus the Bank’s headquarters county figures.  The average and median deposit market shares maintained by the Peer Group companies were higher than the Bank’s market share of deposits in Providence County.  Finally, the unemployment rate was somewhat higher than the Peer Group average.  Overall, the degree of competition faced by the Peer Group companies was viewed to be similar to that faced by Coastway, while the growth potential in the markets served by the Peer Group companies was viewed to be more favorable.  On balance, we concluded that a moderate downward adjustment was appropriate for the Bank’s market area.

 

5.                                       Dividends

 

At this time the Bank has not established a dividend policy.  Future declarations of dividends by the Board of Directors will depend upon a number of factors, including investment opportunities, growth objectives, financial condition, profitability, tax considerations, minimum capital requirements, regulatory limitations, stock market characteristics and general economic conditions.

 

Seven of the 10 Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 1.08% to 1.52%.  The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions equaled 0.85% as of August 9, 2013.  As of August 9, 2013, 67% of all publicly-traded thrifts had adopted cash dividend policies (see Exhibit IV-1), exhibiting an average yield of 36.34%.  The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.

 

IV.8



 

The Bank has not established a definitive dividend policy prior to converting.  The Bank will have the capacity to pay a dividend comparable to the Peer Group’s average dividend yield based on pro forma capitalization.  On balance, we concluded that no adjustment was warranted for this factor.

 

6.                                       Liquidity of the Shares

 

The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets.  All ten of the Peer Group members trade on the NASDAQ.  Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock.  The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $28.1 million to $132.4 million as of August 9, 2013, with average and median market values of $82.8 million and $83.7 million, respectively.  The shares issued and outstanding to the public shareholders of the Peer Group members ranged from 1.9 million to 10.1 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 5.3 million and 5.3 million, respectively.  The Bank’s stock offering is expected to have a pro forma market value and number of shares outstanding that will be below the average and median market values indicated for the Peer Group companies.  Like the Peer Group companies, Coastway’s stock is expected to be quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market following the stock offering.  Overall, we anticipate that the Bank’s public stock will have a less liquid trading market as the Peer Group companies on average given the fewer shares outstanding, lower market capitalization and lower float.  Therefore, we have concluded that a slight downward adjustment was necessary for this factor.

 

7.                                       Marketing of the Issue

 

We believe that three separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as Coastway (1) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (2) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history;  and (3) the acquisition market for thrift franchises in Rhode Island.  All three of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Bank’s to-be-issued stock.

 

IV.9



 

A.                                     The Public Market

 

The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations.  Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts.  In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues and stock market conditions in general.  Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks.  Exhibit IV-3 displays historical stock price indices for thrifts only.

 

In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters.  Completion of a tax deal between Congress and the White House sent stocks soaring at the start of 2013.  A December employment report that showed hiring remained steady further added to stock market gains in the first week of 2013.  Some favorable economic readings and solid fourth quarter earning posted by some “blue chip” stocks helped to sustain the positive trend in stocks into late-January, as the DJIA moved to its highest close since October 2007.  The DJIA closed above 14000 at the start of February, after jobs and manufacturing data indicated that the economy’s slow and stable recovery remained on track.  Profit taking pulled the DJIA below 14000 the next day of trading, which was followed by a narrow trading range for the broader stock market during the first full week of trading in February.  Merger activity helped to propel the DJIA to a fresh five-year high in mid-February, which was followed by a one-day selloff heading into late-February.  The selloff was prompted by inconclusive national election results in Italy and the increased likelihood of automatic U.S. government spending cuts kicking in.  Stocks rebounded at the end of February and continued to rally through mid-March, as the DJIA closed higher for ten consecutive sessions including eight consecutive record highs.  Some favorable reports on the economy and indications from the Federal Reserve that it would continue its bond buying program were factors that contributed to the rally.  The rally ended when global markets stumbled on news of a problematic bailout of Cyprus’s financial services sector.  Stocks were mixed heading into closing weeks of the first quarter, as investors reacted to the Federal Reserve’s reaffirmation of continued easy monetary policies and some blue chips reporting earnings that fell short of expectations.  Growing investor confidence in the U.S. economic recovery helped stocks to close out the first quarter on an upswing.

 

Stocks pulled back at the start of the second quarter of 2013, as investors reacted to disappointing readings for manufacturing and service sector activity in March and the weaker-

 

IV.10



 

than-expected jobs report for March.  The release of the Federal Reserve’s most recent policy meeting, which indicated that the Federal Reserve remained committed to easy monetary policy, fueled broader stock market gains heading into mid-April.  Mixed first quarter earnings reports and growing concerns of a global economic slowdown provided for an up and down stock market during the second half of April, while a rally in technology stocks lifted the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index (“S&P 500”) to record highs at the end of April.  The broader stock market rally continued during the first half of May, as the DJIA closed above 15000 for the first time and the S&P 500 closed at record highs for five consecutive sessions.  Factors contributing to the rally were some strong earnings reports coming out of the technology sector, the April employment report showing stronger-than-expected job growth, expectations that stocks would continue to benefit from the Federal Reserve’s stimulus policies and a reading on consumer sentiment rose to its highest level in nearly six years.  The broader stock market traded unevenly through the second half of May, as investors reacted to mixed signals from the Federal Reserve on how long its current monetary policy would continue.  After closing at a record high on May 28 th , the DJIA began to pull back at the close of May as some strong economic reports pushed interest rates higher and further fueled the debate on when the Federal Reserve would scale back on its bond buying program.

 

The up and down stock market continued during the first week of June, as investors reacted to the latest economic data and the potential impact it would have on the Federal Reserve’s stimulus program.  After climbing for seven straight months, the longest winning streak since 2009, U.S. equities ran into stiff headwinds in early and mid-June, the last month of the second quarter.  Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke unnerved markets when he commented that the Fed might scale back its monthly asset purchases later this year, possibly ending them in mid-2014.  The program has helped keep interest rates low and sustain the momentum propelling stocks.  In addition, first-quarter U.S. economic growth was revised downward from earlier estimates, which also offered resistance to advancing share prices.  The stock markets responded by declining notably, with the DJIA declining by almost 5% from May 17, 2013 through June 24, 2013.  However, the more sluggish pace of economic growth helped calm investors’ fears that the Fed might reduce its ongoing asset-purchase program or begin raising short-term rates more quickly than anticipated.  Most areas of the economy measured were weaker than original estimates, with the exception of home construction and government activity.  One notable improvement was consumer sentiment, which edged up in June, as U.S. consumers have been benefiting from low inflation, which remains within the Fed’s comfort

 

IV.11



 

range.  For the remainder of June and through mid-July, stocks trended sharply upward, as economic indicators and comments made by Fed Chairman Bernanke continued to highlight that the economy remains on a path of moderate economic growth and that the Fed will not reduce its stimulus actions until it is clear such actions would not hurt the economic recovery.  In mid-July the S&P 500 again touched new highs, also supported by corporate earnings that largely continued to beat consensus earnings estimates.

 

The rally in the broader stock market continued during the first half of July 2013, as the DJIA closed at multiple new highs in mid-July.  Some favorable economic data and assurances from the Federal Reserve that it would continue its easy monetary policies were noteworthy factors that fueled the gains in the broader stock market.  The broader stock market traded in a narrow range during the second half of July, as investors digested some mixed second quarter earnings reports and awaited fresh data on the economy.   Economic data showing a pick-up in manufacturing activity and new unemployment claims hitting a five-year propelled the DJIA to a new record high at the beginning of August.  Following sluggish job growth reflected in the July employment report and lowered sales forecast by some retailer, stocks retreated heading into mid-August.

 

On August 9, 2013, the DJIA closed at 15425.51, an increase of 17.2% from one year ago and an increase of 17.7% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ Composite Index closed at 3660.11, an increase of 21.3% from one year ago and an increase of 21.3% year-to-date.  The S&P 500 closed at 1,691.42 on August 9, 2013, an increase of 20.6% from one year ago and an increase of 18.6% year-to-date.

 

The market for thrift stocks has also generally shown a positive trend in recent quarters.  News that a deal that was reached to avoid the “fiscal cliff” contributed to thrift stock gains at the start of 2013.  Thrift stocks traded in a narrow range through mid-January, as investors exercised caution ahead of the fourth quarter earnings season.  The narrow trading range for the thrift sector continued through the end of January and the first week of February, amid mixed fourth quarter earnings reports in which a large portion of the thrift sector experienced net interest margin compression during the fourth quarter.  Financial shares led the broader stock market higher in mid-February, as investors speculated that merger activity in the financial sector would pick-up in 2013.  The growing threat of sequester cuts pushed thrift stocks lower in late-February, as lenders worried that already weak loan demand would be hurt by the across-the-board budget cuts.  Thrifts stocks participated in the broader stock market rally that extended into mid-March, with favorable results of the Federal Reserve’s big bank

 

IV.12



 

stress tests and a better-than-expected employment report for February contributing to the upswing in thrift stocks.  Heading into the second half of March, thrift stocks traded in a narrow range to close out the first quarter as the Federal Reserve announced that it was leaving its target interest rate unchanged and would continue its bond buying program.

 

Disappointing job growth reflected in the March employment report contributed to a decline in thrift stocks at the start of the second quarter of 2013.  Thrift shares spiked higher on news that the Federal Reserve remained committed to its stimulus program and then declined in mid-April, as initial first quarter earnings reports posted by some of the large banks generally showed a continuation of net interest margin erosion.  Thrift stocks strengthened in the second half of April, as financial stocks benefitted from favorable reports on the housing sector.  The favorable employment report for April provided a boost to thrift stock in early-May, which was followed by a narrow trading into mid-May.  Thrift stocks strengthened along with the broader stock heading into the second week of May.

 

Through mid-May, indications from the Federal Reserve that it remained committed to its bond purchase program contributed to an advance in banking industry stocks.  Bank and thrift stocks remained relatively steady for the remainder of May and first half of June, notwithstanding a series of economic reports led investors to sell in broader markets after a series of macroeconomic reports and news showed that a middling economic recovery continued.  Thrift stocks also traded within this narrow range through mid-June ahead of the release of the May employment report.  In concert with the overall increase in the stock market in general that began in late-June, thrift stocks also began a relatively strong run-up due to several factors.  Such factors included the release by federal banking agencies of additional clarity on Basil III, including no substantial negative surprises, and statements by the chairman of the Fed that interest rates would not be raised until it was certain that such actions would not hurt the economy.  Furthermore, market analysts believed that, although interest rates had risen notably, over the long-term such increases in interest rates would be beneficial to financial institution earnings.  In addition, the May jobs report, as issued on July 5, prompted another round of speculation on whether the Fed would reduce monetary policy stimulus sooner rather than later, which would imply higher interest rates and more positive results for financial institutions.  Bank and thrift stocks trended notably higher through the middle of July, in concert with the overall rise in the stock market and as second quarter earnings reports indicated that larger banks continued to beat their earnings estimates for the second quarter.  Financial shares led the broader stock market higher heading into the second half of July, as some large banks

 

IV.13



 

beat second quarter earnings estimates.  Thrift stocks edged lower at the end of July, as investors took some profit following the extended run-up in thrift prices.  Some favorable economic data boosted thrift shares at the beginning of August, which was followed by a downturn amid indications from the Federal Reserve that tapering of quantitative easing was becoming more likely.  On August 9, 2013, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 664.57, an increase of 26.9% from one year ago and an increase of 17.5% year-to-date.

 

B.                                     The New Issue Market

 

In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Bank’s pro forma market value.  The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically:  (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials.  The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (“P/B”) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio may reflect a premium to book value.  Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.

 

As shown in Table 4.1, two standard conversions have been completed during the past three months.  The standard conversion offerings are considered to be more relevant for Coastway’s pro forma pricing.  The average closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio of the two recent standard conversion offerings equaled 59.7%.  On average, the two standard conversion offerings reflected price appreciation of 3.3% after the first week of trading.  As of August 9, 2013, the two recent standard conversion offerings reflected a 1.5% increase in price on average.

 

C.                                     The Acquisition Market

 

Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on Coastway’s stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other thrift institutions operating in

 

IV.14



 

Table 4.1

Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends

Recent Conversions Completed in Last Three Months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contribution to

 

Insider Purchases

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-Conversion Data

 

Offering Information

 

Char. Found.

 

% Off Incl. Fdn.+Merger Shares

 

 

 

Institutional Information

 

Financial Info.

 

Asset Quality

 

Excluding Foundation

 

 

 

% of

 

Benefit Plans

 

 

 

Initial

 

 

 

Conversion

 

 

 

 

 

Equity/

 

NPAs/

 

Res.

 

Gross

 

%

 

% of

 

Exp./

 

 

 

Public Off.

 

 

 

Recog.

 

Stk

 

Mgmt.&

 

Div.

 

Institution

 

Date

 

Ticker

 

Assets

 

Assets

 

Assets

 

Cov.

 

Proc.

 

Offer

 

Mid.

 

Proc.

 

Form

 

Excl. Fdn.

 

ESOP

 

Plans

 

Option

 

Dirs.

 

Yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($Mil)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

($Mil.)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

 

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)(1)

 

(%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standard Conversions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarry City S&LA - MO

 

7/26/13

 

QRRY-OTCBB

 

$

40

 

10.93

%

1.30

%

101

%

$

4.1

 

100

%

91

%

17.6

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

0.0

%

4.0

%

10.0

%

15.8

%

0.00

%

Sunnyside Bancorp, Inc. - NY

 

7/15/13

 

SNNY-OTCQB

 

$

91

 

6.72

%

0.00

%

NM

 

$

7.9

 

100

%

132

%

9.5

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

7.0

%

3.0

%

10.0

%

5.6

%

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages - Standard Conversions:

 

$

65

 

8.83

%

0.65

%

101

%

$

6.0

 

100

%

111

%

13.6

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

3.5

%

3.5

%

10.0

%

10.7

%

0.00

%

Medians - Standard Conversions:

 

$

65

 

8.83

%

0.65

%

101

%

$

6.0

 

100

%

111

%

13.6

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

3.5

%

3.5

%

10.0

%

10.7

%

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages - All Conversions:

 

$

65

 

8.83

%

0.65

%

101

%

$

6.0

 

100

%

111

%

13.6

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

3.5

%

3.5

%

10.0

%

10.7

%

0.00

%

Medians - All Conversions:

 

$

65

 

8.83

%

0.65

%

101

%

$

6.0

 

100

%

111

%

13.6

%

N.A.

 

N.A.

 

3.5

%

3.5

%

10.0

%

10.7

%

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-IPO Pricing Trends

 

 

 

Pro Forma Data

 

 

 

Closing Price:

 

Institutional Information

 

Pricing Ratios(2)(5)

 

Financial Charac.

 

 

 

First

 

 

 

After

 

 

 

After

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion

 

 

 

 

 

Core

 

 

 

Core

 

 

 

Core

 

IPO

 

Trading

 

%

 

First

 

%

 

First

 

%

 

Thru

 

%

 

Institution

 

Date

 

Ticker

 

P/TB

 

P/E

 

P/A

 

ROA

 

TE/A

 

ROE

 

Price

 

Day

 

Chge

 

Week(3)

 

Chge

 

Month(4)

 

Chge

 

8/9/13

 

Chge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(%)

 

(x)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

($)

 

($)

 

(%)

 

($)

 

(%)

 

($)

 

(%)

 

($)

 

(%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standard Conversions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarry City S&LA - MO

 

7/26/13

 

QRRY-OTCBB

 

55.9

%

15.6

x

9.4

%

0.6

%

16.9

%

3.4

%

$

10.00

 

$

10.75

 

7.5

%

$

10.20

 

2.0

%

$

10.00

 

0.0

%

$

10.25

 

2.5

%

Sunnyside Bancorp, Inc. - NY

 

7/15/13

 

SNNY-OTCQB

 

63.6

%

-22.0

x

8.2

%

-0.4

%

12.9

%

-2.9

%

$

10.00

 

$

10.50

 

5.0

%

$

10.45

 

4.5

%

$

10.01

 

0.1

%

$

10.04

 

0.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages - Standard Conversions:

 

59.7

%

-3.2

x

8.8

%

0.1

%

14.9

%

0.3

%

$

10.00

 

$

10.63

 

6.3

%

$

10.33

 

3.2

%

$

10.01

 

0.0

%

$

10.15

 

1.5

%

Medians - Standard Conversions:

 

59.7

%

-3.2

x

8.8

%

0.1

%

14.9

%

0.3

%

$

10.00

 

$

10.63

 

6.3

%

$

10.33

 

3.2

%

$

10.01

 

0.0

%

$

10.15

 

1.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages - All Conversions:

 

59.7

%

-3.2

x

8.8

%

0.1

%

14.9

%

0.3

%

$

10.00

 

$

10.63

 

6.3

%

$

10.33

 

3.2

%

$

10.01

 

0.0

%

$

10.15

 

1.5

%

Medians - All Conversions:

 

59.7

%

-3.2

x

8.8

%

0.1

%

14.9

%

0.3

%

$

10.00

 

$

10.63

 

6.3

%

$

10.33

 

3.2

%

$

10.01

 

0.0

%

$

10.15

 

1.5

%

 


Note:  * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD = RP Fin. Did the business plan, “NT” - Not Traded; “NA” - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.

 

(1)           As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.

(2)           Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.

(3)           Latest price if offering is less than one week old.

(4)           Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.

(5)           Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.

(6)           Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.

(7)           Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.

(8)           Former credit union.

 

August 9, 2013

 

IV.15



 

Rhode Island.  As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there have been six Rhode Island thrift acquisitions completed from the beginning of 2002 through August 9, 2013, and there is currently one pending acquisition pending of a Rhode Island savings institution.   To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Bank’s offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable level of acquisition activity as the Bank’s market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence Coastway’s stock.  However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in Coastway’s stock would tend to be less compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.

 

In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for thrift conversions and the local acquisition market for thrift stocks.  Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that a slight downward adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.

 

8.                                       Management

 

The Bank’s management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Bank’s operations.  Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Bank’s Board of Directors and senior management.  The Board and senior management have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Bank’s present organizational structure.  The Bank currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant.

 

Similarly, the returns, equity positions and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies.  Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.

 

9.                                       Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform

 

In summary, as a fully-converted regulated institution, Coastway will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members — all of whom are adequately capitalized institutions and are operating with no apparent restrictions.  Exhibit IV-6

 

IV.16



 

reflects the Bank’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios.  On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.

 

Summary of Adjustments

 

Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Bank’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:

 

Table 4.2

Valuation Adjustments

Coastway Community Bank

 

Key Valuation Parameters:

 

Valuation Adjustment

Financial Condition

 

No Adjustment

Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings

 

Moderate Downward

Asset Growth

 

Slight Upward

Primary Market Area

 

Moderate Downward

Dividends

 

No Adjustment

Liquidity of the Shares

 

Slight Downward

Marketing of the Issue

 

Slight Downward

Management

 

No Adjustment

Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform

 

No Adjustment

 

Valuation Approaches

 

In applying the accepted valuation methodology originally promulgated by the OCC and adopted by the FRB, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Bank’s to-be-issued stock — price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches — all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds.  In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Bank’s prospectus for the effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions, establishment of the foundation, insider purchases and offering expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8).

 

In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.

 

RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:

 

·                   P/E Approach .  The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock.  Given the similarities between the Bank’s and the Peer Group’s earnings composition and overall financial condition, the P/E approach was carefully

 

IV.17



 

considered in this valuation.  At the same time, recognizing that (1) the earnings multiples will be evaluated on a pro forma basis for the Bank; and (2) the Peer Group on average has had the opportunity to realize the benefit of reinvesting and leveraging the offering proceeds, we also gave weight to the other valuation approaches.

 

·                   P/B Approach .  P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds.  RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value, taking into account the pricing ratios under the P/E and P/A approaches.  We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.

 

·                   P/A Approach .  P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings.  Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio.  At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, in the case of highly capitalized institutions, high P/A ratios may limit the investment community’s willingness to pay market multiples for earnings or book value when ROE is expected to be low.

 

The Bank will adopt “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”) which will cause earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares.  For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted.  However, we did consider the impact of the adoption of ASC 718-40 in the valuation.

 

Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above , RP Financial concluded that as of August 9, 2013, the pro forma market value of the Bank, inclusive of the shares to be issued to the Foundation, was equal to $37,349,750, or 3,734,975 shares issued at $10.00 per share.  Based on the terms of the Foundation, the conversion offering is equal to $36,500,000 at the midpoint of the offering range, equal to 3,650,000 shares at $10.00 per share.  The $10.00 per share price was determined by Coastway’s board of directors.

 

1.                                       Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) .  The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Bank’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple to the pro

 

IV.18



 

forma earnings base.  In attempting to apply this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds.  The Bank reported net income of $966,000 for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013.  Coastway’s income statement for the latest 12 months included a non-operating expense item consisting of a write down of fixed assets held for sale in the amount of $482,000.  As shown below, on a tax affected basis, assuming an effective marginal tax rate of 39.5% for the earnings adjustment, the Bank’s core earnings were determined to equal $1,258,000 for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013.  (Note:  see Exhibit IV-9 for the adjustments applied to the Peer Group’s earnings in the calculation of core earnings).

 

Table 4.3

Coastway Community Bank

Derivation of Core Earnings, 12 Months Ended June 30, 2013

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

($000)

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

966

 

Less: Writedown of Fixed Assets Held for Sale

 

482

 

Addback: Tax Effect @39.5%

 

(190

)

 

 

 

 

Core earnings estimate

 

$

1,258

 

 

Based on the Bank’s reported and estimated core earnings and incorporating the impact of the pro forma assumptions discussed previously, the Bank’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the $37.3 million midpoint value equaled 52.66 times and 37.32 times, respectively, which provided for premiums of 110.98% and 51.34% relative to the Peer Group’s average reported and core P/E multiples of 24.96 times and 24.66 times, respectively (see Table 4.4).  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core earnings multiples which equaled 27.61 times and 25.78 times, respectively, the Bank’s pro forma reported and core P/E multiples at the midpoint value indicated premiums of 90.73% and 44.76%, respectively.  At the top of the super range, the Bank’s reported and core P/E multiples equaled 78.69 times and 53.76 times, respectively.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s average reported and core P/E multiples, the Bank’s P/E multiples at the top of the super range reflected premiums of 215.26% and 118.00%, respectively.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median reported and core P/E multiples, the Bank’s P/E multiples at the top of the super range reflected premiums of 185.01% and 108.53%, respectively.

 

IV.19



 

Table 4.4

Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group

Coastway Community Bank of RI and the Comparables

As of August 9, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market

 

Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalization

 

Core

 

Book

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends(4)

 

Financial Characteristics(6)

 

 

 

Price/

 

Market

 

12 Month

 

Value/

 

Pricing Ratios(3)

 

Amount/

 

 

 

Payout

 

Total

 

Equity/

 

Tang. Eq./

 

NPAs/

 

Reported

 

Core

 

 

 

Share(1)

 

Value

 

EPS(2)

 

Share

 

P/E

 

P/B

 

P/A

 

P/TB

 

P/Core

 

Share

 

Yield

 

Ratio(5)

 

Assets

 

Assets

 

Assets

 

Assets

 

ROA

 

ROE

 

ROA

 

ROE

 

 

 

($)

 

($Mil)

 

($)

 

($)

 

(x)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(x)

 

($)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

($Mil)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

(%)

 

Coastway Community Bank of RI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supermaximum

 

10.00

 

49.49

 

0.19

 

13.88

 

78.69

 

72.05

 

11.87

 

72.05

 

53.76

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

417

 

16.48

 

16.48

 

2.81

 

0.15

 

0.92

 

0.22

 

1.34

 

Maximum

 

10.00

 

43.00

 

0.22

 

14.68

 

63.99

 

68.12

 

10.45

 

68.12

 

44.63

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

411

 

15.35

 

15.35

 

2.85

 

0.16

 

1.06

 

0.23

 

1.53

 

Midpoint

 

10.00

 

37.35

 

0.27

 

15.61

 

52.66

 

64.06

 

9.19

 

64.06

 

37.32

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

406

 

14.35

 

14.35

 

2.88

 

0.17

 

1.22

 

0.25

 

1.72

 

Minimum

 

10.00

 

31.70

 

0.33

 

16.88

 

42.46

 

59.24

 

7.89

 

59.24

 

30.53

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

402

 

13.32

 

13.32

 

2.92

 

0.19

 

1.40

 

0.26

 

1.94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Non-MHC Public Companies(7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

15.96

 

341.01

 

0.20

 

15.47

 

18.71

 

103.20

 

13.24

 

111.52

 

22.08

 

0.24

 

1.55

 

26.73

 

2489

 

13.16

 

12.49

 

2.86

 

0.56

 

4.37

 

0.01

 

1.50

 

Median

 

14.87

 

97.19

 

0.36

 

14.72

 

17.34

 

95.24

 

12.63

 

99.25

 

21.58

 

0.20

 

1.34

 

6.13

 

778

 

12.58

 

11.43

 

2.02

 

0.57

 

4.28

 

0.37

 

2.79

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Averages

 

16.56

 

82.78

 

0.44

 

17.20

 

24.96

 

96.60

 

13.66

 

97.37

 

24.66

 

0.15

 

0.85

 

29.85

 

611

 

13.99

 

13.91

 

1.99

 

0.37

 

2.66

 

0.29

 

2.08

 

Medians

 

15.35

 

83.70

 

0.33

 

16.44

 

27.61

 

95.34

 

13.28

 

97.92

 

25.78

 

0.16

 

1.08

 

33.62

 

615

 

13.60

 

13.55

 

1.64

 

0.48

 

3.15

 

0.32

 

2.08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State of RI (7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NFSB                     Newport Bancorp, Inc. of RI(7)

 

17.20

 

60.97

 

0.47

 

15.22

 

NM

 

113.01

 

14.16

 

113.01

 

36.60

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

431

 

12.53

 

12.53

 

1.13

 

0.29

 

2.48

 

0.36

 

3.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALLB                   Alliance Bancorp, Inc. of PA

 

14.95

 

76.78

 

0.58

 

15.52

 

31.15

 

96.33

 

16.79

 

96.33

 

25.78

 

0.20

 

1.34

 

41.67

 

457

 

17.43

 

17.43

 

NA

 

0.52

 

3.03

 

0.63

 

3.66

 

BLMT                   BSB Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

14.10

 

132.37

 

0.01

 

13.65

 

NM

 

103.30

 

14.56

 

103.30

 

NM

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

909

 

14.10

 

14.10

 

1.67

 

0.17

 

1.07

 

0.01

 

0.07

 

CBNK                  Chicopee Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

17.56

 

95.33

 

0.56

 

16.77

 

32.52

 

104.71

 

15.97

 

104.71

 

31.36

 

0.20

 

1.14

 

37.04

 

597

 

15.25

 

15.25

 

0.76

 

0.49

 

3.26

 

0.51

 

3.38

 

COBK                  Colonial Financial Serv. of NJ

 

14.00

 

53.94

 

-0.41

 

17.66

 

NM

 

79.28

 

8.52

 

79.28

 

NM

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

NM

 

633

 

10.75

 

10.75

 

5.84

 

-0.24

 

-2.16

 

-0.25

 

-2.27

 

GTWN                Georgetown Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

14.87

 

28.06

 

-0.05

 

16.15

 

28.06

 

92.07

 

13.28

 

92.07

 

NM

 

0.16

 

1.08

 

30.19

 

211

 

14.42

 

14.42

 

1.61

 

0.47

 

3.78

 

-0.04

 

-0.36

 

HBNK                 Hampden Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

15.75

 

88.67

 

0.46

 

15.41

 

27.16

 

102.21

 

13.28

 

102.21

 

34.24

 

0.24

 

1.52

 

41.38

 

668

 

13.00

 

13.00

 

2.21

 

0.51

 

3.75

 

0.41

 

2.98

 

PEOP                     Peoples Fed Bancshrs Inc of MA

 

18.35

 

118.78

 

0.20

 

16.72

 

NM

 

109.75

 

20.54

 

109.75

 

NM

 

0.16

 

0.87

 

69.57

 

578

 

18.72

 

18.72

 

0.35

 

0.26

 

1.35

 

0.23

 

1.17

 

SIFI                            SI Financial Group, Inc. of CT

 

11.13

 

112.54

 

-0.05

 

12.28

 

NM

 

90.64

 

11.86

 

93.22

 

NM

 

0.12

 

1.08

 

NM

 

949

 

13.09

 

12.77

 

1.27

 

-0.01

 

-0.08

 

-0.05

 

-0.40

 

THRD                   TF Fin. Corp. of Newtown PA

 

27.70

 

78.72

 

2.24

 

29.36

 

13.13

 

94.35

 

11.01

 

99.50

 

12.37

 

0.40

 

1.44

 

18.96

 

715

 

11.67

 

11.14

 

2.24

 

0.85

 

7.28

 

0.90

 

7.73

 

WEBK                Wellesley Bancorp, Inc. of MA

 

17.20

 

42.62

 

0.88

 

18.43

 

17.73

 

93.33

 

10.74

 

93.33

 

19.55

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

0.00

 

397

 

11.51

 

11.51

 

NA

 

0.65

 

5.36

 

0.59

 

4.86

 

 


(1) Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.

(2) EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis, and is shown on a pro forma basis where appropriate.

(3) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings. 

(4) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.

(5) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.

(6) ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.

(7) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.

 

Source: Corporate reports, offering circulars, and RP Financial, LC. calculations.  The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

Copyright (c) 2013 by RP ®  Financial, LC.

 

IV.20



 

2.             Price-to-Book (“P/B”) .  The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Bank’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, as derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Bank’s pro forma book value.  Based on the $37.3 million midpoint valuation, the Bank’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 64.06% (see Table 4.4).  In comparison to the average P/B and P/TB ratios for the Peer Group of 96.60% and 97.37%, the Bank’s ratios reflected a discount of 33.69% on a P/B basis and a discount of 34.21% on a P/TB basis.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 95.34% and 97.92%, respectively, the Bank’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 32.81% on a P/B basis and 34.58% on a P/TB basis.  At the top of the super range, the Bank’s P/B and P/TB ratios both equaled 72.05%.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s average P/B and P/TB ratios, the Bank’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflected discounts of 25.41% and 26.00%, respectively.  In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios, the Bank’s P/B and P/TB ratios at the top of the super range reflect discounts of 24.43% and 26.42%, respectively.  RP Financial considered the resulting premiums or discounts under the P/B approach to be reasonable, given the nature of the calculation of the P/B ratio.

 

3.             Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) .  The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Bank’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases.  In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio which is computed herein.  At the $37.3 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Bank’s value equaled 9.19% of pro forma assets.  Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 13.66%, which implies a discount of 32.72% has been applied to the Bank’s pro forma P/A ratio.   In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 13.28%, the Bank’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a premium of 30.80%.

 

Comparison to Recent Offerings

 

As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings can not be a primary determinate of value.  Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals).  As discussed previously,

 

IV.21



 

there have been two recently completed standard conversion offerings, Quarry City Savsings and Loan Association of MO and Sunnyside Bancorp, Inc. of NY.  In comparison to the average closing pro forma P/TB ratio of these offerings, 59.7%, the Bank’s P/TB ratio of 64.06% at the midpoint value reflects an implied premium of 7.3%.  At the top of the superrange, the Bank’s P/TB ratio of 72.05% reflects an implied premium of 20.7% relative to the average closing pro forma P/TB ratio.

 

Valuation Conclusion

 

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of August 9, 2013, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including the shares to be issued to the Foundation equaled $37,349,750 at the midpoint, equal to 3,734,975 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00.  Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% valuation range indicates a minimum value of $31,702,290 and a maximum value of $42,997,210.  Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 3,170,229 at the minimum and 4,299,721 at the maximum.  In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a supermaximum value of $49,491,790 without a resolicitation.  Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the supermaximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 4,949,179.

 

Based on this valuation range, the conversion stock offering (excluding the shares issued to the Foundation will be as follows:  3,102,500 shares at the minimum, 3,650,000 shares at the midpoint, 4,197,500 shares at the maximum and 4,827,125 shares at the supermaximum of the offering range.  These figures translate to offering values as follows:  $31,025,000 at the minimum, $36,500,000 at the midpoint, $41,975,000 at the maximum and $48,271,250 at the supermaximum of the offering range.  The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.4 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.

 

IV.22


Exhibit 99.6

 

GRAPHIC

 

September 12, 2013

 

Boards of Directors

Coastway Bancorp, MHC

Coastway Bancorp, LLC

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

Coastway Community Bank

One Coastway Plaza

Cranston, Rhode Island  02910

 

Re:                              Plan of Conversion and Reorganization

Coastway Bancorp, MHC

Coastway Bancorp, LLC

Coastway Bancorp, Inc.

Coastway Community Bank

One Coastway Plaza

 

Members of the Boards of Directors:

 

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Directors of Coastway Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”).  The MHC is the holding company for Coastway Bancorp, LLC, (the “LLC”) the existing mid-tier holding company for Coastway Community Bank (“the “Bank”), all based in Cranston, Rhode Island.  Pursuant to the Plan, the organization will convert from mutual holding company form of organization to the fully public stock form of organization.  A new Maryland stock holding company named Coastway Bancorp, Inc. has been formed (the “Company”).  When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of the Bank will be owned by the Company and all of the common stock of the Company will be owned by public stockholders.  Coastway Bancorp, MHC and Coastway Bancorp, LLC will no longer exist.

 

We understand that in accordance with the Plan, Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an interest in a liquidation account maintained by the Company in an aggregate amount equal to the MHC’s total equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in the prospectus.  The Plan also provides for establishment of a parallel bank liquidation account in the Bank to support the Company’s liquidation account in the event the Company does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under the Company’s liquidation account.  The Company and the Bank will hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in the Bank after the conversion.  The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of liquidation of the Bank (or the Company and the Bank).

 

Washington Headquarters

 

Three Ballston Plaza

Telephone: (703) 528-1700

1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600

Fax No.: (703) 528-1788

Arlington, VA 22201

Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594

www.rpfinancial.com

E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 



 

In the unlikely event that either the Bank or the Company and the Bank were to completely liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of Bank depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution to depositors as of the Eligible Account Holder record date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record date of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by the Company.  Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of the Bank only, when the Company has insufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank), to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and the Bank has positive net worth, the Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund the Company’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account.  The Plan further provides that if the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of the Bank, then the rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the liquidation account maintained by the Company shall cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the Bank’s liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account.

 

Based upon our review of the Plan and our observations that: (1) the liquidation rights become payable only upon the unlikely event of the liquidation of the Bank (or the Company and the Bank); (2) that liquidation rights in the Company automatically transfer to the Bank in the event the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of the Bank; and, (3) that upon written request of the Federal Reserve Board, the Company shall, or upon the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, the Company may, at any time after two years from the completion of the Conversion, transfer the Liquidation Account to the Bank and the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank, at which time the interests of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be solely and exclusively established in the Bank Liquidation Account, we are of the belief that the benefit provided by the Bank’s liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event the Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the transactions contemplated in the paragraphs above.  We note that we have not undertaken any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue.

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

RP Financial, LC.

 

GRAPHIC

 

2